<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 10, 1997
REGISTRATION NO. 333-34381
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NEVADA 7999 88-0304799
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NEVADA 7999 88-0069444
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
MISSISSIPPI 7999 64-0827382
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
IOWA 7999 93-1151022
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NEVADA 7999 88-0360636
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NEVADA 7999 86-0885736
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
AC HOTEL CORP.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
MISSISSIPPI 7999 72-1388945
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
================================================================================
(Continued on Next Page)
<PAGE> 2
(Continued from previous page)
================================================================================
3773 HOWARD HUGHES PARKWAY
SUITE 490 SOUTH
LAS VEGAS, NEVADA 89109
(702) 567-7000
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANTS' PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
CRAIG H. NEILSEN
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
3773 HOWARD HUGHES PARKWAY
SUITE 490 SOUTH
LAS VEGAS, NEVADA 89109
(702) 567-7000
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS)
COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:
GORDON R. KANOFSKY, ESQ.
SANDERS, BARNET, GOLDMAN, SIMONS & MOSK
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
1901 AVENUE OF THE STARS, SUITE 850
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067-6078
(310) 553-8011
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF
SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [X]
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 3
PROSPECTUS
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES B
FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES A
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON DECEMBER 18, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED.
Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), hereby
offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus (the "Prospectus") and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter of Transmittal" and together with this Prospectus, the "Exchange
Offer"), to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2004 Series B (the "New Notes" or the "Series B Notes") for each
$1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2004 Series A (the "Old Notes" or the "Series A Notes" and, together with the
New Notes, the "Notes"), of which $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount was
issued in a private placement (the "Offering") on July 15, 1997 and is
outstanding as of the date hereof. The form and terms of the New Notes are the
same as the form and terms of the Old Notes except that (i) the New Notes will
have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), pursuant to a registration statement of which this Prospectus
is a part (the "Registration Statement"), and therefore, the New Notes will not
bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the New Notes
will not be entitled to certain rights of holders of the Old Notes under the
Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), which rights will terminate
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The New Notes will evidence the
same indebtedness as the Old Notes (which they replace) and will be entitled to
the benefits of an indenture dated as of July 15, 1997 governing the Old Notes
and the New Notes (the "Indenture"). See "The Exchange Offer" and "Description
of Notes."
The New Notes will bear interest at the same rate and on the same terms as
the Old Notes. Consequently, the New Notes will bear interest at the rate of
10 1/2% per annum and the interest thereon will be payable semiannually in
arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 1998.
Interest on the New Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance of the Old Notes. The Notes are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees") jointly and severally by the Company's
Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined; the "Guarantors"). The Company and the
Guarantors are collectively referred to in this Prospectus as the "Issuers").
The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part,
on or after August 1, 2001, at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus any
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages (as defined), if any, to the
redemption date. A portion of the Notes are redeemable at the option of the
Company on or prior to August 1, 2000, out of the net proceeds of Public Equity
Offerings (as defined) at the redemption price set forth herein, plus any
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption
date. Upon a Change of Control (as defined), each holder of Notes will have the
right to require the Company to repurchase such holder's Notes at 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the repurchase date. In addition, the Company has the right
to direct a holder's disposition of Notes or redeem the Notes pursuant to
regulatory requirements as set forth herein. See "Description of Notes -- Change
of Control" and "-- Regulatory Redemption."
The Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company subordinated
in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined).
Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be a general unsecured obligation of the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary, subordinated in right of payment to all
existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The Notes will be
structurally subordinated to all liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries that
are not or do not become Guarantors. As of June 30, 1997, after giving pro forma
effect to the Offering and the application of the net proceeds thereof and the
July 1997 closing of and initial draw under the Company's new $125 million
Revolving Credit Facility (as defined), the Company would have had $172.9
million of Indebtedness outstanding, of which $44.2 million would have been
Senior Indebtedness. The Indenture (as defined) permits the Company to incur
additional Senior Indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. The Revolving
Credit Facility and other Senior Indebtedness are or will be secured by
substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. See
"Capitalization" and "Description of Notes."
The Company will accept for exchange any and all validly tendered Old Notes
not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 18, 1997,
unless the Exchange Offer is extended by the Company in its sole discretion (the
"Expiration Date"). Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to
the Expiration Date. Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of
$1,000. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
------------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 15 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND AN
INVESTMENT IN THE NEW NOTES.
------------------------------
THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
NONE OF THE NEVADA GAMING COMMISSION, THE NEVADA STATE GAMING CONTROL BOARD, THE
MISSISSIPPI GAMING COMMISSION OR THE IOWA RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION HAS
PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR THE INVESTMENT MERITS
OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
UNLAWFUL.
The date of this Prospectus is November 10, 1997.
<PAGE> 4
The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
July 15, 1997 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), by and among the Company,
the Guarantors and the initial purchasers of the Notes, a copy of which has been
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy the Company's obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement to register the New Notes and exchange them
for the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Once the Exchange Offer is
consummated, the Company will have no further obligations to register any of the
Old Notes not tendered by the holders of the Old Notes (the "Holders") for
exchange, except pursuant to a shelf registration statement to be filed under
certain limited circumstances specified in "The Exchange Offer -- Shelf
Registration." See "Risk Factors -- Failure to Exchange Old Notes."
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") or the "SEC") set forth in no-action letters
issued to third parties, the Company believes that the New Notes issued pursuant
to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than (i) a
broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes directly from the Issuers to resell
pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act
or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of any of the Issuers within the meaning
of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration
and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act; provided that the
holder is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course of its business and is
not participating, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate, in the distribution of the New Notes. Holders of Old Notes wishing
to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the Company, as required by the
Registration Rights Agreement, that such conditions have been met. The Company
believes that none of the registered holders of the Old Notes is an affiliate
(as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of any of the
Issuers.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange
for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as
it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for
Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of marketing-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has
indicated its intention to make this Prospectus (as it may be amended or
supplemented) available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such
resale for a period of up to 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined
herein) of the Exchange Offer, unless extended pursuant to the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein). See "Plan of Distribution."
The Company will not receive any proceeds from, and has agreed to bear the
expenses of, the Exchange Offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with
this Exchange Offer.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
The New Notes will be available initially only in book-entry form. The
Company expects that the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
issued in the form of one or more fully registered global notes that will be
deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company ("DTC" or the
"Depositary") and registered in the name of the Depositary or in the name of
Cede & Co., its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or
indirect participant in the Depositary, including Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear")
and Citibank, N.A., as depository for Cedel, S.A. ("CEDEL"). Subject to certain
exceptions, beneficial interests in the Global Notes representing the Notes will
be shown on, and transfers thereof only will be effected through, records
maintained by the Depository and its participants. After the initial issuance of
such
i
<PAGE> 5
global notes, New Notes in certificated form will be issued in exchange for the
global notes only in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the
Indenture. See "Description of Notes."
Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the Old
Notes. The Company does not intend to list the New Notes on any securities
exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation
system. There can be no assurance that an active market for the New Notes will
develop. To the extent that a market for the New Notes does develop, the market
value of the New Notes will depend on many factors, including, among other
things, prevailing interest rates, market conditions, general economic
conditions, the Company's results of operations and financial condition, the
market for similar securities, and other conditions. Such conditions might cause
the New Notes, to the extent that they are actively traded, to trade at a
significant discount from face value. See "Risk Factors -- Absence of Public
Trading Market for the Notes."
ii
<PAGE> 6
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Unless otherwise indicated, or the context otherwise requires, the term
"Ameristar" or "ACI" refers to Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation,
and the term "Company" refers to Ameristar and its subsidiaries. All of the
Company's principal operations are conducted through wholly owned subsidiaries
of Ameristar.
THE COMPANY
Ameristar Casinos, Inc. is a multi-jurisdictional gaming company that owns
and operates casinos and related hotel, food and beverage, entertainment and
other facilities, with four properties in operation in Nevada, Mississippi and
Iowa and a fifth property under development in Nevada. The Cactus Petes Resort
Casino, founded in 1956, and The Horseshu Hotel & Casino, acquired by the
Company in 1964, were the Company's first two casino-hotels and are located in
Jackpot, Nevada at the Idaho border. In 1994, the Company opened Ameristar
Casino Vicksburg, a riverboat-themed dockside casino and related land-based
facilities in Vicksburg, Mississippi. In 1996, the Company opened Ameristar
Casino Hotel Council Bluffs, which consists of a cruising riverboat casino, a
hotel and other related land-based facilities in Council Bluffs, Iowa, across
the Missouri River from Omaha, Nebraska. The Company is currently constructing
The Reserve Hotel & Casino, an African safari and big game-themed casino-hotel,
located at the junction of Interstate 515 and Lake Mead Drive in Henderson,
Nevada, a suburb of Las Vegas, which is expected to open in January 1998.
The Company's business strategy is to (i) emphasize quality dining,
lodging, entertainment and other non-gaming amenities at affordable prices to
complement and enhance its gaming operations, (ii) promote its properties as
entertainment destinations, (iii) construct facilities appropriate to individual
markets, (iv) emphasize courteous and responsive service to develop customer
loyalty and (v) utilize marketing programs to promote customer retention. The
Company believes this strategy will continue to distinguish the Company from its
competitors, many of whom outside of Las Vegas have not emphasized non-gaming
amenities in their operations to the same extent as the Company. In selecting
markets, the Company seeks strong demographics and a favorable competitive
environment. Within markets, the Company looks for sites with attractive,
prominent locations and ease of access that will support the size and scope of
the Company's development plans.
The Company's marketing strategy is to develop a loyal customer base by
promoting the quality of the Company's gaming, leisure and entertainment
amenities that emphasize high standards of service and customer satisfaction.
The Company uses players clubs at each property to identify and retain preferred
players and develop promotions and special events to encourage increased gaming
activity by these customers. The Company's marketing programs also include a
number of promotions, designed primarily to increase the frequency of customer
visits within local markets, as well as tour and travel promotional packages in
certain markets. The Company uses a variety of advertising media to market its
properties, including print, television, radio, outdoor and internet advertising
and direct mail promotions.
------------------------------
Ameristar was incorporated in Nevada in August 1993 to act as a holding
company for the Company's operating subsidiaries, the first of which commenced
operations in 1956. The executive offices of the Company are located at 3773
Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 490 South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, and the
telephone number is (702) 567-7000.
1
<PAGE> 7
PROPERTY PROFILES
The following table presents selected information as of September 30, 1997
concerning the Company's currently operating properties and its development
plans for The Reserve Hotel & Casino.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMERISTAR
CACTUS PETES THE HORSESHU AMERISTAR CASINO CASINO HOTEL THE RESERVE
RESORT CASINO HOTEL & CASINO VICKSBURG COUNCIL BLUFFS HOTEL & CASINO
(JACKPOT, NV) (JACKPOT, NV) (VICKSBURG, MS) (COUNCIL BLUFFS, IA) (HENDERSON, NV)(1)
------------------- -------------- ------------------ -------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Casino Square
Footage............. 25,450 3,540 32,000 27,500 42,000
Slot Machines......... 806 126 975 1,012 1,450(est)
Table Games........... 37 8 47 43 26 (est)
Hotel Rooms........... 299 120 150(2) 300(3) 224
Restaurants/Bars...... 4/3 1/1 3/6 4/4 4/3
Restaurant/Bar
Seating Capacity.... 460/80 124/40 873/136 975/93 847/118(est)
Other................. 356-Seat Showroom; Keno; Swim- 379-Seat Showroom Kids Quest Sports Book; Swim-
Sports Book(4); ming Pool; Children's Activity ming Pool; Bingo
Keno; Swimming Pool General Store; Center(4); Indoor
Service Swimming Pool & Spa
Station
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The facilities described in this column reflect Phase I of The Reserve Hotel
& Casino, which is anticipated to open in January 1998. Phase II would add
28,000 square feet of casino space, an approximately 1,500-space parking
structure and certain other additions and enhancements. See "Risk Factors --
Construction and Development Risks; Risk of New Ventures" and "Business --
The Reserve."
(2) The Company is developing a 150-room hotel at Ameristar Casino Vicksburg
expected to be completed in April 1998.
(3) Includes a full service 160-room Ameristar hotel owned and operated by the
Company and a limited service 140-room Holiday Inn Suites Hotel owned and
operated by a third party under a ground lease from the Company.
(4) Operated by a third party.
CURRENT OPERATIONS
The Jackpot Properties
Cactus Petes Resort Casino ("Cactus Petes") and The Horseshu Hotel & Casino
(the "Horseshu"; and, collectively with Cactus Petes, the "Jackpot Properties"),
were the Company's first two casino-hotels and are strategically located on U.S.
Highway 93 in Jackpot, Nevada at the Idaho border. The Jackpot Properties, which
have been operating since 1956, have been designed and developed as a
destination resort and are marketed to appeal to three separate markets: budget,
quality and luxury. The facilities principally target patrons residing in
Southern Idaho, Oregon, Washington and Alberta, Canada. The Company has
developed a dominant share of the market capacity in Jackpot. As of September
30, 1997, the Jackpot Properties accounted for approximately 54% of the lodging
rooms, 58% of the slot machines and 74% of the table games in Jackpot.
Management believes Cactus Petes offers a more attractive environment and a
broader and higher quality range of gaming and leisure activities than those of
its competitors. Cactus Petes completed a major expansion project in 1991. Since
1993, Cactus Petes has annually received a Four Diamond rating from the American
Automobile Association ("AAA"). The Four Diamond rating, which is currently
awarded to nine Nevada casino hotels, is the highest rating currently awarded to
any Nevada hotel. The Horseshu Hotel has a Three Diamond rating from the AAA.
In January 1997, the Company completed a renovation of its slot gaming
equipment at the Jackpot Properties, including the introduction of 587
state-of-the-art slot machines in replacement of older models, the linkage of
all slot machines at the Jackpot Properties to the Company's player tracking
system, and improved sensory appeal, including touch screens and enhanced
signage, sounds and colors. In addition, the Company recently completed a
remodeling of the casino at the Horseshu. Management believes that these
renovations have promoted customer satisfaction and have improved the
effectiveness of both targeted marketing and general advertising programs. For
the 12 months ended June 30, 1997, Cactus Pete's, Inc. ("CPI"), the Company's
operating subsidiary for the Jackpot Properties, had net revenues and EBITDA of
$52.7 million and $12.3 million, respectively.
2
<PAGE> 8
Ameristar Vicksburg
Ameristar Vicksburg is located in Vicksburg, Mississippi, one-quarter mile
north of Interstate 20, the main east-west thoroughfare connecting Atlanta and
Dallas, and is approximately 45 miles west of Jackson, Mississippi. The property
includes a permanently-moored, dockside casino (the "Vicksburg Casino") and
related land-based facilities (collectively, "Ameristar Vicksburg").
Approximately 800,000 people live within Ameristar Vicksburg's 17-county primary
market area, including the metropolitan areas of Jackson and Vicksburg,
Mississippi, and Monroe, Louisiana. According to the Mississippi Department of
Transportation, approximately 7.3 million vehicles drove across the Interstate
20 bridge at Vicksburg during 1996.
For the 52 weeks ended September 20, 1997, the Vicksburg market generated
$189.6 million in gaming revenues. Based on available data, Ameristar Vicksburg
is currently the market leader and generated gaming revenues in 1995 and 1996
representing approximately 33.3% and 33.1%, respectively, of the total market
gaming revenues. Management attributes Ameristar Vicksburg's leading market
share position to the effectiveness of the Company's marketing and promotional
strategy, the property's proximity to and visibility from Interstate 20, its
ease of access, the size and design of the facility and the range and quality of
the amenities offered.
In an effort to maintain and expand the Vicksburg gaming market and the
Company's share of the market, the Company is constructing a deluxe,
eight-story, 150-room hotel across the street from the main entrance to the
Vicksburg Casino. It is currently anticipated that construction will be
completed in April 1998 and that the total development cost of the hotel will be
approximately $10.3 million, including capitalized construction period interest.
For the 12 months ended June 30, 1997, Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc.
("ACVI"), the Company's operating subsidiary for Ameristar Vicksburg, had net
revenues and EBITDA of $65.3 million and $19.9 million, respectively.
Ameristar Council Bluffs
Ameristar Council Bluffs is located near the Nebraska Avenue exit on
Interstate 29 in Council Bluffs, Iowa across the Missouri River from Omaha,
Nebraska. The property includes a cruising riverboat casino (the "Council Bluffs
Casino"), an Ameristar hotel and other related land-based facilities
(collectively, "Ameristar Council Bluffs"). Approximately 1.1 million people
live within a 50-mile radius, and approximately 1.6 million live within a
100-mile radius, of Council Bluffs. Based on available data, Council Bluffs is
currently the strongest gaming market in Iowa, with $263.2 million in gaming
revenues for the 12 months ended September 30, 1997. The Company holds one of
three gaming licenses currently issued for Pottawattamie County, Iowa.
The Company designed Ameristar Council Bluffs as a destination resort to
serve as an entertainment centerpiece of the region. Ameristar Council Bluffs
features architecture reminiscent of a gateway river town in the late 1800s. The
design complements existing characteristics of Council Bluffs while giving the
facility its own distinctive personality. The Company opened Ameristar Council
Bluffs in stages during 1996 and early 1997. The Council Bluffs Casino opened on
January 19, 1996, portions of the land-based Main Street Pavilion (including two
restaurants) opened on June 17, 1996, the full service 160-room Ameristar hotel
opened on November 1, 1996 and the sports bar cabaret opened on December 26,
1996. The Company's remaining land-based facilities, a steak house and an indoor
swimming pool and spa, opened on February 25 and March 3, 1997, respectively.
The Company also has leased a portion of the Ameristar Council Bluffs site
to a third party that developed and operates a limited service 140-room Holiday
Inn Suites hotel that opened on March 31, 1997. The Holiday Inn Suites hotel is
connected by a climate-controlled walkway to the Ameristar Council Bluffs
land-based facilities. The approximately 50-acre Ameristar Council Bluffs site
is large enough to accommodate future land-based expansion should the Company
deem it beneficial for the success of the property. For the 12 months ended June
30, 1997, Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc. ("ACCBI"), the Company's
operating subsidiary for Ameristar Council Bluffs, had net revenues and EBITDA
of $80.9 million and $16.0 million, respectively.
3
<PAGE> 9
UNDER CONSTRUCTION
The Reserve Hotel & Casino
The Reserve, featuring an African safari and big game reserve theme, is
being developed in phases and is strategically located at the junction of Lake
Mead Drive and Interstate 515 in Henderson, Nevada. The Company acquired The
Reserve under construction on October 9, 1996. Phase I of The Reserve will
include approximately 42,000 square feet of casino space (with approximately
1,450 slot machines and 26 table games), 224 hotel rooms, four restaurants,
three bars and lounges, a sports book, approximately 1,500 surface parking
spaces, back-of-house facilities and a swimming pool. The Phase I food and
beverage operations and back-of-house facilities will support both Phases I and
II of The Reserve. Construction of the hotel is substantially completed, subject
to the installation of furniture, fixtures and equipment and the application of
the exterior theming. The shell of Phase I is substantially complete, and the
mechanical, electrical, plumbing and HVAC systems for Phase I have been
installed. Other Phase I interior construction is in progress. Phase II will
include a 28,000 square foot expansion of the casino area with the addition of
approximately 350 slot machines and approximately 20 table games. Phase II also
will include the permanent porte cochere, a 1,500-space parking structure and
enhancements to the swimming pool and garden area and the race and sports book
facilities.
Management currently believes that Phase I of The Reserve will open in
January 1998. The timing of construction of Phase II, which will complete the
Company's initial development plans for The Reserve, will be substantially
dependent upon the Company's future cash flow and its borrowing capacity under
the Revolving Credit Facility following the opening of The Reserve. The Company
has established a total acquisition and construction budget for Phase I of
$125.0 million, including capitalized construction period interest, preopening
costs, Phase I and II design costs and acquisition costs. As of September 30,
1997, $65.6 million of this budget remained to be expended. Construction and
development costs for Phase II are estimated at $30.0 million, including
capitalized construction period interest.
The Company expects that The Reserve will compete primarily for customers
in the Henderson-Green Valley suburban community of the Las Vegas metropolitan
area. The Company also intends to market The Reserve to visitors, including
persons driving to and from Arizona via Interstate 515, persons driving between
California and Lake Mead and other visitors to the Las Vegas metropolitan area
who desire lodging in Henderson-Green Valley. According to the 1996 Las Vegas
Perspective, the Las Vegas metropolitan area was the fastest growing
metropolitan area and Henderson was the fastest growing city in the United
States during the first half of the 1990s, with population increases of 26% and
57%, respectively. In February 1997, the Nevada State Demographer's Office
estimated the population of Clark County, Nevada was 1.1 million, and the
population of Henderson and Boulder City (a community south of Henderson) was
144,800. According to the Nevada Department of Transportation, approximately
100,000 vehicles per day currently pass through the junction of Interstate 515
and Lake Mead Drive. The Reserve is owned and will be operated by the Company's
Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc. ("ACLVI") subsidiary, which acquired The
Reserve through a merger (the "Merger") with Gem Gaming, Inc. ("Gem"), the
original developer of The Reserve. See "Business -- The Gem Merger."
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
The Company recently announced the following summary financial results for
the three and nine months ended September 30, 1997.
For the three months ended September 30, 1997, the Company had net
revenues, net income before extraordinary item and earnings per share before
extraordinary item of $54.0 million, $3.2 million and $0.16, respectively. Net
revenues, net income and earnings per share for the same period in 1996 were
$51.5 million, $2.4 million and $0.12, respectively.
For the nine months ended September 30, 1997, the Company had net revenues,
net income before extraordinary item and earnings per share before extraordinary
item of $155.6 million, $8.8 million and $0.43, respectively. For this period in
1996, net revenues, net income and earnings per share were
4
<PAGE> 10
$142.2 million, $5.6 million and $0.27, respectively. Net income and earnings
per share before preopening costs of $6.1 million were $9.5 million and $0.47,
respectively, for the first nine months of 1996.
The Company reported net income of $2.5 million and $8.1 million,
respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 1997 after the
extraordinary write-off of $673,000 (after tax benefit) of unamortized loan
costs associated with refinancing and increasing the Company's long-term credit
facilities during the 1997 third quarter. The increased borrowing capacity is
being used by the Company to develop The Reserve. Earnings per share after the
extraordinary loss were $0.13 and $0.40, respectively, for the three and nine
months ended September 30, 1997.
Ameristar Council Bluffs contributed significantly to the increase in net
revenues with a full three and nine months of casino operations and revenues
provided by its land-based amenities. As discussed above, the Council Bluffs
Casino opened on January 19, 1996, and the land-based amenities at Ameristar
Council Bluffs were completed in stages from the second quarter of 1996 through
the first quarter of 1997. Net revenues at Ameristar Council Bluffs increased by
16.1% and 26.7%, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30,
1997 as compared to the same periods in 1996. Ameristar Council Bluffs'
operating income (before preopening costs) showed increases of $3.0 million and
$4.4 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30,
1997 compared with same periods in 1996.
For the Jackpot Properties, operating income declined in the third quarter,
but showed improvement for the nine-month period, posting a 10.4% decrease and a
4.8% increase, respectively, in the three and nine months ended September 30,
1997, compared to the prior year. The decline for the quarter is attributable to
increases in depreciation expense and additional promotional costs. Management
attributes the nine-month increase to the installation of approximately 587
state-of-the-art slot machines, an enhanced slot player tracking system and an
aggressive marketing strategy.
Ameristar Vicksburg experienced declines of 4.2% and 3.2%, respectively, in
net revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 1997 compared to
the prior year periods. These decreases were consistent with the overall
softening in the Vicksburg market. In a continuing effort to increase its
leading market share position in Vicksburg, the Company is developing a new
eight-story, 150-room hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg that is scheduled for
completion in April 1998. The Company demolished the existing 54-room budget
motel located on the site of the new hotel facility, writing off approximately
$600,000 in undepreciated costs related to this building in the second quarter
of 1997.
The Company's operating income margins before preopening costs as a
percentage of net revenue increased from 11.4% to 15.4% for the three-month
period ended September 30, 1997 and increased from 14.2% to 15.1% for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 1997, as compared to same periods in 1996.
On a Company-wide basis, EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation
and Amortization) margins before preopening costs were 22.8% for the three and
nine months ended September 30, 1997, compared to 18.8% and 21.6%, respectively,
for the three and nine months ended September 30, 1996. These changes are a
result of improved performance at Ameristar Council Bluffs.
5
<PAGE> 11
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------- ---------------------
1997 1996 1997 1996
------- ------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Gross revenues.......................................................... $58,129 $55,091 $167,268 $151,332
Less -- Promotional allowances.......................................... (4,086) (3,637) (11,642) (9,162)
------- ------- -------- --------
Net revenues.................................................... $54,043 $51,454 $155,626 $142,170
======= ======= ======== ========
Operating income (expense):
Jackpot Properties.................................................... $ 3,344 $ 3,731 $ 8,645 $ 8,246
Ameristar Vicksburg................................................... 3,195 3,229 10,149 10,228
Ameristar Council Bluffs.............................................. 3,844 846 11,255 6,874
Corporate(1).......................................................... (5,370) (3,962) (15,561) (10,432)
Abandonment loss...................................................... -- -- (646) --
Preopening costs(2)................................................... -- -- -- (6,147)
------- ------- -------- --------
Income before taxes..................................................... $ 5,013 $ 3,844 $ 13,842 $ 8,769
Income tax provision.................................................... 1,793 1,416 5,060 3,198
------- ------- -------- --------
Income before extraordinary item........................................ 3,220 2,428 8,782 5,571
Extraordinary item -- write-off of unamortized loan costs, net of tax
benefit............................................................... (673) -- (673) --
------- ------- -------- --------
Net income(3)........................................................... $ 2,547 $ 2,428 $ 8,109 $ 5,571
======= ======= ======== ========
Earnings per share(3)
Earnings before extraordinary item.................................... 0.16 0.12 0.43 0.27
Extraordinary item.................................................... (0.03) -- (0.03) --
------- ------- -------- --------
Earnings per share.................................................... $ 0.13 $ 0.12 $ 0.40 $ 0.27
======= ======= ======== ========
Shares outstanding...................................................... 20,360 20,360 20,360 20,360
======= ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Corporate operating expense includes interest expense, business development
costs and general corporate overhead.
(2) Preopening costs relate to Ameristar Council Bluffs and include an aggregate
of $1.0 million in contributions to six charitable organizations in Iowa.
(3) Net income before preopening costs was $9.5 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996. Earnings per share before preopening costs were
$0.47 for the same period.
6
<PAGE> 12
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------- ---------------------
1997 1996 1997 1996
------- ------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NET REVENUES
Jackpot Properties.................................................... $15,267 $15,062 $ 41,819 $ 40,471
Ameristar Vicksburg................................................... 16,398 17,120 48,697 50,303
Ameristar Council Bluffs.............................................. 22,378 19,272 65,110 51,396
Corporate and other................................................... -- -- -- --
------- ------- -------- --------
Consolidated Net Revenues....................................... $54,043 $51,454 $155,626 $142,170
======= ======= ======== ========
OPERATING INCOME(1)
Jackpot Properties.................................................... $ 3,344 $ 3,731 $ 8,645 $ 8,246
Ameristar Vicksburg................................................... 3,195 3,229 10,149 10,228
Ameristar Council Bluffs.............................................. 3,844 846 11,255 6,874
Corporate and other................................................... (2,044) (1,918) (6,615) (5,204)
------- ------- -------- --------
Consolidated Operating Income................................... $ 8,339 $ 5,888 $ 23,434 $ 20,144
======= ======= ======== ========
OPERATING INCOME MARGINS
Jackpot Properties.................................................... 21.9% 24.8% 20.7% 20.4%
Ameristar Vicksburg................................................... 19.5% 18.9% 20.8% 20.3%
Ameristar Council Bluffs.............................................. 17.2% 4.4% 17.3% 13.4%
Consolidated Operating Income Margin............................ 15.4% 11.4% 15.1% 14.2%
EBITDA(1)
Jackpot Properties.................................................... $ 4,088 $ 4,373 $ 10,749 $ 10,245
Ameristar Vicksburg................................................... 4,736 4,950 14,793 15,394
Ameristar Council Bluffs.............................................. 5,430 2,187 16,164 10,195
Corporate and other................................................... (1,938) (1,848) (6,223) (5,115)
------- ------- -------- --------
Consolidated EBITDA............................................. $12,316 $ 9,662 $ 35,483 $ 30,719
======= ======= ======== ========
EBITDA MARGINS(2)
Jackpot Properties.................................................... 26.8% 29.0% 25.7% 25.3%
Ameristar Vicksburg................................................... 28.9% 28.9% 30.4% 30.6%
Ameristar Council Bluffs.............................................. 24.3% 11.3% 24.8% 19.8%
Consolidated EBITDA Margin.......................................... 22.8% 18.8% 22.8% 21.6%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Before Ameristar Council Bluffs preopening costs in the data for the nine
months ended September 30, 1996.
(2) EBITDA consists of income from operations plus depreciation, amortization
and preopening costs. EBITDA Margin is EBITDA as a percentage of net
revenues. EBITDA information is presented solely as a supplemental
disclosure because management believes that it is a widely used measure of
operating performance in the gaming industry and for companies with a
significant amount of depreciation and amortization. EBITDA should not be
construed as an alternative to income from operations (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as an indicator of
the Company's operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flow from
operating activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles) as a measure of liquidity. The Company has
significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures and debt
principal repayments, that are not reflected in EBITDA. It should also be
noted that not all gaming companies that report EBITDA information may
calculate EBITDA in the same manner as the Company.
7
<PAGE> 13
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
THE EXCHANGE OFFER............ The Company is hereby offering to exchange
$1,000 principal amount of New Notes for each
$1,000 principal amount of Old Notes that are
properly tendered and accepted. The Company
will issue New Notes on or promptly after the
Expiration Date. As of the date hereof, there
is $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Old Notes outstanding. Based on an
interpretation by the staff of the Commission
set forth in no-action letters issued to third
parties, the Company believes that the New
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a
holder thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer
who purchased Old Notes directly from the
Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any
other available exemption under the Securities
Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of
any of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act), without
compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act;
provided that the holder is acquiring New Notes
in the ordinary course of its business and is
not participating, and has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate,
in the distribution of the New Notes. Each
broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its
own account in exchange for Old Notes, where
such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
in connection with any resale of such New
Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- Resale of the
New Notes."
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT..................... The Old Notes were sold by the Company on July
15, 1997 to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., BT
Securities Corporation and First Chicago
Capital Markets, Inc., as the initial
purchasers (the "Initial Purchasers"), pursuant
to a Purchase Agreement dated July 10, 1997,
among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers
(the "Purchase Agreement"). Pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement, the Issuers and the Initial
Purchasers entered into the Registration Rights
Agreement, which grants the holders of the Old
Notes certain exchange and registration rights.
The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy such
rights, which will terminate upon the
consummation of the Exchange Offer. The holders
of the New Notes will not be entitled to any
exchange or registration rights with respect to
the New Notes. See "The Exchange Offer --
Termination of Certain Rights."
EXPIRATION DATE............... The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on December 18, 1997 (the
"Expiration Date"), unless the Exchange Offer
is extended by the Company in its sole
discretion, in which case the term Expiration
Date shall mean the latest date and time to
which the Exchange Offer is extended. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Expiration Date; Extensions;
Amendments."
ACCRUED INTEREST ON THE NEW
NOTES AND THE OLD NOTES....... The New Notes will bear interest from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or,
if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance of the Old Notes. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Interest on the New Notes."
8
<PAGE> 14
CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE
OFFER......................... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain
customary conditions that may be waived by the
Company. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned
upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of
Old Notes being tendered for exchange. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD
NOTES......................... Each holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the
Exchange Offer must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof,
in accordance with the instructions contained
herein and therein, and mail or otherwise
deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or such
facsimile, together with such Old Notes and any
other required documentation to First Trust
National Association, as exchange agent (the
"Exchange Agent"), at the address set forth
herein. By executing the Letter of Transmittal,
the holder will represent to and agree with the
Issuers that, among other things, (i) the New
Notes to be acquired by such holder of Old
Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer are
being acquired by such holder in the ordinary
course of its business, (ii) such holder has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in a distribution of the New Notes,
(iii) that if such holder (including any
broker-dealer registered under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act")) is participating in the Exchange Offer
for the purpose of distributing the New Notes,
such holder will comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with a secondary
resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by
such person and cannot rely on the position of
the staff of the Commission set forth in
certain no-action letters (see "The Exchange
Offer -- Resale of the New Notes"), (iv) such
holder understands that a secondary resale
transaction described in clause (iii) above and
any resales of Old Notes acquired by such
holder directly from the Company, or any New
Notes obtained by such holder in exchange for
Old Notes acquired by such holder directly from
the Company, should be covered by an effective
registration statement containing the selling
security holder information required by Item
507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation
S-K of the Commission and (v) such holder is
not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405
under the Securities Act, of any of the
Issuers. If the holder is a broker-dealer that
will receive New Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, such holder will be
required to acknowledge in the Letter of
Transmittal that such holder will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a Prospectus, such holder
will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR
BENEFICIAL OWNERS............. Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
and who wishes to tender such Old Notes in the
Ex-
9
<PAGE> 15
change Offer should contact such registered
holder promptly and instruct such registered
holder to tender on such beneficial owner's
behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to
tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner
must, prior to completing and executing the
Letter of Transmittal and delivering such
owner's Old Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Old
Notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly
completed bond power from the registered
holder. The transfer of registered ownership
may take considerable time and may not be able
to be completed prior to the Expiration Date.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for
Tendering."
GUARANTEED DELIVERY
PROCEDURES.................... Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their
Old Notes and whose Old Notes are not
immediately available or who cannot deliver
their Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or
any other documentation required by the Letter
of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to
the Expiration Date must tender their Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth under "The Exchange
Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
ACCEPTANCE OF THE OLD NOTES
AND DELIVERY OF THE NEW
NOTES......................... Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions to the Exchange Offer, the Issuers
will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes
that are properly tendered in the Exchange
Offer prior to the Expiration Date. The New
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will be delivered on the earliest practicable
date following the Expiration Date. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS............. Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any
time prior to the Expiration Date. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS................ The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes will
not be treated as a taxable event for United
States federal income tax purposes because the
New Notes will not be considered to differ
materially in kind or extent from the Old
Notes. As a result, no material United States
federal income tax consequences will result to
holders exchanging Old Notes for New Notes. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations."
EXCHANGE AGENT................ First Trust National Association is serving as
the Exchange Agent in connection with the
Exchange Offer.
10
<PAGE> 16
THE NEW NOTES
The Exchange Offer applies to $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
the Old Notes. The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and
terms of the Old Notes except that (i) the exchange will have been registered
under the Securities Act and, therefore, the New Notes will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the New Notes will not be
entitled to certain rights of holders of the Old Notes under the Registration
Rights Agreement, which rights will terminate upon consummation of the Exchange
Offer. The New Notes will evidence the same indebtedness as the Old Notes (which
they replace) and will be issued under, and be entitled to the benefits of, the
Indenture. For further information and for definitions of certain capitalized
terms used with respect to the Notes in this Prospectus, see "Description of the
Notes."
ISSUER........................ Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
SECURITIES OFFERED............ $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of
10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
Series B.
MATURITY DATE................. August 1, 2004.
INTEREST...................... Interest will be payable semiannually on each
of February 1 and August 1, commencing February
1, 1998.
SECURITY...................... The New Notes will be unsecured obligations of
Ameristar.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES......... The payment of principal, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the New Notes
are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a
joint and several and senior subordinated
unsecured basis by the Guarantors, contemplated
to be all existing and future Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company. The New Notes will
be structurally subordinated to all liabilities
of the Company's subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors.
RANKING....................... The New Notes will be subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness of the Company, including the
Company's $125.0 million reducing revolving
bank credit facility (the "Revolving Credit
Facility") entered into concurrently with the
Offering.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION.......... None.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION........... The New Notes generally are not subject to
redemption until August 1, 2001. Thereafter,
the New Notes may be redeemed at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the
redemption prices set forth herein, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, through the redemption date.
However, on or prior to August 1, 2000, the
Company may redeem up to 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes out of the net
proceeds of Public Equity Offerings (as
defined) at the redemption price set forth
herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, through the
redemption date, provided that at least $75.0
million in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes remain outstanding following such
redemption.
REGULATORY REDEMPTION......... If any Holder or beneficial owner of a New Note
is required to be licensed, qualified or found
suitable under applicable Gaming Laws (as
defined) and is not so licensed, qualified or
found suitable, the Holder or beneficial owner
shall, upon request of the Company, dispose of
such Holder's or beneficial owner's New Notes
within 30
11
<PAGE> 17
days after receipt of notice of failure to be
licensed, qualified or found suitable or such
earlier date prescribed by the applicable
Gaming Authority (as defined) and thereafter
the Company may, at its option, redeem the
Holder's or beneficial owner's New Notes at the
lowest of (i) the price at which the New Notes
(or the predecessor Old Notes) were acquired by
the Holder; (ii) the fair market value of such
New Notes on such redemption date; and (iii)
the principal amount of such New Notes. In the
case of a redemption pursuant to clause (i) or
(ii) above, the redemption payment will not
include accrued interest or Liquidated Damages,
if any, unless the payment of such amounts is
permitted by the applicable Gaming Authority,
in which case such interest or Liquidated
Damages, if any, shall be paid through the date
of redemption. See "Government Regulations" and
"Description of Notes -- Regulatory
Redemption."
CHANGE OF CONTROL............. Upon a Change of Control (as defined), each
Holder of Notes will have the right to require
the Company to repurchase all or any part of
such Holder's Notes at a repurchase price equal
to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, through the date of
repurchase. See "Description of Notes -- Change
of Control."
PRINCIPAL COVENANTS........... The indenture pursuant to which the New Notes
will be issued (the "Indenture") contains
certain covenants that, among other things,
limit the ability of Ameristar and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined) to incur
additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make
other distributions, make investments,
repurchase subordinated obligations or capital
stock, create certain liens (except, among
others, liens securing Senior Indebtedness),
enter into certain transactions with
affiliates, sell assets of Ameristar or its
subsidiaries, issue or sell subsidiary stock,
create or permit to exist restrictions on
distributions from subsidiaries, or enter into
certain mergers and consolidations. See
"Description of Notes -- Certain Covenants."
USE OF PROCEEDS............... The Company will not receive any proceeds from
the issuance of the New Notes offered hereby.
In consideration for issuing the New Notes as
contemplated in this Prospectus, the Company
will receive in exchange Old Notes in like
principal amount, the terms of which are
substantially identical to the New Notes.
RISK FACTORS
See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain factors that should be
considered in connection with the Exchange Offer.
12
<PAGE> 18
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth selected summary consolidated financial and
other data of the Company, which should be read in connection with the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere
herein and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations." Except for the summary consolidated financial data as of
June 30, 1997 and for six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, the summary
consolidated financial data are derived from the Company's audited financial
statements, which, except for the income statements for the years ended
September 30, 1992 and 1993 and the three months ended December 31, 1993, appear
elsewhere herein. The summary consolidated financial data presented below as of
June 30, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are derived
from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company included
herein. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments (consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments) which the Company considers necessary for
a fair presentation of the Company's financial position and results of
operations for these periods. Operating results for the six months ended June
30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
future periods, including for the entire year ending December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
------------------ DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------ -------------------
1992 1993 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING DATA) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA(1)(2):
Net revenues....................... $45,596 $ 50,026 $ 12,159 $114,353 $123,867 $188,465 $ 90,716 $101,583
Depreciation and amortization...... 4,054 4,185 993 7,062 9,721 14,135 6,801 8,072
Preopening costs................... -- -- -- 5,408 -- 7,379 6,146 --
Income from operations............. 7,431 7,880 1,519 9,944 18,084 17,313 8,109 15,095
Interest expense, net.............. (1,161) (707) (21) (3,293) (3,753) (7,949) (3,247) (5,718)
Net income(3)...................... 6,247 4,905 1,645 4,220 8,438 5,897 3,144 5,562
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(4).......................... $11,485 $ 12,065 $ 2,512 $ 22,414 $ 27,805 $ 38,827 $ 21,056 $ 23,167
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities............. 9,164 10,911 2,310 18,423 23,048 33,177 18,636 13,001
Investing activities............. (1,617) (15,451) (20,251) (34,033) (63,022) (53,746) (35,154) (15,331)
Financing activities............. 7,084 5,606 18,478 21,389 45,592 16,506 10,463 4,228
Capital expenditures(5)............ 2,263 26,158 22,723 33,329 64,783 80,492 27,086 16,372
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(6)....................... 6.1x 5.6x 5.6x 2.7x 3.1x 1.7x 1.8x 1.9x
OPERATING DATA:
Number of hotel rooms(7)........... 415 415 415 473 473 633 473 579
Average hotel occupancy rate....... 88% 88% 79% 88% 85% 79% 82% 80%
Average daily room rate............ $46 $51 $50 $53 $53 $53 $49 $46
Casino square footage(7)........... 29,000 29,000 29,000 61,000 61,000 88,500 88,500 88,500
Number of slot machines(7)......... 1,037 1,037 1,037 1,976 1,950 2,966 2,970 2,908
Number of table games(7)........... 43 43 43 96 97 134 131 133
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997
-------------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C>
PRO FORMA DATA(8):
EBITDA(4).................................................................................... $40,938
Interest expense(9).......................................................................... 15,205
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense.......................................................... 2.7x
Ratio of net debt(10) to EBITDA.............................................................. 3.9x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges........................................................... 1.6x
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE> 19
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------
PRO FORMA
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(11)
-------- ---------------
(UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash................................................................................... $ 12,622 $ 12,622
Total assets........................................................................... 275,015 275,015
Total debt............................................................................. 169,366 172,916
Stockholders' equity................................................................... 76,506 76,506
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Significant factors affecting the summary consolidated income statement
data are as follows: Development of the primary Ameristar Vicksburg
facilities began in February 1993 and was completed in May 1994. Ameristar
Vicksburg opened in late February 1994. Ameristar Council Bluffs opened on
January 19, 1996, portions of the land-based Main Street Pavilion
(including two restaurants) opened on June 17, 1996, the 160-room Ameristar
hotel opened on November 1, 1996 and the sports bar cabaret opened on
December 26, 1996. The remaining facilities, a steak house and an indoor
swimming pool and spa, opened on February 25 and March 3, 1997,
respectively. The Company acquired The Reserve under construction on
October 9, 1996, through the Merger.
(2) Financial data as of dates and for periods ending prior to November 1993
reflect restated financial statements giving retroactive effect to a
corporate reorganization completed immediately prior to the closing of the
Company's initial public offering. Pursuant to the reorganization, CPI and
ACVI, then companies under the common control of Craig H. Neilsen, became
wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.
(3) Effective January 1, 1993, the Company elected to terminate its S
corporation status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
became subject to federal income taxes. Net income for the years ended
September 30, 1992 and 1993 includes pro forma income tax provisions using
a rate of 34% to reflect the estimated income tax expense the Company would
have incurred had it been subject to federal income taxes for these years.
Net income for the three months ended December 31, 1993 includes a $720,000
nonrecurring income item to reflect the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, and net income for the year ended December 31, 1995
includes a $657,000 nonrecurring extraordinary loss relating to early
retirement of debt. See the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
(4) EBITDA consists of income from operations plus depreciation, amortization
and preopening costs. EBITDA is presented solely as a supplemental
disclosure because management believes that it is a widely used measure of
operating performance in the gaming industry and for companies with a
significant amount of depreciation and amortization. EBITDA should not be
construed as an alternative to income from operations (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as an indicator
of the Company's operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flow
from operating activities (as determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles) as a measure of liquidity. The Company has
other significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures and
debt principal repayments, that are not reflected in EBITDA. In addition,
it should be noted that not all gaming companies that report EBITDA
information may calculate EBITDA in the same manner as the Company.
(5) Capital expenditures include: (i) $24.1 million, $22.7 million and $32.4
million in fiscal 1993, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the
year ended December 31, 1994, respectively, for the development of
Ameristar Vicksburg; (ii) $60.9 million, $37.2 million and $3.8 million in
1995, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 for the development of
Ameristar Council Bluffs; and (iii) $33.5 million (including amounts
expended by Gem prior to the Merger) and $7.4 million in 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997 for the acquisition and development of The
Reserve.
(6) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
earnings are defined as income before income tax provision, interest on
indebtedness (net of interest capitalized during the period), imputed
interest on capitalized lease obligations and the portion of rent expense
(one-third) deemed to represent interest. Fixed charges consist of interest
on indebtedness (including amounts capitalized), imputed interest on
capitalized lease obligations and the portion of rent expense deemed to
represent interest.
(7) As of the end of each period presented.
(8) Except as set forth in footnote 10, gives pro forma effect to the Offering
and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the closing of and
initial draw under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Merger and the
related issuance of the Gem Notes (as defined under "Business -- The Gem
Merger"), as if such transactions had occurred as of June 30, 1996.
(9) Includes interest amounts capitalized.
(10) Includes $172.9 million of total debt and $12.6 million of cash on hand,
adjusted to reflect the closing of the Offering and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom and the closing of and initial draw under the
Revolving Credit Facility, as if such transactions had occurred as of June
30, 1997.
(11) Adjusted to reflect the closing of the Offering and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom and the closing of and initial draw under the
Revolving Credit Facility, as if such transactions had occurred as of June
30, 1997. See "Capitalization."
14
<PAGE> 20
RISK FACTORS
This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Discussions containing
such forward-looking statements may be found in the material set forth under
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business" as well as within this Prospectus generally. Also,
documents subsequently filed by the Company with the SEC may contain
forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of the risk factors
set forth below and the matters set forth in this Prospectus generally. The
Company cautions the reader, however, that this list of factors may not be
exhaustive, particularly with respect to future filings. Before tendering their
Old Notes in the Exchange Offer or purchasing New Notes, holders of the Old
Notes and prospective investors should carefully consider the following factors.
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE AND ABILITY TO SATISFY DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The Company has substantial fixed debt service in addition to operating
expenses. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from this Offering to
repay a portion of its indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and
certain other indebtedness. As of June 30, 1997, after giving pro forma effect
to the Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom and the
closing of and initial draw under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company's
total consolidated long-term debt (excluding current portion) would have been
$171.6 million, consisting of the Notes, $31.5 million outstanding under the
Revolving Credit Facility, $28.7 million under the Gem Notes (as defined under
"Business -- The Gem Merger") and $11.4 million of other long-term debt. Such
indebtedness requires substantial annual debt-service payments, including some
principal payments.
The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to the holders of the Notes, including the following: (i) the
Company's ability to make scheduled payments of principal of, or premium (if
any) or interest on, or to refinance, its indebtedness (including the Notes) may
be impaired, (ii) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the
future for working capital, to construct Phase I and Phase II of the Reserve, to
construct a hotel in Vicksburg, other capital expenditures, acquisitions or
other purposes may be impaired, (iii) the Company's flexibility in planning for
or reacting to changes in market conditions may be limited and (iv) the Company
may be vulnerable in the event of a downturn in its business. The Company
anticipates that the refinancing effected by the Offering and the Revolving
Credit Facility will reduce its principal repayment obligations for the near
future. However, under the terms of the Indenture and the Revolving Credit
Facility, the Company may continue to incur additional indebtedness. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of Existing
Indebtedness."
The Revolving Credit Facility and the Indenture contain certain (and future
credit facilities may contain) restrictive covenants including, among other
things, limitations on the ability of the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, to create liens and other
encumbrances, to make certain payments and investments, to enter into
transactions with affiliates to sell or otherwise dispose of assets and to merge
or consolidate with another entity. Although the covenants are subject to
various exceptions that are intended to allow the Company to operate without
undue restraint in certain anticipated circumstances, there can be no assurance
that such covenants will not adversely affect the Company's ability to finance
future operations or capital needs or to engage in other activities that may be
in the interest of the Company. In addition, the Company will be required under
the Revolving Credit Facility to maintain certain financial ratios. Future
credit facilities of the Company may contain similar restrictions. The Company's
ability to comply with such provisions will be dependent upon its future
performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and
financial, business, competitive, regulatory and other factors, many of which
are beyond the Company's control. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that
the Company will maintain a level of operating cash flow that will permit it to
service its obligations and to satisfy the financial covenants in the Revolving
Credit Facility or any such future credit facility. A breach of any of these
covenants or the inability of the Company to comply with the required financial
ratios could result in a default under the Revolving Credit Facility or such
future facility, which would entitle the lenders thereunder to
15
<PAGE> 21
accelerate the maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility or such future facility
and could result in cross-defaults permitting the acceleration of other
indebtedness of the Company. Such an event would adversely affect the Company's
ability to make payments on the Notes.
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; SUBORDINATION OF NOTES
Ameristar conducts and expects to conduct substantially all of its
operations through subsidiaries. Therefore, Ameristar is and will be dependent
on the earnings and cash flow of, and dividend and other payments from, its
subsidiaries to meet its debt obligations, including its obligations under the
Notes. All existing Subsidiaries of the Company (subject to the receipt of
required gaming regulatory approvals) and all future Restricted Subsidiaries
have guaranteed or will guarantee on a joint and several basis the Notes
pursuant to Subsidiary Guarantees, thereby providing the Noteholders a direct
claim against the assets and cash flows of such Subsidiaries. However, the Notes
will be effectively subordinated to the claims of creditors (including trade
creditors) of subsidiaries that are not parties to Subsidiary Guarantees. In
addition, the Notes, which are unsecured, are and will be expressly and
effectively subordinated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the
Company, including the Revolving Credit Facility, which will be secured by
substantially all of the Company's assets, including Ameristar's shares of stock
in its subsidiaries. The Subsidiary Guarantees are and will be unsecured and
will be expressly subordinated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of
the Guarantors (including the Revolving Credit Facility) and will be effectively
subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the Guarantors to the extent of the
collateral. Except for limitations on the aggregate amount of consolidated
indebtedness that the Company may incur, the Indenture permits the Company to
incur additional Senior Indebtedness and to incur and permit its Subsidiaries to
incur additional secured indebtedness, which will effectively be senior to the
Notes to the extent of the collateral securing such debt. As of June 30, 1997,
after giving pro forma effect to the closing of the Offering, the application of
the net proceeds therefrom and the closing of and initial draw under the
Revolving Credit Facility, the Company and its Subsidiaries would have had
approximately $44.2 million of debt to which the Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees are expressly or effectively subordinate.
The Company may not pay principal of, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if
any, on, the Notes, or under the Subsidiary Guarantees, make any deposit
pursuant to defeasance provisions or repurchase or redeem or otherwise retire
any Notes, other than certain payments in the form of junior securities or from
a defeasance trust (i) if any Designated Senior Indebtedness (as defined) is not
paid when due or (ii) if any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness
occurs that permits the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to accelerate the
maturity of such Senior Indebtedness in accordance with its terms, unless, in
either case, (a) the default has been cured or waived, (b) any such acceleration
has been rescinded, (c) such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full or, (d)
in the case of any default on Designated Senior Indebtedness other than a
payment default, 179 days have passed since the default notice is given. A
Change of Control under the Indenture will constitute an event of default under
the Revolving Credit Facility, thus limiting the ability of Holders of Notes to
require the Company to repurchase their Notes as provided in the Indenture. See
"Description of Notes -- Change of Control."
Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company or any
Guarantor in connection with a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or
reorganization of or a similar proceeding relating to the Company or such
Guarantor, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and all other indebtedness to
which the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee are subordinated (whether
expressly or effectively) will be entitled to receive payment in full before the
holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment. See "Description of
Notes -- Subordination of the Notes."
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCES AND PREFERENTIAL TRANSFERS
The ability of the holders of the Notes to enforce the Notes or any
Subsidiary Guarantees may be limited by certain fraudulent conveyance and
revocatory laws, which may be utilized by a court to avoid or subordinate the
Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees. The requirements for establishing a fraudulent
conveyance or revocatory transfer vary depending on the law of the jurisdiction
being applied. Generally, if under federal and certain state statutes in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation or similar proceeding in respect of
Ameristar or a Guarantor, or in a lawsuit by or on behalf of creditors against
Ameristar or a Guarantor, a court
16
<PAGE> 22
were to find that (i) Ameristar or the Guarantor incurred indebtedness in
connection with the Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantee) with the intent
of hindering, delaying or defrauding current or future creditors of Ameristar or
the Guarantor, or (ii) Ameristar or the Guarantor received less than reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration for incurring the indebtedness in
connection with the Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantee) and Ameristar or
the Guarantor (a) was insolvent at the time of the incurrence of the
indebtedness in connection with the Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantee),
(b) was rendered insolvent by reason of incurring the indebtedness in connection
with the Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantee), (c) was engaged or about to
engage in a business or transaction for which its assets constituted
unreasonably small capital or (d) intended to incur, or believed that it would
incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they matured (as all of the
foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted under the applicable fraudulent
conveyance or revocatory statutes), such court could, subject to applicable
statutes of limitation, avoid in whole or in part the obligations of Ameristar
or the Guarantor in connection with the Notes (including the Subsidiary
Guarantee) and/or subordinate claims with respect to the Notes (including the
Subsidiary Guarantee) to all other debts of Ameristar or the Guarantor, as
applicable (not only Senior Indebtedness). If the obligations of Ameristar or a
Guarantor in connection with the Notes (including a Subsidiary Guarantee) were
subordinated to all such debt, there can be no assurance that, after payment of
the other debts of Ameristar or the Guarantor, there would be sufficient assets
to pay such subordinated claims with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary
Guarantee.
The measures of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary
depending upon the law of the jurisdiction being applied in any such proceeding.
Generally, however, an entity will be considered insolvent if the sum of its
respective debts was greater than the fair salable value of all of its property
at a fair valuation or if the present fair salable value of its assets is less
than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its
existing debts, as they become absolute and matured.
If certain bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings were initiated by or
against the Company or any Guarantor within 90 days after any payment by the
Company or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee,
respectively, or after the issuance of any Subsidiary Guarantee, or if the
Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, anticipated becoming insolvent at the
time of such payment or issuance, all or a portion of such payment, or, in the
case of the issuance of a Subsidiary Guarantee, such Subsidiary Guarantee, could
be avoided as a preferential transfer under federal bankruptcy or applicable
state insolvency law, and the recipient of such payment could be required to
return such payment.
CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT RISKS; RISKS OF NEW VENTURES
General Construction and Development Risks. Construction and expansion
projects, such as The Reserve and the addition of a hotel at Ameristar
Vicksburg, entail significant risks, including shortages of materials (including
slot machines or other gaming equipment) or skilled labor, unforeseen
construction scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems, work
stoppages, weather interference, floods, fires, other casualty losses, and
unanticipated cost increases. The anticipated costs and construction periods for
construction projects of the Company are based upon budgets, conceptual design
documents and construction schedule estimates prepared by the Company in
consultation with its architects and contractors, and no assurance can be given
that any project will be completed on time, if at all, or on budget or that the
Company will be able to fund any budget overrun amounts. Variances in
construction time periods or budgets could be substantial. The completion date
of any construction project of the Company may differ significantly from initial
expectations for construction-related or other reasons.
In connection with certain construction projects undertaken by the Company,
the Company employs "fast-track" design and construction methods, which involve
the design of future stages of construction while earlier stages of construction
are underway. Although management believes that the use of fast-track design and
construction methods can reduce the overall construction time, these methods may
not always result in such reductions, may involve additional construction costs
than otherwise would be incurred and may increase the risk of disputes with
contractors.
17
<PAGE> 23
Construction Dependent Upon Available Financing and
Operations. Construction of Phase I of The Reserve and the hotel at Ameristar
Vicksburg are to be funded primarily out of draws under the Revolving Credit
Facility and a $7.5 million short-term-loan facility, respectively, in each case
supplemented by available cash flow from operations. The availability of funds
under the Revolving Credit Facility at any time will be dependent upon the
amount of EBITDA (as defined) of Ameristar and its principal subsidiaries during
the preceding four full fiscal quarters. Accordingly, in order to complete such
construction, the Company will be substantially dependent upon its future
operating cash flow, both to be able to obtain draws under the Revolving Credit
Facility and to supplement such borrowings. See also "Construction and
Development Risks; Risks of New Ventures -- Risks of Cost Overruns."
Management also expects to rely on the Revolving Credit Facility and future
operating cash flow as the primary sources of funding construction of Phase II
of The Reserve. It is unlikely that sufficient funds will be available under the
Revolving Credit Facility for such construction unless the aggregate operating
cash flow of the Company increases materially from current levels. Increases in
the Company's operating cash flow will be primarily dependent on the operating
performance of Phase I of The Reserve and the absence of any material adverse
change in the operating performance of existing properties. Thus, no assurance
can be given as to when, if ever, the Company will commence construction of
Phase II of The Reserve or, if construction is commenced, whether sufficient
financing will be available to complete Phase II.
The future operating performance of the Company will be subject to
financial, economic, business, competitive, regulatory and other factors, many
of which are beyond the control of the Company, and thus no assurances can be
given with respect to the level of the Company's future consolidated EBITDA or
the consequent availability of funds under the Revolving Credit Facility to
complete these construction projects.
Risks of Cost Overruns on Phase I of The Reserve and the Ameristar
Vicksburg Hotel. Although the design of Phases I and II of The Reserve is
substantially complete and management has established a budget for the
completion of Phase I of The Reserve (including approximately $3.2 million in
contingency reserves), design and budget refinements are expected. The design
and budget for the hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg have been completed, but they
also remain subject to change as construction progresses. The Company has
entered into a construction contract for the hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg and
has obtained bids for substantially all work necessary for Phase I of The
Reserve and the Vicksburg hotel, but the Company has not yet entered into firm
contracts for the completion of Phase I of The Reserve. The cost of either of
these projects may vary significantly from current expectations, and, based on
management's current estimate of funds available for capital expenditures during
the anticipated construction periods, the Company expects to have a limited
amount of capital resources to fund cost overruns on any of these projects. See
"Substantial Leverage and Ability to Satisfy Debt Obligations" in this section,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of Existing
Indebtedness." If the Company cannot finance such cost overruns on a timely
basis, the completion of either or both of these projects may be delayed until
adequate cash flow from operations or other financing is available. In addition,
significant cost overruns on Phase I of The Reserve could adversely affect the
ability of the Company to fund the costs of construction of Phase II of The
Reserve, and could result in a delay, downsizing or abandonment of Phase II.
General Risks of New Ventures. As a result of operating risks, including
those described in this section, and other risks associated with a new venture,
there can be no assurance that, once completed, any development project will
increase the Company's operating profits or operating cash flow.
COMPETITION
General. The Company competes for customers primarily on the basis of the
location and quality of its properties, the quality, range and pricing of
non-gaming amenities such as hotels, restaurants and entertainment and the
strength of its marketing and promotional campaigns. Some of the Company's known
or future competitors in various markets have or may have greater name
recognition and financial and marketing resources than the Company.
In addition, each of the Company's currently operating properties is
located in a jurisdiction that restricts gaming to certain areas and/or borders
a state that prohibits or restricts gaming operations, which restrictions
18
<PAGE> 24
and prohibitions provide substantial benefits to the Company's business and its
ability to attract and retain customers. The legalization or expanded
legalization or authorization of gaming within a market area of one of the
Company's properties could have an adverse effect, which may be material, on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operation.
The Jackpot Properties. In addition to local casinos, the Jackpot
Properties are subject to existing and potentially expanded competition from
casinos in other portions of the Pacific Northwest, including existing casinos
on Native American lands near Pocatello, Idaho and in western Washington,
northeastern Oregon and Alberta, Canada. Management believes that the currently
operating casinos in the outer market negatively impacted the performance of the
Jackpot Properties in 1996. Although the Company has recently responded to the
increased competition by renovating its slot equipment at the Jackpot
Properties, remodeling the casino at the Horseshu and increasing marketing
efforts, which steps management believes have demonstrated initial success, no
assurances can be given with respect to the future competitive effects on the
Jackpot Properties of these casinos.
The expansion of casino gaming on Native American lands in southern Idaho,
eastern Oregon or eastern Washington could have a material adverse effect on the
Jackpot Properties and the Company. Notwithstanding a 1992 Idaho constitutional
amendment that prohibits all forms of casino gaming and the Indian Gaming
Regulatory Act of 1988 ("IGRA"), which restricts gaming operations on Native
American land to those allowed under state law, video lottery terminal ("VLT")
casinos, including the one near Pocatello, are currently being operated on
Native American lands in Idaho. While these VLT casinos may be in violation of
IGRA, federal officials have not taken any enforcement action against these
operations. The failure of the federal government to take such enforcement
action could lead to the expansion of casino gaming on Native American lands in
Idaho. In September 1997, a newspaper article reported that the Shoshone-Paiute
Tribes have established a commission to explore gaming possibilities on a
reservation that straddles the Idaho-Nevada border directly south of Boise and
significantly closer to Boise than Jackpot.
Increased competition in Jackpot resulting from the renovation or expansion
of existing casinos or the development of new casinos, none of which are
currently contemplated by any party to the knowledge of the Company, could also
have a material adverse effect on the Jackpot Properties and the Company.
Ameristar Vicksburg. Ameristar Vicksburg is subject to competition from
three local competitors and casinos in Shreveport and Bossier City, Louisiana
and a Native American casino in Philadelphia, Mississippi. Due to the intensity
of competition in the Vicksburg market, Ameristar Vicksburg's business to date
has been dependent upon continuous and aggressive marketing and promotional
efforts. Management believes that competition from the casinos in Shreveport and
Bossier City, Louisiana and Philadelphia, Mississippi has resulted in a recent
shrinkage in the territorial size of the Vicksburg gaming market, and it is
possible that the Vicksburg market will be subject to additional shrinkage due
to competition.
Several potential gaming sites still exist in Warren County and Vicksburg,
and from time to time potential competitors propose the development of
additional casinos in or near Vicksburg. In August 1997, two companies announced
the execution of an agreement to form a joint venture to develop and operate a
casino facility on a site along the Mississippi River near Ameristar Vicksburg,
subject to certain contingencies. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that
additional competitors will not enter the market. Additional competition in
Vicksburg could have a material adverse effect on Ameristar Vicksburg and the
Company.
In addition, the Company is aware of potential sites on the Big Black River
near Interstate 20 between Jackson and Vicksburg, which, if developed, would
provide a significant competitive advantage over Ameristar Vicksburg and other
gaming operations in Warren County due to its closer proximity to Jackson.
However, there currently is no exit off Interstate 20 in the vicinity of these
sites, the area surrounding these sites is undeveloped and lacks any
infrastructure and these sites may not meet the navigable waterway requirements
of Mississippi law for the development of a casino. In December 1996, the
Mississippi Gaming Commission rejected an application for the development of a
casino at one of these sites, and the denial is being appealed by an adjoining
landowner and the license applicant. The development of a casino on the Big
Black River likely would have a material adverse effect on Ameristar Vicksburg
and the Company. See "Gaming Licensing and Regulation -- Potential Effects of
Delayed Completion of Ameristar Vicksburg Hotel" in this section.
19
<PAGE> 25
If Mississippi law were amended to permit gaming in Jackson, the
development of one or more casinos there would materially impact Ameristar
Vicksburg and the Company. Management is not aware of any current proposals that
would permit such an expansion of gaming in Mississippi.
Ameristar Council Bluffs. Ameristar Council Bluffs currently competes in
Council Bluffs with two other casinos. One of these casinos, at the Bluffs Runs
dog-racing track, has a significant competitive advantage as a land-based
facility and has been the local market leader in gaming revenues each month
through July 1997 despite operating under a license that limits it gaming
operations to reel-style slot machines. Management believes that the other
competitor in Council Bluffs, a riverboat casino operated by Harveys Casino
Resorts, also provides and will continue to provide serious competition for
Ameristar Council Bluffs.
Currently, Iowa law does not limit the number of licenses that can be
issued in a county. While no assurances can be given that additional licenses
will not be issued in Pottawattamie County, it is management's belief that the
Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission is concerned about market saturation and will
not issue additional licenses that would impair existing operations.
A ballot initiative was proposed in 1996 that would have authorized slot
machines and casino gaming at certain locations in Nebraska, including Omaha,
which is across the Missouri River from Council Bluffs. This initiative was not
placed on the ballot due to the determination of the Nebraska Secretary of State
that an insufficient number of petition signatures were obtained. Although no
assurances can be given, management believes it is unlikely that any further
legislative action or voting referendum that would authorize casino gaming in
Nebraska will be acted upon prior to 1998. The introduction of casino gaming in
Nebraska, especially in the Omaha area, likely would have a material adverse
effect on the Company.
The Reserve. The Company expects The Reserve to face significant
competition in the Henderson-Green Valley market. Station Casinos, Inc. recently
opened Sunset Station, a casino-hotel approximately 3.5 miles north of The
Reserve site along Interstate 515. Sunset Station is larger than the combined
Phases I and II of The Reserve, and Station Casinos, Inc. has operated casinos
aimed at local Las Vegas residents for many years. Plans have also been
announced for the development of a casino-hotel approximately 3.5 miles west of
The Reserve, near the junction of Interstate 215 and Lake Mead Drive. Based on
public statements by the developer for this project in December 1996, management
believes that construction on this project could commence as early as late 1997
or early 1998.
Another competing casino-hotel with a 70,000-square foot casino, 300 hotel
rooms and other amenities is proposed to be developed and connected to a
shopping mall across from Sunset Station. This project is in the design stage,
and, if developed, management believes that it would not open before early 1999.
Management is also aware of several additional sites in Henderson-Green Valley
that have been zoned for casino-hotels and believes it is likely additional
casino resorts ultimately will be developed in this market area. Competing
casino-hotels that open in advance of The Reserve likely will obtain competitive
advantages through the development of customer loyalty and other factors.
CONTROL BY CURRENT STOCKHOLDER; DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
Craig H. Neilsen, the Company's president and chief executive officer,
controls approximately 86.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of
Ameristar. As a result, Mr. Neilsen has the power to control the management and
daily operations of the Company. The Company is dependent on the continued
performance of Mr. Neilsen and his management team. The loss of the services of
Mr. Neilsen or any other executive officer of the Company may have a material
adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the death of Mr. Neilsen could
result in the need for his estate, heirs or devisees to sell a substantial
number of shares of the Common Stock to obtain funds to pay inheritance tax
liabilities. Mr. Neilsen suffered physical injuries in a 1985 accident that left
him in a quadriplegic condition. Although Mr. Neilsen's involvement in the
Company has remained significant, since late 1996, complications related to Mr.
Neilsen's condition from time to time have impaired his ability to participate
in the management of the Company as compared to his customary level of activity.
It is possible that such complications may continue to limit Mr. Neilsen's
abilities.
20
<PAGE> 26
AVAILABILITY OF OPERATING AND CORPORATE MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
The Company has experienced and expects to continue to experience strong
competition in hiring and retaining qualified operating and corporate management
personnel. Management believes that a number of factors have contributed to the
Company's difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified management
personnel, including the recent and continuing proliferation of gaming
facilities throughout the United States, the additional burdens on the Company's
existing management personnel due to the lack of depth in other positions, the
reluctance of the Company to match or exceed compensation packages offered by
some of its competitors, and the locations of some of the Company's operations
(particularly Jackpot and Vicksburg).
CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS
In the event of a Change of Control, each holder of the Notes will have the
right to require the Company to repurchase such holder's Notes at 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any.
Such right is subordinated to the rights of the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness and, effectively, all indebtedness of Ameristar's subsidiaries. In
addition, the occurrence of a Change of Control will constitute an event of
default under the Revolving Credit Facility. Therefore, in order for the Company
to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control, it will be necessary
for the Company either to obtain the consent of the banks under the Revolving
Credit Facility or to repay the Revolving Credit Facility in full. These
requirements and subordination of the Notes could prevent the Company from
repurchasing the Notes, which would cause a default under the Notes and the
Company's other indebtedness. See "Control by Current Stockholder; Dependence on
Key Personnel" in this section and "Description of Notes -- Change of Control."
GAMING LICENSING AND REGULATION
General. The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities are
subject to extensive state and local regulation. The States of Iowa, Mississippi
and Nevada and the applicable local authorities require various licenses,
findings of suitability, registrations, permits and approvals to be held by the
Company and its subsidiaries. The Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission, the
Mississippi Gaming Commission and the Nevada Gaming Commission may, among other
things, limit, condition, suspend, revoke or not renew a license or approval to
own the stock of any of Ameristar's Iowa, Mississippi or Nevada subsidiaries,
respectively, for any cause deemed reasonable by such licensing authority.
Gaming licenses in Iowa and Mississippi require periodic renewal, currently
every two years. Substantial fines or forfeiture of assets for violations of
gaming laws or regulations may be levied against Ameristar, such subsidiaries
and the persons involved. The suspension, revocation or non-renewal of any of
the Company's licenses or the levy on the Company of substantial fines or
forfeiture of assets would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is subject
to substantial gaming taxes and fees imposed by various governmental
authorities, which are subject to increase.
To date, the Company has obtained all governmental licenses, findings of
suitability, registrations, permits and approvals necessary for the operation of
its currently operating gaming activities. However, gaming licenses and related
approvals are deemed to be privileges under Iowa, Mississippi and Nevada law,
and no assurances can be given that any new licenses, permits and approvals that
may be required in the future will be given or that existing ones will be
maintained or extended. In addition, changes in law could restrict or prohibit
gaming operations of the Company in any jurisdiction, and certain jurisdictions
require the periodic reauthorization of gaming activities. No assurance can be
given that gaming operations of the type conducted by the Company will continue
to be authorized in any jurisdiction. Such a change in law or failure to
reauthorize gaming activities could substantially diminish the value of the
Company's assets in such a jurisdiction and otherwise have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
Restrictions on the transfer of equity securities issued by a corporation
which holds a gaming license issued by the Nevada Gaming Commission or the
Mississippi Gaming Commission, and agreements not to
21
<PAGE> 27
encumber such securities, are ineffective unless approved in advance by the
Nevada Gaming Commission or the Mississippi Gaming Commission, as applicable.
See "Government Regulations."
Licenses for The Reserve and Other Projects. The Reserve and any expansion
of the Company's gaming operations into new jurisdictions will require various
licenses, findings of suitability, registrations, permits and approvals of the
gaming authorities, which approval process can be time consuming and costly and
has no assurance of success. The Company, which currently holds gaming licenses
in Nevada for the Jackpot Properties, has applied for a gaming license for The
Reserve.
Gaming Reauthorization Referendum Requirements in Iowa. Under Iowa law, a
license to conduct gambling games may be issued in a county only if the county
electorate has approved such gambling games. Although the electorate of
Pottawattamie County, which includes the City of Council Bluffs, approved by
referendum the gambling games conducted by ACCBI, a reauthorization referendum
must be submitted to the electorate in the general election to be held in 2002
and each eight years thereafter. Each such referendum requires the vote of a
majority of the persons voting thereon. If any such reauthorization referendum
is defeated, Iowa law provides that any previously issued gaming license will
remain valid and subject to periodic renewal for a total of nine years from the
date of original issuance, subject to earlier revocation for other reasons. The
original issuance date of the gaming license for Ameristar Council Bluffs was
January 27, 1995.
Iowa Cruising Requirements. The Council Bluffs Casino will be prohibited
from operating from November 1 through March 31 if it does not make a two-hour
cruise a minimum of 100 days within the prior "excursion season," which is
defined as April 1 through October 31. The inability to operate the Council
Bluffs Casino for a five-month period likely would have a material adverse
impact on the Company, and the resulting decreases in revenues and income could
impair the ability of the Company to satisfy the requirements for obtaining or
maintaining draws under the Revolving Credit Facility. A closing of the Council
Bluffs Casino for a five-month period could also result in an event of default
under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Indenture or other indebtedness.
Although the Council Bluffs Casino satisfied the cruising requirements for 1996
and 1997, no assurance can be given that the Council Bluffs Casino will satisfy
these cruising requirements in any future year. Although no assurances can be
given, management believes that the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission would not
require the closure of the Council Bluffs Casino during the winter months if a
failure to satisfy the cruising requirements results from high water levels or
similar uncontrollable conditions.
Potential Effects of Delayed Completion of Ameristar Vicksburg Hotel. The
Mississippi Gaming Commission has advised the Company that it believes the
expansion of non-gaming amenities by the Company and its competitors in the
Vicksburg market is necessary to maintain and expand this market. Management
agrees with this view, and the Company is constructing a 150-room hotel at
Ameristar Vicksburg. The Mississippi Gaming Commission has further advised the
Company that the Commission would consider it as a negative factor if this hotel
is not completed by the January 21, 1998 expiration date of the Company's gaming
license. The Company believes the hotel will be completed in April 1998.
Although the Company does not believe it is legally required to construct this
hotel or that a failure to complete the hotel by January 21, 1998 will affect
the renewal of its gaming license, no assurance can be given with respect to the
actions, if any, the Mississippi Gaming Commission may take if the hotel is not
completed by that date. Among other actions, it is possible that the Mississippi
Gaming Commission could approve one or more gaming licenses for new casinos in
the Vicksburg market, including one proposed for a location on the Big Black
River significantly closer to Jackson, Mississippi than Vicksburg, or could
involve other regulatory consequences to the Company. See
"Competition -- Vicksburg" in this section.
REPURCHASE OF NOTES ON LOSS OF MATERIAL GAMING LICENSE
If a gaming license of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is revoked,
terminated, suspended or otherwise ceases to be effective, in any case resulting
in the cessation, for at least 90 days, of the gaming business at any
significant gaming facility of the Company, the Indenture requires the Company
to prepay, repay or purchase Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary or Senior
Indebtedness in an amount equal to four times the amount contributed by such
gaming facility to the consolidated cash flow of the Company for
22
<PAGE> 28
the preceding four quarters. Upon such prepayment, repayment or purchase, the
loan commitment evidenced by such Indebtedness or Senior Indebtedness will be
permanently reduced by such amount. If the Company does not apply such amount to
such prepayment, repayment or purchase within 40 days after the loss of the
gaming license and the 90-day cure period, the Indenture requires the Company to
offer to repurchase from the holders of the Notes, on a pro rata basis and at a
price of 101% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased
with such amount. Such a license loss could also constitute an event of default
under the Revolving Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that the Company
will have sufficient funds with which to consummate such purchase offer.
LOSS OF RIVERBOAT AND DOCKSIDE FACILITIES FROM SERVICE
The Company's riverboat and dockside facilities in Mississippi and Iowa
could be lost from service due to casualty, mechanical failure, extended or
extraordinary maintenance, floods or other severe weather conditions. Cruises of
the Council Bluffs Casino are subject to risks generally incident to the
movement of vessels on inland waterways, including risks of casualty due to
river turbulence and severe weather conditions. In addition, United States Coast
Guard regulations set limits on the operation of vessels, require that vessels
be operated by a minimum complement of licensed personnel and require a hull
inspection at a United States Coast Guard approved dry docking facility for all
cruising riverboats at five-year intervals. Less stringent inspection
requirements apply to permanently moored dockside vessels like the Vicksburg
Casino. The Council Bluffs Casino is not scheduled for re-inspection by the
United States Coast Guard until November 2000. The loss of a riverboat or
dockside facility from service for any period of time likely would adversely
affect the Company's operating results and borrowing capacity under the
Revolving Credit Facility and could result in the occurrence of an event of a
default under one or more credit facilities or contracts.
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS AND REGULATION
As is the case with any owner or operator of real property, the Company is
subject to a variety of federal, state and local governmental regulations
relating to the use, storage, discharge, emission and disposal of hazardous
materials. Failure to comply with environmental laws could result in the
imposition of severe penalties or restrictions on operations by government
agencies or courts of law which could adversely affect operations. The Company
does not have environmental liability insurance to cover most such events, and
the environmental liability insurance coverage it maintains to cover certain
events includes significant limitations and exclusions. In addition, if the
Company discovers any significant environmental contamination affecting any of
its properties, the Company could face material remediation costs or additional
development costs for future expansion activities. See "Business -- Properties."
REDEMPTION OR DISPOSAL OF NOTES PURSUANT TO REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
If a record or beneficial owner of a Note is required by any Gaming
Authority (as defined in the Indenture) to be found suitable, such owner will be
required to apply for a finding of suitability within 30 days after request of
such Gaming Authority. The applicant for a finding of suitability must pay all
costs of the investigation for such finding of suitability. If a record or
beneficial owner is required to be found suitable and is not found suitable by
such Gaming Authority, such owner may be required pursuant to the terms of the
Notes or law to dispose of the Notes. If a Gaming Authority determines that a
person is unsuitable to own the Notes, then, the Company may be subject to
sanctions, including the loss of its regulatory approvals, if, without the prior
approval of the applicable Gaming Authorities, it (i) pays to the unsuitable
person any dividend, interest, or any distribution whatsoever, (ii) recognizes
any voting rights by such unsuitable person in connection with the Notes, (iii)
pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form or (iv) makes any payment to
the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange,
liquidation or similar transaction. Further, if the holder or beneficial owner
is required to be found suitable and is not found suitable by the Gaming
Authorities, (a) the holder shall, upon request of the Company, dispose of such
holder's Notes within 30 days or within the time prescribed by the Gaming
Authorities, whichever is earlier, or (b) the Company may, at its option, redeem
the holder's Notes at the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof,
23
<PAGE> 29
(y) the fair market value of the Notes or (z) the price at which the Notes were
acquired by the holder, without, in any case, accrued and unpaid interest to the
date of the finding of unsuitability by the Gaming Authorities, unless payment
of such interest is permitted by the Gaming Authorities. See "Government
Regulations" and "Description of Notes -- Regulatory Redemption.
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC TRADING MARKET FOR THE NOTES
The Old Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are
subject to significant restrictions on resale. The New Notes constitute a new
issue of securities, for which there currently is no active trading market and
may not be widely distributed. The Initial Purchasers have informed the Company
that they currently intend to make a market in the Notes as permitted by
applicable laws and regulations; however, the Initial Purchasers are not
obligated to do so and any Initial Purchaser may discontinue market making at
any time without notice. The Company does not intend to list the Notes on any
national securities exchange or to seek the admission thereof to trading in the
Nasdaq National Market System, and there can be no assurance as to the
development of any market or liquidity of any market that may develop for the
New Notes. If a market does develop, the price of the New Notes may fluctuate
and liquidity may be limited. If a market for the New Notes does not develop,
purchasers may be unable to resell such securities for an extended period of
time, if at all. If a trading market develops for the New Notes, future trading
prices of such securities will depend on many factors, including, among other
things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of operations and the
market for similar securities.
FAILURE TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES
New Notes will be issued in exchange for Old Notes only after timely
receipt by the Exchange Agent of such Old Notes, a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documentation. Therefore,
holders of Old Notes desiring to tender such Old Notes in exchange for New Notes
should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. Neither the Exchange
Agent nor the Company is under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes for exchange. Old Notes that
are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted will, following consummation
of the Exchange Offer, continue to be subject to the existing restrictions upon
transfer thereof. In addition, any holder of Old Notes who tenders in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the New
Notes will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making activities or any other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Notes. To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange
Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted Old Notes
could be adversely affected due to the limited amount, or "float," of the Old
Notes that are expected to remain outstanding following the Exchange Offer.
Generally, a lower "float" of a security could result in less demand to purchase
such security and could, therefore, result in lower prices for such security.
For the same reason, to the extent that a large amount of Old Notes are not
tendered or are tendered and not accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading
market for the New Notes could be adversely affected. See "Plan of Distribution"
and "The Exchange Offer."
24
<PAGE> 30
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the New
Notes offered hereby. In consideration for issuing the New Notes as contemplated
in this Prospectus, the Company will receive in exchange Old Notes in like
principal amount, the terms of which are substantially identical to the New
Notes. The Old Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes will not result in
any increase in indebtedness of the Company.
The net proceeds of the Offering, after deducting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses, were $97.0 million. The Company has used or
will use the net proceeds to repay $82.4 million in borrowings and interest
outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, $800,000 in expenses incurred
in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility and $13.8 million of other
Senior Indebtedness. An initial draw by the Company under the Revolving Credit
Facility of $114.5 million, which was made concurrently with the closing of the
Offering, was used to repay the fully drawn principal balance of the Company's
$94.5 million primary bank credit facility (the "1995 Revolving Credit
Facility") and $20.0 million of other Senior Indebtedness. Following the
application of the net proceeds of the Offering, the outstanding principal
balance of the Revolving Credit Facility was reduced to $32.6 million.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are subject to scheduled
semiannual principal reductions commencing on July 1, 1999, mature in June 2003
and, at the election of the Company, bear interest based on the agent bank's
prime rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate plus an applicable margin based
on the ratio of the Company's consolidated total debt to consolidated cash flow.
See "Description of Existing Indebtedness."
25
<PAGE> 31
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth as of June 30, 1997 (a) the historical cash
position and capitalization of the Company and (b) the pro forma cash position
and capitalization of the Company as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the
Old Notes and the closing of the Revolving Credit Facility concurrently with the
Offering and the application of the net proceeds of the Offering and the initial
draw under the Revolving Credit Facility. This table should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis and Results of
Operations," "Description of Existing Indebtedness" and the Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company and related notes appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------
HISTORICAL AS ADJUSTED
----------- ------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents....................................... $ 12,622 $ 12,622
=========== ============
Current maturities of notes payable, long-term debt and
obligations under capitalized leases.......................... $ 11,036 $ 1,350
=========== ============
Long-term debt:
1995 Revolving Credit Facility............................. $ 94,500 $ --
Revolving Credit Facility(1)............................... -- 31,502
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004......................... -- 100,000
Gem Notes(2)............................................... 28,650 28,650
Other long-term debt and obligations under capitalized
leases................................................... 35,180 11,414
----------- ------------
Total long-term debt.................................. 158,330 171,566
Stockholders' equity............................................ 76,506 76,506
----------- ------------
Total capitalization.................................. $ 234,836 $248,072
=========== ============
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The maximum principal available under the Revolving Credit Facility
(initially $125.0 million) reduces semi-annually commencing July 1, 1999 on
a sliding scale (with reductions increasing from $2.5 million to $10.0
million) with a final principal reduction of $75.0 million due at maturity
on June 30, 2003.
(2) The Gem Notes were issued in connection with the acquisition of The Reserve.
See "Business -- The Gem Merger" and "Description of Existing Indebtedness."
26
<PAGE> 32
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Old Notes were sold by the Company on July 15, 1997 (the "Issue Date")
to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial
Purchasers subsequently sold the Old Notes to "qualified institutional buyers"
("QIBs"), as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), in
reliance on Rule 144A. As a condition to the sale of the Old Notes, the Issuers
and the Initial Purchasers entered into the Registration Rights Agreement on
July 15, 1997. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers have
agreed that, unless the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or
Commission policy, they would (i) file with the Commission a Registration
Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes within 60 days
after the Issue Date and (ii) use their best efforts to cause such Registration
Statement to become effective under the Securities Act and to consummate the
Exchange Offer within 180 days after the Issue Date. A copy of the Registration
Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The
Registration Statement is intended to satisfy certain of the Issuers'
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.
RESALE OF THE NEW NOTES
With respect to the New Notes, based upon an interpretation by the staff of
the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters issued to third parties,
the Company believes that a holder (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased
Old Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other
available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) any such holder that is an
"affiliate" of any of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) who exchanges Old Notes for New Notes in the ordinary course of
business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has
no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in a
distribution of the New Notes, will be allowed to resell New Notes to the public
without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to
the purchasers of the New Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of
Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder (including a
broker-dealer) acquires New Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing or participating in the distribution of the New Notes, such holder
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission enumerated in certain
no-action letters issued to third parties and must comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with
any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise
available. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as
it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for
Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making or other trading activities. Pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Issuers have agreed to make this Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, available to broker-dealers and other
persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements for use in
connection with any resale for a period not to exceed 180 days after the
Expiration Date, unless extended pursuant to the terms of the Registration
Rights Agreement. A broker-dealer that delivers such Prospectus to purchasers in
connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability
provisions under the Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement (including, without limitation, certain
indemnification and contribution rights and obligations). See "Plan of
Distribution."
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept any and all Old Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date. The Company
will issue $1,000 principal amount of New Notes in exchange for each $1,000
principal
27
<PAGE> 33
amount of outstanding Old Notes surrendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Old
Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.
The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms of
the Old Notes except that (i) the exchange will be registered under the
Securities Act and, therefore, the New Notes will not bear legends restricting
the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the New Notes will not be entitled to
any of the rights of holders of Old Notes under the Registration Rights
Agreement, which rights will terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange
Offer. The New Notes will evidence the same indebtedness as the Old Notes (which
they replace) and will be issued under, and be entitled to the benefits of
Indenture, which also authorized the original issuance of the Old Notes, such
that both series of Notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities
under the Indenture.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $100,000,000 in aggregate principal
amount of the Old Notes are outstanding and registered in the name of Cede &
Co., as a nominee for DTC. Only a registered holder of the Old Notes (or such
holder's legal representative or attorney-in-fact) as reflected on the records
of the Trustee under the Indenture may participate in the Exchange Offer. There
will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the Old Notes
entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer.
Holders of the Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights
under the Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Issuers intend to
conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the provisions of the Registration
Rights Agreement and the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
of Old Notes for the purposes of receiving the New Notes from the Company.
Holders who tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter
of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and expenses,
other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the
Exchange Offer. See "-- Fees and Expenses."
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time on
December 18, 1997, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term Expiration Date shall mean the latest
date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will (i) notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice, (ii) mail to the
registered holders of Old Notes an announcement thereof and (iii) issue a press
release or other public announcement which shall include disclosure of the
approximate number of Old Notes deposited to date, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New
York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled
Expiration Date. Without limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to
make a public announcement of any delay, extension, amendment or termination of
the Exchange Offer, the Company shall have no obligation to publish, advertise,
or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a
timely release to an appropriate news agency.
The Company reserves the right, in their sole discretion, (i) to delay
accepting any Old Notes, (ii) to extend the Exchange Offer or (iii) if any
conditions set forth below under "-- Conditions" shall not have been satisfied,
to terminate the Exchange Offer by giving oral or written notice of such delay,
extension or termination to the Exchange Agent. Any such delay in acceptance,
extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable
by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders. If the Exchange
Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Issuers to constitute a material
change, the Issuers will promptly disclose such amendment by means of a
prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders, and
the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business
days, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of
disclosure to the registered holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such five to ten business day period.
28
<PAGE> 34
INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES
The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 10 1/2% per annum.
Interest on the New Notes will be payable semi-annually on February 1 and August
1 of each year, commencing February 1, 1998. Interest on the New Notes will
accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance of the Old Notes.
Holders of Old Notes that are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have
waived the right to receive any interest accrued on the Old Notes.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
Only a registered holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer. To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder of Old Notes must
complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have
the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and
mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile to the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent" for
receipt prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for
such Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of
Transmittal, (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry
Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is available, into the
Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary pursuant to the procedure for
book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date, or (iii) the holder must comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date
will constitute an agreement between such holder and the Company in accordance
with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter
of Transmittal.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT OF OLD NOTES, THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE
HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN
OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE, PROPERLY INSURED. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL,
REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED.
IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE
EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES
SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS,
DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE
TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
Any beneficial owner of Old Notes whose Old Notes are registered in the
name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and
who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct
such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such
beneficial owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such beneficial owner must,
prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering its
Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old
Notes in its name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described
below (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders"), as the case may be, must be guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution (as defined below) unless the Old Notes tendered
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed
the box titled "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on
a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be made by a member firm of a
registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within
the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act which is a member of one of
the recognized signature guarantee programs identified in the Letter of
Transmittal (an "Eligible Institution").
29
<PAGE> 35
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such
registered holder as such registered holder's name appears on such Old Notes.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company,
evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
The Exchange Agent and the Depositary have confirmed that any financial
institution that is a participant in the Depositary's system may utilize the
Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender Old Notes.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by
the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes
not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's acceptance of which would,
in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also
reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender
as to particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter of
Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to
notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old
Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur
any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been
cured or waived.
While the Company has no present plan to acquire any Old Notes that are not
tendered in the Exchange Offer or to file a registration statement to permit
resales of any Old Notes that are not tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to purchase or make offers
for any Old Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or,
as set forth below under "-- Conditions," to terminate the Exchange Offer and,
to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open
market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such
purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.
By tendering, each holder of Old Notes will represent to the Issuers that,
among other things, (i) New Notes to be acquired by such holder of Old Notes in
connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by such holder in the
ordinary course of business of such holder, (ii) such holder has no arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New
Notes, (iii) such holder (including any broker-dealer registered under the
Exchange Act) acknowledges and agrees that if such holder is participating in
the Exchange Offer for the purposes of distributing the New Notes, such holder
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New
Notes acquired by such holder and cannot rely on the position of the staff of
the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters, (iv) such holder
understands that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above
and any resales of Old Notes acquired by such holder directly from the Company,
or New Notes obtained by such holder in exchange for Old Notes acquired by such
holder directly from any of the Issuers, should be covered by an effective
registration statement containing the selling securityholder information
required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the
Commission, (v) such holder is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under
the Securities Act, of any of the Issuers and (vi) such holder did not acquire
any of the Old Notes being tendered directly from any of the Issuers for resale
pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation S or another available exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. If the holder is a
broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for such holder's own account in
exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, such holder will be required to
acknowledge in the Letter of Transmittal that such holder will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, such holder will not be deemed to
admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
30
<PAGE> 36
RETURN OF OLD NOTES
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the
terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer or if Old Notes are withdrawn or are
submitted for a greater principal amount than the holders desire to exchange,
such unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged Old Notes will be returned without
expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered
by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary
pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such Old Notes
will be credited to an account maintained with the Depositary) as promptly as
practicable.
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Old Notes at the Depositary for purposes of the Exchange Offer within two
business days after the date of this Prospectus, and any financial institution
that is a participant in the Depositary's systems may make book-entry delivery
of Old Notes by causing the Depositary to transfer such Old Notes into the
Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary in accordance with the Depositary's
procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of Old Notes may be effected
through book-entry transfer at the Depositary, the Letter of Transmittal or
facsimile thereof, with any required signature guarantees and any other required
documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange
Agent at the address set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent" on or prior to
the Expiration Date or pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described
below.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:
(a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
(b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from
such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company (by
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and
address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes and the
principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being
made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange
trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or a
facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s) representing the Old
Notes in proper form for transfer or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case
may be, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will
be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
(c) such properly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered Old Notes
in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the Letter
of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five New York
Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. Any such
notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited
the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to
be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount
of such Old Notes) and (iii) be signed by the holder in the same
31
<PAGE> 37
manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old
Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees). All questions
as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such
notices will be determined by the Issuers in their sole discretion, whose
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the
Exchange Offer and no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the
Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may
be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under "The
Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration
Date.
CONDITIONS
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not
be required to accept for exchange, or exchange the New Notes for, any Old
Notes, and may terminate the Exchange Offer as provided herein before the
acceptance of such Old Notes, if consummation of the Exchange Offer violates
applicable law, rules or regulations (including gaming laws and regulations) or
an applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission.
If the Company determines in its sole discretion that any of these
conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes
and return all tendered Old Notes to the tendering holders, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the
Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw such Old
Notes (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive such unsatisfied
conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered
Old Notes that have not been withdrawn. If such waiver constitutes a material
change to the Exchange Offer, the Issuers will promptly disclose such waiver by
means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered
holders of the Old Notes, and the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a
period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the
waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders, if the Exchange
Offer would otherwise expire during such five to ten business day period.
TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS
All rights under the Registration Rights Agreement (including registration
rights) of holders of the Old Notes eligible to participate in the Exchange
Offer will terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer except with respect
to the Issuers' continuing obligations (i) to indemnify such holders (including
any broker-dealers) and certain parties related to such holders against certain
liabilities (including liabilities under the Securities Act), (ii) to provide,
upon the request of any holder of a transfer-restricted Old Note, the
information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to
permit resales of such Old Notes pursuant to Rule 144A, (iii) to use their best
efforts to keep the Registration Statement effective to the extent necessary to
ensure that it is available for resales of transfer-restricted Old Notes by
broker-dealers for a period not to exceed 180 days from the Expiration Date,
unless extended pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and
(iv) to provide copies of the latest version of the Prospectus to broker-dealers
upon their request for a period not to exceed 180 days after the Expiration
Date, unless extended pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights
Agreement.
SHELF REGISTRATION
In the event that (i) the Company is not required to consummate the
Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or
Commission policy, or (ii) any holder of Old Notes notifies the Issuers in
writing on or prior to the 20th business day following consummation of the
Exchange Offer that such holder is a broker-dealer and holds Old Notes acquired
directly from an Issuer or an affiliate of an Issuer, the Issuers, will at their
cost, (a) as promptly as practicable file a shelf registration statement
covering resales of the Old Notes (a "Shelf Registration Statement"), (b) use
their best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared
effective under the Securities Act, and (c) use their best efforts to keep
effective such Shelf Registration Statement until the earlier of two years after
the (i) the Issue Date or (ii) such shorter period ending when (A) all
applicable Old Notes covered by the Shelf Registration
32
<PAGE> 38
Statement have been sold thereunder, (B) all applicable Old Notes may be sold
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (C) such Old Notes cease to be
outstanding. The Issuers will, in the event of the filing of a Shelf
Registration Statement, provide to each holder of the Old Notes copies of the
prospectus which is a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, notify each
such holder when such Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take
certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the
Notes. A holder that sells its Old Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration
Statement generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in
the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be
subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in
connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement which are applicable to such a holder (including
certain indemnification obligations).
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Generally, if (a) neither of the Registration Statements required by the
Registration Rights Agreement is filed on or before the 60th day following the
Issue Date, (b) either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the
180th day following the Issue Date, (c) the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement becomes effective, and the Company fails to consummate the Exchange
Offer on or prior to the earlier of the 180th day following the Issue Date or 45
days following the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or (d) the
Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be
effective or usable in connection with resales of transfer-restricted Old Notes
during the period specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such
event referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above a "Registration Default"),
then the Company will pay to each holder of the Old Notes, accruing from the
date of the first such Registration Default (or if such Registration Default has
been cured, from the date of the next Registration Default), liquidated damages
("Liquidated Damages") in an amount equal to one-half of one percent (0.5%) per
annum of the principal amount of the Old Notes held by such holder during the
first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration
Default, increasing by an additional one-half of one percent (0.5%) per annum of
the principal amount of such Old Notes during each subsequent 90-day period, up
to a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages equal to two percent (2.0%) per annum
of the principal amount of such Old Notes, which provision for Liquidated
Damages will continue until such Registration Default has been cured. Liquidated
Damages accrued as of any interest payment date will be payable on such date.
EXCHANGE AGENT
First Trust National Association has been appointed as Exchange Agent of
the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for
additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and
requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange
Agent addressed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
By Mail: By Hand:
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
First Trust National Association First Trust National Association
180 East Fifth Street 180 East Fifth Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55101 4th Floor Bond Drop Window
St. Paul, Minnesota 55101
Attention: Specialized Finance Department Attention: Specialized Finance Department
or
By Facsimile: First Trust New York
(612) 244-1537 100 Wall Street
20th Floor
Confirm By Telephone New York, New York 10005
(612) 244-1197
</TABLE>
33
<PAGE> 39
DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A
FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID
DELIVERY.
FEES AND EXPENSES
The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Company. The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and regular
employees of the Company and its affiliates.
The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and no Issuer will make any payments to brokers, dealers or
others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will
pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will
be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately
$125,000. Such expenses include registration fees, fees and expenses of the
Exchange Agent and the Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs,
among others.
The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is
imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on
the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom
is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer
taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURES TO EXCHANGE
Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary. Holders of the Old Notes
are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own
decisions on what action to take.
The Old Notes that are not exchanged for the New Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Old Notes
may be resold only (i) to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a QIB
in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act,
(ii) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, (iii) outside the United States to a person that is not a U.S. Person (as
defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (iv) in accordance with
another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and
based upon an opinion of counsel if requested), (v) to the Company or (vi)
pursuant to an effective registration statement and, in each case, in accordance
with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any
other applicable jurisdiction.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
For accounting purposes, the Issuers will recognize no gain or loss as a
result of the Exchange Offer. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be
amortized over the term of the New Notes.
34
<PAGE> 40
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table summarizes certain selected consolidated financial and
other data of the Company, which should be read in connection with the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere
herein and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations." The selected consolidated financial data as of and for
the years ended September 30, 1992 and 1993, as of and for the three months
ended December 31, 1993 and as of December 31, 1994 have been derived from the
Company's financial statements, which were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP and
are not included herein. The selected consolidated financial data for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 have
been derived from the Company's financial statements, which were audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP and are included herein. The selected consolidated financial
data presented below as of June 30, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30,
1996 and 1997 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements
of the Company included herein. The unaudited financial statements include all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) which the Company
considers necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial position
and results of operations for these periods. Operating results for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that
may be expected for future periods, including for the entire year ending
December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
------------------- DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------ -------------------
1992 1993 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING DATA) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA(1)(2):
REVENUES:
Casino.............................. $ 29,741 $ 32,285 $ 7,938 $ 90,882 $ 99,364 $161,338 78,625 85,649
Food and beverage................... 9,713 10,164 2,521 17,494 19,303 24,250 10,415 14,850
Rooms............................... 6,095 6,812 1,491 7,580 7,861 7,641 3,501 4,666
General Store....................... 2,431 2,283 582 2,557 2,595 2,389 1,160 1,220
Other............................... 2,066 3,464 935 5,265 5,161 5,371 2,540 2,754
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
50,046 55,008 13,467 123,778 134,284 200,989 96,241 109,139
Less: Promotional allowances........ 4,450 4,982 1,308 9,425 10,417 12,524 5,525 7,556
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net revenues........................ 45,596 50,026 12,159 114,353 123,867 188,465 90,716 101,583
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Casino.............................. 11,497 13,067 3,310 40,347 44,503 75,685 37,175 39,196
Food and beverage................... 6,469 6,758 1,922 12,469 11,747 16,773 6,008 9,485
Rooms............................... 1,911 1,971 312 2,249 2,404 2,368 1,115 1,515
General Store....................... 2,106 2,024 367 2,213 2,292 2,108 1,011 1,030
Other............................... 2,818 4,071 1,024 6,199 5,919 4,946 2,327 2,604
Selling, general & administrative... 6,316 6,378 1,795 20,599 20,437 37,006 16,285 19,091
Business development................ -- 418 122 1,446 1,704 1,622 802 500
Utilities & maintenance............. 2,994 3,274 795 6,417 7,056 9,130 4,937 4,995
Depreciation and amortization....... 4,054 4,185 993 7,062 9,721 14,135 6,801 8,072
Preopening costs.................... -- -- -- 5,408 -- 7,379 6,146 --
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total costs & expenses.............. 38,165 42,146 10,640 104,409 105,783 171,152 82,607 86,488
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS................ 7,431 7,880 1,519 9,944 18,084 17,313 8,109 15,095
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income..................... 31 43 9 86 205 354 266 167
Interest expense.................... (1,192) (750) (30) (3,379) (3,958) (8,303) (3,513) (5,885)
Other............................... (23) 26 2 (5) -- (77) 63 (549)
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income before income tax
provision......................... 6,247 7,199 1,500 6,646 14,331 9,287 4,925 8,828
Income tax provision(3)............. 2,124 2,294 575 2,426 5,236 3,390 1,781 3,266
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income before nonrecurring items.... 4,123 4,905 925 4,220 9,095 5,897 3,144 5,562
Nonrecurring items (4).............. -- -- 720 -- (657) -- -- --
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
NET INCOME............................ $ 6,247 $ 4,905 $ 1,645 $ 4,220 $ 8,438 $ 5,897 $ 3,144 5,562
======== ======== ============= ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(5)........................... $ 11,485 $ 12,065 $ 2,512 $ 22,414 $ 27,805 $ 38,827 $ 21,056 $ 23,167
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities.............. 9,164 10,911 2,310 18,423 23,048 33,177 18,636 13,001
Investing activities.............. (1,617) (15,451) (20,251) (34,033) (63,022) (53,746) (35,154) (15,331)
Financing activities.............. 7,084 5,606 18,478 21,389 45,592 16,506 10,463 4,228
Capital expenditures(6)............. 2,263 26,158 22,723 33,329 64,783 80,492 27,086 16,372
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(7)........................ 6.1x 5.6x 5.6x 2.7x 3.1x 1.7x 1.8x 1.9x
OPERATING DATA:
Number of hotel rooms(8)............ 415 415 415 473 473 633 473 579
Average hotel occupancy rate........ 88% 88% 79% 88% 85% 79% 82% 80%
Average daily room rate............. $46 $51 $50 $53 $53 $53 $49 $46
Casino square footage(8)............ 29,000 29,000 29,000 61,000 61,000 88,500 88,500 88,500
Number of slot machines(8).......... 1,037 1,037 1,037 1,976 1,950 2,966 2,970 2,908
Number of table games(8)............ 43 43 43 96 97 134 131 133
</TABLE>
35
<PAGE> 41
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997
-------------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C>
PRO FORMA DATA(9):
EBITDA(5).................................................................................. $ 40,938
Interest expense(10)....................................................................... 15,205
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense........................................................ 2.7x
Ratio of net debt(11) to EBITDA............................................................ 3.9x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges......................................................... 1.6x
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, AS OF DECEMBER 31, --------------------------
--------------------- ---------------------------------- PRO FORMA
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(12)
------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA(1)(2):
Cash....................... $ 1,787 $ 2,853 $ 9,169 $ 14,787 $ 10,724 $ 12,622 $ 12,622
Total assets............... 42,205 66,711 125,347 202,220 270,052 275,015 275,015
Total debt................. 12,737 25,393 49,539 109,270 164,139 169,366 172,916
Stockholders' equity....... 25,291 26,844 56,609 65,047 70,944 76,506 76,506
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Significant factors affecting the selected financial data are as follows:
Development of the primary Ameristar Vicksburg facilities began in February
1993 and was completed in May 1994. Ameristar Vicksburg opened in late
February 1994. Ameristar Council Bluffs opened on January 19, 1996,
portions of the land-based Main Street Pavilion (including two restaurants)
opened on June 17, 1996, the 160-room Ameristar hotel opened on November 1,
1996 and the sports bar cabaret opened on December 26, 1996. The remaining
facilities, a steak house and an indoor swimming pool and spa, opened on
February 25 and March 3, 1997, respectively. The Company acquired The
Reserve under construction on October 9, 1996, through the Merger.
(2) Financial data as of dates and for periods ending prior to November 1993
reflect restated financial statements giving retroactive effect to a
corporate reorganization completed immediately prior to the closing of the
Company's initial public offering. Pursuant to the reorganization, CPI and
ACVI, then companies under the common control of Craig H. Neilsen, became
wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.
(3) Effective January 1, 1993, the Company elected to terminate its S
corporation status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As
a result of the termination of the S corporation election, the Company
became subject to federal income taxes. The income tax provision for the
years ended September 30, 1992 and 1993 reflects a pro forma income tax
provision using a rate of 34% to reflect the estimated income tax expense
the Company would have incurred had it been subject to federal income taxes
for these years.
(4) Nonrecurring items consist of a cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle in the three months ended December 31, 1993 and an extraordinary
loss relating to early retirement of debt in 1995. See the Consolidated
Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
(5) EBITDA consists of income from operations plus depreciation, amortization
and preopening costs. EBITDA is presented solely as a supplemental
disclosure because management believes that it is a widely used measure of
operating performance in the gaming industry and for companies with a
significant amount of depreciation and amortization. EBITDA should not be
construed as an alternative to income from operations (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as an indicator
of the Company's operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flow
from operating activities (as determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles) as a measure of liquidity. The Company has
other significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures and
debt principal repayments, that are not reflected in EBITDA. In addition,
it should be noted that not all gaming companies that report EBITDA
information may calculate EBITDA in the same manner as the Company.
(6) Capital expenditures include: (i) $24.1 million, $22.7 million and $32.4
million in fiscal 1993, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the
year ended December 31, 1994, respectively, for the development of
Ameristar Vicksburg; (ii) $60.9 million, $37.2 million and $3.8 million in
1995, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 for the development of
Ameristar Council Bluffs; and (iii) $33.5 million (including amounts
expended by Gem prior to the Merger) and $7.4 million in 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997 for the acquisition and development of The
Reserve.
(7) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
earnings are defined as income before income tax provision, interest on
indebtedness (net of interest capitalized during the period), imputed
interest on capitalized lease obligations and the portion of rent expense
(one-third) deemed to represent interest. Fixed charges consist of interest
on indebtedness (including amounts capitalized), imputed interest on
capitalized lease obligations and the portion of rent expense deemed to
represent interest.
(8) As of the end of each period presented.
(9) Except as set forth in footnote 11, gives pro forma effect to the Offering
and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the closing of and
initial draw under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Merger and the
related issuance of the Gem Notes, as if such transactions had occurred as
of June 30, 1996.
(10) Includes interest amounts capitalized.
(11) Includes $172.9 million of total debt and $12.6 million of cash on hand,
adjusted to reflect the closing of the Offering and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom and the closing of and initial draw under the
Revolving Credit Facility, as if such transactions had occurred as of June
30, 1997.
(12) Adjusted to reflect the closing of the Offering and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom and the closing of and initial draw under the
Revolving Credit Facility, as if such transactions had occurred as of June
30, 1997. See "Capitalization."
36
<PAGE> 42
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the
Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
Cactus Petes and the Horseshu, the Company's first two properties, have
been operating in Jackpot, Nevada since 1956. In February 1994, the Company
opened the riverboat casino and certain other facilities at Ameristar Vicksburg,
which was completed in May 1994. The Company opened Ameristar Council Bluffs in
stages during 1996 and early 1997. The Council Bluffs Casino opened on January
19, 1996, portions of the land-based Main Street Pavilion (including two
restaurants) opened on June 17, 1996, the 160-room Ameristar hotel opened on
November 1, 1996 and the sports bar cabaret opened on December 26, 1996. The
remaining facilities, a steak house and an indoor swimming pool and spa, opened
on February 25 and March 3, 1997, respectively.
Certain of the Company's operations are seasonal in nature. In particular,
in Jackpot, the months of March through October are the strongest. As a result,
the second and third calendar quarters typically produce a disproportionate
amount of the income from operations of the Jackpot Properties. In addition,
adverse weather conditions may adversely affect the business of the Jackpot
Properties, and operations during the winter months typically vary from year to
year based on the severity of the winter weather conditions in the northwestern
United States. To date, operations in Vicksburg have experienced some
seasonality, with August and the winter months being the slower periods. To
date, operations at Ameristar Council Bluffs have not experienced any material
seasonality.
For the reasons outlined above, the Company's quarterly and annual
operating results may be affected by competitive pressures, the timing of the
commencement of new gaming operations, the amount of preopening costs incurred
by the Company, construction at existing facilities and general weather
conditions. Consequently, the Company's operating results for any quarter or
year are not necessarily comparable and may not be indicative of results to be
expected for future periods.
Beginning in the third quarter of 1996, the Vicksburg market has
experienced an approximate 3% decline in gaming revenues as compared to the
prior year period, which management attributes to increased gaming capacity in
the Bossier City/Shreveport, Louisiana and Philadelphia, Mississippi markets.
The Company's gaming revenues in Vicksburg were flat in the fourth quarter of
1996 and experienced declines of 2.6% and 1.2%, respectively, in the first and
second quarters of 1997 as compared to the prior year periods. Management
expects this trend will continue at least through the third quarter of 1997. In
an effort to expand the market territory and market share of Ameristar Vicksburg
and encourage longer visits, the Company is constructing a 150-room hotel across
the street from the main entrance to the casino, which is expected to open in
April 1998.
Upon the completion of the Offering, all amounts outstanding under the 1995
Revolving Credit Facility were repaid in full in connection with the replacement
of the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility by the Revolving Credit Facility and
borrowings under the Notes. As a result, the Company will incur a $1.0 million
pre-tax non-cash extraordinary charge ($673,000 or $0.03 per share on an
after-tax basis) in 1997 third quarter to reflect the accelerated write-off of
unamortized deferred financing costs related to the early extinguishment of the
1995 Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, in connection with the construction
of the new 150-room hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg, the Company demolished a
54-room motel that pre-existed the development of Ameristar Vicksburg and
incurred a related write-down of assets of $650,000.
The Company continues to explore gaming development opportunities in other
jurisdictions and potential acquisitions in the gaming industry. However,
pending the availability of adequate funds for the construction of Phases I and
II of The Reserve, the Company does not anticipate undertaking any additional
expansion opportunities that would require a material amount of capital
expenditures by the Company.
37
<PAGE> 43
The following table highlights the results of operations of Ameristar's
operating subsidiaries for its principal properties:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
---------------------------------- --------------------
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NET REVENUES
Jackpot Properties................. $ 54,565 $ 56,222 $ 51,904 $25,409 $ 26,552
Ameristar Vicksburg................ 59,788 67,625 66,190 33,183 32,299
Ameristar Council Bluffs........... -- 20 70,331 32,124 42,732
Corporate and other................ -- -- 40 -- --
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total Net Revenues......... $114,353 $123,867 $188,465 $90,716 $101,583
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS(1)
Jackpot Properties................. $ 11,304 $ 12,467 $ 9,124 $ 4,515 $ 5,301
Ameristar Vicksburg................ 3,085 11,256 13,827 6,999 6,954
Ameristar Council Bluffs........... (138) (300) 1,053 (119) 7,411
Corporate and other................ (4,307) (5,339) (6,691) (3,286) (4,571)
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total Operating Income..... $ 9,944 $ 18,084 $ 17,313 $ 8,109 $ 15,095
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
EBITDA(2)
Jackpot Properties................. $ 14,933 $ 15,640 $ 11,764 $ 5,872 $ 6,661
Ameristar Vicksburg................ 11,918 17,758 20,287 10,445 10,056
Ameristar Council Bluffs........... (138) (278) 13,296 8,008 10,734
Corporate and other................ (4,299) (5,315) (6,520) (3,269) (4,284)
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total EDIBTA............... $ 22,414 $ 27,805 $ 38,827 $21,056 $ 23,167
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Income from operations includes the amortization or expensing of preopening
costs of $5.4 million in the year ended December 31, 1994 related to
Ameristar Vicksburg and $7.4 million and $6.1 million in the year ended
December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1996, respectively,
related to Ameristar Council Bluffs.
(2) EBITDA consists of income from operations plus depreciation, amortization
and preopening costs. EBITDA is presented solely as a supplemental
disclosure because management believes that it is a widely used measure of
operating performance in the gaming industry and for companies with a
significant amount of depreciation and amortization. EBITDA should not be
construed as an alternative to income from operations (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as an indicator of
the Company's operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flow from
operating activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles) as a measure of liquidity. The Company has other
significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures and debt
principal repayments, that are not reflected in EBITDA. In addition, it
should be noted that not all gaming companies that report EBITDA information
may calculate EBITDA in the same manner as the Company.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 1997 VERSUS SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 1996
Summary
Ameristar showed continuing overall growth in revenues and income from
operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to the six months
ended June 30, 1996. A full six months of operations of the casino and the
substantially completed land-based facilities at Ameristar Council Bluffs in
1997, compared to only casino operations from mid-January to mid-June 1996 and
only casino and two restaurant operations during late June 1996, was the main
factor for these increases. Consolidated net revenues for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 showed a 12.0% increase to $101.6 million from $90.7 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1996.
Income from operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 was $15.1
million compared to $14.3 million before preopening costs for the same period in
1996. Total operating expenses before preopening
38
<PAGE> 44
costs as a percentage of net revenues were relatively stable on a year-to-year
basis, at 85.1% and 84.3% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
Net income for the six months ended June 30, 1997 was $5.6 million compared
to net income of $7.1 million before preopening costs in the six months ended
June 30, 1996. After taking into account the pretax write-off of $6.1 million in
preopening costs relating to Ameristar Council Bluffs in the six-month period
ended June 30, 1996, the Company had net income of $3.1 million for the
six-month period ended June 30, 1996. The lower net income before preopening
costs for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to the same period in 1996
primarily reflects increased interest expense, due to higher debt levels and the
cessation of interest capitalization on Ameristar Council Bluffs, and increased
depreciation and amortization.
Earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 1997 were $0.27
compared to earnings per share before preopening costs of $0.35 for the six
months ended June 30, 1996. After the write-off of preopening costs for
Ameristar Council Bluffs, earnings per share for the six months ended June 30,
1996 were $0.15.
Revenues
The expanded operations at Ameristar Council Bluffs in the first six months
of 1997 compared to the first six months of 1996 propelled Ameristar Council
Bluffs' net revenues to $42.7 million for the six-month period ended June 30,
1997, compared to $32.1 million for the same period in 1996, an increase of
$10.6 million or 33.0%. Operating income at Ameristar Council Bluffs increased
from $6.0 million (before preopening costs of $6.1 million) for the six-month
period ended June 30, 1996 to $7.4 million for the same period in 1997, despite
an aggregate increase of $3.0 million in depreciation and amortization and
selling general and administrative expenses relating primarily to the new
land-based facilities for the six month period ended June 30, 1997.
The Jackpot Properties improved for the six-month period ended June 30,
1997 compared to the same period in 1996, posting a 17.4% increase in operating
income (from $4.5 million to $5.3 million) on a 4.5% increase in revenues (from
$25.4 million to $26.6 million). Management believes that these increases are
the result of the replacement of older slot machines with 587 state-of-the-art
models, as well as the installation of an enhanced slot player tracking system
and an aggressive marketing strategy. These actions were taken to offset
decreases in revenues experienced in 1996, which management attributed to
increased competition in Jackpot and from Native American and other casinos in
the outer market, including Washington, Oregon and Alberta, Canada, and a
decline in 1996 in the rates of population and economic growth in southern
Idaho.
While Ameristar Vicksburg continued to be the gaming revenue market leader
in Warren County, Mississippi, net revenues decreased approximately 2.7% from
$33.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $32.3 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997. Management believes that the decrease in 1997
reflects shrinkage in the territorial size of the Vicksburg market due to
competition from casinos in Shreveport and Bossier City, Louisiana and
Philadelphia, Mississippi, as discussed above. Operating income for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 remained stable at $7.0 million for both years. In an
effort to expand the market territory of Ameristar Vicksburg and encourage
longer visits, the Company is constructing a 150-room hotel across from the main
entrance to the casino, which is expected to open in the second quarter of 1998.
On a consolidated basis for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to
the same period in 1996, casino revenues increased $7.0 million or 8.9%, food
and beverage revenues increased $4.4 million or 43.0%, and rooms revenues
increased $1.2 million or 33.3%. The increases in consolidated total net
revenues are attributable to the completed Ameristar Council Bluffs property and
the improvements at the Jackpot Properties partially offset by the net revenues
decrease at Ameristar Vicksburg.
Costs and Expenses
For the six-month period ended June 30, 1997 as compared to the 1996
period, casino expenses increased $2.0 million or 5.4%, food and beverage
expenses increased $3.5 million or 57.9%, and rooms expenses increased $0.4
million or 35.9%. The increases in each of these expenses is primarily
attributable to the expanded operations at Ameristar Council Bluffs.
39
<PAGE> 45
Selling, general administrative expenses increased $2.8 million or 17.2%
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to the 1996 period, due
primarily to the expanded operations at Ameristar Council Bluffs and other costs
associated with the Company's continued growth.
Business development costs decreased $0.3 million for the six-month period
ended June 30, 1997 compared to the same period of the prior year as the Company
focused its efforts on current projects, including the development of The
Reserve and the hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg and the casino enhancements at the
Jackpot Properties.
Depreciation expenses for the six months ended June 30, 1997 increased from
the same period of the prior year due to the inclusion of the completed
Ameristar Council Bluffs facilities in the Company's depreciable asset base,
offset by modest decreases in depreciation expenses at the Jackpot Properties
and Ameristar Vicksburg.
Interest expense was $5.9 million, net of capitalized interest of $1.8
million, for the six months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $2.4 million or
67.5% over the same period in 1996. The increased interest expense relates
primarily to increased debt incurred to finance construction of Ameristar
Council Bluffs.
The Company's effective federal income tax rate for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 was 37%, versus the federal statutory rate of 35%. The excess of
the effective rate over the statutory rate is due to certain expenses deducted
in the current period for financial reporting purposes which are not currently
deductible for tax purposes.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 VERSUS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
Summary
The opening of Ameristar Council Bluffs, beginning with the Council Bluffs
Casino in January 1996, brought a year of significant growth in the Company's
consolidated net revenues and income from operations before preopening costs.
Consolidated net revenues increased 52.2% from $123.9 million in 1995 to
$188.5 million in 1996. Income from operations rose to $24.7 million in 1996
before the $7.4 million charge for preopening costs associated with the opening
of Ameristar Council Bluffs, a 36.5% increase over income from operations of
$18.1 million in the prior year. Income from operations after preopening costs
was $17.3 million in 1996.
Total operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 90.8% in 1996
(86.9% before the Ameristar Council Bluffs preopening costs) versus 85.4% in
1995. The increase reflects, in addition to the preopening costs, a higher
casino expenses to casino revenues ratio in the new Council Bluffs Casino than
at the Company's other properties. See "Costs and Expenses" below.
On a year-to-year comparable basis (i.e., before preopening costs in 1996
and an extraordinary charge in 1995), net income increased $1.5 million to $10.6
million in 1996 from $9.1 million in 1995, reflecting the positive impact of the
opening of Ameristar Council Bluffs. After preopening costs, net income for the
year ended December 31, 1996 was $5.9 million versus net income for the year
ended December 31, 1995 of $8.4 million. Earnings per share before preopening
costs were $0.52 for 1996 ($0.29 after preopening costs). Earnings per share
were $0.42 for 1995 after an extraordinary charge of $0.03 per share for the
refinancing of the Company's principal bank credit facility.
Revenues
During 1996, Ameristar Council Bluffs was one of the top gaming revenue
producers in the State of Iowa, while both Ameristar Vicksburg and the Jackpot
Properties remained market share leaders in their areas.
With nearly a full year of casino operations and a partial year of
non-gaming operations, Ameristar Council Bluffs had total net revenues of $70.3
million for 1996. Despite the opening of land-based facilities in the middle and
at the end of the year, Ameristar Council Bluffs was the leader in both casino
and total revenues among the Company's four operating casino properties.
40
<PAGE> 46
Net revenues for Ameristar Vicksburg were $66.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 compared with $67.6 million for the prior year. Though showing
a slight decrease in revenues, management believes Ameristar Vicksburg was able
to maintain its leading position in the Vicksburg market through effective
promotional strategies and by continuing to provide customers with superior
service and quality gaming and non-gaming products.
The Jackpot Properties produced net revenues of $51.9 million, a 7.7%
decrease from the $56.2 million produced in 1995. As described above, management
believes that the decrease is primarily the result of additional competition for
the traditional gaming customer base of the Jackpot Properties from new and
renovated facilities in Jackpot and the outer market and declines in 1996 in the
rates of population and economic growth in southern Idaho. The 1996 net revenues
were also affected by adverse weather conditions during the year and
below-average table games win percentages in the second quarter. A decline in
casino revenues of $2.8 million, combined with an increase in promotional
allowances of $500,000, account for the majority of the decline in net revenues.
Costs and Expenses
As noted above, the Company's overall operating expense ratio was higher in
1996 than in 1995, due primarily to the Ameristar Council Bluffs preopening
costs and to an expense-to-revenue ratio in the Council Bluffs Casino that is
significantly higher than at the Vicksburg Casino or the Jackpot Properties.
Since 1996 was the first year of operations for the Council Bluffs Casino, the
higher operating expense ratio had the effect of increasing the Company's
overall operating expense ratio. As noted above, the higher casino expense ratio
in the Council Bluffs Casino is caused by a gaming tax rate in Iowa that is
significantly higher than in the other jurisdictions in which the Company
operates, as well as an admissions fee payable in Iowa that is not charged
against the Company's other operations. If the gaming tax rate in Iowa was
similar to the rate in Nevada or Mississippi, operating expenses (excluding
preopening costs) as a percentage of net revenues would have shown a decrease in
1996, reflecting the Company's efforts to contain controllable costs while still
providing an outstanding experience and value for its customers. Without the
Iowa admissions fee, the decrease in the expense ratio would have been even more
significant.
Casino costs and expenses increased $31.2 million in 1996 due to the
opening of the Council Bluffs Casino in January 1996. As a percentage of casino
revenues, casino expenses increased to 46.9% in 1996 compared with 44.8% in
1995. While most of this increase relates to the higher gaming tax rate and the
admissions fee in Iowa, an increase also occurred at the Jackpot Properties from
40.4% to 43.2%. While casino revenues declined somewhat at the Jackpot
Properties, as previously discussed, the corresponding casino expenses could not
be proportionally reduced, due to the Company's desire to maintain high customer
service standards. The Vicksburg Casino's expense-to-revenue ratio in the casino
department decreased from 47.4% in 1995 to 42.4% in 1996, reflecting the success
of that property's continued efforts to control costs.
The Company's food and beverage costs and expenses increased $5.0 million
in 1996 due to the opening of several dining facilities at Ameristar Council
Bluffs during the year. The Company's food and beverage expense to revenue ratio
increased from 60.9% in 1995 to 69.2% in 1996. This increase reflects a food and
beverage expense ratio of 91.8% at Ameristar Council Bluffs, caused mainly by
the inefficiencies of restaurant start-ups that accompanied the opening of the
dining establishments during the year.
Selling, general and administrative costs and expenses increased $16.6
million or 81.7% from 1995 to 1996. This significant increase accompanies the
notable growth experienced by the Company in 1996. The majority of the increase
relates to the opening of Ameristar Council Bluffs in 1996 and the associated
marketing, riverboat operations and other general and administrative costs
incurred during the year. Additionally, corporate expenses increased due to the
relocation of the Company's executive offices to Las Vegas, Nevada in the third
quarter of 1996.
Utilities and maintenance expenses increased $2.1 million or 29.4% and
depreciation and amortization expenses increased $4.4 million or 45.4% from 1995
to 1996. Absent the new Ameristar Council Bluffs properties, both of these
expense categories would have seen moderate decreases in 1996.
41
<PAGE> 47
Business development costs decreased slightly during the year, reflecting
the Company's concentration on current projects, including the completion of
Ameristar Council Bluffs and the acquisition and development of The Reserve.
Preopening costs of $7.4 million were expensed during 1996 as construction
of each significant component of Ameristar Council Bluffs was completed and
placed into service.
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest of $2.3 million in 1996 and
$1.9 million in 1995, increased $4.3 million or 109.8% from 1995. This increase
primarily reflects the additional debt outstanding to finance the Company's
expansion. In addition, as Ameristar Council Bluffs' facilities were completed
during 1996, the capitalization of interest on funds borrowed to construct the
project was discontinued and subsequent interest costs were reflected as an
expense on the income statement rather than as an additional cost of the project
on the balance sheet.
The Company's average borrowing rate was 8.9% in 1996 compared to 8.2% in
1995. The Company expects to incur increased interest expense in 1997 due to an
increase in the amount of debt, some of which will be capitalized as part of
construction costs.
The Company's effective federal tax rate on income was 36.5% in both 1996
and 1995 versus the federal statutory rate of 35%, due to the effects of certain
expenses incurred by the Company which are not deductible for federal income tax
purposes.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 VERSUS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
Summary
The improvement in operating results for 1995 over 1994 was primarily due
to a full year of operations at the Ameristar Vicksburg casino and the absence
of any preopening costs in 1995.
Consolidated net revenues for 1995 were $123.9 million compared with $114.4
million in 1994, an 8.3% increase. Income from operations rose to $18.1 million
in 1995. During 1994, income from operations of $9.9 million reflected $5.4
million in preopening costs amortization associated with the Ameristar Vicksburg
facility which commenced operations in February 1994. Before the amortization of
preopening costs in 1994, income from operations rose 17.8% in 1995 due
primarily to 3.0% revenue growth at the Jackpot Properties and the two months of
additional operations at Ameristar Vicksburg.
Total operating expenses decreased as a percentage of net revenues from
91.3% in 1994 to 85.4% in 1995. Excluding Ameristar Vicksburg's preopening costs
of $5.4 million, 1994's total operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues
were 86.6%.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 1995 was $8.4 million, which
included an after tax extraordinary loss of $657,000 related to the refinancing
of the Company's bank credit facility. Including the after tax effect of
preopening costs totaling $3.5 million, net income of $4.2 million was generated
in 1994. Earnings per share for 1995 were $0.42 (after the extraordinary loss of
$0.03 per share due to the refinancing of the Company's principal bank credit
facility) versus $0.21 (after amortization of preopening costs of $0.17 per
share) in 1994.
Revenues
Both the Jackpot Properties and Ameristar Vicksburg were market share
leaders during 1995. The Jackpot Properties produced record revenues of $56.2
million, an increase of $1.7 million or 3.0% over 1994. While slot revenues at
the Jackpot Properties increased only 0.7% from 1994, table game revenues rose
15.8%. Ameristar Vicksburg had an average market share of 34% in 1995 due to
aggressive promotional strategies. Revenues for Ameristar Vicksburg were $67.6
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared with $59.8 million for the
10 months the facility was open in 1994.
Other revenues decreased $104,000 or 2.0% from 1994 primarily due to a
significant reduction in showroom entertainment revenue at Ameristar Vicksburg.
Due to low attendance, the Company began
42
<PAGE> 48
utilizing the showroom on a more strategic basis by opening it for weekend and
special events entertainment rather than having the showroom open on a full-time
basis as in 1994.
Costs and Expenses
Casino costs and expenses increased $4.2 million or 10.3% from 1994 to
1995. This was due primarily to a full year of operations at Ameristar Vicksburg
in 1995. Food and beverage costs and expenses decreased $722,000 or 5.8% in 1995
from 1994 due primarily to cost containment measures implemented at Ameristar
Vicksburg. For the Jackpot Properties, costs and expenses remained relatively
constant between the two years.
Selling, general and administrative costs and expenses decreased $162,000
or 0.8% from 1994 to 1995. Utilities and maintenance costs and expenses
increased $639,000 or 10.0% from 1994 to 1995. Depreciation and amortization
increased $2.7 million or 37.7%.
Business development costs increased $258,000 or 17.8% from 1994 to 1995.
While the Company was unsuccessful in its bid in 1995 to obtain a gaming license
in Lawrenceburg, Indiana, the Company continued to explore potential gaming
opportunities in other jurisdictions.
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest of $1.9 million in 1995 and
$227,000 in 1994, increased $579,000 or 17.1% from 1994. The Company's
incremental borrowing rate was 8.2% in 1995 compared to 10.5% in 1994.
The Company's effective federal tax rate on income before extraordinary
loss was 37% in both 1995 and 1994 versus the federal statutory rate of 35%, due
to certain non-deductible expenses.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
See "Description of Existing Indebtedness" for information concerning the
terms of the significant outstanding indebtedness of the Company.
The Company's cash flow from operations was $13.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $18.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1996. The Company's cash flow from operations was $33.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to $23.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995. The Company had unrestricted cash of approximately $12.6
million as of June 30, 1997. The Company historically has funded its daily
operations primarily through net cash provided by operating activities and its
significant capital expenditures primarily through bank debt and other debt
financing. The Company's current assets increased by approximately $1.6 million
from December 31, 1996 to June 30, 1997, primarily resulting from an increase in
cash on hand. This increase in cash resulted from a net increase in borrowings
of $4.2 million during the six months and the $13.0 million of cash flow from
operations, partially offset by capital expenditures related to The Reserve
(including a $4.0 million payment to the former Gem stockholders), Ameristar
Council Bluffs and other capital improvement projects.
Capital expenditures for the six months ended June 30, 1997 were
approximately $16.4 million, including $7.4 million relating to development of
The Reserve, $0.8 million relating to the development of the Ameristar Vicksburg
hotel, $2.7 million for casino equipment at the Jackpot Properties and
approximately $3.8 million relating to Ameristar Council Bluffs in addition to
other normal capital improvement projects. The Company funded these capital
expenditures primarily from net cash provided by operating activities and
borrowings. Capital expenditures in 1996 were approximately $76.4 million
(including amounts expended by Gem prior to the Merger), and approximately $64.8
million in 1995. Of the 1996 expenditures, $37.2 million were related to the
development of Ameristar Council Bluffs, $33.5 million were related to the
acquisition and development of The Reserve and $5.7 million were related to
other capital projects. The majority of the 1995 capital expenditures related to
the development of Ameristar Council Bluffs. The Company funded its capital
expenditures in 1996 from net cash provided by operating activities, bank debt
(including the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility), purchase money financing and
short-term debt.
43
<PAGE> 49
The Company anticipates making capital expenditures of approximately $63.1
million in the last half of 1997, including approximately $54.6 million for the
development and construction of The Reserve (including capitalized construction
period interest and preopening costs), approximately $5.2 million for the
development and construction of a 150-room hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg
(including capitalized construction period interest), and approximately $3.3
million for capital improvements at existing facilities and certain other
purposes. ACCBI and the general contractor for Ameristar Council Bluffs are
currently arbitrating a dispute, the outcome of which may affect the capital
expenditure requirements for this project. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings."
Among other capital expenditures anticipated for 1998, the Company intends to
make capital expenditures of approximately $23.0 million in connection with the
completion and opening of Phase I of The Reserve and approximately $4.3 million
in connection with the completion of the Ameristar Vicksburg hotel.
Management anticipates that the above-described capital expenditures will
be funded out of draws under the Revolving Credit Facility, draws under a $7.5
million loan for the development of the Ameristar Vicksburg hotel, purchase
money and lease financing related to the acquisition of furniture, fixtures and
equipment (including gaming equipment) and operating cash flow. Although no
assurances can be given, the Company anticipates that it will have sufficient
funds to satisfy these capital expenditure plans. However, an adverse change in
the Company's operations or operating cash flow may affect the Company's ability
to fund these capital expenditures and/or maintain compliance with the terms of
the Revolving Credit Facility, the Indenture or other debt instruments.
Management anticipates funding the capital expenditures for the
construction of Phase II of The Reserve out of additional draws under the
Revolving Credit Facility and operating cash flow. Because the amount of
borrowings permitted to be drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility will be
determined in part by the rolling four-quarter EBITDA (as defined), the
Company's planned borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to fund a
portion of the construction costs for Phase II of The Reserve will be dependent
upon increases in the Company's aggregate operating cash flow, which increases
will be primarily dependent upon the operating performance of The Reserve.
Management anticipates that cash flow from at least the first one or two full
quarters of operations at The Reserve and operations at the Company's other
properties will be necessary to provide the borrowing capability under the
Revolving Credit Facility and other capital resources for the commencement of
construction of Phase II of The Reserve. However, no assurances can be given
with respect to the amount of operating cash flow of the Company for any future
period. See "Risk Factors -- Substantial Leverage and Ability to Satisfy Debt
Obligations," "-- Construction and Development Risks; Risks of New Ventures" and
"Description of Existing Indebtedness."
Ameristar has not declared any dividends on its Common Stock during the
last two fiscal years, and the Company intends for the foreseeable future to
retain all earnings for use in the development of its business instead of paying
cash dividends. In addition, as described in this Prospectus, the Revolving
Credit Facility and the Indenture will obligate the Company to comply with
certain financial covenants that may restrict or prohibit the payment of
dividends.
44
<PAGE> 50
BUSINESS
INTRODUCTION
Ameristar is a multi-jurisdictional gaming company that owns and operates
casinos and related hotel, food and beverage, entertainment and other
facilities, with four properties in operation in Nevada, Mississippi and Iowa
and a fifth property under development in Nevada. All of the Company's principal
operations are conducted through wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company's
properties are:
The Jackpot Properties -- The Jackpot Properties, Cactus Petes and the
Horseshu, were the Company's first two casino-hotels and are located on U.S.
Highway 93 in Jackpot, Nevada at the Idaho border.
Ameristar Vicksburg -- Ameristar Vicksburg is located in Vicksburg,
Mississippi, one-quarter mile north of Interstate 20, the main east-west
thoroughfare connecting Atlanta and Dallas, approximately 45 miles west of
Jackson, Mississippi. Ameristar Vicksburg includes the permanently-moored,
dockside Vicksburg Casino and related land-based facilities, including a
150-room hotel currently under construction.
Ameristar Council Bluffs -- Ameristar Council Bluffs is located near the
Nebraska Avenue exit on Interstate 29 in Council Bluffs, Iowa across the
Missouri River from Omaha, Nebraska. Ameristar Council Bluffs includes the
cruising riverboat Council Bluffs Casino, an Ameristar hotel and other related
land-based facilities.
The Reserve -- The Reserve, featuring an African safari and big game
reserve theme that includes statues of elephants, giraffes and other animals, is
being developed in phases and is strategically located at the junction of Lake
Mead Drive and Interstate 515 in Henderson, Nevada, a suburb of Las Vegas. The
Company acquired The Reserve under construction on October 9, 1996. See
"Business -- The Gem Merger." Management currently believes that Phase I of The
Reserve will open in January 1998, subject to the receipt of all necessary
regulatory approvals.
BUSINESS AND MARKETING STRATEGIES
The Company's business strategy is to (i) emphasize quality dining,
lodging, entertainment and other non-gaming amenities at affordable prices to
complement and enhance its gaming operations, (ii) promote its properties as
entertainment destinations, (iii) construct facilities appropriate to individual
markets, (iv) emphasize courteous and responsive service to develop customer
loyalty and (v) utilize marketing programs to promote customer retention. The
Company believes this strategy will continue to distinguish the Company from its
competitors, many of whom outside of Las Vegas have not emphasized non-gaming
amenities in their operations to the same extent as the Company.
The Company's properties emphasize slot machine play, and the Company
periodically invests in new slot equipment to promote customer satisfaction and
loyalty. Historically, slot revenues at each property have exceeded 65% of total
gaming revenue. All of the Company's properties include table games such as
blackjack, craps and roulette. Cactus Petes and Ameristar Vicksburg also offer
poker, as will The Reserve. Keno and sports book wagering are also offered at
the Jackpot Properties. The Reserve will offer race and sports book wagering and
may offer keno. The Company generally emphasizes competitive minimum and maximum
betting limits based on each market.
The Company's gaming revenues are derived and are expected to continue to
be derived from a broad base of customers, and therefore the Company does not
depend upon high-stakes players. The Company extends credit to its Nevada and
Mississippi gaming customers only in limited circumstances and limited amounts
on a short-term basis and in accordance with the credit restrictions imposed by
gaming regulatory authorities. The Iowa gaming statutes prohibit the issuance of
casino credit.
The Company's marketing strategy is to develop a loyal customer base by
promoting the quality of the Company's gaming, leisure and entertainment
amenities that emphasize high standards of service and customer satisfaction.
The Company uses players clubs at each property to identify and retain preferred
players and develop promotions and special events to encourage increased gaming
activity by these customers.
45
<PAGE> 51
The Company's marketing programs also include a number of promotions, designed
primarily to increase the frequency of customer visits within local markets, as
well as tour and travel promotional packages in certain markets. The Company
uses a variety of advertising media to market its properties, including print,
television, radio, outdoor and internet advertising and direct mail promotions.
The level of marketing and promotional efforts varies among properties based on
competitive and seasonal factors in each market.
EXPANSION STRATEGY
The Company seeks to expand its operations through a variety of means,
including entering new North American markets created by the legalization of
casino gaming, developing new casinos or buying existing casinos in established
North American casino gaming markets and expansion projects through Native
American reservations in North America. Although the Company's preference is to
own and operate each of its gaming properties, the Company also considers
expansion opportunities involving management contracts or joint ventures.
Pending the availability of adequate funds for the completion of Phases I and II
of The Reserve, the Company does not anticipate undertaking any additional
expansion opportunities that would require a material amount of capital
expenditures by the Company.
Management believes that the Company's long-term success in expanding into
new markets will be dependent in part upon the Company's ability to distinguish
its operations from those of its anticipated competitors. The Company's strategy
of including quality non-gaming amenities in its facilities, such as lodging,
dining and entertainment is intended to provide these competitive distinctions.
The scope of non-gaming amenities to be offered at future expansion projects
will be determined in part by competitive factors within a particular market and
the nature of the Company's participation in a particular project. In addition,
management believes the selection of attractive expansion markets and quality
locations within those markets will continue to be important to the growth of
the Company. In selecting expansion opportunities, the Company seeks a strong
demographic market with a favorable competitive environment and a site in the
market with an attractive, prominent location and ease of access that will
support the size and scope of the Company's development plans.
46
<PAGE> 52
PROPERTY PROFILES
The following table presents selected information as of September 30, 1997
concerning the Company's currently operating properties and its development
plans for The Reserve.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMERISTAR AMERISTAR
CACTUS PETES THE HORSESHU VICKSBURG COUNCIL BLUFFS THE RESERVE
(JACKPOT, NV) (JACKPOT, NV) (VICKSBURG, MS) (COUNCIL BLUFFS, IA) (HENDERSON, NV)(1)
------------------ ------------------- ------------------ ----------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Opening Date............ 1956 1956 Feb. 1994 Jan. 1996 Jan. 1998 (est)
Casino Square Footage... 25,450 3,540 32,000 27,500 42,000
Slot Machines........... 806 126 975 1,012 1,450(est)
Table Games............. 37 8 47 43 26 (est)
Hotel Rooms............. 299 120 150(2) 300(3) 224
Restaurants/Bars........ 4/3 1/1 3/6 4/4 4/3
Restaurant/Bar
Seating Capacity...... 460/80 124/40 873/136 975/93 847/118(est)
Guest Parking Spaces.... 658 223 1,047 1,441 1,500 (est)
Other................... 356-Seat Keno; Swimming 379-Seat Kids Quest Sports Book;
Showroom; Sports Pool; General Showroom; Gift Children's Activity Swimming Pool;
Book(4); Keno; Store; Service Shop Center(4); Meeting Bingo; Gift Shop
Meeting Space; Station Space; Indoor
Swimming Pool; Swimming Pool &
Gift Shop; Spa; Gift Shop;
Amusement Arcade Amusement Arcade
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The facilities described in this column reflect Phase I of The Reserve.
Phase II would add 28,000 square feet of casino space, an approximately
1,500-space parking structure and certain other additions and enhancements.
See "Risk Factors -- Construction and Development Risks; Risks of New
Ventures" and "Business -- The Reserve."
(2) The Company is developing a 150-room hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg expected
to be completed in April 1998.
(3) Includes a full service 160-room Ameristar hotel owned and operated by the
Company and a limited service 140-room Holiday Inn Suites Hotel owned and
operated by a third party under a ground lease from the Company.
(4) Operated by a third party.
CURRENT OPERATIONS
THE JACKPOT PROPERTIES. The Jackpot Properties, which have been operating
since 1956, have been designed and developed and are marketed to appeal to three
separate markets: budget, quality and luxury. The Company sets its prices for
hotel rooms, food and other non-gaming amenities at levels that are affordable
to its separate customer bases. The Company's objective is to be perceived by
its customers as providing good value and high quality for the price charged.
Cactus Petes is promoted by the Company as a destination resort throughout the
northwestern United States and southwestern Canada.
Cactus Petes completed a major expansion project in 1991. Since 1993,
Cactus Petes has annually received a Four Diamond rating from the AAA, the
highest rating currently awarded to any Nevada hotel. The Horseshu Hotel has a
Three Diamond rating from the AAA. The food and beverage operations at the
Jackpot Properties include a buffet, a fine dining restaurant, a 24-hour
restaurant, a coffee shop and a snack bar, a showroom that features nationally
known entertainment and cocktail lounges with entertainment.
In January 1997, the Company completed a renovation of its slot gaming
equipment at the Jackpot Properties, including the introduction of 587
state-of-the-art slot machines in replacement of older models, the linkage of
all slot machines at the Jackpot Properties to the Company's player tracking
system and improved sensory appeal, including touch screens and enhanced
signage, sounds and colors. In addition, the Company recently completed a
remodeling of the casino at the Horseshu. Management believes that these
renovations have promoted customer satisfaction and have improved the
effectiveness of both targeted marketing and general advertising programs.
Market. Management believes that approximately 50% of the customer base of
the Jackpot Properties consists of residents of Idaho who generally frequent the
properties on an overnight or turnaround basis. The balance of the Company's
Jackpot customers come primarily from Oregon, Washington, Montana, northern
California and the southwestern Canadian provinces. Although many of the
customers from beyond southern
47
<PAGE> 53
Idaho are tourists traveling to other destinations, a significant portion of
these customers come to Jackpot as a final destination.
Competition. The Company has developed a dominant share of the market
capacity in Jackpot. The Jackpot Properties compete with four other hotels and
motels (three of which also have casinos). As of September 30, 1997, the Jackpot
Properties accounted for approximately 54% of the lodging rooms, 58% of the slot
machines and 74% of the table games in Jackpot. Management believes Cactus Petes
offers a more attractive environment and a broader and higher quality range of
gaming and leisure activities than those of its competitors. Some additional or
renovated facilities have been introduced in Jackpot by the Company's
competitors since early 1995. The Company is not aware of any additional
expansion plans by existing competitors in Jackpot.
At least two casinos with video lottery terminals similar to slot machines
are operated on Native American land in Idaho, including one with approximately
200 VLT machines near Pocatello that has been in operation for approximately
three years. Casino gaming began on Native American lands in both western
Washington and northeast Oregon in 1995, and casinos also operate in Alberta,
Canada. See "Risk Factors -- Competition -- The Jackpot Properties."
AMERISTAR VICKSBURG. Ameristar Vicksburg, which opened in February 1994,
represents the Company's first expansion project outside of Jackpot. Management
believes Ameristar Vicksburg provides superior and larger facilities than its
current competitors in the Vicksburg area and has competitive advantages by
virtue of its close proximity to Interstate 20. Nonetheless, Vicksburg is a
competitive gaming market and the Company's operations there to date have been
dependent to a substantial degree upon a continuous casino marketing and
promotional campaign.
The permanently moored, dockside Vicksburg Casino is approximately 315 feet
long and approximately 120 feet wide. Due to the width of the Vicksburg Casino,
the casino, restaurants and showroom have the spacious feel of a land-based
facility. The Vicksburg Casino has three levels, which are connected by
escalators and elevators. The casino is on the bottom and middle levels and has
wide aisles with an open feel that provides a comfortable and inviting
atmosphere. The Vicksburg Casino has entrances on both the lower and middle
levels, with the lower-level entrance providing access from valet parking and
the middle-level entrance providing access from the self-parking area. The
Vicksburg Casino is open 24 hours a day.
The Vicksburg Casino has two restaurants, six bars (one of which offers
live cabaret-style entertainment) and a showroom (which is used on an
intermittent basis for entertainment and players club promotions). Ameristar
Vicksburg also includes the Delta Point River Restaurant, a locally well-known
fine-dining restaurant situated on a bluff overlooking the Vicksburg Casino.
Management believes Ameristar Vicksburg's competitive advantages include
its location, the size and design of the project and the range and quality of
its amenities. The primary locational advantages of Ameristar Vicksburg are its
proximity to Interstate 20 and its ease of access. As discussed above, the
Vicksburg Casino is significantly wider than typical riverboat casinos. In
addition, management believes the overall range and quality of the facilities,
food service and entertainment at Ameristar Vicksburg are superior to those
available at its existing competitors.
As part of a long-term plan to enhance Ameristar Vicksburg, the Company
acquired 18 acres across from the main entrance to the Vicksburg Casino for the
future development of additional improvements. The Company is constructing a
150-room hotel on a portion of this parcel, and it is currently anticipated that
construction will be completed in April 1998. The Delta Point Inn, a 54-room
budget motel that pre-existed the development of Ameristar Vicksburg, has been
taken out of service and demolished in connection with this expansion.
Management believes that the development cost of the hotel will be approximately
$10.3 million, including capitalized construction period interest. Management
expects that a substantial portion of these development costs will be funded out
of draws under a $7.5 million short-term loan facility and the balance will be
funded out of operating cash flow. See "Risk Factors -- Construction and
Development Risks; Risks of New Ventures" and "-- Gaming Licensing and
Regulation," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of
Existing Indebtedness."
48
<PAGE> 54
Market. The primary market for Ameristar Vicksburg is residents of the
Jackson and Vicksburg, Mississippi and Monroe, Louisiana areas; tourists coming
to Vicksburg primarily to visit the Vicksburg National Military Park; and other
traffic traveling on Interstate 20, a major east-west thoroughfare that connects
Atlanta and Dallas.
Vicksburg, with a population of approximately 25,000 persons, is located 45
miles west of Jackson, the capital of Mississippi. According to the 1990 U.S.
Census, the Jackson and Vicksburg metropolitan areas had a total population of
approximately 440,000 persons. Approximately 800,000 people live within
Ameristar Vicksburg's 17-county primary market area. The Vicksburg National
Military Park, located within three miles of Ameristar Vicksburg, draws
approximately 900,000 registered visitors a year. Interstate 20 (which connects
Atlanta and Dallas) passes directly through Vicksburg. According to the
Mississippi Department of Transportation, approximately 7.3 million vehicles
drove across the Interstate 20 bridge at Vicksburg during 1996. As of May 31,
1997, Vicksburg had approximately 1,608 lodging rooms. The Vicksburg Chamber of
Commerce has estimated that the 1996 average hotel occupancy rate in Vicksburg
was approximately 70%. Gaming revenues in Warren County, Mississippi for the 52
weeks ended September 20, 1997, were approximately $189.6 million.
Competition. Ameristar Vicksburg is subject to competition from three
local competitors and casinos in Shreveport and Bossier City, Louisiana and a
Native American casino in Philadelphia, Mississippi. Ameristar Vicksburg has
approximately 1,224 gaming positions or 31.2% of the total number of positions
that are in Warren County. Based on available data, Ameristar Vicksburg is
currently the market leader in Warren County and generated gaming revenues in
1995 and 1996 representing approximately 33.3% and 33.1%, respectively, of the
total market gaming revenues. Management attributes Ameristar Vicksburg's
leading market share position to the effectiveness of the Company's marketing
and promotional strategy, the property's proximity to and visibility from
Interstate 20, its ease of access, the size and design of the facility and the
range and quality of the amenities offered.
Several potential gaming sites still exist in Warren County and Vicksburg
and from time to time potential competitors propose the development of
additional casinos in or near Vicksburg. In August 1997, two companies announced
the execution of an agreement to form a joint venture to develop and operate a
casino facility near Ameristar Vicksburg, subject to certain contingencies. See
"Risk Factors -- Competition -- Ameristar Vicksburg" and "-- Gaming Licensing
and Regulation -- Potential Effects of Delayed Completion of Ameristar Vicksburg
Hotel."
AMERISTAR COUNCIL BLUFFS. The Company opened Ameristar Council Bluffs in
January 1996 under one of three gaming licenses currently issued for
Pottawattamie County, Iowa. On the bank of the Missouri River across from Omaha,
Nebraska, Ameristar Council Bluffs is adjacent to the Nebraska Avenue exit on
Interstate 29 immediately north of the junction of Interstate 29 and Interstate
80. The Company designed Ameristar Council Bluffs as a destination resort
intended to serve as an entertainment centerpiece of the region. Ameristar
Council Bluffs features architecture reminiscent of a gateway river town in the
late 1800s. The design complements existing characteristics of Council Bluffs
while giving the facility its own distinctive personality. The approximately
50-acre Ameristar Council Bluffs site is large enough to accommodate future
land-based expansion should the Company deem it beneficial for the success of
the property.
Ameristar Council Bluffs opened in stages during 1996 and early 1997. The
Council Bluffs Casino opened on January 19, 1996, portions of the land-based
Main Street Pavilion (including two restaurants) opened on June 17, 1996, the
Ameristar hotel opened on November 1, 1996 and the sports bar cabaret opened on
December 26, 1996. The Company's remaining land-based facilities, a steak house
and an indoor swimming pool and spa, opened on February 25 and March 3, 1997,
respectively.
The Council Bluffs Casino is an approximately 40,000 square foot, two-level
riverboat measuring 272 feet long by 98 feet wide. By building the vessel with
only two levels that have high ceilings and making it 98 feet wide, the casino
has the spacious feel of a land-based facility. Both levels of the riverboat are
connected by escalators and an elevator. The casino is open 24 hours a day and
is required to make a two-hour cruise a minimum of 100 days within the
"excursion season," which is defined as April 1 through October 31. If the
riverboat fails to satisfy this cruising requirement, it will not be allowed to
operate during the balance of the year.
49
<PAGE> 55
Guests enter the riverboat from shore via an enclosed ramp from the
68,000-square foot Main Street Pavilion. The Main Street Pavilion is a
self-contained complex featuring an Ameristar hotel, restaurants and
entertainment options for children and adults. The interior of the Pavilion is
designed to replicate a Victorian-era main street. The main level of the
Pavilion includes a buffet, a 24-hour restaurant, a steak house and a sports bar
cabaret, all of which are operated by the Company. Rising above the Pavilion is
a five-story, 160-room, full-service Ameristar hotel that offers a panoramic
view of the Missouri River and the Council Bluffs Casino. The Main Street
Pavilion also includes a children's activity center operated by New Horizon Kids
Quest, Inc. and owned by a joint venture between that company and ACCBI.
The Company has leased a portion of the Ameristar Council Bluffs site to an
entity controlled by Iowa-based Kinseth Hotel Corporation for a 140-room,
limited-service Holiday Inn Suites hotel that opened on March 31, 1997. The
Kinseth entity developed and operates this hotel. The Holiday Inn Suites hotel
and the Main Street Pavilion are connected by a climate-controlled walkway that
also connects to the indoor pool, spa and an exercise room.
The development and opening of Ameristar Council Bluffs, including real
property and land-based and riverboat construction, cost approximately $109.0
million. However, ACCBI and the general contractor for Ameristar Council Bluffs
are currently arbitrating a dispute, the outcome of which may affect the total
development cost of the project. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings."
Market. Council Bluffs has a population of approximately 54,600 people.
Council Bluffs forms part of the greater Omaha, Nebraska/Council Bluffs, Iowa
metropolitan area, which according to the 1990 U.S. Census had a population of
approximately 640,000. Approximately 1.1 million people live within a 50-mile
radius, and approximately 1.6 million people live within a 100-mile radius, of
Council Bluffs. The median household income of the greater metropolitan area is
approximately $36,000, with an unemployment rate of approximately 3%. Based on
available data, Council Bluffs is currently the strongest gaming market in Iowa.
Gaming revenues in Pottawattamie County, Iowa for the 12 months ended September
30, 1997, were $263.2 million.
Competition. Three gaming licenses have been issued for Pottawattamie
County, Iowa to Iowa West Racing Association. ACCBI operates the Council Bluffs
Casino pursuant to an operating agreement with Iowa West Racing Association. The
other casinos operating under these licenses are Harveys Casino Resorts
("Harveys"), which operates a riverboat casino in close proximity to Ameristar
Council Bluffs, and Bluffs Run, a year-round dog track owned by Iowa West Racing
Association that has a gaming license limited to the operation of a reel-style
slots only casino. Bluffs Run, which opened in March 1995, has approximately
1,200 slot machines, a restaurant, buffet and lounge entertainment. The Company
believes that Bluffs Run will continue to provide significant competition due to
its advantage of being the only land-based facility in the market.
Management believes Harveys also provides serious competition for Ameristar
Council Bluffs. The Harveys casino opened on January 1, 1996, and substantially
all the other Harveys facilities opened in May 1996, except for a restaurant
that opened in May 1997.
The average monthly market share of gaming revenues of Ameristar Council
Bluffs was approximately 28.4% during March through September 1997 (the first
seven months following the completion of all of the land-based facilities at
Ameristar Council Bluffs), approximately 9.9 and 4.9 percentage points behind
Bluffs Run and Harveys, respectively. The Company plans to implement a new
marketing strategy for Ameristar Council Bluffs in an effort to improve its
market share. See also "Risk Factors -- Competition -- Ameristar Council
Bluffs."
50
<PAGE> 56
THE RESERVE
The Reserve, featuring an African safari and big game reserve theme that
includes statues of elephants, giraffes and other animals, is being developed in
phases at the southeast corner of the junction of Lake Mead Drive and Interstate
515 in Henderson, Nevada. The Company acquired The Reserve under construction on
October 9, 1996 through the Merger. See "Business -- The Gem Merger."
Following the May 1996 execution of the Merger Agreement (as defined below)
pursuant to which the Company acquired The Reserve, the Company commenced a
redesign of The Reserve intended to expand and enhance the project, including a
doubling of the casino square footage through Phase II, to increase revenues and
to improve The Reserve's competitive position. Phases I and II of The Reserve
are planned to have approximately 319,000 square feet of space, including
approximately 70,000 square feet of casino space. The Reserve's food and
beverage operations will include a buffet, a 24-hour restaurant, a steak house,
an Italian restaurant, an entertainment lounge, a video lounge, a sports lounge,
a parking structure and surface parking with approximately 2,700 spaces. The
Reserve will open upon the completion of Phase I, subject to obtaining all
regulatory approvals, and management anticipates that construction of Phase II
will commence following the opening of The Reserve. Management expects that
Phase I construction will be completed to permit an opening of The Reserve in
January 1998.
Phase I of The Reserve will include approximately 42,000 square feet of
casino space (with approximately 1,450 slot machines and approximately 26 table
games (including poker)), 224 hotel rooms, four restaurants, three bars and
lounges, a sports book, approximately 1,500 surface parking spaces,
back-of-house facilities and a swimming pool. The Phase I food and beverage
operations and back-of-house facilities will support both Phases I and II of The
Reserve. Construction of the Phase I hotel has been substantially completed,
subject to the installation of furniture, fixtures and equipment to be provided
by the Company and the application of the exterior finish. The shell for Phase I
is substantially complete, and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and HVAC
systems for Phase I have been installed. Other Phase I interior construction is
in progress. The Company has established a total acquisition and construction
budget for Phase I, including capitalized construction period interest,
preopening costs, Phase I and II design costs and acquisition costs, of $125.0
million. As of September 30, 1997, $65.6 million of this budget remained to be
expended.
Phase II will add 28,000 square feet of casino space, approximately 350
slot machines and 20 table games, the permanent porte cochere, a 1,500-space
parking structure and enhancements to the swimming pool garden area and the race
and sports book facilities. Phase II may include a live animal habitat. The
Phase II construction period is anticipated to be approximately eight or nine
months, although the casino expansion and certain other facilities may be
completed and opened in less time. Although management anticipates commencing
Phase II construction by mid-1998, the ability of the Company to undertake Phase
II construction and the date of commencement of such construction will be
substantially dependent on the Company's borrowing capacity under the Revolving
Credit Facility and its operating cash flow available to fund Phase II
construction costs. Construction and development costs for Phase II are
estimated at $30.0 million, including capitalized construction period interest
and land acquisition costs.
See "Risk Factors -- Substantial Leverage and Ability to Satisfy Debt
Obligations," "-- Construction and Development Risks; Risks of New Ventures,"
"-- Gaming Licensing and Regulation," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and "Description of Existing Indebtedness."
Market. The gaming market in the greater metropolitan Las Vegas area
includes segments for local residents and visitors, and both segments of this
market are subject to intense and dynamic competition. The Company expects that
The Reserve will compete primarily for local customers in the Henderson-Green
Valley suburban community. The Company also intends to market The Reserve to
visitors, including persons driving to and from Arizona via Interstate 515,
persons driving between California and Lake Mead and other visitors to the Las
Vegas area who desire lodging in Henderson-Green Valley.
According to the 1996 Las Vegas Perspective, the Las Vegas metropolitan
area was the fastest growing metropolitan area and Henderson was the fastest
growing city in the United States during the first half of the 1990s, with
population increases of 26% and 57%, respectively. In February 1997, the Nevada
State Demographer's Office estimated the population of Clark County, Nevada was
1.1 million, and the population
51
<PAGE> 57
of Henderson and Boulder City (a community south of Henderson) was 144,800. The
Henderson Building Department reports that building permits were issued in 1996
for 5,720 new single and multi-family residential housing units in Henderson.
According to the Nevada Department of Transportation, approximately 100,000
vehicles per day currently pass through the junction of Interstate 515 and Lake
Mead Drive, the site of The Reserve. No assurance can be given that the Las
Vegas metropolitan area and Henderson-Green Valley will continue to experience
population growth or that growth will continue for any particular period of time
or at the same rates as in the recent past.
Competition. The Company expects The Reserve to face significant
competition in the Henderson-Green Valley market. Station Casinos, Inc. recently
opened Sunset Station, a casino-hotel approximately 3.5 miles north of The
Reserve site along Interstate 515. Management believes that additional competing
casino-hotels will be developed in Henderson-Green Valley, including one
approximately 3.5 miles west of The Reserve on Lake Mead Drive that management
believes could commence construction as early as late 1997 or early 1998.
Management believes it is likely that additional competing casino-hotels will be
developed over time in the Henderson-Green Valley market. In addition, The
Reserve will compete to a lesser extent with a number of small, limited service
casinos that currently operate within a five-mile radius and several other
casino-hotels in the southeastern area of metropolitan Las Vegas. See "Risk
Factors -- Competition -- The Reserve."
THE GEM MERGER
The Company acquired The Reserve through the Merger of Gem into ACLVI in
October 1996, pursuant to a merger agreement entered into as of May 31, 1996, as
amended in July and October 1996 (the "Merger Agreement"). In late March 1997,
the Company commenced an arbitration proceeding against the former stockholders
of Gem, Steven W. Rebeil and Dominic J. Magliarditi (collectively, the "Gem
Stockholders"), for breaches of the Merger Agreement and the implied covenant of
good faith and fair dealing related to the Merger, which arbitration proceeding
was settled in early May 1997 pursuant to a settlement agreement (the "Gem
Settlement Agreement") that became effective on June 20, 1997 following its
approval by the Nevada Gaming Commission.
The Merger Agreement, as originally entered into, contemplated that 7.5
million shares of Ameristar's Common Stock, subject to adjustment in certain
cases, would be issued to the Gem Stockholders as merger consideration. Under
the amended Merger Agreement, all of the outstanding shares of Gem common stock
were cancelled at the Merger closing and were converted into the right to
receive cash, subject to reduction in certain cases, equal to the amount of the
net proceeds in excess of $4.0 million of an underwritten public offering of 7.5
million shares of Ameristar's Common Stock if such offering was concluded by
June 1, 1997. If this offering was not completed by June 1, 1997, the Merger
Agreement provided for the Gem Stockholders to receive promissory notes of
Ameristar in an aggregate principal amount equal to (i) the Average 10-Day
Closing Price of the Common Stock (as defined in the Merger Agreement) as of
June 1, 1997, (ii) multiplied by 7.5 million (iii) minus $4.0 million and (iv)
minus certain expenses related to the contemplated public offering. The Merger
Agreement provided that these notes would be unsecured, would mature on June 1,
2000, and would accrue interest at the rate of 8% per annum, payable monthly.
In lieu of the merger consideration provided for in the Merger Agreement,
the Gem Settlement Agreement provides that Ameristar will pay to the Gem
Stockholders $32.7 million in installments, plus interest. Upon the
effectiveness of the Gem Settlement Agreement, Ameristar made a payment of $4.0
million to the Gem Stockholders and issued the Gem Notes for the balance of the
cash consideration ($28.7 million). See "Description of Existing Indebtedness"
for information concerning the terms of the Gem Notes. Pursuant to the Gem
Settlement Agreement, Ameristar has also reconveyed to Gem Air, Inc. ("Gem
Air"), an affiliate of one of the Gem Stockholders, Ameristar's interests in
certain aviation-related assets acquired in July 1996, Gem Air has assumed
certain liabilities of Ameristar related to these assets and an aircraft
operating agreement and a sublease relating to these assets (the "Gem Aviation
Agreements") have been terminated.
The Gem Settlement Agreement includes mutual general releases of the
parties to the arbitration proceeding and certain of their respective related
parties with respect to all obligations arising out of, based
52
<PAGE> 58
upon or relating to the Merger Agreement and the Gem Aviation Agreements, except
for certain excluded claims. Among the excluded claims under the Gem Settlement
Agreement are claims against the Gem Stockholders with respect to Excluded
Liabilities (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and certain indemnification
obligations of the Gem Stockholders under the Merger Agreement with respect to
claims asserted by third parties against the Company.
The above description of the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Gem
Settlement Agreement and related agreements is qualified in its entirety by, and
made subject to, the actual provisions of such agreements, which have been filed
as exhibits to the Registration Statement.
EMPLOYEES
As of October 27, 1997, the Company employed approximately 2,549 full-time
employees and 672 part-time employees. Additional employees will need to be
hired in connection with the opening of The Reserve and the hotel at Ameristar
Vicksburg. None of the Company's current employees is employed pursuant to
collective bargaining or other union arrangements. Management believes its
employee relations are good.
PROPERTIES
Jackpot. Cactus Petes is located on a 35-acre site and The Horseshu is
located on a 30-acre site. The Cactus Petes and The Horseshu sites are across
from each other on U.S. Highway 93. The Company also owns 204 housing units in
Jackpot, including 90 units in two apartment complexes developed as Farmers Home
Administration ("FmHA") projects. These housing units support the primary
operations of the Jackpot Properties. The Jackpot Properties are subject to
deeds of trust securing the Revolving Credit Facility, and the FmHA housing
projects are subject to mortgage loans in favor of the FmHA.
The Company owns a gas station adjacent to Highway 93 in Jackpot, which it
operates under a franchise from Chevron. Management believes that this facility
is in material compliance with applicable environmental and other regulatory
requirements. The Company has previously operated two other gas stations at the
Jackpot Properties, one of which was abandoned prior to the adoption of modern
environmental abandonment standards. Although management believes that all tanks
for this gas station were removed in the mid-1970s, the Company has not
conducted tests for the presence of any environmental contamination from this
gas station. Management believes that the likelihood of a material unfavorable
outcome with respect to potential environmental liabilities relating to this
former gas station is remote.
Vicksburg. In connection with the development of Ameristar Vicksburg, the
Company acquired seven parcels in Vicksburg along Washington Street near
Interstate 20. These parcels comprise approximately 43.4 acres, approximately 30
of which are developable. Of the seven parcels, three have been acquired by
direct purchase and four have been acquired by lease. The aggregate monthly rent
under the leases at August 1, 1997 was approximately $54,000. Each lease
provides for the Company to be responsible for all taxes, insurance premiums,
utilities and other ownership and operating costs associated with the property
during the entire term of the lease. Each lease includes options for the Company
to purchase the applicable parcels, for an aggregate price which decreases over
time from approximately $5.9 million to approximately $2.0 million. A
substantial portion of the purchase prices may be paid in installments with
interest at stated rates. The Company intends to exercise an option to purchase
one of these parcels for $50,000.
The Vicksburg Casino, the Company's leasehold interests relating to the
Ameristar Vicksburg site and substantially all of that portion of the Ameristar
Vicksburg site owned by the Company serve as collateral for the Company's
obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, the hotel under
construction and the underlying property are subject to a deed of trust securing
a loan to fund a portion of the hotel construction costs that is senior to the
liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility.
Council Bluffs. Ameristar Council Bluffs is on an approximately 50-acre
site along the bank of the Missouri River and adjacent to the Nebraska Avenue
exit on Interstate 29 immediately north of the junction of Interstates 29 and
80. The Company owns approximately 27 acres of this site and has rights to use
the remaining portion of the site that is owned by the State of Iowa for a
50-year term. The Company has leased
53
<PAGE> 59
0.623 acres of the site to an entity controlled by Kinseth Hotel Corporation for
its development and operation of the Holiday Inn Suites hotel at Ameristar
Council Bluffs. All of the Company's interests in Ameristar Council Bluffs are
subject to collateral security instruments securing the Revolving Credit
Facility.
The Reserve. The Reserve is at the southeastern corner of the junction of
Lake Mead Drive and Interstate 515 in Henderson, Nevada on a site containing
approximately 53 acres, of which approximately 46 acres are developable. The
Company currently owns 28 acres of the site and has options to acquire the
remainder of the site. Each option exercise must be for at least five acres and
a minimum of five acres of the option land must be acquired each year
(commencing October 1, 1997) or the remaining options expire. The Company
exercised an option for five acres of the site in April 1997. The option
exercise prices, which increase at the rate of 8% per annum from October 1,
1995, are $217,800 per acre for the first 17 acres and $152,460 per acre for
each remaining acre, in each case plus 8% per annum from October 1, 1995 through
the date of exercise. The construction of Phase II of The Reserve would require
the Company to exercise options for approximately five acres of additional land.
The Reserve and the Company's option rights to purchase additional land serve as
collateral for the Revolving Credit Facility.
The Reserve site was previously used for surface waste disposal activities
for approximately 50 years. Prior to 1994, the site had large areas of debris,
rubble and some stained soils resulting from these waste activities. Site
studies revealed asbestos, lead and pesticide concentrations in the surface
soils. Following a surface remediation program by a third party in 1994, the
Nevada Division of Environmental Protection approved a closure of the
remediation and indicated that no further work was required.
A 1995 Phase I environmental assessment on 23 acres of the site now owned
by the Company showed that some rubble remained on portions of the property, but
that all hazardous material had been removed. A 1997 Phase I environmental
assessment on the 30 acres of The Reserve site under option or subsequently
acquired by the Company indicated the property does not appear to have been
adversely impacted since the completion of the 1994 remediation program. Phase I
environmental assessments involve the conduct of limited procedures and may not
identify the existence or extent of actual environmental conditions.
Other. The Company leases approximately 18,000 square feet of office space
in Las Vegas, Nevada for its executive offices, which the Company began
occupying in March 1997.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Clothe H. James, et al. v. Ameristar Casinos, Inc., Ameristar Casino
Vicksburg, Inc., et al. On January 18, 1996, the plaintiffs commenced a lawsuit
against the Company, ACVI, and Riverboat Corporation of Mississippi, d/b/a Isle
of Capri Casino. The suit is filed in the Circuit Court of the First Judicial
District of Hinds County, Mississippi, as Civil Action No. 251-96-54CN. The
plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on February 6, 1996. The plaintiffs seek
$5.0 million in actual damages and $7.5 million in punitive damages. This case
involves alleged wrongful death and personal injuries to four persons. The
plaintiffs allege that ACVI and the Isle of Capri Casino each negligently served
alcohol to a visibly intoxicated person who later crashed his vehicle. Two
persons were killed and two persons were severely injured. Ameristar and ACVI
have answered the complaint in which they have denied liability. Discovery is
ongoing, and Ameristar has filed a motion for summary judgment to remove
Ameristar as a defendant in the proceedings. However, the court has not yet
ruled on this motion. ACVI's general liability insurance carriers have accepted
the tender of the defense, but have notified the Company that the insurers may
not be responsible for any punitive damages. Legal counsel has advised the
Company that Mississippi law generally does not preclude punitive damage awards
being covered by general liability policies, although there is no Mississippi
case on point with the alleged facts of the James case.
Perini-Anderson v. ACCBI. Perini-Anderson, a joint venture, in which
Perini Building Company is a principal, was the general contractor for the
construction of the main pavilion and the Ameristar hotel at Ameristar Council
Bluffs. The contract between Perini-Anderson and ACCBI contains a guaranteed
maximum price and specific dates for completion. The contract also contains
provisions for liquidated damages if Perini-Anderson failed to meet the
established completion dates.
54
<PAGE> 60
On September 20, 1996, ACCBI received from Perini-Anderson a demand for
arbitration regarding the amounts due under the contract. The demand did not
contain a plea for a specific amount of damages, and instead requested an award
for extra or changed work, delayed, disrupted and accelerated work, together
with inefficiencies and impacts experienced on the project, along with unpaid
retainage and certain other costs. Based on a statement of damages filed in the
arbitration by Perini-Anderson, management understands that Perini-Anderson's
claims are for $4.6 million, which includes certain amounts due to
subcontractors that have been paid by ACCBI. ACCBI submitted a counterclaim in
the arbitration for cost overruns in excess of the guaranteed maximum price that
ACCBI has had to pay, liquidated damages for delay and certain other costs.
ACCBI has submitted a statement of damages in the arbitration seeking $7.1
million from Perini-Anderson. Perini-Anderson has asserted that it is entitled
to equitable extensions to the scheduled completion dates for, among other
things, delays caused by change orders and unanticipated severe weather
conditions that eliminate liability of Perini-Anderson to ACCBI for cost
overruns and liquidated damages.
The arbitration proceedings are being conducted in accordance with the
rules of the American Arbitration Association and are being held in Council
Bluffs, Iowa. There are three arbitrators, one selected by ACCBI, one selected
by Perini-Anderson and one selected by the other two arbitrators. The hearing
was held in July and August 1997, but the arbitrators have not yet entered an
award. The parties' arbitration agreement provides for an award of costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees to the prevailing party. Management is not able at
this time to make an assessment with respect to the outcome of this arbitration
proceeding.
Margaret Botsford v. ACVI. On October 30, 1996, Margaret Botsford
commenced a lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Warren County, Mississippi, entitled
Margaret Botsford v. Ameristar Casino Vicksburg et al. The case number is
96,205-CI. Ms. Botsford was an employee of ACVI. She alleges in the complaint
that she was wrongfully asked to take a breathalyzer test for alcohol. She
claims that the tests showed that she was neither under the influence of
alcohol, nor was she impaired. She further alleges that ACVI wrongfully
terminated her. According to the complaint, ACVI's actions defamed her, failed
to hold certain information confidential, and falsely arrested her. She asks for
$500,000 in compensatory damages and $5.0 million in punitive damages. ACVI has
denied liability in an answer to the complaint and the matter is currently in
discovery.
Bryan K. and Dawn H. Hafen v. Steven W. Rebeil, et al. This lawsuit was
filed in the Clark County District Court as case number A 347722. A named
defendant in the amended complaint, filed on January 29, 1996, action is Gem.
ACLVI is the successor-in-interest by merger to Gem. The case arises out of the
purchase of land in Mesquite, Nevada by Steven W. Rebeil, a Gem Stockholder,
pursuant to which a jointly owned corporation was to develop real property
contributed by the plaintiffs as a hotel-casino. The plaintiffs allege that the
Gem Stockholders and their controlled entities (including Gem) engaged in a
conspiracy to defraud the plaintiffs in connection with the plaintiff's
contribution of the land and its subsequent sale to a third party. The
plaintiffs allege violations of Nevada's racketeering statutes, fraud and unjust
enrichment. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages, although the
plaintiffs have otherwise claimed total compensatory damages of approximately
$10 million. The case is set for trial on April 14, 1998. The Gem Stockholders
are required to indemnify ACLVI against the claims in the Hafen litigation under
the Merger Agreement and the Gem Settlement Agreement.
Other Legal Proceedings and Claims. From time to time, the Company is a
party to litigation which arises in the ordinary course of business. Except for
the matters described or referred to above, the Company is not currently a party
to any litigation that management believes would be likely, if adversely
determined, to have a material adverse effect on the Company. See also
"Government Regulations -- Iowa."
55
<PAGE> 61
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following sets forth certain information as of June 1, 1997 with regard
to each of the directors and executive officers of the Company. The terms of
office of the Class A, B and C Directors expire in 1999, 2000 and 1998,
respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- ----------------------- --- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Craig H. Neilsen 56 Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
and Class C Director
John R. Spina 47 Executive Vice President of Operations and Class A Director
Thomas M. Steinbauer 46 Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer and Class B
Director
Brian E. Katz 44 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Paul I. Corddry* 61 Class B Director
Larry A. Hodges* 48 Class A Director
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Member of the Audit and Compensation Committees.
CRAIG H. NEILSEN. Mr. Neilsen has been Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since its inception in
August 1993. Since May 1984, Mr. Neilsen has been the President and Chairman of
the Board of Directors of CPI. Mr. Neilsen has also been the President and sole
director of ACVI, ACCBI, ACLVI, A.C. Food Services, Inc. ("ACFSI") and AC Hotel
Corp. ("ACHC") since their respective dates of inception. ACFSI is a wholly
owned subsidary of the Company that purchases food for distribution to other
subsidiaries of the Company, and ACHC is a wholly owned subsidiary of ACVI that
owns the Company's hotel being developed at Ameristar Vicksburg. Mr. Neilsen has
been actively involved in the development since 1993 of the Company's Ameristar
Vicksburg, Ameristar Council Bluffs and The Reserve projects and the major
expansions since 1985 of the Company's Cactus Petes and Horseshu casino-hotels.
Mr. Neilsen also owns a controlling interest in several other closely held
entities, most of which are engaged in real estate development and management
operations unrelated to the business of the Company. Since 1987, Mr. Neilsen has
devoted substantially all of his business time to the affairs of the Company and
its subsidiaries.
JOHN R. SPINA. Mr. Spina has been Executive Vice President of Operations of
the Company since April 1995 and a director of the Company since November 1995.
He has been a Vice President of each of CPI, ACVI and ACCBI since May 1995 and
each of ACFSI and ACHC since their respective dates of inception. From July 1994
until March 1995, Mr. Spina was President of Condado Plaza and Vice President of
Williams Hospitality, the owner and operator, respectively, of the Condado Plaza
Hotel Casino in San Juan, Puerto Rico. Prior thereto, Mr. Spina worked in the
Atlantic City, New Jersey hotel-casino industry, serving first as Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of Resorts International Casino Hotel,
Inc. from December 1988 to November 1993 and more recently as Senior Vice
President of Greate Bay Hotel and Casino, owner and operator of the Sand's Hotel
and Casino, from March 1994 to July 1994.
THOMAS M. STEINBAUER. Mr. Steinbauer has been Senior Vice President of
Finance of the Company since May 1995 and Treasurer and a director of the
Company since its inception. He served as Vice President of Finance and
Administration and Secretary of the Company from its inception until May 1995.
He has served as the Secretary and the Treasurer of each of CPI and ACVI since
November 1992 and September 1992, respectively, and is a Vice President of both
companies. Mr. Steinbauer has served as Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer
of each of ACCBI, ACLVI, ACFSI and ACHC since their respective dates of
inception. Mr. Steinbauer has more than 20 years of experience in the gaming
industry in Nevada and elsewhere. From April 1989 to January 1991, Mr.
Steinbauer was Vice President of Finance for Las Vegas Sands, Inc., the owner of
the Sands Hotel & Casino in Las Vegas. From August 1988 to April 1989, he worked
for McClaskey Enterprises as the General Manager of the Red Lion Inn & Casino,
handling the day-to-day operations of seven different hotel and casino
properties in northern Nevada. Mr. Steinbauer was Property Controller of Bally's
Reno from 1987 to 1988. Prior to that time, Mr. Steinbauer was employed for 11
56
<PAGE> 62
years by the Hilton Corporation and rose from an auditor to be the Casino
Controller of the Flamingo Hilton in Las Vegas and later the Property Controller
of the Reno Hilton.
BRIAN E. KATZ. Mr. Katz has been General Counsel of the Company since May
1994 and Senior Vice President and Secretary of the Company since May 1995. He
was a Vice President of the Company from May 1994 until May 1995. From May 1979
to May 1994, Mr. Katz was an attorney with the law firm of Ray, Quinney &
Nebeker in Salt Lake City, Utah, which firm has provided and continues to
provide legal services to the Company.
PAUL I. CORDDRY. Mr. Corddry became a Director of the Company in March
1994. Mr. Corddry served for 28 years with H. J. Heinz Company ("Heinz"),
retiring from his position as Senior Vice President-Europe in August 1992. Prior
to that position, Mr. Corddry served as Senior Vice President in charge of
several Heinz domestic affiliates, President of Ore-Ida Foods, Inc., a wholly
owned subsidiary of Heinz, and General Manager of Product Marketing. Mr. Corddry
was also a member of the Board of Directors of Heinz from September 1986 until
his retirement. Prior to joining Heinz, he held various brand management
positions with Proctor & Gamble Co. Since 1987, Mr. Corddry has served as a
director of Albertson's, Inc., a major operator of grocery stores. He is also a
member of the Board of Trustees of the American University in Cairo and
Albertson's College of Idaho. Mr. Corddry has previously served on the boards of
numerous food industry-related associations and educational, cultural and
medical facilities, foundations and associations among other organizations.
LARRY A. HODGES. Mr. Hodges became a Director of the Company in March 1994.
Mr. Hodges has more than 29 years of experience in the retail food business. In
April 1994, he became President and Chief Executive Officer of Mrs. Fields Inc.,
after serving as President of Food Barn Stores, Inc. from July 1991 to March
1994. He has been a director of Mrs. Fields Inc. since April 1993. From February
1990 to October 1991, Mr. Hodges served as president of his own company,
Branshau Inc., which engaged in the business of providing management consulting
services to food makers and retailers. Earlier, Mr. Hodges was with American
Stores Company for 25 years, where he rose to the position of President of two
substantial subsidiary corporations. Mr. Hodges' first management position was
as Vice President of Marketing for Alpha Beta Co., a major operator of grocery
stores in the West.
At or prior to the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, the
Board intends to create and fill a new directorship position by appointing
Warren E. McCain as a Class C Director to serve until the 1998 annual meeting of
stockholders of the Company. Mr. McCain, age 71, served as Chairman of the
Executive Committee of Albertson's, Inc., a major operator of grocery stores,
from February 1991 until his retirement in February 1996. Previously, he served
as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Albertson's, Inc. for more than 15
years. Mr. McCain currently serves as a director of Albertson's, Inc. and Pope &
Talbot, Inc., a wood and paper products manufacturer. It is anticipated that Mr.
McCain will also be appointed to the Audit and Compensation Committees of the
Board. Mr. McCain has agreed to accept these appointments.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES
Directors are elected to serve staggered three-year terms and until their
successors are duly elected and qualified. Each Director who is not otherwise
employed by the Company receives an annual Director's fee of $25,000 plus $1,000
for each Board meeting (and each Board committee meeting held other than in
conjunction with a Board meeting) attended in person. Outside directors
participated in the Company's Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan until its
termination on June 6, 1997, at which time the outside directors became eligible
to participate in the Company's Management Stock Option Incentive Plan. The
Company also reimburses each Director for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in his capacity as a member of the Board of Directors or committees
thereof. No payments are made for participation in telephone meetings of the
Board of Directors or its committees or actions taken in writing.
The members of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors are Messrs.
Corddry and Hodges. The Audit Committee held four meetings during 1996. The
functions of the Audit Committee are primarily to recommend the selection of the
Company's independent public accountants, discuss with them the scope of the
audit, review audited financial statements, consider matters pertaining to the
Company's accounting
57
<PAGE> 63
policies and internal controls and provide a means for direct communication
between the independent public accountants and the Board of Directors.
The members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors are
Messrs. Corddry and Hodges. The Compensation Committee held two meetings during
1996. The functions of the Compensation Committee are to review and recommend
salary and bonus levels of executive officers, to review periodically, and make
recommendations with respect to, the compensation structure of the Company, and
to administer the Company's stock option plan.
The Company has no nominating committee or committee performing similar
functions.
Officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation of Named Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information concerning the annual and
long-term compensation earned by the Named Executive Officers for services
rendered in all capacities to the Company for the fiscal years ended December
31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. The "Named Executive Officers" include (i) each person
who served as Chief Executive Officer during 1996 (one person), (ii) each person
who (a) served as an executive officer at December 31, 1996, (b) was among the
four most highly paid executive officers of the Company, not including the Chief
Executive Officer, during 1996 and (c) earned total annual salary and bonus
compensation in 1996 in excess of $100,000 (three persons), and (iii) up to two
persons who would be included under clause (ii) above had they served as an
executive officer at December 31, 1996 (no persons).
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION(4)
ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1) ------------
------------------------------------------- SHARES
OTHER ANNUAL UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
NAME AND CAPACITY FISCAL SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION OPTIONS/SARS COMPENSATION
IN WHICH SERVED YEAR ($)(2) ($) ($)(3) (#) ($)(5)
- ------------------------------- ------ -------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Craig H. Neilsen, 1996 $375,000 $375,000 -- 0 $2,072
Chairman of the Board, 1995 375,000 375,000 -- 0 2,986
Chief Executive Officer 1994 375,000 375,000 -- 0 5,206
and President
John R. Spina, 1996 271,155 115,000 -- 0 2,040
Executive Vice President 1995 153,846 95,000 -- 100,000 0
of Operations
Thomas M. Steinbauer, 1996 199,040 75,000 -- 0 2,040
Senior Vice President 1995 149,761 65,000 -- 100,000 2,986
of Finance and 1994 137,500 50,000 -- 0 4,547
Treasurer
Brian E. Katz, 1996 196,444 75,000 -- 0 2,040
Senior Vice President, 1995 140,674 75,000 -- 75,000 0
General Counsel 1994 72,116 30,000 -- 50,000 0
and Secretary
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Amounts shown include cash compensation earned for the periods reported
whether paid or accrued in such periods.
(2) As of October 1, 1997, the current annual salary levels for the Named
Executive Officers were: Mr. Neilsen ($375,000); Mr. Spina ($300,000); Mr.
Steinbauer ($200,000); and Mr. Katz ($225,000).
(3) During 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Named Executive Officers received personal
benefits, the aggregate amounts of which for each Named Executive Officer
did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total of the annual
salary and bonus reported for such Named Executive Officer in such years.
58
<PAGE> 64
(4) In the cases of Messrs. Steinbauer and Katz, the number of shares underlying
options/SARs granted in 1995 reflects the repricing of their outstanding
options in December 1995 (75,000 shares with respect to Mr. Steinbauer and
50,000 shares with respect to Mr. Katz). The Named Executive Officers did
not receive any restricted stock awards or long-term incentive plan payouts
in 1996, 1995 or 1994.
(5) The 1996 amounts represent matching contributions under the Company's 401(k)
plan. The amounts for prior years represent contributions made by the
Company under its profit sharing plan prior to the termination of the plan.
Option Grants
No stock options or stock appreciation rights were granted by the Company
to the Named Executive Officers in 1996.
Option Exercises and Holdings
The following table sets forth with respect to the Named Executive Officers
information concerning the exercise of stock options during 1996 and unexercised
options held as of the end of the year. The Company has never granted stock
appreciation rights.
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES AND 1996 YEAR-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
OPTIONS/SARS AT OPTIONS/SARS AT
SHARES VALUE FISCAL YEAR END(#) FISCAL YEAR END($)(1)
ACQUIRED REALIZED --------------------------- ---------------------------
NAME ON EXERCISE(#) ($) UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Craig H. Neilsen............ 0 $0 0 0 $-- $--
John R. Spina............... 0 0 80,000 20,000 0 0
Thomas M. Steinbauer........ 0 0 50,000 50,000 0 0
Brian E. Katz............... 0 0 50,000 25,000 0 0
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The values of unexercised in-the-money options have been determined based on
the closing price of the Company's Common Stock as reported in the
Nasdaq-National Market System on December 31, 1996.
Employment Agreements
The Company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Steinbauer
and Spina. Each of the employment agreements has a term of three years,
commencing November 15, 1993 in the case of Mr. Steinbauer and April 4, 1995 in
the case of Mr. Spina, which are subject to automatic renewal for a two-year
period at the end of each term unless terminated by either party with at least
three months' prior written notice. Each agreement includes a covenant not to
compete for a term of one year after termination of the officer's employment.
This covenant applies only to competing activities within a 90-mile radius of
the operations of the Company. The agreements provide that in the event an
officer's employment is terminated by the Company without "cause" (as defined in
the agreements), or by the officer as a result of a reduction in the officer's
duties or compensation, such officer would be entitled to a severance payment in
an amount equal to six months' base salary.
The Company has not entered into employment or similar agreements with
Messrs. Neilsen or Katz.
The Company has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of its
directors and executive officers. These agreements require the Company, among
other things, to indemnify such persons against certain liabilities that may
arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers (other than
liabilities arising from actions involving intentional misconduct, fraud or a
knowing violation of law), to advance their expenses incurred as a result of a
proceeding as to which they may be indemnified and to cover such persons under
any directors' and officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the
Company. These indemnification agreements are separate and independent of
indemnification rights under the Company's Bylaws and are irrevocable.
59
<PAGE> 65
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
During 1996, the Company leased certain office space in Twin Falls, Idaho,
from Lynwood Shopping Center, a partnership in which Craig H. Neilsen has a
controlling equity interest. The Company paid or accrued aggregate rent in 1996
for the office space of approximately $68,811, including $5,267 for amounts
accrued in 1995. An additional $44,767 in rents was paid or accrued to Lynwood
Shopping Center by CPI in 1996 (including $2,833 for amounts accrued in 1995)
for CPI's readerboard sign (which is owned by Lynwood Shopping Center) and space
provided for CPI's dealer schoolroom.
The Twin Falls office space lease with Lynwood Shopping Center was
terminated on December 31, 1996 in connection with the relocation of the
Company's executive offices to Las Vegas. A portion of this office space has
been leased beginning January 1, 1997 by Lynwood Shopping Center to Neilsen &
Company (a partnership in which Mr. Neilsen owns a controlling equity interest),
which in turn has subleased to Ameristar and CPI the right to use certain
offices in this space and the common areas. Ameristar's sublease rights
terminated on March 31, 1997. CPI continues to occupy these premises. The
sublease terms between the Company and Neilsen & Company have not yet been
determined. In addition, the Company intends in 1997 to sell certain furniture,
fixtures and equipment located at the Twin Falls office, some of which the
Company expects to sell to Neilsen & Company on terms to be determined with the
remainder to be sold to others by Neilsen & Company as agent for the Company for
which Neilsen & Company will receive a 10% commission. For the six months ended
June 30, 1997, CPI paid or accrued rents of $18,000 to Lynwood Shopping Center.
In 1995, CPI agreed to purchase from Neilsen & Company a used forklift that
was employed in the construction of Cactus Petes Resort Casino hotel tower from
1989 to 1992, and which subsequently remained with CPI for use in its
operations. The $25,000 purchase price paid in 1996 was believed to reflect the
market value of the equipment based on estimates obtained from independent
companies engaged in the purchase and sale of such equipment. In 1997, CPI plans
to purchase from Neilsen & Company certain additional maintenance equipment that
has been used by CPI since 1993. Terms for this purchase have not yet been
determined.
The Company leases from Neilsen & Company two condominiums located in Sun
Valley, Idaho. The properties are leased by the Company at an aggregate monthly
rental rate of $3,500 plus maintenance supply and utility costs. The properties
are made available by the Company at no charge to management personnel and
certain business associates. The Company believes that the condominiums are a
valuable asset in strengthening management morale and maintaining goodwill with
important business contacts. Management believes that the rental rate paid by
the Company is within the range of rates generally charged for such properties
in Sun Valley.
A portion of the services of a Company employee were provided to Neilsen &
Company in 1996. The Company billed Neilsen & Company approximately $27,163 for
these services, representing approximately half of the salary and additional
payroll burden for this employee. Of the amount billed, approximately $13,104
remained due at December 31, 1996. These arrangements are expected to continue
in 1997 until the completion of certain projects being performed by this
employee for the Company.
Mr. Neilsen is the President, Director and sole stockholder of
Intermountain Express, Inc. ("Intermountain"), a transportation concern that
provides CPI with package delivery services between Jackpot and Twin Falls,
Idaho. Intermountain contracts with CPI for the use of CPI's drivers and a van
owned by CPI. In 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1997, CPI paid or
accrued a total of $38,080 and $15,755, respectively, to Intermountain for
package delivery services. In 1996, CPI received approximately $8,837 from
Intermountain for contracted driver services provided in 1995. Subsequent to
December 31, 1996, CPI invoiced Intermountain for $28,523 for contracted driver
services and miscellaneous fuel and van maintenance expenses provided or paid by
CPI in 1996. Intermountain has requested supporting documentation from CPI to
substantiate approximately $9,817 of the invoiced amount. Intermountain owes CPI
an additional $11,400 in van rental payments accrued at the rate of $100 per
week in 1993, 1994 and early 1995. Van rental payments have not been accrued for
the remainder of 1995 or subsequent periods pending the completion of
discussions concerning the possible sale of the van by CPI to Intermountain and
the settlement of the outstanding van rental balance. Management believes that
the relationships between CPI and Intermountain
60
<PAGE> 66
are beneficial to the Company and, subject to the contemplated modifications
concerning the van owned by CPI, these relationships are expected to continue
for the indefinite future.
The Company has adopted a policy requiring transactions with affiliates to
be on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from
unaffiliated parties. Each of the above transactions has been approved by the
Board of Directors. In the opinion of management, the terms of the above
transactions were at least as fair to the Company as could have been obtained
from unaffiliated parties.
The Indenture includes restrictions on future transactions with affiliates
of the Company. See "Description of Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Transactions with Affiliates."
61
<PAGE> 67
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information as of October 27, 1997
with respect to persons known by the Company to be beneficial owners of more
than five percent of the Common Stock of the Company, as well as beneficial
ownership by the Directors of the Company, the executive officers named in the
Summary Compensation Table above, and all executive officers and Directors as a
group. Information with respect to Directors includes beneficial ownership of
Common Stock by Warren E. McCain, who is expected to be appointed as a Director.
The persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
respect to all shares beneficially owned, unless otherwise indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENT OF
COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING
BENEFICIALLY COMMON
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER OWNED STOCK(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Craig H. Neilsen............................................ 17,700,000(2) 86.9%
John R. Spina............................................... 40,000(3) --
Thomas M. Steinbauer........................................ 70,500(3)(4) --
Brian E. Katz............................................... 41,000(3) --
Paul I. Corddry............................................. 14,000(3) --
Larry A. Hodges............................................. 6,500(3) --
Warren E. McCain............................................ 5,000 --
All executive officers and Directors as a group 17,877,000(3) 87.1%
(6 persons)...............................................
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Other than Mr. Neilsen, each beneficial owner listed owns less than 1% of
the outstanding Common Stock.
(2) Includes shares held by Mr. Neilsen as sole trustee of the Testamentary
Trust created under the Last Will and Testament of Ray Neilsen, dated
October 9, 1963. Gwendolyn Anderson, Mr. Neilsen's mother, is the only
beneficiary of this trust other than Mr. Neilsen. Mr. Neilsen's mailing
address is c/o Ameristar Casinos, Inc., 3773 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite
490 South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109.
(3) Includes the following number of shares which may be acquired within 60 days
by the following persons upon exercise of options held by such persons: Mr.
Spina -- 40,000 shares; Mr. Steinbauer -- 70,000 shares; Mr. Katz -- 40,000
shares; Mr. Corddry -- 3,000 shares; and Mr. Hodges -- 3,000 shares.
(4) Includes 300 shares held jointly by Mr. Steinbauer with his wife and with
respect to which Mr. and Mrs. Steinbauer have shared voting and investment
power.
62
<PAGE> 68
GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities are subject to
extensive state and local regulations. The Company is required to obtain and
maintain gaming licenses in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company
conducts gaming. The limitation, conditioning or suspension of gaming licenses
could (and the revocation or non-renewal of gaming licenses, or the failure to
reauthorize gaming in certain jurisdictions, would) materially adversely affect
the operations of the Company in that jurisdiction. In addition, changes in law
that restrict or prohibit gaming operations of the Company in any jurisdiction
could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
NEVADA
The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are
subject to: (i) the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the regulations promulgated
thereunder (collectively, "Nevada Act"); and (ii) various local regulations. The
Company's operations are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the
Nevada Gaming Commission ("Nevada Commission"), the Nevada State Gaming Control
Board ("Nevada Board"), and, in the case of the Jackpot Properties, the Liquor
Board of Elko County. The Company's operations proposed to be conducted at The
Reserve will also be subject to licensing and regulatory control of the City of
Henderson. The Nevada Commission, the Nevada Board, the City of Henderson and
the Liquor Board of Elko County are collectively referred to in this section as
the "Nevada Gaming Authorities."
The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming
Authorities are based upon declarations of public policy which are concerned
with, among other things: (i) the prevention of unsavory or unsuitable persons
from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any
capacity; (ii) the establishment and maintenance of effective controls over the
financial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum
procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and
revenues, (iii) providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of
periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities; (iv) the prevention of
cheating and fraudulent practices; and (v) providing a source of state and local
revenues through taxation and licensing fees. Change in such laws, regulations
and procedures could have an adverse effect on the Company's gaming operations.
CPI, which operates the Jackpot Properties' casinos, is required to be
licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities, and ACLVI, which will operate The
Reserve, will be required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The
gaming licenses require the periodic payment of fees and taxes and are not
transferable. Ameristar is registered by the Nevada Commission as a publicly
traded corporation (a "Registered Corporation") and has been found suitable to
own the stock of CPI, which is a corporate licensee ("Corporate Licensee") under
the terms of the Nevada Act. Ameristar will be required to be found suitable to
own the stock of ACLVI, which, if licensed, will also be a Corporate Licensee.
As a Registered Corporation, Ameristar is required periodically to submit
detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and furnish
any other information which the Nevada Commission may require. No person may
become a stockholder of, or receive any percentage of profits from, a Corporate
Licensee without first obtaining licenses and approvals from the Nevada Gaming
Authorities. The Company and CPI have obtained from the Nevada Gaming
Authorities the various registrations, findings of suitability, approvals,
permits and licenses currently required in order to engage in gaming activities
in Nevada. ACLVI and/or Ameristar have filed applications with the Nevada Gaming
Authorities for the various registrations, findings of suitability, approvals,
permits and licenses required to engage in gaming activities at The Reserve. No
assurance can be given that ACLVI will be licensed, or if licensed, that it will
be licensed on a timely basis. If ACLVI is licensed, it will also become subject
to the following regulatory requirements.
The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a
material relationship to, or material involvement with, CPI, ACLVI or Ameristar
in order to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed
as a business associate of a gaming licensee. Officers, directors and certain
key employees of CPI and ACLVI must file applications with the Nevada Gaming
Authorities and may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada
Gaming Authorities. Officers, directors and key
63
<PAGE> 69
employees of Ameristar who are actively and directly involved in gaming
activities of CPI or ACLVI may be required to be reviewed or found suitable by
the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an
application for licensing for any cause which they deem reasonable. A finding of
suitability is comparable to licensing, and both require submission of detailed
personal and financial information followed by a thorough investigation. The
applicant for licensing or a finding of suitability must pay all the costs of
the investigation. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada
Gaming Authorities, and in addition to their authority to deny an application
for a finding of suitability or licensure, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have
jurisdiction to disapprove a change in a corporate position.
If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, director or key
employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a
relationship with CPI, ACLVI or Ameristar, the companies involved would have to
sever all relationships with such person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may
require CPI, ACLVI or Ameristar to terminate the employment of any person who
refuses to file appropriate applications. Determinations of suitability or of
questions pertaining to licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada.
CPI and Ameristar are required (and ACLVI will be required) to submit
detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission. Substantially
all material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing
transactions by CPI and ACLVI must be reported to, or approved by, the Nevada
Commission.
If it were determined that the Nevada Act was violated by CPI or ACLVI, the
gaming licenses it holds or has applied for could be limited, denied,
conditioned, suspended or revoked, subject to compliance with certain statutory
and regulatory procedures. In addition, CPI, ACLVI, Ameristar and the persons
involved could be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation of
the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Further, a supervisor
could be appointed by the Nevada Commission to operate CPI's or ACLVI's gaming
properties and, under certain circumstances, earnings generated during the
supervisor's appointment (except for the reasonable rental value of the casinos)
could be forfeited to the State of Nevada. Limitation, conditioning or
suspension of any gaming license or the appointment of a supervisor could (and
denial or revocation of any gaming license would) materially adversely affect
Ameristar's gaming operations.
Any beneficial holder of Ameristar's voting securities, regardless of the
number of shares owned, may be required to file an application, be investigated,
and have his suitability as a beneficial holder of Ameristar's voting securities
determined if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such ownership
would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policy of the State of Nevada.
The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming
Authorities in conducting any such investigation.
The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than 5% of a
Registered Corporation's voting securities to report the acquisition to the
Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than
10% of a Registered Corporation's voting securities apply to the Nevada
Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman of
the Nevada Board mails the written notice requiring such filing. Under certain
circumstances, an "institutional investor", as defined in the Nevada Act, which
acquires more than 10%, but not more than 15%, of a Registered Corporation's
voting securities may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such
finding of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting
securities for investment purposes only. An institutional investor shall not be
deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes unless the voting
securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business as an
institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or
indirectly, the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors
of the Registered Corporation, any change in the Registered Corporation's
corporate charter, bylaws, management, policies or operations of the Registered
Corporation, or any of its gaming affiliates, or any other action which the
Nevada Commission finds to be inconsistent with holding the Registered
Corporation's voting securities for investment purposes only. Activities which
are not deemed to be inconsistent with holding voting securities for investment
purposes only include: (i) voting on all matters voted on by stockholders; (ii)
making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by
securities analysts for informational purposes and not to cause a change in its
management, policies or operations; and (iii) such other activities as the
Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent. If
the beneficial holder of voting securities who
64
<PAGE> 70
must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit
detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial
owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation.
Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a
license within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the Nevada Commission or
the Chairman of the Nevada Board, may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions
apply to a record owner if the record owner, after request, fails to identify
the beneficial owner. Any stockholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly
or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of the common stock of a Registered
Corporation beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada
Commission may be guilty of a criminal offense. Ameristar is subject to
disciplinary action if, after it receives notice that a person is unsuitable to
be a stockholder or to have any other relationship with Ameristar, CPI or ACLVI,
Ameristar, (i) pays that person any dividend or interest upon voting securities
of Ameristar, (ii) allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any
voting right conferred through securities held by the person, (iii) pays
remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise, or
(iv) fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to
relinquish his voting securities including, if necessary, the immediate purchase
of said voting securities by Ameristar, for cash at fair market value.
Additionally, the Liquor Board of Elko County and the City of Henderson have the
authority to approve all persons owning or controlling the stock of any
corporation controlling a gaming license within their jurisdictions.
The Nevada Commission may, at its discretion, require the holder of any
debt security of a Registered Corporation to file applications, be investigated
and be found suitable to own the debt security of a Registered Corporation if it
has reason to believe that such holder's acquisition of such ownership would
otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policy of the State of Nevada. If
the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable to own such
security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, the Registered Corporation can be
sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without the prior approval
of the Nevada Commission, it: (i) pays to the unsuitable person any dividend,
interest, or any distribution whatsoever; (ii) recognizes any voting right by
such unsuitable person in connection with such securities; (iii) pays the
unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or (iv) makes any payment to the
unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange,
liquidation or similar transaction.
Ameristar is required to maintain a current stock ledger in Nevada which
may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities at any time. If any securities
are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required
to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada Gaming
Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the
record holder unsuitable. Ameristar is also required to render maximum
assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner. The Nevada
Commission has the power to require Ameristar stock certificates to bear a
legend indicating that the securities are subject to the Nevada Act. However, to
date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a requirement on Ameristar.
Ameristar may not make a public offering of its securities without the
prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities or the proceeds
therefrom are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming
facilities in Nevada, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for such
purposes. The exchange of the Old Notes for the New Notes constitutes a public
offering (as defined in the Nevada Act) for which the Company has obtained the
prior approval of the Nevada Commission. The Subsidiary Guarantee of the New
Notes issued by CPI also required the prior approval of the Nevada Commission,
which has been obtained. In addition, restrictions on the transfer of an equity
security issued by a Corporate Licensee, and agreements not to encumber such
securities (collectively, "Stock Restrictions") are ineffective without the
prior approval of the Nevada Commission. The Stock Restrictions in respect of
the Notes as they apply to CPI required the approval of the Nevada Commission,
which has been obtained. Upon a licensing of ACLVI as a Corporate Licensee, the
Subsidiary Guarantee issued by ACLVI and the Stock Restrictions as they apply to
ACLVI will require the approval of the Nevada Commission upon the recommendation
of the Nevada Board in order for such Subsidiary Guarantee and Stock
Restrictions to remain in effect. Applications for all such approvals have been
submitted. Any such approvals do not constitute a finding, recommendation or
approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or
adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the securities offered.
Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.
65
<PAGE> 71
Changes in control of Ameristar through merger, consolidation, stock or
asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements, or any act or conduct
by a person whereby he obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval
of the Nevada Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a Registered
Corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and Nevada Commission in a variety of
stringent standards prior to assuming control of such Registered Corporation.
The Nevada Commission may also require controlling stockholders, officers,
directors and other persons having a material relationship or involvement with
the entity proposing to acquire control, to be investigated and licensed as part
of the approval process relating to the transaction.
The Nevada legislature has declared that some corporate acquisitions
opposed by management, repurchases of voting securities and corporate defense
tactics affecting Nevada Corporate Licensee gaming licensees, and Registered
Corporations that are affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to
stable and productive corporate gaming. The Nevada Commission has established a
regulatory scheme to ameliorate the potentially adverse effects of these
business practices upon Nevada's gaming industry and to further Nevada's policy
to: (i) assure the financial stability of Corporate Licensees and their
affiliates; (ii) preserve the beneficial aspects of conducting business in the
corporate form; and (iii) promote a neutral environment for the orderly
governance of corporate affairs. Approvals are, in certain circumstances,
required from the Nevada Commission before the Registered Corporation can make
exceptional repurchases of voting securities above the current market price
thereof and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management can be
consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of
recapitalization proposed by the Registered Corporation's Board of Directors in
response to a tender offer made directly to the Registered Corporation's
stockholders for the purposes of acquiring control of the Registered
Corporation.
License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type of
gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State of Nevada and to the
counties and cities in which the Nevada licensee's respective operations are
conducted. Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and
taxes are payable either monthly, quarterly or annually and are based upon
either: (i) a percentage of the gross revenues received; (ii) the number of
gaming devices operated; or (iii) the number of table games operated. A casino
entertainment tax is also paid by casino operations where entertainment is
furnished in connection with the selling of food, refreshments or merchandise.
Any person who is licensed, required to be licensed, registered, required
to be registered, or is under common control with such persons (collectively,
"Licensees"), and who proposes to become involved in a gaming venture outside of
Nevada is required to deposit with the Nevada Board, and thereafter maintain, a
revolving fund in the amount of $10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation of
the Nevada Board of their participation in such foreign gaming. The revolving
fund is subject to increase or decrease at the discretion of the Nevada
Commission. Thereafter, Licensees are required to comply with certain reporting
requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Licensees are also subject to
disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission if they knowingly violate any laws
of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation, fail to
conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty
and integrity required of Nevada gaming operations, engage in activities that
are harmful to the State of Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and
fees, or employ a person in the foreign operation who has been denied a license
or finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability.
MISSISSIPPI
The ownership and operation of casino facilities in Mississippi are subject
to extensive state and local regulation. Regulation is primarily effected
through the licensing and regulatory control of the Mississippi Gaming
Commission (the "Mississippi Commission") and the regulatory control of the
Mississippi State Tax Commission (collectively, the "Mississippi Gaming
Authorities").
The Mississippi Gaming Control Act (the "Mississippi Act"), which legalized
dockside casino gaming in Mississippi, is similar to the Nevada Gaming Control
Act. The Mississippi Commission adopted regulations which are also similar in
many respects to the Nevada gaming regulations.
The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of Mississippi and the
Mississippi Commission seek to: (i) prevent unsavory or unsuitable persons from
having any direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any
66
<PAGE> 72
time or in any capacity; (ii) establish and maintain responsible accounting
practices and procedures; (iii) maintain effective control over the financial
practices of licensees, including establishing minimum procedures for internal
fiscal affairs and safeguarding of assets and revenues, providing reliable
record keeping and making periodic reports to the Mississippi Commission; (iv)
prevent cheating and fraudulent practices; (v) provide a source of state and
local revenues through taxation and licensing fees; and (vi) ensure that gaming
licensees, to the extent practicable, employ Mississippi residents. The
regulations are subject to amendment and interpretation by the Mississippi
Commission. Changes in Mississippi law or regulations could have an adverse
effect on the Company and the Company's Mississippi gaming operations.
The Mississippi Act provides for legalized dockside gaming at the
discretion of the 14 eligible counties that border either the Mississippi Gulf
Coast or the Mississippi River, but only if the voters in such counties have not
voted to prohibit gaming in that county. As of August 1, 1997, dockside gaming
was permissible in nine of the 14 eligible counties in the State and gaming
operations had commenced in Adams, Coahoma, Hancock, Harrison, Tunica, Warren
and Washington counties. Under Mississippi law, gaming vessels must be located
on the Mississippi River or on navigable waters in eligible counties along the
Mississippi River, or in the waters of the State of Mississippi lying south of
the State in eligible counties along the Mississippi Gulf Coast. Litigation is
pending with respect to the expansion of eligible gaming sites in which a
landowner and a license applicant have appealed a finding of unsuitability by
the Mississippi Commission of a site on the Big Black River in Warren County
near Interstate 20 between Jackson and Vicksburg. The law permits unlimited
stakes gaming on permanently moored vessels on a 24-hour basis and does not
restrict the percentage of space which may be utilized for gaming. The
Mississippi Act permits substantially all traditional casino games and gaming
devices and, on August 11, 1997, a Mississippi lower court ruled that the
Mississippi Act also permits race books on the premises of licensed casinos. The
Mississippi Commission has stated its intention not to appeal that decision and
expects to begin soon the process to promulgate regulations for race books.
Ameristar, and any subsidiary of Ameristar that operates a casino in
Mississippi (a "Gaming Subsidiary"), is subject to the licensing and regulatory
control of the Mississippi Gaming Authorities. Ameristar is registered as a
publicly traded holding company of ACVI under the Mississippi Act. Ameristar is
required periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the
Mississippi Commission and furnish any other information which the Mississippi
Commission may require. If Ameristar is unable to continue to satisfy the
registration requirements of the Mississippi Act, Ameristar and its Gaming
Subsidiaries cannot own or operate gaming facilities in Mississippi. Each Gaming
Subsidiary must obtain a gaming license from the Mississippi Commission to
operate casinos in Mississippi. A gaming license is issued by the Mississippi
Commission subject to certain conditions, including continued compliance with
all applicable state laws and regulations and physical inspection of the casinos
prior to opening. There are no limitations on the number of gaming licenses
which may be issued in Mississippi.
Gaming licenses are not transferable, are issued for a two-year period and
must be renewed periodically thereafter. ACVI was granted a renewal of its
gaming license by the Mississippi Commission on January 21, 1996. The gaming
license for ACVI must be renewed in January of 1998. No person may become a
stockholder of or receive any percentage of profits from a gaming licensee
subsidiary of a holding company without first obtaining licenses and approvals
from the Mississippi Commission. Ameristar has obtained such approvals in
connection with ACVI's gaming license.
Certain officers and employees of Ameristar and the officers, directors and
certain key employees of each Gaming Subsidiary must be found suitable or be
licensed by the Mississippi Commission. The Company believes it has obtained or
applied for all necessary findings of suitability with respect to such persons
associated with Ameristar or ACVI, although the Mississippi Commission, in its
discretion, may require additional persons to file applications for findings of
suitability. Employees associated with gaming must obtain work permits that are
subject to immediate suspension under certain circumstances. In addition, any
person having a material relationship or involvement with the Company may be
required to be found suitable or licensed, in which case those persons must pay
the costs and fees associated with such investigation. The Mississippi
Commission may deny an application for a license for any cause that it deems
reasonable. Changes in certain licensed positions must be reported to the
Mississippi Commission. In addition to its authority to deny an application for
a license, the Mississippi Commission has jurisdiction to disapprove a change in
a
67
<PAGE> 73
licensed position. The Mississippi Commission has the power to require any
Gaming Subsidiary or Ameristar to suspend or dismiss officers, directors and
other key employees or sever relationships with other persons who refuse to file
appropriate applications or whom the authorities find unsuitable to act in such
capacities.
At any time, the Mississippi Commission has the power to investigate and
require the finding of suitability of any record or beneficial stockholder of
Ameristar. Mississippi law requires any person who acquires more than 5% of
Ameristar's common stock to report the acquisition to the Mississippi
Commission, and such person may be required to be found suitable. Also, any
person who becomes a beneficial owner of more than 10% of Ameristar's common
stock, as reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission, must apply for a
finding of suitability by the Mississippi Commission and must pay the costs and
fees that the Mississippi Commission incurs in conducting the investigation. The
Mississippi Commission has generally exercised its discretion to require a
finding of suitability of any beneficial owner of more than 5% of a public
company's common stock. However, the Mississippi Commission has adopted a policy
that permits certain institutional investors to own beneficially up to 10% of a
public company's common stock without a finding of suitability. If a stockholder
who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must
submit detailed business and financial information including a list of
beneficial owners.
Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a
license within thirty (30) days after being ordered to do so by the Mississippi
Commission may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a record
owner if the record owner, after request, fails to identify the beneficial
owner. Management believes that compliance by Ameristar with the licensing
procedures and regulatory requirements of the Mississippi Commission will not
affect the marketability of its securities. Any person found unsuitable and who
holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of the securities of
Ameristar beyond such time as the Mississippi Commission prescribes, may be
guilty of a misdemeanor. Ameristar is subject to disciplinary action if, after
receiving notice that a person is unsuitable to be a stockholder or to have any
other relationship with Ameristar or its Gaming Subsidiaries, Ameristar: (i)
pays the unsuitable person any dividend or other distribution upon the voting
securities of Ameristar; (ii) recognizes the exercise, directly or indirectly,
of any voting rights conferred by securities held by the unsuitable person;
(iii) pays the unsuitable person any remuneration in any form for services
rendered or otherwise, except in certain limited and specific circumstances; or
(iv) fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require the unsuitable person to
divest himself of the securities, including, if necessary, the immediate
purchase of the securities for cash at a fair market value.
Ameristar may be required to disclose to the Mississippi Commission, upon
request, the identities of security holders, including the holders of the Old
Notes or the New Notes or any other debt securities. In addition, the
Mississippi Commission under the Mississippi Act may, in its discretion, (i)
require holders of debt securities of Ameristar to file applications, (ii)
investigate such holders, and (iii) require such holders to be found suitable to
own such debt securities or receive distributions thereon. If the Mississippi
Commission determines that a person is unsuitable to own such security, then the
issuer may be sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without the
prior approval of the Mississippi Commission, it (i) pays to the unsuitable
person any dividend, interest, or any distribution whatsoever; (ii) recognizes
any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities;
(iii) pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or (iv) makes any
payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion,
exchange, liquidation, or similar transaction. Although the Mississippi
Commission generally does not require the individual holders of obligations such
as notes to be investigated and found suitable, the Mississippi Commission
retains the discretion to do so for any reason, including but not limited to, a
default, or where the holder of the debt instrument exercises a material
influence over the gaming operations of the entity in question. Any holder of
debt securities required to apply for a finding of suitability must pay all
investigative fees and costs of the Mississippi Commission in connection with
such an investigation.
ACVI must maintain a current stock ledger in its principal office in
Mississippi and Ameristar must maintain a current list of stockholders in the
principal office of ACVI which must reflect the record ownership of each
outstanding share of any class of equity security issued by Ameristar. The
stockholder list may thereafter be maintained by adding reports regarding the
ownership of such securities that it receives from Ameristar's transfer agent.
The ledger and stockholder lists must be available for inspection by the
Mississippi Commission at any time. If any securities of Ameristar are held in
trust by an agent or by a nominee, the
68
<PAGE> 74
record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner
to the Mississippi Commission. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds
for finding the record holder unsuitable. Ameristar must also render maximum
assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner.
The Mississippi Act requires that the certificates representing securities
of a publicly traded corporation that has a Gaming Subsidiary bear a legend to
the general effect that such securities are subject to the Mississippi Act and
the regulations of the Mississippi Commission. Ameristar has received an
exemption from this legend requirement from the Mississippi Commission. The
Mississippi Commission has the power to impose additional restrictions on the
holders of Ameristar's securities at any time.
Substantially all loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing
transactions by a Gaming Subsidiary must be reported to or approved by the
Mississippi Commission. A Gaming Subsidiary may not make an issuance or a public
offering of its securities. Ameristar may not make an issuance or a public
offering of its securities without the prior approval of the Mississippi
Commission if any part of the proceeds of the offering is to be used to finance
the construction, acquisition or operation of gaming facilities in Mississippi
or to retire or extend obligations incurred for one or more such purposes. Such
approval, if given, does not constitute a recommendation or approval of the
investment merits of the securities subject to the offering. Any representation
to the contrary is unlawful. Ameristar has obtained such approvals as are
necessary to engage in the Exchange Offer.
Under the regulations of the Mississippi Commission, a Gaming Subsidiary
may not guarantee a security issued by an affiliated company pursuant to a
public offering, or pledge its assets to secure payment or performance of the
obligations evidenced by the security issued by the affiliated company, without
the prior approval of the Mississippi Commission. The guarantee of ACVI with
respect to the New Notes has received the approval of the Mississippi
Commission. The pledge of the stock of a Gaming Subsidiary and the foreclosure
of such a pledge is ineffective without the prior approval of the Mississippi
Commission. Moreover, restrictions on the transfer of an equity security issued
by a Gaming Subsidiary and agreements not to encumber such securities (the
"Stock Restrictions") are ineffective without the prior approval of the
Mississippi Commission. The Stock Restrictions with respect to the New Notes
have also received the approval of the Mississippi Commission.
Changes in control of Ameristar through merger, consolidation, acquisition
of assets, management or consulting agreements or any form of takeover, and
certain recapitalizations and stock repurchases by Ameristar, cannot occur
without the prior approval of the Mississippi Commission. Entities seeking to
acquire control of a registered corporation must satisfy the Mississippi
Commission in a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of such
registered corporation. The Mississippi Commission may also require controlling
stockholders, officers, directors and other persons having a material
relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control, to be
investigated and licensed as part of the approval process relating to the
transaction.
The Mississippi legislature has declared that some corporate acquisitions
opposed by management, repurchases of voting securities and other corporate
defense tactics that affect corporate gaming licensees in Mississippi and
corporations whose stock is publicly traded that are affiliated with those
licensees, may be injurious to stable and productive corporate gaming. The
Mississippi Commission has established a regulatory scheme to ameliorate the
potentially adverse effects of these business practices upon Mississippi's
gaming industry and to further Mississippi's policy to: (i) assure the financial
stability of corporate gaming operations and their affiliates; (ii) preserve the
beneficial aspects of conducting business in the corporate form; and (iii)
promote a neutral environment for the orderly governance of corporate affairs.
Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Mississippi
Commission before Ameristar may make exceptional repurchases of voting
securities above the current market price of its common stock (commonly called
"greenmail") or before a corporate acquisition opposed by management may be
consummated. Mississippi's gaming regulations will also require prior approval
by the Mississippi Commission if Ameristar adopts a plan of recapitalization
proposed by its Board of Directors opposing a tender offer made directly to the
stockholders for the purpose of acquiring control of Ameristar.
69
<PAGE> 75
Neither Ameristar nor any subsidiary may engage in gaming activities in
Mississippi while also conducting gaming operations outside of Mississippi
without approval of the Mississippi Commission or a waiver of such approval. The
Mississippi Commission may require determinations that, among others, there are
means for the Mississippi Commission to have access to information concerning
the out-of-state gaming operations of the Company and its affiliates. Ameristar
has previously obtained a waiver of foreign gaming approval from the Mississippi
Commission for operations in Nevada and Iowa and will be required to obtain the
approval or a waiver of such approval from the Mississippi Commission prior to
engaging in any additional future gaming operations outside of Mississippi.
If the Mississippi Commission decides that a Gaming Subsidiary violated a
gaming law or regulation, the Mississippi Commission could limit, condition,
suspend or revoke the license of the Gaming Subsidiary. In addition, a Gaming
Subsidiary, Ameristar and the persons involved could be subject to substantial
fines for each separate violation. Because of such a violation, the Mississippi
Commission could seek to appoint a supervisor to operate the casino facilities.
Limitation, conditioning or suspension of any gaming license or the appointment
of a supervisor could (and revocation of any gaming license would) materially
adversely affect Ameristar's and the Gaming Subsidiary's gaming operations.
License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type of
gaming involved, are payable to the State of Mississippi and to the counties and
cities in which a Gaming Subsidiary's respective operations will be conducted.
Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are
payable either monthly, quarterly or annually and are based upon (i) a
percentage of the gross gaming revenues received by the casino operation, (ii)
the number of slot machines operated by the casino or (iii) the number of table
games operated by the casino. The license fee payable to the State of
Mississippi is based upon "gaming receipts" (generally defined as gross receipts
less payouts to customers as winnings) and equals 4% of gaming receipts of
$50,000 or less per month, 6% of gaming receipts over $50,000 and less than
$134,000 per month, and 8% of gaming receipts over $134,000 per month. The
foregoing license fees are allowed as a credit against the Company's Mississippi
income tax liability for the year paid. The gross revenue fee imposed by the
City of Vicksburg equals approximately 4% of the gaming receipts.
The Mississippi Commission's regulations require as a condition of
licensure or license renewal that a gaming establishment's plan include a
500-car parking facility in close proximity to the casino complex and
infrastructure facilities which will amount to at least 25% of the casino cost.
Notwithstanding the Company's belief that ACVI is in compliance with this
requirement, the Mississippi Commission has advised the Company that it believes
the expansion of non-gaming amenities by ACVI and its competitors in the
Vicksburg market is necessary to maintain and expand this market. Management
agrees with this view, and the Company is constructing a 150-room hotel at
Ameristar Vicksburg. The Mississippi Commission has advised the Company that the
Commission would consider it as a negative factor if this hotel is not completed
by the January 21, 1998 expiration date of ACVI's gaming license. The Company
believes the hotel will be completed in April 1998. Although the Company does
not believe that ACVI is legally required to construct this hotel or that a
failure to complete the hotel by January 21, 1998, will affect the renewal of
ACVI's gaming license, no assurance can be given with respect to the actions, if
any, that the Mississippi Commission may take if the hotel is not completed by
that date. Among other actions, it is possible that the Mississippi Commission
could approve one or more additional gaming licenses for Warren County,
Mississippi, including one proposed for a location significantly closer to
Jackson, Mississippi than Vicksburg.
IOWA
The Company's Council Bluffs operations are conducted by ACCBI and are
subject to Chapter 99F of the Iowa Code and the regulations promulgated
thereunder. The Company's gaming operations are subject to the licensing and
regulatory control of the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission (the "Iowa Gaming
Commission").
Under Iowa law, wagering on a "gambling game" is legal, when conducted by a
licensee on an "excursion gambling boat." An "excursion gambling boat" is a
self-propelled excursion boat. "Gambling game" means any game of chance
authorized by the Iowa Gaming Commission. The excursion season must be from
70
<PAGE> 76
April 1st through October 31st of each calendar year. The vessel must operate at
least one excursion each day for 100 days during the excursion season to operate
during the off season. Each excursion must consist of a minimum of two hours.
The Council Bluffs Casino satisfied the requirements of Iowa law for the conduct
of off-season operations during each of 1996 and 1997.
The legislation permitting riverboat gaming in Iowa authorizes the granting
of licenses to "qualified sponsoring organizations." A "qualified sponsoring
organization" is defined as a person or association that can show to the
satisfaction of the Iowa Gaming Commission that the person or association is
eligible for exemption from federal income taxation under sec.sec. 501(c)(3),
(4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (10) or (19) of the Internal Revenue Code (hereinafter
"not-for-profit corporation"). The not-for-profit corporation is permitted to
enter into operating agreements with persons qualified to conduct riverboat
gaming operations. Such operators must be approved and licensed by the Iowa
Gaming Commission. On January 27, 1995, the Iowa Gaming Commission authorized
the issuance of a license to conduct gambling games on an excursion gambling
boat to the Iowa West Racing Association, a not-for-profit corporation organized
for the purpose of facilitating riverboat gaming in Council Bluffs, Iowa (the
"Association"). The Association entered into an agreement with ACCBI authorizing
ACCBI to operate riverboat gaming operations in Council Bluffs under the
Association's gaming license (the "Operator's Contract"). This contract was
approved by the Iowa Gaming Commission. The term of the Operator's Contract runs
until December 31, 2002, with two five-year renewal options. The current license
awarded by the Iowa Gaming Commission for the Council Bluffs Casino expires on
March 31, 1998.
Under Iowa law, a license to conduct gambling games may be issued in a
county only if the county electorate has approved such gambling games. Although
the electorate of Pottawattamie County, which includes the City of Council
Bluffs, approved by referendum the gambling games conducted by ACCBI, a
reauthorization referendum must be submitted to the electorate in the general
election to be held in 2002 and each eight years thereafter. Each such
referendum requires the vote of a majority of the persons voting thereon. If any
such reauthorization referendum is defeated, Iowa law provides that any
previously issued gaming license will remain valid and subject to periodic
renewal for a total of nine years from the date of original issuance, subject to
earlier revocation as discussed below. The original issuance date of the gaming
license for Ameristar Council Bluffs was January 27, 1995.
Substantially all of ACCBI's material transactions are subject to review
and approval by the Iowa Gaming Commission. All contracts or business
arrangements, verbal or written, with any related party or in which the term
exceeds three years or the total value of the contract exceeds $50,000 must be
submitted in advance to the Iowa Gaming Commission for approval. Additionally,
contracts negotiated between ACCBI and a related party must be accompanied by
economic and qualitative justification.
The Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes issued by ACCBI also required the
prior approval of the Iowa Gaming Commission, which has been obtained. Such
approval does not constitute a finding, recommendation or approval by the Iowa
Gaming Commission as to the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus or the
investment merits of the Notes. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.
ACCBI is required to notify the Iowa Gaming Commission of the identity of
each director, corporate officer and owner, partner, joint venturer, trustee or
any other person who has a beneficial interest of five percent (5%) or more,
direct or indirect, in ACCBI. The Iowa Gaming Commission may require ACCBI to
submit background information on such persons. The Iowa Gaming Commission may
request ACCBI to provide a list of persons holding beneficial ownership
interests in ACCBI of less than five percent (5%). For purposes of these rules,
"beneficial interest" includes all direct and indirect forms of ownership or
control, voting power or investment power held through any contract, lien,
lease, partnership, stockholding, syndication, joint venture, understanding,
relationship, present or reversionary right, title or interest, or otherwise.
The Iowa Gaming Commission may suspend or revoke the license of a licensee in
which a director, corporate officer or holder of a beneficial interest includes
or involves any person or entity which is found to be ineligible as a result of
want of character, moral fitness, financial responsibility, professional
responsibility or due to failure to meet other criteria employed by the Iowa
Gaming Commission.
71
<PAGE> 77
ACCBI must submit detailed financial, operating and other reports to the
Iowa Gaming Commission. ACCBI must file monthly gaming reports indicating
adjusted gross receipts received from gambling games and the total number and
amount of money received from admissions. Additionally ACCBI must file annual
financial statements covering all financial activities related to its operations
for each fiscal year. ACCBI must also keep detailed records regarding its equity
structure and owners.
Iowa has a graduated wagering tax equal to five percent (5%) of the first
one million dollars of adjusted gross receipts, ten percent (10%) on the next
two million dollars of adjusted gross receipts and twenty percent (20%) on
adjusted gross receipts over three million dollars. In addition, the state
charges other fees on a per customer basis. Additionally, ACCBI pays to the City
of Council Bluffs a fee equal to $0.50 per passenger.
Under the Operator's Contract, ACCBI also pays the Association an
admissions fee of $1.50 per passenger. ACCBI has interpreted the Operator's
Contract to mean that a person may leave and re-enter Council Bluffs Casino (for
example, to visit the restaurants at Ameristar Council Bluffs) without ACCBI
being obligated to pay an additional admissions fee to the Association. ACCBI
received a letter from the Association in August 1996 in which the Association
asserted that an additional fee is due each time a person enters the Council
Bluffs Casino, including re-entries. The Company has been advised by the
Association that the board of directors of the Association discussed a proposal
to settle this dispute at an October 1997 meeting but declined to take any
action either to approve the proposed settlement or to pursue the previously
threatened claim. Accordingly, the Association has advised ACCBI that it does
not currently intend to pursue this claim, but the Association has not formally
waived or released the claim.
If the Iowa Gaming Commission decides that a gaming law or regulation has
been violated, the Iowa Gaming Commission has the power to assess fines, revoke
or suspend licenses or to take any other action as may be reasonable or
appropriate to enforce the gaming rules and regulations.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO OWNERS OF THE GEM NOTES
A record or beneficial owner of the Gem Notes could be required by one or
more gaming regulatory authorities to be found suitable, and such owner would be
required to apply for a finding of suitability within 30 days after request of
such gaming authority or within such other time period prescribed by such gaming
authority. If such a record or beneficial owner is required to be found suitable
and is not found suitable by such gaming regulatory authority, such owner may be
required by law to dispose of the Gem Notes. If any gaming regulatory authority
determines that a person is unsuitable to own the Gem Notes, then the Company
may be subject to sanctions, including the loss of its regulatory approvals, if,
without the prior approval of the applicable gaming regulatory authorities, it
(i) pays interest on the Gem Notes to the unsuitable person, (ii) pays the
unsuitable person remuneration in any form or (iii) makes any payment to the
unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange,
liquidation or similar transaction. In denying applications of the Gem
Stockholders for findings of suitability for certain purposes in early 1997, the
Nevada Commission did not find either of them to be unsuitable to hold any debt
obligations of Ameristar, and, as of the date of this Prospectus, no gaming
regulatory authority has required either of the Gem Stockholders to apply for a
finding of suitability to own the Gem Notes. However, one or more gaming
regulatory authorities could require a holder of the Gem Notes to submit such an
application in the future.
OTHER JURISDICTIONS
The Company expects to be subject to similar rigorous regulatory standards
in each jurisdiction in which it seeks to conduct gaming operations. There can
be no assurance that regulations adopted or taxes imposed by other jurisdictions
will permit profitable operations by the Company.
FEDERAL REGULATION OF SLOT MACHINES
The Company is required to make annual filings with the U.S. Attorney
General in connection with the sale, distribution or operation of slot machines.
All requisite filings for the most recent year and the current year have been
made.
72
<PAGE> 78
CURRENCY TRANSACTION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Pursuant to a 1985 agreement between the State of Nevada and the United
States Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury"), the Nevada Commission and
the Nevada Board have authority to enforce their own cash transaction reporting
laws applicable to casinos, which substantially parallel the Federal Bank
Secrecy Act. Under the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994, which was
passed by Congress, the Secretary of the Treasury retained the ability to permit
states, including Nevada, to continue to enforce their own cash transaction
reporting laws applicable to casinos. The Nevada Act and related regulations
require most gaming licensees to file reports with respect to various
gaming-related and other cash transactions if such transactions aggregate more
than $10,000 in a 24-hour period. Casinos are required to monitor receipts and
disbursements of currency in excess of $10,000 and report them to the Treasury.
Although it is not possible to quantify the full impact of these requirements on
the Company's business, the changes are believed to have had some adverse effect
on results of operations since inception.
On November 28, 1994, the Treasury enacted amendments (effective December
1, 1994) to the federal regulations under the Bank Secrecy Act. The amendments
require casinos subject to the Bank Secrecy Act to implement written programs no
later than June 1, 1995 to assure and monitor compliance with the Bank Secrecy
Act. Such programs must include "know your customer" and suspicious transaction
reporting components. Although Nevada casinos are exempt from Title 31, the
Nevada Commission has recently adopted regulations under the Nevada Act that
parallel in several respects the amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act.
POTENTIAL CHANGES IN TAX AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
From time to time, federal and state legislators and officials have
proposed changes in tax law, or in the administration of such laws, affecting
the gaming industry. Recent proposals have included a federal gaming tax and
increases in state or local gaming taxes. They have also included limitations on
the federal income tax deductibility of the cost of furnishing complimentary
promotional items to customers, as well as various measures which would require
withholding on amounts won by customers or on negotiated discounts provided to
customers on amounts owed to gaming companies. It is not possible to determine
with certainty the likelihood of possible changes in tax law or in the
administration of such law. Such changes, if adopted, could have a materially
adverse effect on the Company's financial results.
The United States Congress has recently passed legislation which creates a
national gaming study commission (the "National Gaming Commission"). The
National Gaming Commission will generally have the duty to conduct a
comprehensive legal and factual study of gambling in the United States and
existing federal, state and local policies and practices with respect to the
legalization or prohibition of gambling activities, to formulate and propose
changes in such policies and practices and to recommend legislation and
administrative actions for such changes. It is not possible to predict the
future impact of these proposals on the Company and its operations. Any such
proposals could have a material adverse affect on the Company's business.
NON-GAMING REGULATIONS
The sale of alcoholic beverages by the Company is or will be subject to the
licensing, control and regulation in Jackpot by the Liquor Board of Elko County,
in Henderson by the City of Henderson, in Vicksburg by both the City of
Vicksburg and the Alcoholic Beverage Control Division of the Mississippi State
Tax Commission, and in Council Bluffs by the Alcoholic Beverage Division of the
Iowa Department of Commerce (collectively, the "Liquor License Authorities"). In
Mississippi, Ameristar Vicksburg has been designated as a special resort area,
which allows ACVI to serve alcoholic beverages on a 24-hour basis. In Nevada,
the applicable liquor laws allow 24-hour service of alcoholic beverages without
any additional permits. In Iowa, the applicable liquor laws allow the sale of
liquor during legal hours which are Monday through Saturday from 6 a.m. to 2
a.m. and Sunday from 8 a.m. to 2 a.m. All licenses are revocable and not
transferable. The Liquor License Authorities have the full power to limit,
condition, suspend or revoke any such license or to place a liquor licensee on
probation with or without conditions. Any such disciplinary action could (and
revocation would) have a material adverse effect upon the operations of the
Company's business.
73
<PAGE> 79
Certain officers and managers of ACVI and ACLVI must be investigated by the
applicable Liquor License Authorities in connection with ACVI's and ACLVI's
liquor permits. Changes in licensed positions must be approved by the applicable
Liquor License Authorities.
All cruising vessels operated by the Company must comply with U.S. Coast
Guard requirements as to safety and must hold a Certificate of Inspection. These
requirements set limits on the operation of the vessel and require that each
vessel be operated by a minimum complement of licensed personnel. Loss of the
vessel's Inspection Certificate would preclude its use as a riverboat. Every
five years, vessels must be dry-docked for an inspection of the outside of the
hull resulting in a loss of service that may have an adverse effect on the
Company. Less stringent rules apply to permanently moored vessels.
In order to comply with the federal Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as
amended, and the federal Shipping Act of 1916, as amended, and applicable
regulations thereunder, the Company's Bylaws contain provisions designed to
prevent persons who are not citizens of the United States from holding, in the
aggregate, more than 24.9% of the Company's outstanding common stock.
All shipboard employees of the Company employed on U.S. Coast
Guard-approved vessels, even those who have nothing to do with the actual
operations of the vessel, such as dealers, waiters and security personnel, may
be subject to the Jones Act, which, among other things, exempts those employees
from state limits on workers' compensation awards.
The Company is also required to comply with various environmental
regulations. See "Business -- Properties."
74
<PAGE> 80
DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
On July 8, 1997, Ameristar and its principal wholly owned subsidiaries,
CPI, ACVI, ACCBI and ACLVI (collectively, the "Borrowers"), entered into a
Credit Agreement for the Revolving Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association ("WFB") and a syndicate of banks for revolving loans of up
to $125.0 million. The Revolving Credit Facility replaced the Company's 1995
Revolving Credit Facility with WFB and a syndicate of banks, under which the
maximum permitted principal balance of $94.5 million had been fully drawn since
early 1997. The Borrowers made an initial draw of $114.5 million under the
Revolving Credit Facility on July 15, 1997, which was used to repay $94.5
million in borrowings outstanding under the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility and a
$20.0 million short-term loan from WFB. Upon the closing of the Offering and the
Revolving Credit Facility and the application of the initial draw under the
Revolving Credit Facility and the net proceeds of this Offering, the Borrowers
had borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility of $32.6 million.
Until Phase I of The Reserve is completed, additional draws under the
Revolving Credit Facility may be used only for the construction of The Reserve,
the acquisition of additional land for the development of The Reserve currently
under option and the replenishment of working capital used to fund $4.0 million
in payments due in June 1997 related to the acquisition of The Reserve and
certain expenses incurred in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility.
Draws for construction of The Reserve will be subject to the satisfaction of
various conditions typically applicable to construction loans, including the
execution of construction contracts for The Reserve. Following completion of
Phase I of The Reserve, Revolving Credit Facility proceeds may be used only for
working capital purposes of the Borrowers and funding ongoing capital
expenditures for existing facilities, including construction of Phase II of The
Reserve and the acquisition of additional land under option adjacent to The
Reserve site.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will be designated by the
Borrowers on a quarterly basis as either base rate or London Interbank Offered
Rate ("LIBOR") borrowings. The interest rate generally will be equal to WFB's
per annum prime rate in effect from time to time or the per annum LIBOR rate,
plus in each case an applicable margin determined by reference to the Borrowers'
rolling four-quarter ratio of total funded debt to EBITDA (as defined below).
The range of the base rate margin is from 0.25 percentage points to 2.25
percentage points, and the range of the LIBOR margin is from 1.50 percentage
points to 3.50 percentage points.
The Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 30, 2003. Prior to
maturity, the maximum principal available under the Revolving Credit Facility
will reduce semiannually (commencing on July 1, 1999) by an aggregate of $50.0
million in increasing increments ranging from $2.5 million to $10.0 million. The
Borrowers may prepay any borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility without
penalty (subject to certain charges applicable to the prepayment of LIBOR draws
prior to the end of the applicable interest period) so long as a minimum of
$10.0 million in borrowings is repaid. The Borrowers may also optionally reduce
the maximum principal available under the Revolving Credit Facility at any time
so long as any such reduction is for a minimum of $10.0 million. The Revolving
Credit Facility includes covenants and conditions that limit the Borrowers'
outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to not more than the
lesser of the Borrowers' rolling four-quarter EBITDA multiplied by 3.25 and the
Borrowers' total funded debt to not more than the Borrowers' rolling
four-quarter EBITDA multiplied initially by 5.0, which multiplier will decline
to 4.5 commencing March 31, 1999 and to 4.0 commencing March 31, 2000. For
purposes of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Borrowers' EBITDA is generally
defined as net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization, preopening costs and certain extraordinary and non-cash items.
The Revolving Credit Facility also includes covenants requiring the
Borrowers to maintain rolling four-quarter gross fixed charge coverage and
adjusted fixed charge coverage ratios of 1.5 to 1.0 and 1.1 to 1.0,
respectively. The gross fixed charge coverage ratio is generally defined as
EBITDA divided by the aggregate sum of interest expense actually paid and
current capitalized lease obligations plus required principal reductions on
funded debt. The adjusted fixed charge coverage ratio is generally defined as
the aggregate sum
75
<PAGE> 81
of EBITDA minus income taxes minus distributions to stockholders (other than to
another Borrower) minus repurchases of Ameristar Common Stock divided by the
aggregate sum of interest expense actually paid and current capitalized lease
obligations plus required principal reductions on funded debt. For purposes of
these covenants, principal payments on the Gem Notes will be included only to
the extent actually paid in the applicable period. The Revolving Credit Facility
prohibits Ameristar from making any dividend or other distribution on its
capital stock during any period in which the Borrowers' rolling four-quarter
ratio of total funded debt to EBITDA is greater than 2.0 to 1.0.
The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by liens on substantially all of
the real and personal property of the Borrowers. The Revolving Credit Facility
prohibits any future secondary liens on these properties without the prior
written approval of the lenders. Certain changes in control of Ameristar may
constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit
Facility also requires the Borrowers to expend two percent of their consolidated
revenues on capital maintenance annually. The Revolving Credit Facility binds
the Company to a number of additional affirmative and negative covenants,
including promises to maintain certain financial ratios and tests within defined
parameters. The Company currently is in compliance with these covenants.
Following the completion of Phase I of The Reserve, the Revolving Credit
Facility also provides for WFB to make certain swingline loans to the Borrowers
generally to provide short-term financing pending the funding of a draw by the
lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility. Such swingline loans will bear
interest based on WFB's prime rate determined from time to time in the same
manner as for other borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.
The Borrowers paid various fees and other loan costs upon the closing of
the Revolving Credit Facility that will be amortized over the term of the
Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, commencing on the first anniversary of
the closing of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Borrowers will be required to
pay quarterly commitment fees at an annual rate of 0.50% (subject to reduction
to 0.375% if the Borrowers' ratio of total funded debt to rolling four-quarter
EBITDA is less than 2.00 to 1.00) of the unused portion of the Revolving Credit
Facility.
GEM NOTES
Upon the effectiveness of the Gem Settlement Agreement on June 20, 1997,
Ameristar issued the Gem Notes in the aggregate amount of $28.7 million. See
"Business -- The Gem Merger." The per annum interest rate on the Gem Notes is
8%, subject to increase by 3.4 or 3.3 percentage points, up to a maximum of 18%
per annum, following one or more failures to make payments under the Gem Notes
by scheduled dates. Interest is scheduled to be paid initially on a quarterly
basis and on a monthly basis after October 1998. Any interest not paid when
scheduled will thereafter accrue interest as principal. A principal reduction
payment of $2.0 million is scheduled for November 1998, followed by semiannual
principal reduction payments of $1.0 million commencing in July 1999 until
January 2002, when the semiannual principal reduction payments will increase to
$1.5 million. The Gem Notes mature on December 31, 2004. The Gem Notes are not
be subject to acceleration or other collection efforts upon failure to make a
scheduled payment prior to maturity, and the only remedy for such a failure to
make a scheduled payment is the increase in interest rate described above. The
failure to make a scheduled payment under the Gem Notes will not constitute an
event of default under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Indenture.
The Gem Notes may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without
penalty. The Gem Notes are subordinate to the Revolving Credit Facility, the
Notes and other long-term indebtedness of Ameristar specified by Ameristar up to
a maximum of $250 million, plus additional indebtedness incurred in connection
with certain interest rate protection or similar agreements related to senior
indebtedness. The Gem Notes are unsecured and do not bind the Company to any
affirmative or negative covenants other than the payment obligations and a
covenant prohibiting Ameristar from incurring more than $250 million in senior
indebtedness. A portion of the Gem Notes ($15 million) expressly provide that
Ameristar may set off any liabilities of the Gem Stockholders to the Company.
Ameristar will be permitted to effect such a setoff even if such Gem Notes have
been transferred to a third party holder. The release of the Gem Stockholders
provided for in the
76
<PAGE> 82
Gem Settlement Agreement excludes certain claims that the Company may have
against the Gem Stockholders. See "Business -- The Gem Merger."
VICKSBURG HOTEL LOAN
In July 1997, AC Hotel Corp., a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of
ACVI, entered into a loan agreement providing for borrowings of up to $7.5
million for the purpose of funding a portion of the construction costs of a
150-room hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg. This nonrecourse loan from a private
lender is secured by a deed of trust on the hotel and the underlying land senior
in priority to the liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings
under this loan bear interest at 15% per annum, payable in periodic
installments, and the loan matures in July 1998. The Company is required to pay
a non-usage fee at the rate of 3% per annum on the undrawn loan balance, and
draws are subject to the satisfaction of various conditions typically applicable
to construction loans.
OTHER DEBT
As of June 30, 1997, the Company had other long-term debt outstanding of
$20.2 million under capitalized leases and other obligations.
77
<PAGE> 83
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
The Old Notes were issued, and the New Notes will be issued, under an
indenture, dated as of July 15, 1997 (the "Indenture"), between Ameristar
Casinos, Inc. (the "Company"), the Guarantors and First Trust National
Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in
effect on the date of the Indenture (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The Notes are
subject to all such terms, and prospective Noteholders are referred to the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.
The following summary of certain provisions of the Indenture does not
purport to be complete and is subject to the provisions of the Indenture and the
Notes, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below.
Capitalized terms used in this section and not otherwise defined in this section
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For purposes of
this description, the term "Company" refers to Ameristar Casinos, Inc. and does
not include its Subsidiaries except for purposes of financial data determined on
a consolidated basis.
GENERAL
The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and will be
limited to $100 million aggregate principal amount. The Company's obligations
under the Notes will be guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis and jointly
and severally by the Guarantors. The Notes will be issued in fully registered
form only, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof.
The Company is a holding company that operates Gaming Establishments
through its Subsidiaries. Dividends and other payments from its Subsidiaries are
the Company's principal sources of cash to pay operating expenses and the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on its Indebtedness. The ability of
the Company's Subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company may, under certain
circumstances, be subject to regulatory approval by the applicable Gaming
Authority in the event that such payment would affect the "financial stability"
of such Subsidiary. Under Nevada, Iowa, and Mississippi gaming law, a company's
"financial stability" is evaluated pursuant to certain financial standards,
including (i) cash availability to pay gaming wagers and gaming and nongaming
expenditures, (ii) ability to make capital and maintenance expenditures in a
timely manner and (iii) ability to provide for the servicing of debt.
The Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees given by the Guarantors are
subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all existing
and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors, respectively.
See "Subordination," below. In addition, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees
are effectively subordinate to all secured Indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors, respectively, and to all Indebtedness and liabilities of the
Company's Subsidiaries (including Trade Payables) that are not Guarantors. As of
June 30, 1997, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the
proceeds thereof, and the closing of and initial draw under the Revolving Credit
Facility, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries that is contractually or effectively senior to the Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees would have been $44.2 million.
The Indenture and the Notes expressly provide that the Indebtedness
evidenced thereby constitutes Senior Indebtedness within the meaning of the Gem
Notes.
PAYMENT TERMS
The Notes will mature on August 1, 2004 and will bear interest at a rate of
10 1/2% per annum until maturity, payable semiannually on February 1 and August
1 of each year, commencing February 1, 1998 to the persons who are registered
Noteholders thereof at the close of business on the January 15th or July 15th,
respectively, immediately preceding such interest payment date.
The Indenture provides that interest on the Notes will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Initially, the Trustee will act
as Paying Agent and Registrar. Principal and interest will
78
<PAGE> 84
be payable initially at the offices of the Trustee but, at the option of the
Company, interest may be paid by check mailed to the persons who are registered
Noteholders at their registered addresses; provided that (i) all payments with
respect to Global Notes are required to be made in same day funds in accordance
with the policies of the Depositary (as defined below) and (ii) all payments
with respect to Notes, the Holders or beneficial owners of which have given wire
transfer instructions to the Company, will be required to be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by such
Persons. See " -- Book-Entry, Delivery and Form." The Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer and exchange at the office of the Registrar, which
initially will be the office of the Trustee. The Company or any domestically
incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent and Registrar, and
the Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to
Noteholders.
SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES
Payments of principal of, and interest or premium, if any, on, and
Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes and under the Subsidiary
Guarantees are subordinated, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment
in full, of all existing and future Obligations due in respect of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes will in all respects rank either senior
to or pari passu with all Indebtedness of the Company other than Senior
Indebtedness.
Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors
upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the
Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar
proceeding relating to the Company or its property or an assignment for the
benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Company's assets and liabilities:
(i) holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full
of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Indebtedness before Noteholders
shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of, and interest or
premium, if any, and Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to the Notes or
under any Subsidiary Guarantee; and (ii) until the Senior Indebtedness is paid
in full, any distribution to which Noteholders would be entitled but for this
provision shall be made to holders of Senior Indebtedness as their interests may
appear, except that Noteholders may receive Permitted Junior Securities. As a
result of the foregoing, in any such liquidation or proceeding, the Holders of
the Notes may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and
other creditors of the Company pursuant to obligations (such as Trade Payables
or tax liabilities) that are neither Senior Indebtedness nor Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness.
In the event that (i) any Designated Senior Indebtedness is not paid when
due or (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and the
maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance
with its terms, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may pay the principal of
or interest on the Notes or make any deposit for the purpose of the discharge of
its liabilities under the Indenture and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise
retire any Notes or make any payment under any Subsidiary Guarantee or pay
Liquidated Damages, if any (collectively, "pay the Notes"), except in Permitted
Junior Securities, unless, in either case, (a) the default has been cured or
waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or (b) such Designated
Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full. In addition, during the continuance
of any default (other than a default described in clause (i) or (ii) of the
preceding sentence, a "Non-Payment Default") with respect to any Designated
Senior Indebtedness as a result of which the maturity thereof may then be
accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be
required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace
periods, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may pay the Notes, except in
Permitted Junior Securities, for a period (a "Payment Blockage Period")
commencing upon the receipt by the Company and the Trustee of written notice of
such default from the Representative of any Designated Senior Indebtedness
specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period (a "Blockage Notice")
and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is
terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person
or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) by repayment in full of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or (iii) because the default giving rise to such
Blockage Notice is no longer continuing or is waived). Notwithstanding the
provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the
provisions contained in the next preceding sentence), unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or the
79
<PAGE> 85
Representative of such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company and the Guarantors may resume
payments on the Notes after such Payment Blockage Period. Not more than one
Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of
the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during
such period. No Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date
of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made,
the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice.
The provisions described in the two preceding paragraphs shall not prevent
or delay (i) the Company from redeeming any Notes if required by any Gaming
Authority as described under "Regulatory Redemption" or from otherwise
purchasing any Notes pursuant to any Legal Requirement relating to the gaming
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) the receipt by the
Noteholders of payments of principal and interest on the Notes, as described
under "Discharge of Indenture and Defeasance," from the application of any money
or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust by the Trustee.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
Each Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date has executed a Subsidiary
Guarantee. The Indenture provides that, subject to and upon the receipt of
approvals by the relevant Gaming Authorities, if the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire or create another Restricted Subsidiary
after the Issue Date, then such Restricted Subsidiary shall execute a Subsidiary
Guarantee. Upon execution of any Subsidiary Guarantee after the Issue Date, the
relevant Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel relating to
the enforceability and authorization of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture. See the covenant described under "Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness" and the covenant described under
"Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" (including the
definition of "Permitted Investment" used therein) for certain limitations on
the ability of a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Guarantor to Incur
Indebtedness or the ability of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries to make
distributions to or Investments in a Restricted Subsidiary other than a
Guarantor.
Each Subsidiary Guarantee is or will be an unconditional and irrevocable
Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture
and is or will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Obligations
due in respect of Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor as described
above under "Subordination of the Notes." The obligations of each Guarantor
under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that may be
paid thereunder without resulting in such Subsidiary Guarantee being deemed to
constitute a fraudulent conveyance. The Indenture provides that, in the event of
a sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary) of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger,
consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition (other than to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of all of the Capital Stock of any
Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition of
all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the
property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of (or not become liable for) any
obligations under the related Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that such sale or
other disposition is an Asset Disposition subject to and complying with, and the
Net Available Cash resulting therefrom are applied in accordance with, the
covenant described below under "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of
Assets and Restricted Subsidiary Stock." In addition, the Indenture provides
that, if a Guarantor is designated to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, then such
Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee; provided that such designation is conducted in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture.
RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
Designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary. Unless the capital
stock of such Subsidiary is disposed of in compliance with the covenant
described under "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Restricted Subsidiary Stock," all Specified Subsidiaries will be Restricted
Subsidiaries at all times. Any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the
Company must be designated by the Board of Directors as a Restricted Subsidiary
unless (i) it may be, and is, designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors in the manner provided below or (ii) it is a Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
80
<PAGE> 86
Any Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated by the Company as a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that (i) at the time of such designation after giving pro
forma effect thereto, the Company would be permitted to incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test
contained in the provisions described in the first paragraph under the caption
"Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness"; and (ii) no Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately preceding such designation
and after giving pro forma effect thereto.
Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any
newly-organized Subsidiary may be designated by the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time of its formation, provided that such Subsidiary has total
assets of $1,000 or less at the time of such designation and the conditions set
forth in the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" are satisfied. Any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Specified Subsidiary) may be designated by
the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (at which time the Subsidiary
Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary will terminate); provided that (i) at
the time of such designation and after giving pro forma effect thereto, (A) the
Company would be permitted to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test contained in the provisions described in
the first paragraph under the caption "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Indebtedness" and (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is not less than 80% of
the Consolidated Coverage Ratio without giving pro forma effect to such
designation; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
immediately preceding such designation and after giving pro forma effect
thereto, including the requirement described in the third paragraph under the
caption "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" that any
Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary be deemed to be a Restricted Payment
made on the date of such designation; and (iii) the conditions set forth in the
definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" are satisfied.
Any designation by the Board of Directors pursuant to the foregoing
provisions shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee
a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the
foregoing provisions.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Except as described under "-- Regulatory Redemption," the Notes will not be
redeemable at the option of the Company prior to August 1, 2001. On or after
that date, the Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole
at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 but not more than 60
days' prior notice, mailed by first-class mail to the Noteholders' registered
addresses, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal
amount) specified below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning
August 1 of the years indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
------------------------------------------ ----------
<S> <C>
2001...................................... 105.25%
2002...................................... 103.50%
2003 and thereafter....................... 101.75%
</TABLE>
If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, selection of Notes for
redemption will be made by the Trustee, pro rata or by lot or by any other means
the Trustee determines to be fair and appropriate and which complies with
applicable legal and securities exchange requirements.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the terms of any Designated
Senior Indebtedness, on or prior to August 1, 2000, the Company may redeem up to
25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the
Indenture at a redemption price of 110.50% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
redemption date with the net proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings;
provided that at least $75.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes
remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and
provided, further, that notice of each such redemption shall have been given
within 30 days after the date of the closing of each such Public Equity
Offering.
81
<PAGE> 87
REGULATORY REDEMPTION
If a Holder or beneficial owner of a Note is required to be licensed,
qualified or found suitable under applicable Gaming Laws and is not so licensed,
qualified or found suitable, or if a Holder or a beneficial owner of a Note
fails to take the steps necessary to seek such license, qualification or finding
of suitability, the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note shall be obliged, at
the request of the Company, to dispose of such Holder's or beneficial owner's
Notes within 30 days after receipt of notice of failure to be licensed,
qualified or found suitable or such earlier date prescribed by any Gaming
Authority (in which event the Company's obligation to pay any interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, after the receipt of such notice shall be limited as
provided in such Gaming Laws), and thereafter, the Company shall have the right
to redeem, on the date fixed by the Company for the redemption of such Notes,
such Holder's or beneficial owner's Notes at a redemption price equal to the
lowest of (i) the price at which such Holder or beneficial owner acquired such
Notes without accrued interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, unless the payment
of such interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, is permitted by the applicable
Gaming Authority, in which case such interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
shall be paid through the date of redemption, (ii) the fair market value of such
Notes on such redemption date and (iii) the principal amount of such Notes
without accrued interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon, unless the
payment of such interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, is permitted by the
applicable Gaming Authority, in which case such interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, shall be paid through the date of redemption. The Company is not
required to pay or reimburse any Holder or beneficial owner of a Note for the
costs of licensure or investigation for such licensure, qualification, or
finding of suitability. Any Holder or beneficial owner of a Note required to be
licensed, qualified or found suitable under applicable Gaming Laws must pay all
investigative fees and costs of the Gaming Authorities in connection with such
licensure, qualification, suitability or application therefor.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
There are no mandatory sinking fund payments for the Notes.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require that
the Company repurchase all or a part of such Holder's Notes at a purchase price
in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase.
Within 30 calendar days following any Change of Control, the Company shall
send, by first-class mail, a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee
stating:
(i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the
right to require the Company to purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of
purchase;
(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
Control which the Company in good faith believes will enable Holders to
make an informed decision (which at a minimum will include information, if
relevant, with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and
capitalization, each after giving effect to such Change of Control, events
causing such Change of Control and the date such Change of Control is
deemed to have occurred);
(iii) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no
later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and
(iv) the instructions and relevant information determined by the
Company, consistent with this provision, that a Holder must follow or
consider in order to have its Notes purchased, together with the
information contained in the next paragraph (and including any related
materials).
Holders electing to have a Note purchased will be required to surrender the
Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address
specified in the notice at least five Business Days prior to the purchase date.
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the
Company receives
82
<PAGE> 88
not later than three Business Days prior to the purchase date, a telegram,
telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder
and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note
purchased.
On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this
provision shall be delivered by the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company
shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto.
The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or
regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this
provision. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with this provision, the Company shall comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this provision by virtue thereof. The Company
will publicly announce information concerning the Notes purchased pursuant to
this provision as soon as practicable following the purchase date.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to fund any
repurchase of the Notes following a Change of Control. The Revolving Credit
Facility contains, and any future credit agreements, indentures or other
agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company may contain, prohibitions or
restrictions on the Company's ability to effect a repurchase of Notes following
a Change of Control. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when such
prohibitions or restrictions are in effect, the Company could seek the consent
of its lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the
borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a
consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will be effectively prohibited
from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered
Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in
turn, constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility and possibly
other Indebtedness. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the
Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:
Limitation on Indebtedness. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the
Company or any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if on the date thereof, and
giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio would be greater than 2:1.
Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness: (i) Indebtedness under the
Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to
exceed $140 million (less the amount of any permanent reductions in the amount
of available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility as a result of
repayments made thereunder pursuant to "-- Limitation on Sale of Assets and
Restricted Subsidiary Stock"); (ii) Indebtedness outstanding under any
Non-Recourse FF&E Financing or the Vicksburg Note; (iii) Indebtedness under one
or more Recourse FF&E Financings, that, when added to all Indebtedness then
outstanding under other Recourse FF&E Financings, and all refinancing
Indebtedness with respect thereto, does not exceed $15 million in the aggregate;
(iv) Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date immediately after issuance of
the Notes and application of the proceeds therefrom (other than Indebtedness
described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (v), (vi) or (viii) of this paragraph),
provided that the amount thereof, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness
with respect thereto, does not exceed the amount outstanding on the Issue Date;
(v) Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, the New Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees; (vi) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Guarantor
or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company;
provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock
or other event which results in any such Guarantor ceasing to be a Guarantor or
any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a
Guarantor) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness by the issuer; (vii) Indebtedness under Interest Rate Protection
Agreements related to Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture; provided,
however, such Interest Rate Protection Agreements do not increase the
83
<PAGE> 89
consolidated Indebtedness of the Company outstanding at any time other than as a
result of fluctuations in the exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of
customary fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; (viii)
Indebtedness under the Gem Notes; provided, however, that any event that results
in any Gem Note ceasing to meet the conditions of the definition thereof shall
be deemed to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor
thereof; (ix) Indebtedness Incurred solely in respect of performance bonds or
completion guarantees, to the extent that such Incurrence does not result in the
Incurrence of any obligation for the payment of borrowed money to others; (x)
Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant
to the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph or the foregoing
clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv); (xi) Indebtedness arising out of standby letters
of credit covering workers compensation, performance or similar non-Indebtedness
obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time
outstanding; and (xii) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted by the
immediately preceding paragraph or elsewhere in this paragraph) in an aggregate
principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $5 million.
For purposes of determining the outstanding principal amount of any
particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this section "Limitation on
Indebtedness," (i) Indebtedness permitted by this section need not be permitted
solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be
permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other
provisions of this provision permitting such Indebtedness and (ii) in the event
that Indebtedness or any portion thereof meets the criteria of more than one of
the types of Indebtedness described in this section, the Company, in its sole
discretion, shall classify such Indebtedness and only be required to include the
amount of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses.
Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay
any dividend or make any distribution or other payment on or in respect of its
Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) except dividends
or distributions or payments payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such
Capital Stock and except dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a
Guarantor, (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any
Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary held by Persons other
than the Company or a Guarantor (including any payment in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), (iii)
make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease
or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Obligations, except a
payment of any interest or any principal installment at its stated maturity or
due date (and except for the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of
Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund
obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one
year of the date of acquisition); provided after giving effect to such payment
with respect to a Gem Note, no Default or Event of Default would then exist; or
(iv) make any Restricted Investment in any Person (any such dividend,
distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition,
retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a "Restricted Payment"),
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
(b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment, have been
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph under the
caption "Limitation on Indebtedness" above; and
(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
after March 31, 1997 (excluding the Restricted Payments permitted by the
next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (i) 50% of the
Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one
accounting period) from March 31, 1997 to the end of the Company's most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are
available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated
Net Income for such period is a deficit,
84
<PAGE> 90
less 100% of such deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash
proceeds received by the Company from capital contributions or the issue or
sale after the Issue Date of Capital Stock of the Company or of debt
securities of the Company that have been converted into such Capital Stock
(other than Capital Stock (or convertible debt securities) sold to a
Subsidiary of the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or debt
securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock), plus (iii) to
the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue
Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the
lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted
Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (B) the initial
amount of such Restricted Investment, plus (iv) 50% of any dividends or
distributions received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the
Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Investment, to the extent that such
dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net
Income of the Company for such period or in the immediately preceding
clause (iii), provided that clause (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph (c)
shall not include cash proceeds received from Restricted Investments and
applied pursuant to clause (iv) of the next succeeding paragraph.
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any of (i) the payment of any
dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration
thereof, if at said date of declaration no Default or Event of Default exists
and such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture; (ii)
the making of any Restricted Investment, or the redemption, repurchase,
retirement or other acquisition of any Capital Stock of the Company, in either
case in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a substantially concurrent
capital contribution or sale (other than by or to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of Capital Stock of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock), provided
that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from
clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; (iii) the defeasance, redemption,
prepayment or repurchase of Subordinated Obligations with the net cash proceeds
from (a) an incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness or (b) a substantially
concurrent capital contribution or sale (other than by or to a Subsidiary of the
Company) of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);
provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds referred to in clause (b)
that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, prepayment, retirement or
other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding
paragraph; (iv) Restricted Investments in any Person or Persons primarily
engaged in a Related Business in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time,
net of any net cash proceeds received by the Company or a Guarantor therefrom
(but only to the extent not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of
the Company), not to exceed $10.0 million; and (v) any redemption required
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture described under the caption
"Regulatory Redemption" above.
The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Specified
Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause
a Default and the other conditions referred to under "Restricted and
Unrestricted Subsidiaries" are satisfied. For purposes of making such
determination, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so
designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of such
designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments. All
such outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an
amount equal to the greatest of (i) the net book value of such Investments at
the time of such designation, (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Investments at
the time of such designation and (iii) the original Fair Market Value of such
Investments at the time they were made. Such designation will only be permitted
if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at such time and if such
Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the conditions set forth in "Restricted
and Unrestricted Subsidiaries -- Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary."
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Subsidiaries. The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or
otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or
make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness owed
to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or
advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) transfer
any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary,
except: (a) any
85
<PAGE> 91
encumbrance or restriction in effect at the Issue Date pursuant to an agreement
disclosed in the Indenture; (b) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness
Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide
all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the
transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted
Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary) and outstanding on such date; (c) any encumbrance
or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) of this
provision or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause
(a) or (b) of this provision; provided however, that the encumbrances and
restrictions contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no
less favorable to the Noteholders than encumbrances and restrictions contained
in such agreements; (d) in the case of any encumbrance or restriction referred
to in clause (iii), any such encumbrance or restriction (1) that restricts in a
customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset
that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset,
(2) arising by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right
with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture, or (3) any
encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating to an acquisition
of property, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates solely to the
property so acquired; (e) any encumbrance or restriction imposed by any Gaming
Authority; and (f) any encumbrance or restriction imposed by Legal Requirements.
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Restricted Subsidiary Stock. The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset
Disposition unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the Fair
Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, the
determination of which shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution (including as to
the value of all non-cash consideration), of the shares and assets subject to
such Asset Disposition; (ii) at least 85% of the consideration thereof received
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or cash
equivalents; and (iii) the Company delivers an Officers' Certificate to the
Trustee certifying that such Asset Disposition complies with clauses (i) and
(ii) (if applicable), provided, however, that the amount of (x) any liabilities
(as shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance
sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent
liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or
any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets
pursuant to a customary novation or other agreement that releases the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability and (y) any securities, notes
or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary
from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 20 Business
Days after receipt, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.
Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from any permitted Asset
Disposition or from any Event of Loss shall be applied by the Company (or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) within 270 days from receipt of such
Net Available Cash (a) to prepay, repay or purchase Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than any Disqualified Stock, Preferred
Stock or Subordinated Obligations or any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any
Subsidiary) or Senior Indebtedness; and/or (b) to reinvest in Additional Assets
(including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a Guarantor with
Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary);
provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase
of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) above, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan
commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the
principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; provided further, that the
entering into of a binding commitment to reinvest Net Available Cash within such
270 day period shall be deemed to constitute reinvestment pursuant to the
foregoing clause (b) so long as such reinvestment definitively occurs within 330
days from receipt of such Net Available Cash, after which time such Net
Available Cash shall become and be added to any then-existing "Excess Proceeds"
if such reinvestment has not definitively occurred. Any Net Available Cash that
is not applied by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the manner and
in the relevant time periods
86
<PAGE> 92
described in the preceding sentence shall, immediately upon expiration of such
time periods, become and be added to any then-existing "Excess Proceeds." When
the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds (together with income earned thereon)
exceeds $5 million, the Company shall make an offer (an "Excess Proceeds Offer")
to purchase Notes pursuant to and subject to the conditions of the following
paragraph. Pending application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this provision,
such Net Available Cash shall be invested in Temporary Cash Investments.
In the event the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, it
shall make an offer to purchase from all Holders on a pro rata basis the Notes
at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase and shall
purchase from Holders accepting such offer, the maximum principal amount of
Notes that may be purchased from funds in an amount equal to all then-existing
Excess Proceeds. Upon completion of an Excess Proceeds Offer (including payment
of the purchase price for Notes duly tendered) the Excess Proceeds that were the
subject of such offer shall cease to be Excess Proceeds and the Company or the
Restricted Subsidiary that engaged in the Asset Disposition, as applicable, may
use the remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes.
Within 10 calendar days of the date on which the Company is required to
make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Company shall send, by first-class mail, a
notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:
(i) that one or more Asset Dispositions or Events of Loss have
occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to
purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of
the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase;
(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Asset
Disposition(s) or Event(s) of Loss which the Company in good faith believes
will enable Holders to make an informed decision (which at a minimum will
include information, if relevant, with respect to pro forma historical
income, cash flow and capitalization, each after giving effect to such
Asset Disposition(s) or Event(s) of Loss, events causing such Asset
Disposition(s) or Event(s) of Loss and the date such Asset Disposition(s)
or Event(s) of Loss occurred);
(iii) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no
later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and
(iv) the instructions and relevant information determined by the
Company, consistent with this provision, that a Holder must follow or
consider in order to have its Notes purchased, together with the
information contained in the next paragraph (and including any related
materials).
Holders electing to have a Note purchased will be required to surrender
such Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the
address specified in the notice at least five Business Days prior to the
purchase date. Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Trustee or the Company receives not later than three Business Days prior to the
purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth
the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for
purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his
election to have such Note purchased.
On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this
provision shall be delivered by the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company
shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto.
Repurchase on Loss of Material Gaming License. If (i) a Gaming License of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is revoked or terminated, or if any
such Gaming License is suspended or otherwise ceases to be effective, in any
case resulting in the cessation or suspension of operation for a period of more
than 90 days of the gaming business of any Gaming Establishment owned, leased or
operated directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (each a "License Loss"), and (ii) the Gaming Establishment subject
to such License Loss, during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of
the Company then most recently ended for which internal financial statements are
available, accounted for more than 10% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the
Company, the Company shall apply an amount equal to four
87
<PAGE> 93
times the contribution of such Gaming Establishment to such Consolidated Cash
Flow (the "License Loss Amount"), within 40 days after such License Loss occurs,
to the prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than any Disqualified Stock, Preferred
Stock or Subordinated Obligations or any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any
Subsidiary) or Senior Indebtedness; provided, however, that the related loan
commitment (if any) shall be permanently reduced by an amount equal to the
principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. If any part of the License
Loss Amount is not applied by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
manner and in the 40-day period described in the preceding sentence, the Company
shall, immediately upon expiration of such period, make an offer to purchase
from all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture (a
"License Loss Offer"), and shall purchase from Holders accepting such offer on a
pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased with
such unapplied portion of the License Loss Amount, at a purchase price of 101%
of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of purchase. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company will not be required to make any such application or a License Loss
Offer if, giving effect to the License Loss on a pro forma basis, the Company's
Consolidated Coverage Ratio at the time such License Loss occurs would be at
least 2.25 to 1.
Prior to or upon the date on which the Company is required to make a
License Loss Offer, the Company shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to
each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:
(i) that one or more License Losses have occurred and that such
Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder's Notes
at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
date of purchase;
(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such License
Loss which the Company in good faith believes will enable Holders to make
an informed decision (which at a minimum will include information, if
relevant, with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and
capitalization, each after giving effect to such License Loss, events
causing such License Loss(es) and the date such License Loss(es) occurred);
(iii) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days and
no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and
(iv) the instructions and relevant information determined by the
Company, consistent with this provision, that a Holder must follow or
consider in order to have its Notes purchased, together with the
information contained in the next paragraph (and including any related
materials).
Holders electing to have a Note purchased will be required to surrender
such Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the
address specified in the notice at least five Business Days prior to the
purchase date. Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Trustee or the Company receives not later than three Business Days prior to the
purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth
the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for
purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its
election to have such Note purchased.
On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this
provision shall be delivered by the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company
shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto.
The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or
regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this
provision. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with this provision, the Company shall comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this provision by virtue thereof.
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, conduct
any business, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of
transactions (including the purchase, conveyance, disposition, sale, lease or
exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of
the Company (an "Affiliate
88
<PAGE> 94
Transaction") unless: (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are (x) set
forth in writing, (y) in the best interest of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, (z) as favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as those that could be obtained at
the time of such transaction for a similar transaction in arms' length dealings
with a Person who is not such an Affiliate and (ii) (x) with respect to an
Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments or value of $1 million or
greater, the Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the
Independent Directors) have determined in their good faith judgment that the
criteria set forth in clauses (i) (y) and (z) are satisfied and have approved
the relevant Affiliate Transaction, such approval to be evidenced by a Board
Resolution and an Officers' Certificate and (y) with respect to an Affiliate
Transaction involving aggregate payments or value of $5 million or greater, the
Company obtains from an independent nationally recognized accounting, appraisal
or investment banking firm experienced in the review of similar types of
transactions a written opinion addressed to the Trustee that such Affiliate
Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
(b) The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall not prohibit (i) any
Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to "-- Limitation on Restricted
Payments" above, (ii) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or
grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of,
employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership and/or employee
benefit plans entered into in the ordinary course of business, approved by the
Board of Directors and consistent with past practices of the Company, (iii)
loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business in accordance
with past practices of the Company, (iv) the payment of reasonable fees to
directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees
of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (v) any transaction between
the Company and a Guarantor that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or between
Guarantors that are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.
Limitation on Layered Indebtedness. The Company shall not, directly or
indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness, and shall not permit any Guarantor to Incur
any Indebtedness, that is subordinate in right of payment to any other
Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, unless such
Indebtedness is subordinate in right of payment to, or ranks pari passu with,
the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor in all respects.
Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any
Lien on any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock), whether owned
on the date of the Indenture or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or
income or profits therefrom, securing any obligation other than Permitted Liens.
Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, issue or otherwise Incur any Preferred Stock, except for
any Preferred Stock issued to and held by the Company. The Company shall not
sell or otherwise transfer any Capital Stock of any Specified Subsidiary, and
shall not permit any Specified Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, issue or
otherwise Incur any Capital Stock, except for (a) the sale or other transfer of
100% of the Capital Stock of a Specified Subsidiary in accordance with the
covenant described under "Limitation on Sales of Assets and Restricted
Subsidiary Stock" or (b) the issuance or other Incurrence of Capital Stock to or
held by the Company or another Specified Subsidiary (but only so long as such
Specified Subsidiary is a Specified Subsidiary).
Limitation on Other Business Activities. The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage, directly or indirectly, in any
business other than a Related Business.
Payments for Consents. The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor
any of its Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid
any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder
of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any
of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such
consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
89
<PAGE> 95
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey,
lease or otherwise transfer all or substantially all its assets to, any Person,
and shall not permit one or more Restricted Subsidiaries representing all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company to consolidate with or merge with
or into or convey, lease or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its
assets to, any Person other than the Company, unless: (i) the resulting,
surviving or transferee Person shall be a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the
District of Columbia and such Person (if not the Company) shall expressly
assume, by an indenture supplemental to the Indenture, executed and delivered to
the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture; (ii) immediately before and after
giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis
(and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of such Person or any
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by
such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on
a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of
such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as
having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of
such transaction), such Person would be able to incur an additional $1.00 of
Indebtedness under the first paragraph of "-- Limitation on Indebtedness"; (iv)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions,
on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation
of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as
having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of
such transaction or series of transactions), such Person shall have Consolidated
Net Worth in an amount which is not less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
Company immediately prior to such transaction; (v) any such transaction would
not require any Holder of Notes to obtain a Gaming License or be qualified under
the laws of any applicable gaming jurisdiction in the absence of such
transaction, provided that a transaction involving a jurisdiction that does not
require the licensing or qualification of all of the holders of the Notes, but
reserves the discretionary right to require the licensing or qualification of
any holder of Notes, shall not be prohibited pursuant to the terms of this
clause (v); (vi) any such transaction would not result in the loss of any
qualification or any material Gaming License of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
and (vii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the
Indenture.
The Indenture provides that no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with
or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person
whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor, unless (i) the resulting,
surviving or transferee Person shall be a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the
District of Columbia and such Person (if not the Company) shall expressly
assume, by an indenture supplemental to the Indenture, executed and delivered to
the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture; (ii) immediately
before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on
a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of
such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as
having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of
such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series
of transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which
becomes an obligation of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
such transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted
Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), the Company would be able to incur
an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of "-- Limitation
on Indebtedness"; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or
series of transactions, on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness
which becomes an obligation of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of
transactions), such Person shall have consolidated net worth in an amount which
is not less than the consolidated net worth of such Guarantor immediately prior
to such transaction; (v) any such transaction would not result in the loss of
any qualification or any material Gaming License of the Company or its
Subsidiaries; and (vi) the Company shall
90
<PAGE> 96
have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; provided that this
paragraph shall not apply to an Asset Disposition subject to and complying with
the covenant described under "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets
and Restricted Subsidiary Stock."
The resulting, surviving or transferee Person in any such transaction
involving the Company or any Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for,
and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Guarantor under
the Indenture, but the Company in the case of a lease shall not be released from
the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
An "Event of Default" occurs if: (i) the Company defaults in any payment of
interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, any Note when the
same becomes due and payable (whether or not prohibited by the subordination
provisions of the Indenture), and such default continues for a period of 30
days; (ii) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when
the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption,
repurchase, acceleration or otherwise (whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture); (iii) the Company or any Guarantor
fails to comply with the provisions described under the captions "Change of
Control," "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Restricted
Subsidiary Stock," "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments," "-- Limitation on
Indebtedness" or "-- Repurchase on Loss of Material Gaming License" or "Merger,
Consolidation or Transfer of All or Substantially All Assets" above; (iv) the
Company or any Guarantor fails to comply with any of its agreements in the Notes
or the Indenture (other than those referred to in (i), (ii) or (iii) above) and
such failure continues for 30 days after the notice to the Company from the
Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes specified
below or, if the Company fails to timely give the notice to the Trustee
specified below, such failure continues for 30 days after the date such notice
should have been given by the Company; (v) any installment of principal of, or
any premium or accrued and unpaid interest on, any Indebtedness of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period
after its maturity or any such Indebtedness is accelerated by the holders
thereof because of a default, or any such Indebtedness is required to be
repurchased or prepaid, and the total amount of interest, premium, principal or
other amount with respect to such Indebtedness that is unpaid, accelerated or
required to be repurchased or prepaid exceeds $5 million at the time, provided
that this clause (v) shall not apply to any failure to make any scheduled
payment of principal of, or interest on, any Gem Note, but only if the
consequence of such failure is limited to an increase of the interest rate,
and/or the compounding of interest, applicable thereto and, without limitation,
does not include a right under such Gem Note or under applicable law to
accelerate the due date of, or in any way enforce, such Gem Note; (vi) the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Law: (a) commences a voluntary case; (b) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (c) consents to the
appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;
(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (e) takes
any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; (vii) a
court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that: (a) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
an involuntary case; (b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or (c) orders the
winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or any
similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains
unstayed and in effect for 60 days; (viii) any judgment or decree for the
payment of money in excess of $5 million at the time is entered against the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and is not discharged and either (a) an
enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or
decree or (b) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment
or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the
execution thereof stayed; or (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any
Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and
effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall
deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.
91
<PAGE> 97
The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any
such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code, or any
similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian"
means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official
under any Bankruptcy Law.
A Default under clause (iv) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes notify the Company
of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time
specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default,
demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a "Notice of Default."
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may, by notice to the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences
under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of principal of, or premium, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on,
the Notes.
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware of
the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate
of any Event of Default or Default under clause (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii),
(viii) or (ix), its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes
notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event
of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, interest or Liquidated
Damages, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in the best
interest of the Holders.
ACCELERATION
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses
(vi) or (vii) in "Events of Default" above with respect to the Company) occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a
declaration, such principal, interest Liquidated Damages, if any, shall be due
and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (vi) or
(vii) above with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of and interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the Trustee or any Noteholders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its
consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree
and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except
nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of
acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair
any right consequent thereto.
In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had
to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall
also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law
upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to
August 1, 2001, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not
taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the
prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to August 1, 2001, then the premium
specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the
extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.
LIMITATION ON SUITS
A Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the
Notes unless: (i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an
Event of Default is continuing; (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
92
<PAGE> 98
(iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity against any loss, liability or expense; (iv) the Trustee does not
comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the
offer of security or indemnity; and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the
request during such 60-day period.
A Noteholder may not use the Indenture to prejudice the rights of another
Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE AND DEFEASANCE
When (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other
than Notes replaced because of mutilation, loss, destruction or wrongful taking)
for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable,
whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption as
described above and the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, the
Paying Agent or another trustee satisfactory to the Trustee funds sufficient to
pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest
thereon, and if in either case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder
by the Company, then the Indenture shall, subject to certain surviving
provisions, cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied
by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and
expense of the Company.
Subject to conditions to defeasance described below and the survival of
certain provisions, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its
obligations under the Notes and the Indenture ("legal defeasance option") or
(ii) its obligations under certain restrictive covenants and the related Events
of Default ("covenant defeasance option"). The Company may exercise its legal
defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance
option.
If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes
may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises
its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default specified in clause (ii) of the immediately
preceding paragraph.
The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant
defeasance option only if:
(a) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, the
Paying Agent or another trustee satisfactory to the Trustee money or U.S.
Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the
Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; and
(b) certain other conditions as more fully described in the Indenture,
including delivery of certain opinions of counsel, are met.
REPORTS TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be, or may not be required to remain,
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, the Company shall file with the Commission (unless the Commission will not
accept such filing) and provide the Trustee and Holders of the Notes with such
annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are
specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S.
corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and other
reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of
such information, documents and reports under such Sections. In addition, for so
long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders
and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the
information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company
93
<PAGE> 99
may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law as permitted by
the Indenture. The Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Note
selected for redemption, or any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Notes to be redeemed, or any Note for a period of 15 days before an interest
payment date.
The registered holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
AMENDMENT AND SUPPLEMENT
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended
or supplemented by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee with the consent
of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of such then
outstanding Notes and any existing Default or non-compliance with the provisions
of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). Without
notice to or the consent of any Noteholder, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes, among other things, to cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; to provide for the assumption of the
Company's or any Guarantor's obligations to Noteholders by a successor Company
or Guarantor; to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes; or to make any change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any Noteholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of
each Noteholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver of any provision or
default under the Indenture or the Notes may not (i) reduce the principal amount
of Notes the Holders of which must consent to any such amendment, supplement or
waiver; (ii) reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest on or
Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to any Note; (iii) reduce the principal
of or extend the fixed maturity of any Note; (iv) reduce the price payable upon
the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may or shall be
redeemed; (v) reduce the price payable upon the repurchase of any Note upon a
Change of Control, upon an Excess Proceeds Offer or License Loss Offer or change
the time at which any Note shall be repurchased; (vi) waive a Default or Event
of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, interest or Liquidated
Damages (if any) on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes
by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); (vii)
make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note; (viii) make
any change in the provisions concerning waiver of Defaults or Events of Default
by Holders of the Notes or rights of Holders to receive payment of principal,
interest or Liquidated Damages, if any; (ix) make any change in the
subordination provisions in the Indenture that affects the right of any Holder;
or (x) release the Company or any Guarantor from its obligations under the Notes
or the Subsidiary Guarantee (except pursuant to the provisions described above
in "Merger, Consolidation or Transfer of All or Substantially All Assets" or
"Subsidiary Guarantees").
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS
No director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or
any Guarantor shall have any personal liability in respect of the obligations of
the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the
Indenture by reason of his or its status as such.
THE TRUSTEE
First Trust National Association is the Trustee under the Indenture.
The Indenture provides that except during the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth
in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture and use
the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would
exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own affairs.
94
<PAGE> 100
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
Book-Entry
The Notes offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers ("QIBs") (as
defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act) in reliance on Rule 144A initially
will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered Notes in global form
(the "QIB Global Notes"). Notes offered and sold to persons who acquired such
securities in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act ("non-U.S.
Persons") will be issued in the form of a single Note in temporary global form
(collectively, the "Regulation S Temporary Global Notes"). Beneficial interests
in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial
interests in a single Note in permanent global form (the "Regulation S Permanent
Global Notes" and, together with the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, the
"Regulation S Global Notes") after the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon
certification that the beneficial interests in such global securities are owned
by either non-U.S. Persons or QIBs. Regulation S Global Notes, together with the
QIB Global Notes, are referred to herein as the "Global Notes."
The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as
custodian for The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York (the
"Depositary"), and registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as the
Depositary's nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or
indirect participant in the Depositary as described below. Through and including
the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the Offering and the Issue
Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the "Restricted Period"),
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes may be held only through
the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") and Cedel, S.A. ("CEDEL") (as indirect
participants in the Depositary), unless transferred to a person that takes
delivery through the QIB Global Notes in accordance with the certification
requirements described below. Beneficial interests in the QIB Global Notes may
not be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes at
any time except in limited circumstances described below. The Global Notes
representing Old Notes (and any Old Notes issued in exchange thereof) will be
subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein and in the
Indenture and will bear the legend regarding such restrictions set forth in the
Indenture. Except as set forth below, record ownership of the Global Notes may
be transferred, in whole or in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary
or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the
Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in certificated form except in
limited circumstances described below. See " -- Certificated Securities."
The Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New
York Banking Law that was created to hold securities for its participating
organizations (collectively, the "Participants" or the "Depositary's
Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in
such securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of its Participants. The Depositary's Participants include securities
brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and
certain other organizations. Access to the Depositary's system is also available
to other entities such as brokers, dealers, banks and trust companies
(collectively, the "Indirect Participants" or the "Depositary's Indirect
Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may
beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of the Depositary only through
the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
So long as the Depositary or its nominee (the "Global Note Holder") is the
registered owner of any Notes, the Global Note Holder will be considered the
sole Holder under the Indenture of any Notes evidenced by a Global Note.
Beneficial owners of Notes evidenced by a Global Note will not be considered the
owners or Holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with
respect to the giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the
Trustee thereunder. Accordingly, beneficial owners of an interest in a Global
Note must rely on the procedures of the Depositary, and if such person is not a
Participant, on the procedures of the Participant or Indirect Participant
through which such person owns its interest, to exercise any rights and fulfill
any obligations of a Holder under the Indenture. None of the Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar or any Paying Agent will have any responsibility or
liability for any aspect of the records of the Depositary, any Participant or
any Indirect Participant or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records of any of them relating to the Notes, and each of the Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar or any Paying Agent may
95
<PAGE> 101
conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the
Global Note Holder or the Depositary for all purposes.
Upon issuance of the Global Notes, the Global Note Holder will credit, on
its book-entry registration and transfer system, the number of Notes represented
by such Global Notes to the accounts of the Participants. The accounts to be
credited shall be designated by the Initial Purchasers. Ownership of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes will be limited to Participants or Indirect
Participants. Ownership of beneficial interest in such Global Notes will be
shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through,
records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee (with respect to
Participants' interests) for such Global Notes, or by Participants or Indirect
Participants (with respect to beneficial interests of persons other than
Participants).
Investors in the QIB Global Notes may hold their interests therein directly
through the Depositary if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly
through organizations (including Euroclear and CEDEL) which are participants in
such system. Investors in the Regulation S Global Notes must initially hold
their interests therein through Euroclear or CEDEL, if they are Participants in
such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are Participants in such
systems. After the expiration of the Restricted Period (but not earlier),
investors may also hold interests in the Regulation S Global Notes through
organizations other than Euroclear and CEDEL that are Participants in the
Depositary's system. Euroclear and CEDEL will hold interests in the Regulation S
Global Notes on behalf of their participants through customers' securities
accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective
depositaries, which are Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels
office, as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as depository of CEDEL.
Such depositories, in turn, will hold such interests in the Regulation S Global
Notes in customers' securities accounts in such depositories' names on the books
of the Depositary. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through
Euroclear or CEDEL, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of the
Depositary. Those interests held through Euroclear or CEDEL may also be subject
to the procedures and requirements of such system. The laws of some states
require that certain persons take physical delivery in certificated form of
securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial
interests in a Global Note to such persons will be limited to that extent.
Because the Depositary can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act
on behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a person
having beneficial interest in a Global Note to pledge such interests to persons
or entities that do not participate in the Depositary system, or otherwise take
actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical
certificate evidencing such interests.
Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
any Notes registered in the name of the Global Note Holder on the applicable
record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of the Global
Note Holder in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under
the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may treat the persons in
whose names Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners
thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments. Consequently, none of the
Company, the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent has or will have any
responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts (or the timing of
such payments) to beneficial owners of Notes. The Company believes, however,
that it is currently the policy of the Depositary to immediately credit the
accounts of the relevant Participants with such payments, in amounts
proportionate to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in the
relevant security as shown on the records of the Depositary. Payments by the
Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's Indirect Participants to the
beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practice and will be the responsibility of the Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
Transfers between Participants in the Depositary's system will be effected
in accordance with the Depositary's procedures, and will be settled in same-day
funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or CEDEL will be effected in
the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating
procedures. The Company expects the secondary trading in the certificated
securities will also be settled in immediately available funds.
96
<PAGE> 102
Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
securities described herein, cross-market transfers between the Participants in
the Depositary, on the one hand, and Euroclear or CEDEL participants, on the
other hand, will be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the
Depositary's rules on behalf of Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, by its
respective depository; however, such cross-market transactions will require
delivery of instructions to Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, by the
counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and
within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or
CEDEL, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement
requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depository to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in
the relevant Global Notes pursuant to the Depositary's system, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds
settlement applicable to the Depositary. Euroclear participants and CEDEL
participants may not delivery instructions directly to the depositaries for
Euroclear or CEDEL.
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or
CEDEL participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant in
the Depositary will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the
relevant Euroclear or CEDEL participant, during the securities settlement
processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and CEDEL)
immediately following the settlement date of the Depositary. Cash received in
Euroclear or CEDEL as a result of sales of interest in Global Note by or through
a Euroclear or CEDEL participant to a Participant in the Depositary will be
received with value on the settlement date of the Depositary but will be
available in the relevant Euroclear or CEDEL cash account only as of the
business day of Euroclear or CEDEL following the Depositary's settlement date.
The Depositary has advised the Company that it will take any action
permitted to be taken by a holder of the Notes only at the direction of one or
more Participants to whose account with the Depositary interests in the Global
Notes are credited.
The information in this section concerning the Depositary, Euroclear and
CEDEL and their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that the
Company believes to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for the
accuracy thereof.
Although the Depositary, Euroclear and CEDEL have agreed to the foregoing
procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Regulation S Global Notes
and in the QIB Global Notes among participants in the Depositary, Euroclear and
CEDEL, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the
Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by the
Depositary, Euroclear or CEDEL or their respective participants or indirect
participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.
Prior to and after the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are Old Notes may be transferred
to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the QIB Global
Notes that are Old Notes only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written
certification from the transferor in the form required by the Indenture to the
effect that such transfer is being made (i)(a) to a person whom the transferor
reasonably believes is purchasing for its own account or accounts as to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that such person and each such account
is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b) to a
non-U.S. Person and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of
any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.
Beneficial interests in the QIB Global Notes that are Old Notes may be
transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the
Regulation S Global Notes that are Old Notes, whether before or after the
Restricted Period, only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification
from the transferor in the form required by the Indenture to the effect that
such transfer is being made in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities
Act and that, if such transfer is made in compliance with Regulation S and
occurs prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the interest
transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or CEDEL. Any
beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a person
who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note will, upon
transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in
such other Global Note and, accordingly, will
97
<PAGE> 103
thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures
applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it
remains such an interest.
Certificated Securities
Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in a
Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial interest
for Notes in the form of a physical security (a "Certificated Security"). Upon
any such issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated
Securities in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or
persons (or the nominee of any thereof). All such certificated Old Notes would
be subject to certain legend requirements provided for in the Indenture. In
addition, if (i) the Issuer notifies the Trustee in writing that the Depositary
is no longer willing or able to act as a Depositary and the Company is unable to
locate a qualified successor within 90 days, (ii) the Company, at its option,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Notes in
the form of Certificated Securities under the Indenture, or (iii) if a Default
or Event of Default occurs and any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note so requests, then, upon surrender by the Global Note Holder of a Global
Note, Notes in the form of Certificated Securities will be issued to each person
that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the beneficial
owner of the related Notes. Upon the transfer of Certificated Securities to a
person entitled to hold an interest in a Global Note under the Indenture, such
Certificated Securities may, unless a Global Note has previously been exchanged
for Certificated Securities, be exchanged for an interest in a Global Note
representing the principal amount of Notes being transferred.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.
"ACCBI" means Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation,
and its successors.
"ACFSI" means A.C. Food Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and its
successors.
"ACLVI" means Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and
its successors.
"ACVI" means Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc., a Mississippi corporation,
and its successors.
"Additional Assets" means (i) any long-term property or assets (other than
Indebtedness and Capital Stock) in a Related Business; (ii) Capital Stock of a
Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of
such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii)
Capital Stock, not held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constituting
a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such Restricted
Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means (i) any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person or (ii) any other Person who is a director or
officer (a) of such specified Person, (b) of any subsidiary of such specified
Person or (c) of any Person described in clause (i) above. For the purposes of
this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power
to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing. For purposes of the section "Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates" only, "Affiliate" shall also mean any beneficial owner of shares
representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (on a
fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or warrants to purchase such
Voting Stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any Person who would be
an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the first sentence hereof.
"Asset Disposition" means (i) the direct or indirect sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition (each referred to for the purposes of this
definition as a "disposition") of any assets (including, without limitation, by
way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, and (ii) the issue or sale
98
<PAGE> 104
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of any of
the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that Asset Disposition shall not
include (a) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Specified Subsidiary or a Guarantor, (b)
a single disposition, or a series of related dispositions of assets with an
aggregate Fair Market Value and a sale price of less than $2 million, (c)
dispositions of inventory or equipment (including gaming equipment) in the
ordinary course of business or pursuant to an established program for the
maintenance and upgrading of such equipment, (d) for purposes of the provisions
of "Limitation on Sales of Assets and Restricted Subsidiary Stock" only, a
disposition subject to and in accordance with the limitations set forth under
"Limitation on Restricted Payments," (e) a sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, which disposition will be governed by the provisions of
the Indenture described above under the captions "Change of Control" and/or
"Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets," (f) any
Event of Loss, or (g) any foreclosure sale of FF&E pursuant to a Non-Recourse
FF&E Financing.
"Attributable Indebtedness" means Indebtedness deemed to be incurred in
respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction and shall be, at the date of
determination, the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of the property subject
to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors) or (ii) the present value (discounted at the actual rate of interest
implicit in such transaction, compounded annually) of the total obligations of
the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included
in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease
has been extended).
"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the
dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by
the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
"Bank Indebtedness" means any and all amounts payable from time to time
under or in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, including principal,
premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing
of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company
whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings),
fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, indemnities and
all other amounts and other liabilities payable thereunder or in respect
thereof.
"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
"Board Resolution" means a duly adopted resolution of the Board of
Directors in full force and effect at the time of determination and certified as
such by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to
the Trustee.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any day on
which banking institutions in New York, New York or at any designated place of
payment are not required to be open.
"Capitalized Lease Obligations" means an obligation that is required to be
classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting
purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by
such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty.
"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all stock, partnership
interests, limited liability company interests, shares, interests, rights to
purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests
in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock,
but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.
99
<PAGE> 105
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) any "person" or "group" (as each such term is used in Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders or an underwriter
engaged in a firm commitment underwriting in connection with a public offering
of the Voting Stock of the Company, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
that term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that,
for purposes of this definition, a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial
ownership" of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether
such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time),
directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock of the Company, and at such time the Permitted Holders together shall fail
to "beneficially own," directly or indirectly, a greater percentage of the total
voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than is "beneficially owned" by
such "person" or "group"; (ii) during any period of 12 consecutive months after
the Issue Date, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the
Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose
election or appointment by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for
election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by an affirmative vote
of not less than a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office
who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; (iii) the
Company consolidates with or merges into another Person or any Person
consolidates with or merges into the Company in any such event pursuant to a
transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified
into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such
transaction where (a) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is
reclassified into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation
that is Capital Stock and (b) the holders of the Voting Stock of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than
a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after
such transaction in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction;
(iv) the Company sells, leases or otherwise transfers, directly or indirectly,
all or substantially all of its consolidated assets (including by way of sales
of assets of Subsidiaries) to any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(v) the stockholders of the Company shall have approved any plan of liquidation
or dissolution of the Company.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Consolidated Cash Flow" for any period means the Consolidated Net Income
for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such
Consolidated Net Income: (i) income tax expense, (ii) Consolidated Fixed
Charges, (iii) depreciation expense and (iv) amortization expense, and (v)
preopening costs that are required by GAAP to be charged as an expense prior to
or upon opening, in each case for such period and, in the case of clauses (i),
(iii), (iv) and (v), determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Coverage Ratio" on any date of determination (a "Transaction
Date") means the ratio, on a pro forma basis, of (a) Consolidated Cash Flow
attributable to continuing operations and businesses (exclusive of amounts
attributable to assets disposed of in Asset Dispositions and operations and
businesses discontinued or disposed of or subject to a License Loss) for the
period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ended prior to the
date of such determination for which internal financial statements are available
(the "Reference Period"), to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for the Reference
Period; provided, that for purposes of such calculation, (i) Investments in any
Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or
an acquisition of assets, which constitute all or substantially all assets of an
operating unit of a business, and which acquisition occurred during the
Reference Period or subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the
Transaction Date, shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the
Reference Period, (ii) transactions (including, without limitation, the
designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary) giving
rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio shall be assumed
to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (iii) the incurrence
of any Indebtedness or issuance of any Disqualified Stock during the Reference
Period or subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction
Date (and the application of the proceeds therefrom to the extent used to
refinance or retire other Indebtedness) shall be assumed to have occurred on the
first day of such Reference Period, (iv) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been Incurred on the first day
of such Reference Period, and
100
<PAGE> 106
(v) Consolidated Fixed Charges attributable to interest on any Indebtedness or
dividends on any Disqualified Capital Stock bearing a floating interest (or
dividend) rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the Transaction
Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period, unless the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party to an Interest Rate Protection
Agreement (which shall remain in effect for the 12-month period immediately
following the Transaction Date) that has the effect of fixing the interest rate
on the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether higher or lower)
shall be used.
"Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, for any period, the total interest
expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance
with GAAP, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense, (i)
interest expense attributable to capital leases, (ii) amortization of debt
discount and debt issuance cost, (iii) capitalized interest, (iv) non-cash
interest expense, (v) accrued interest, (vi) commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
financing, (vii) interest attributable to the Indebtedness of any other Person
for which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is responsible or liable as
obligor, guarantor or otherwise (including Indebtedness Guaranteed pursuant to
Guarantees) or secured by a Lien on assets of the Company or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Indebtedness or Lien is called
upon), (viii) net costs associated with Interest Rate Protection Agreements
(including amortization of fees), (ix) the interest portion of any deferred
obligation, (x) Preferred Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock of
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and Redeemable Stock of the Company
held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by
a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is one and (ii) the denominator of which
is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax
rate of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (xi) fees payable in
connection with financings to the extent not included in (ii) above, including
commitment, availability and similar fees and (xii) the cash contributions to
any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such
contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any
Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such
plan or trust; provided, however, that there shall be excluded therefrom any
such interest expense of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent related to
Indebtedness that is not Guaranteed or paid by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary and is not secured by a Lien on assets of the Company or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon).
"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (loss) of
the Company and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided,
however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income (i)
any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted
Subsidiary, except that (a) subject to the limitations contained in (iv) below,
the Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall
be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash
actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case
of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the
limitations contained in clause (iii) below) and (b) the Company's equity in a
net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such
period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (ii) any
net income (loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition, (iii) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such
Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of
dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly
or indirectly, to the Company, except that (a) subject to the limitations
contained in (iv) below, the Company's equity in the net income of any such
Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net
Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by
such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to
another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and
(b) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for
such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (iv)
any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any
property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Subsidiaries
(including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or
otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (but not
loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any
Person, (v) any extraordinary gain or loss, (vi) write-offs or
101
<PAGE> 107
charges not to exceed $700,000 attributable to the demolition of the 54 room
hotel owned by ACVI in Vicksburg, and (vii) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles.
"Consolidated Net Worth" means the total of the amounts shown on the
balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are then
available, prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the
determination is being made, as (i) the par or stated value of all outstanding
Capital Stock of the Company plus (ii) paid-in capital or capital surplus
relating to such Capital Stock plus (iii) any retained earnings or earned
surplus less (a) any accumulated deficit and (b) any amounts attributable to
Disqualified Stock.
"CPI" means Cactus Pete's, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and its successors.
"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) the Bank Indebtedness and (ii)
any other Senior Indebtedness that (a) has an outstanding principal amount of at
least $25 million (including the amount of all unpaid reimbursement obligations
pursuant to letters of credit and the maximum principal amount available to be
drawn under letters of credit, assuming that all conditions precedent to such
drawing could be satisfied), and (b) has been designated as "Designated Senior
Indebtedness" for purposes of the Indenture in an Officers' Certificate received
by the Trustee.
"Disqualified Stock" of a Person means Redeemable Stock of such Person as
to which the maturity, mandatory redemption, conversion or exchange or
redemption at the option of the holder thereof occurs, or may occur, on or prior
to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes.
"Event of Loss" means, with respect to any property or asset of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, any (i) loss, destruction or damage of such
property or asset; or (ii) any condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of
the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such property or asset, or
confiscation or requisition of the use of such property or asset.
"Excess Proceeds Offer" is defined under "Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Restricted Subsidiary Stock."
"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the price
which would be negotiated in an arms' length free market transaction, for cash,
between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue
pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.
"FF&E" means furniture, fixtures or equipment used directly in the
operation of any Gaming Establishment owned or leased by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.
All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture shall be
computed in conformity with GAAP consistently applied.
"Gaming Authority" means any of the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Nevada
State Gaming Control Board, the Mississippi Gaming Commission, the Mississippi
State Tax Commission, the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission or any agency
(including, without limitation, any agency established by a federally-recognized
Indian tribe to regulate gaming on such tribe's reservation) which has, or may
at any time after the Issue Date have, jurisdiction over the gaming activities
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any successor to such authority.
"Gaming Establishment" means any gaming establishment and all other
property, assets or operations directly ancillary thereto or used in connection
therewith, including any building, restaurant, lounge, hotel, vessel, barge,
ship, theater, parking facilities, retail shops, land, child care centers,
retail/wholesale food and
102
<PAGE> 108
beverage distribution facilities, gas stations, transportation services,
swimming pools, tennis courts, personal care services, golf courses and other
leisure, recreation and entertainment facilities and equipment.
"Gaming Laws" means the Legal Requirements of a jurisdiction or
jurisdictions to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is, or may at any
time after the Issue Date, be subject as a result of the conduct or proposed
conduct of gaming operations.
"Gaming License" means any license, qualification, permit, franchise or
other authorization from any Governmental Authority required on the date of the
Indenture or at any time thereafter to own, lease, operate or otherwise conduct
the gaming business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including all licenses,
findings of suitability and registrations granted under Gaming Laws.
"Gem Notes" means those certain subordinated promissory notes referred to
herein as the "Gem Notes," made by the Company in favor of certain Persons, as
in effect on the Issue Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect
thereto; provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such
notes, together with the principal amount of any such Refinancing Indebtedness,
does not exceed the sum of (a) the aggregate initial principal amount thereof
described under "Description of Existing Indebtedness" plus (b) any accrued and
unpaid interest accrued at the rate set forth in such notes on the Issue Date
that is added to principal, (ii) the other material terms and conditions of such
notes or any such Refinancing Indebtedness (including the subordination and
enforcement provisions) remain in full force and effect and conform in all
material respects to the description of the "Gem Notes" under "Description of
Existing Indebtedness" and (iii) any such note and any such Refinancing
Indebtedness shall cease to constitute a "Gem Note" at any time when the
aggregate amount of "Senior Indebtedness" (as defined in the Gem Note) of the
Company exceeds $250 million or such higher amount of "Senior Indebtedness" as
is then permitted under all of the Gem Notes.
"Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase
or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or
to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into
for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or
other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss
in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term
"Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.
"Guarantor" means each Restricted Subsidiary that has executed a Subsidiary
Guarantee, and their respective successors and assigns, unless and until
released therefrom, in each case in accordance with the applicable provisions of
the Indenture.
"Holder" or "Noteholder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered
on the Registrar's books, and the plurals of such terms shall have corresponding
meanings.
"Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable
for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger,
consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be incurred by such
Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The terms "Incurred,"
"Incurrence" and "Incurring" shall each have a correlative meaning.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination (without duplication),
(i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness
of such Person for borrowed money;
(ii) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations
of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments;
103
<PAGE> 109
(iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness
of such Person;
(iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid
purchase price of property or services (except Trade Payables), which
purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such
property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion
of such services;
(v) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit,
bankers' acceptances or other similar instruments or credit transactions
(including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto);
(vi) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock and,
with respect to the Company, any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of
any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
(vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset
of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;
provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser
of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination
and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;
(viii) all Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by
such Person; and
(ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
obligations in respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements.
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding
balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the
maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the
obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.
"Independent Director" means a director of the Company other than a
director who is a party, or who is a director, officer, employee or Affiliate
(or is related by blood or marriage to any such person) of a party, to the
transaction in question, and who is, in fact, independent in respect of such
transaction.
"Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means, in respect of a Person, any
interest rate swap agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate cap
agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate floor agreement or
other similar agreement or arrangement.
"Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
(other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are
recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Person making such
advances) or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar
arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or
other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account
or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness
or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. Upon a redesignation of any
Subsidiary previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have a continuing Investment in an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the net
book value of all outstanding Investments of the Company and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such redesignated Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation over (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Investments at the time of
such redesignation.
"Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Notes pursuant to
the Indenture.
"Legal Requirements" means all laws, statutes and ordinances and all rules,
orders, rulings, regulations, directives, decrees, injunctions and requirements
of all governmental authorities, that are now or may hereafter be in existence,
and that may be applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof
or the Trustee (including building codes, zoning and environmental laws,
regulations and ordinances), as modified by any variances, special use permits,
waivers, exceptions or other exemptions which may from time to time be
applicable.
"Lenders" has the meaning specified in the Revolving Credit Facility.
"License Loss Offer" is defined under "Certain Covenants -- Repurchase on
Loss of Material Gaming License."
104
<PAGE> 110
"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or
charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement or lease in the nature thereof) or any Sale/Leaseback Transaction.
"Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition or Event of Loss means
payments of cash or cash equivalents received (including any cash payments
received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or
installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but
excluding any consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring
person of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of any Restricted
Subsidiary) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording
tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a
liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), as a consequence of such Asset
Disposition or Event of Loss, (ii) all payments made on any Indebtedness which
is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with
the terms of any Lien upon such assets permitted under the Indenture, or any
Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations) which must by applicable law
be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all
distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest
holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition
or Event of Loss and (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by
the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities
associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.
"Net Cash Proceeds," with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees,
accountants' fees, underwriters or placement agents' fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof.
"Non-Recourse FF&E Financing" means Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (i) that is Incurred to finance the acquisition or lease
after the Issue Date of newly acquired or leased FF&E used in the operation of
any Gaming Establishment owned or leased by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (ii) the amount of which, together with any Refinancing
Indebtedness with respect thereto, does not exceed 100% of the lesser of the
cost or Fair Market Value of the FF&E so purchased or leased at the time such
Indebtedness is incurred, and (iii) that is secured by a Permitted Lien on such
FF&E but no other assets; (iv) that provides that no personal recourse shall be
had against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the payment of such
Indebtedness, enforcement being limited to such FF&E, (v) as to which neither
the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the party
obligated with respect to such Indebtedness) provides any credit support or is
liable, under a Guarantee or otherwise, or constitutes the lender; (vi) as to
which no default on such Indebtedness (including any rights that the holders
thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary)
would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other
Indebtedness (other than the Notes being offered hereby) of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness
or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated
maturity; provided, however, that any event that results in any such
Indebtedness ceasing to meet any of the foregoing conditions shall be deemed to
constitute the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the party obligated with respect
thereto.
"Non-Recourse Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person to the extent
that under the terms thereof or pursuant to applicable law (i) neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries provides any credit support or is
liable thereon, under a Guarantee or otherwise, or constitutes the lender; (ii)
no default with respect to such Indebtedness (including any rights that the
holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted
Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any
other Indebtedness (other than the Notes being offered hereby) of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity; and (iii) the lenders thereunder will not have any recourse
to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and
have been notified in writing to that effect.
105
<PAGE> 111
"Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
"Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice
President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.
"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers at least
one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal accounting
officer or principal financial officer of the Company.
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the
Company or the Trustee.
"pari passu," as applied to the ranking of any Indebtedness of a Person in
relation to other Indebtedness of such Person, means that each such Indebtedness
either (i) is not subordinate in right of payment to any Indebtedness or (ii) is
subordinate in right of payment to the same Indebtedness as is the other, and is
so subordinate to the same extent, and is not subordinate in right of payment to
each other or to any Indebtedness as to which the other is not so subordinate.
"Permitted Holders" means Craig H. Neilsen, his estate, spouse, ancestors
and their spouses and lineal descendants and their spouses, the executors,
administrators, and legal representatives of any of the foregoing and the
trustee of any bona fide trust of which any of the foregoing are the sole
beneficiaries, or any Person of which the foregoing "beneficially owns" (as
defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) Voting Stock
representing at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of
Capital Stock of such Person.
"Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in (i) a Guarantor or a Person which will, upon the making of such
Investment, become a Guarantor; provided, however, that the primary business of
such Subsidiary is a Related Business; (ii) another Person if as a result of
such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, the Company or a
Guarantor; provided, however, that such Person's primary business is a Related
Business; (iii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iv) receivables owing to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary
course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary
trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such
concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems
reasonable under the circumstances; (v) payroll, travel and similar advances to
cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be
treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary
course of business; (vi) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be (other than loans or advances to
finance the purchase by such employees of Capital Stock of the Company or any
Subsidiary); (vii) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of
(or pursuant to any bankruptcy proceeding involving the obligor under) debts
created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; and (viii) Investments
received as permitted by clause (ii) of the first paragraph of the covenant
"Limitation on Sales of Assets and Restricted Subsidiary Stock."
"Permitted Junior Securities" means Capital Stock or any debt securities
that are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the
Notes.
"Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person, (a) pledges or
deposits by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with
bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases
to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory
obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds
to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as
security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in
each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; (b) Liens imposed by law,
such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums
not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, or
other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect
to which such Person shall then be
106
<PAGE> 112
prosecuting an appeal or other proceedings for review; (c) Liens for property
taxes not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for non-payment and which
are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (d) Liens in favor
of issuers of surety bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request
of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(e) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of,
or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines,
telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other
restrictions as to the use of real property or Liens incidental to the conduct
of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were
not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate
materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair
their use in the operation of the business of such Person; (f) Liens existing on
the Issue Date; (g) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time
such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not
extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided further, however, that such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of or
in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which
such Person became a Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (h)
Liens on property at the time the Company or a Subsidiary acquired the property,
including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may
not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; (i) Liens securing an Interest Rate Protection Agreement so long as
the related Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture, (j)
Liens securing Non-Recourse FF&E Financings or Recourse FF&E Financings, in each
case on the FF&E financed thereby, and Liens securing the Vicksburg Note,
meeting the conditions of the definition of the Vicksburg Note; (k) Liens to
secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or
successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a
whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the
foregoing clauses (f), (g), (h) and (j); provided, however, that (x) such new
Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the
original Lien (plus improvements on such property) and (y) the Indebtedness
secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than
the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount
of the Indebtedness described under the foregoing clauses (f), (g), (h) or (j)
at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture and
(B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums,
related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; (l)
leases or subleases to third parties that do not materially interfere with the
operation of a Related Business by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(m) Liens arising by reason of a judgment or decree for the payment of money to
the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default; (n) Liens in favor of
the Company or any Guarantor; (o) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness; and (p)
Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not
exceed $2 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding and that (a) are
not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of
advances or credit (other than Trade Payables) and (b) do not in the aggregate
materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use
thereof in the operation of a Related Business by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, Joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
"Preferred Stock," as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation,
means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is
preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
corporation.
"principal" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if
any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the
relevant time.
"pro forma" means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be
made pursuant to the terms hereof, a calculation in accordance with Article 11
of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act (to the extent
applicable), or any succeeding provision, as interpreted in good faith by the
Board of Directors
107
<PAGE> 113
after consultation with the independent certified public accountants of the
Company, or otherwise a calculation made in good faith by the Board of Directors
after consultation with the independent certified public accountants of the
Company, as the case may be.
"Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten public offering of common
stock of the Company meeting the registration requirements of the Securities Act
(other than a public offering registered on Form S-8 under the Securities Act or
under any successor form) that results in Net Cash Proceeds of at least $20
million to the Company.
"Recourse FF&E Financing" means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse FF&E Financing) that is
Incurred to finance the acquisition or lease after the Issue Date of newly
acquired or leased FF&E used in the operation of any Gaming Establishment owned
or leased by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and secured by a Lien on
such FF&E, provided that such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of cost or
Fair Market Value of such FF&E at the time of the acquisition or lease of such
FF&E.
"Redeemable Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures
or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,
(ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness (other than Preferred
Stock) or Disqualified Stock or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part.
"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that refunds, refinances,
replaces, renews, restates, repays or extends (including pursuant to any
defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, "refinances," and "refinanced"
shall have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or
Incurred in compliance with the Indenture (including, subject to the proviso
below, Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any
Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness
that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that (i) the
Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated
Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced, (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness
has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that
is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being
refinanced, (iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate
principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue
price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if
issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then
outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, (iv) if the Indebtedness of
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary being refinanced is subordinated to other
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any respect, such
Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated at least to the same extent (except
that up to $22 million, less the aggregate amount of principal payments made on
the Gem Notes, of Indebtedness Incurred to refinance the Gem Notes may rank pari
passu with the Notes, if (a) the terms of such Indebtedness (except for the
interest rate) are substantially similar to those of the Notes and (b) after
giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Consolidated
Coverage Ratio of the Company is at least 2.25:1 and no Default or Event of
Default shall exist) and (v) if the Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary being refinanced is a Non-Recourse FF&E Financing or the Vicksburg
Note, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall meet the conditions set forth in the
definition of "Non-Recourse FF&E Financing" (other than clause (i) thereof) or
"Vicksburg Note," as applicable; provided further, however, that Refinancing
Indebtedness shall not include (a) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that refinances
Indebtedness of the Company, (b) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is
not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of a Guarantor, or (c) Indebtedness
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Related Business" means the business conducted (or proposed to be
conducted) as of the Issue Date by the Company and its Subsidiaries in
connection with any Gaming Establishment and any and all reasonably related
businesses necessary for, in support or anticipation of and ancillary to or in
preparation for, such business including, without limitation, the development,
expansion or operation of any Gaming Establishment
108
<PAGE> 114
(including any land-based, dockside, riverboat or other type of casino), owned,
or to be owned, leased or managed by the Company or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
"Representative" means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an
issue of Senior Indebtedness.
"Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
"Restricted Payment" has the meaning set forth above under "Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments."
"Restricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Specified Subsidiary and (ii) any
other Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Revolving Credit Facility" means the $125 million Revolving Credit
Facility pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated as of July 8, 1997, as amended
from time to time, among the Company, certain of the Company's Subsidiaries, the
Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., as agent, arranger and
swingline lender, and any related documents or instruments and any extensions,
revisions, refinancings or replacements thereof by a bank or a syndicate of
institutional lenders (including any increase in the commitments thereunder to
the extent otherwise permissible under the Indenture).
"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property now
owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
leases it from such Person.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any
successor law.
"Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor,
(i) the Bank Indebtedness of such Person and (ii) all other Indebtedness of such
Person (other than Disqualified Stock), including interest thereon, whether
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter issued, unless in the
instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is
outstanding it is provided that such obligations are not superior in right of
payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor, as
applicable; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (a)
any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, (b) any
liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company,
(c) any Trade Payables or other liability to trade creditors arising in the
ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments
evidencing such liabilities), (d) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of
such Person that is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other
Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Person, including any Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness and any Subordinated Obligations, (e) any obligations
with respect to any Capital Stock, (f) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of
the Indenture, or (g) any Indebtedness Incurred after the Issue Date in excess
of the $250 million limit (or such higher limit as then in effect under all Gem
Notes) on "Senior Indebtedness" under, and as defined in, the Gem Notes.
"Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means the Notes and any other
Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is
to rank pari passu with the Notes and is not subordinated by its terms to any
Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company that is not Senior Indebtedness.
"Specified Subsidiary" means CPI, ACCBI, ACLVI, ACVI, the Vicksburg Hotel
Subsidiary and any other existing or future Subsidiary of the Company that owns,
leases, operates or manages any of the assets of CPI, ACCBI, ACLVI, ACVI or the
Vicksburg Hotel Subsidiary on the Issue Date, or any additions, extensions or
replacements of any such assets, or holds any Gaming License relating to any
such assets, additions, extensions or replacements.
"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security or Indebtedness, the
date specified in such security or Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the
payment of principal of such security or Indebtedness is due and payable,
including pursuant to any mandatory redemption or prepayment provision (but
excluding any provision providing for the repurchase or prepayment of such
security or Indebtedness at the option of the
109
<PAGE> 115
holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the
issuer or borrower unless such contingency has occurred).
"Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter Incurred) which is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes in any respect and, in
any event, includes the Gem Notes (except for Refinancing Indebtedness relating
to the Gem Notes that satisfies the criteria of the parenthetical provisions to
clause (iv) of the definition of "Refinancing Indebtedness").
"Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation, association, limited
liability company, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50%
of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests
(including limited liability company or partnership interests) entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of
directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
"Subsidiary Guarantee" means a Guarantee of the payment obligations of the
Company under the Notes, the New Notes and the Indenture executed by any
Guarantor in the form specified in the Indenture.
"Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following: (i) investments in
U.S. Government Obligations maturing within 90 days of the date of acquisition
thereof, (ii) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and
money market deposits maturing within 90 days of the date of acquisition thereof
issued by a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States
or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating
in excess of $500,000,000 and (a) whose long-term debt is rated "A-3" or "A-" or
higher according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard and Poor's
Ratings Group (or such similar equivalent rating by at least one "nationally
recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined in Rule 436 under the
Securities Act) or (b) which has a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better,
(iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 7 days for underlying
securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with a bank
meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, and (iv) investments
in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days after the date of
acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company)
organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America with a
rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-1 " (or
higher) according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher)
according to Standard and Poor's Corporation.
"Trade Payables" means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or
any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or
Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business of such
Person in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.
"Trustee" means the party named as such in the Indenture until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter,
means the successor.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors in the manner provided under "Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries" above, and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but,
in each case, only to the extent that such Subsidiary or a Subsidiary of such
Subsidiary (a) does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold
any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company
that is not a Subsidiary of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) has no
Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, (c) is not a party to any
agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company the terms of which are less favorable to
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at
the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, (d) is not a Person
with respect to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any
direct or indirect obligation (unless the payment or fulfillment of such
obligation is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the covenants described
under the caption "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments")
(1) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock, or (2) to maintain or preserve
such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any
110
<PAGE> 116
specified levels of operating results, and (e) has not guaranteed or otherwise
directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements set forth in the preceding
sentence, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be
deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date
(and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under
the covenant described under the caption "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Indebtedness," the Company shall be in default of such covenant).
"U. S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of
America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of
which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and
which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer's option.
"Vicksburg Hotel" means the hotel being constructed across the street from
the main entrance to the Vicksburg Casino and the underlying real estate.
"Vicksburg Hotel Subsidiary" means AC Hotel Corp., a Mississippi
corporation and a wholly owned Subsidiary of ACVI that owns or will own the
Vicksburg Hotel.
"Vicksburg Note" means the promissory note made by the Vicksburg Hotel
Subsidiary in favor of certain lenders (and any related loan or collateral
security agreements) the proceeds of which are used to fund the construction
costs of the Vicksburg Hotel, as described under "Description of Existing
Indebtedness," provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount
thereof, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall
not exceed $7.5 million at any time, (ii) the Indebtedness evidenced thereby is
secured by a Lien on the Vicksburg Hotel and any other related assets, but no
other collateral, (iii) such note provides that no personal recourse shall be
had against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the payment of
Indebtedness evidenced by such note, enforcement being limited to the Vicksburg
Hotel, (iv) neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other
than the Vicksburg Hotel Subsidiary) shall provide any credit support or be
liable with respect to such note, under a Guarantee or otherwise, or constitute
the lender with respect to such note, and (v) any event that results in any such
Indebtedness ceasing to meet any of the foregoing conditions shall be deemed to
constitute the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the obligor thereof. The
prohibition set forth in clause (iv) above shall not restrict ACVI and the
Vicksburg Hotel Subsidiary from entering into an operating agreement and/or
related contractual arrangements, provided that ACVI does not Incur any
liability on the Vicksburg Note.
"Voting Stock" of a corporation means all classes of Capital Stock of such
corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of
directors.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company all
the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by
the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
111
<PAGE> 117
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal
income tax consequences resulting from the Exchange Offer and from the
beneficial ownership of New Notes by certain persons and is based upon laws,
regulations, rulings and decisions currently in effect, and as currently
interpreted, all of which are subject to change. There can be no assurance that
future changes in the law will not significantly affect the tax treatment of
holders of the New Notes ("Holders") as described herein, any of which changes
may be applied retroactively. The discussion does not purport to deal with all
aspects of United States federal taxation that may be relevant to particular
investors in light of their personal investment circumstances, nor does it
discuss United States federal tax laws applicable to Holders that may be subject
to special tax rules such as life insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations,
financial institutions and certain foreign corporations and non-resident alien
individuals. In addition, the discussion does not consider the effect of any
foreign, state, local or other tax laws that may be applicable to a particular
investor. This discussion only addresses initial purchasers and does not address
the tax consequences to subsequent holders of the New Notes or to holders who
hold their New Notes as part of a straddle with other investments or as part of
an integrated investment (including a conversion transaction). This discussion
assumes that investors will hold the New Notes as capital assets within the
meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code").
NOTEHOLDERS TENDERING THEIR OLD NOTES OR PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE NEW
NOTES ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS REGARDING THE
FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING,
EXCHANGING AND DISPOSING OF THE NEW NOTES.
EXCHANGE OF OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES
The exchange of New Notes for Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
not be treated as a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes
because the New Notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or
extent from the Old Notes. As a result, there will be no United States federal
income tax consequences to the Holders who exchange the Old Notes for the New
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The adjusted basis of the New Notes for
any Holder will be the same as the Holder's adjusted basis for the Old Notes,
and the holding period of the New Notes for any Holder will include that
Holder's holding period for the Old Notes.
UNITED STATES HOLDERS
For purposes of this summary, a "U.S. Holder" is a Holder of New Notes that
is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a
corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized under the laws of
the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, an estate whose
income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes
regardless of its source, or a trust whose administration is subject to the
primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. fiduciaries
who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
Stated Interest
Income of a U.S. Holder from a New Note will be subject to federal income
tax. Under general principles of current tax law, interest of a U.S. Holder on a
New Note will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time the
interest is received or when it accrues in accordance with the U.S. Holder's
regular method of tax accounting.
Sale or Redemption
A U.S. Holder will recognize taxable gain or loss on the sale, exchange,
redemption, retirement or other disposition of a New Note in an amount equal to
the difference between the amount realized from such sale, exchange, redemption
or retirement (other than amounts attributable to accrued stated interest which
would be taxable as ordinary interest income) and the Holder's adjusted tax
basis in the New Note. Such gain or loss
112
<PAGE> 118
generally will be capital gain or loss, assuming that the U.S. Holder has held
the New Note as a capital asset, and will be long-term capital gain or loss (or
possibly mid-term capital gain in the case of an individual) if the U.S. Holder
has held the New Note for longer than the applicable holding period. The tax
rates and holding periods applicable to capital gains differ for individual and
non-individual taxpayers.
NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
Under present U.S. federal income tax law, payments of interest on the New
Notes to any Holder that is not a U.S. Holder (a "Non-U.S. Holder") will
generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided
that (1) the Non-Holder is not (i) a direct or indirect owner of 10 percent or
more of the total voting power of all voting stock of the Company, (ii) a
controlled foreign corporation related to the Company through stock ownership or
(iii) a foreign tax-exempt organization or a foreign private foundation for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, (2) such interest payments are not effectively
connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within
the United States, and (3) the Company or its paying agent receives (i) from the
Non-U.S. Holder, a properly completed Form W-8 (or substitute Form W-8) under
the penalties of perjury which provides the Non-U.S. Holder's name and address
and certifies that the Non-U.S. Holder of the New Note is a Non-U.S. Holder or
(ii) from a security clearing organization, bank or other financial institution
that holds the New Notes in the ordinary course of its trade or business (a
"financial institution") on behalf of the Non-U.S. Holder, certifying under
penalties of perjury that it has received such a Form W-8 (or substitute Form
W-8) from the Non-U.S. Holder, or that it has received from another financial
institution a statement that it has received a Form W-8 (or substitute Form W-8)
from the Non-U.S. Holder, and a copy of such Form W-8 of the Non-U.S. Holder is
furnished to the payor.
If the payments of interest by the Company on a New Note are effectively
connected with the conduct by a Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the
United States, such payments will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net
basis at the rates applicable to United States persons generally (and, with
respect to corporate Holders, may also be subject to a 30 percent branch profits
tax). Payments that are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis will
not be subject to United States withholding tax so long as the Holder provides
the Company or its paying agent with a properly executed Form 4224.
A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding
tax with respect to gain recognized on disposition of the New Notes unless (i)
the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a
trade or business in the United States or (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder
that is an individual, such Holder is present in the United States for 183 or
more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements
are met.
Non-U.S. Holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties, which
may provide for a lower rate of withholding tax, exemption from or reduction of
branch profits tax, or other rules different from those described.
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
For each calendar year in which the New Notes are outstanding, the Company
is required to provide the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") with certain
information with respect to the Holders of the New Notes, including each
Holder's name, address and taxpayer identification number, the aggregate amount
of principal and interest paid to that Holder during the calendar year and the
amount of tax withheld, if any. This reporting obligation does not apply with
respect to certain Holders, including corporations, tax-exempt organizations,
qualified pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts.
Under federal income tax law, a Holder may, under certain circumstances, be
subject to "backup withholding" unless such Holder (i) is not subject to the
reporting requirements described above and, when required, demonstrates this
fact, or (ii) provides to the Company a correct taxpayer identification number,
certifies that the Holder is not subject to backup withholding due to "notified
payee underreporting" and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the
backup withholding rules. In addition, a Holder will be subject to backup
withholding if the Company has been notified by the IRS that backup withholding
is required for such Holder due to payee underreporting. The withholding rate is
31% of "reportable payments,"
113
<PAGE> 119
which include interest and, under certain circumstances, principal payments. If
a Holder is subject to backup withholding due to such Holder's failure to
furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, the backup withholding will
continue until the Holder furnishes the Company with a correct taxpayer
identification. In addition to backup withholding, a Holder who does not provide
the Company with the correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to
penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The
amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against the
Holder's federal income tax liability and may entitle such Holder to a refund,
provided that the required information has been furnished to the IRS.
Information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to payments to
Non-U.S. Holders outside the United States of principal and interest on a New
Note. In order to avoid backup withholding on payments of interest and principal
made in the United States, a Non-U.S. Holder of the New Notes must generally
complete and provide the payor with a Form W-8 ("Certificate of Foreign Status")
or other documentary evidence certifying that such Holder is an exempt foreign
person. Payments of the proceeds from the sale by a Non-U.S. Holder of a New
Note made to or through a foreign office of a broker will not be subject to
information reporting or backup withholding, except that if the broker is a
United States person, a controlled foreign corporation for United States Federal
income tax purposes or foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is
effectively connected with a United States trade or business for a specified
three-year period, information reporting requirements may apply to such
payments. Payments of the proceeds from the sale by a Non-U.S. Holder of a New
Note made to or through the United States office of a broker will be subject to
information reporting and backup withholding unless the Holder or beneficial
owner certifies as to its Non-United States status or otherwise establishes an
exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
Any amount withheld from a payment to a Holder under the backup withholding
rules may be credited against such Holder's federal income tax liability,
provided that the required information is provided to the IRS.
OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS
There may be other federal, state, local or foreign tax considerations
applicable to the circumstances of a particular prospective purchaser of the New
Notes as to which such prospective purchaser should consult a tax advisor.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX
ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR OF
PURCHASING, HOLDING, EXCHANGING AND DISPOSING OF THE NEW NOTES.
114
<PAGE> 120
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer (a "Participating Broker-Dealer") in connection
with the resale of the New Notes received in exchange for the Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. Each such Participating Broker-Dealer
that participates in the Exchange Offer that receives the New Notes for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
Prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Issuers have
agreed that for a period not to exceed 180 days after the Expiration Date,
unless extended pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, they
will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any
Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
Participating Broker-Dealers or any other persons. New Notes received by
Participating Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange
Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiating transactions, through the writing of
options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market
prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices relating to such prevailing
market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to
purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any Participating Broker-Dealer
and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any Participating Broker-Dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution
of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
Prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The Issuers have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Issuers'
performance of, or compliance with, the Registration Rights Agreement and will
indemnify the holders of Old Notes (including any broker-dealers), and certain
parties related to such holders, against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the New Notes will be
passed upon for the Company by Sanders, Barnet, Goldman, Simons & Mosk, A
Professional Corporation, Los Angeles, California, and Latham & Watkins, New
York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus and
included elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their report with
respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said
firm as experts in giving said report.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Issuers have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 (together with
any amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement") with the Commission under
the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes and the Exchange Offer. This
Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, omits
certain information contained in the Registration Statement and reference is
made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto for
further information with respect to the Issuers and the New Notes offered
hereby. This Prospectus contains summaries of the material terms and provisions
of certain documents
115
<PAGE> 121
and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement. Each such summary is qualified in its
entirety by such reference.
Ameristar is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act
and in accordance therewith files reports, proxy and information statements and
other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"). In addition, upon registration of the Subsidiary Guarantees in
connection with the Exchange Offer, each Guarantor will also become subject to
the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act so long as its Subsidiary
Guarantee remains outstanding; however, the Company has requested that the Staff
of the Commission either exempt the Guarantors from these reporting requirements
or issue a no-action letter recommending that no enforcement action be taken if
the Guarantors do not fulfill these reporting requirements. The Registration
Statement (including the exhibits and schedules thereto) and the reports, proxy
and information statements and other information filed by the Issuers can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, and its regional offices located at Seven World Trade Center, Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of such material may be obtained by mail from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission
maintains a site on the World Wide Web (http://www.sec.gov) that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Commission, such as the Company.
Ameristar's Common Stock is designated for trading as a National Market Security
in the Nasdaq system under the symbol "ASCA." Material filed by the Company with
the Commission may also be inspected at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock Market,
1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. In addition, for so long as any of
the Old Notes remain outstanding, the Issuers have agreed to make available to
any prospective purchaser of the Old Notes or beneficial owner of the Old Notes
in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.
116
<PAGE> 122
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants............................................. F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets.......................................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income.................................................... F-6
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity...................................... F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows................................................ F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................... F-9
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 123
(This page intentionally left blank)
F-2
<PAGE> 124
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Ameristar Casinos, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ameristar
Casinos, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995
and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ameristar
Casinos, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Las Vegas, Nevada
February 14, 1997
(except with respect to the matters discussed in Notes 10 and 12,
as to which the date is June 20, 1997)
F-3
<PAGE> 125
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------- JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents............................. $ 14,787 $ 10,724 $ 12,622
Restricted cash....................................... 256 418 286
Restricted security deposit........................... 11,511 -- --
Accounts receivable, net.............................. 1,003 1,408 1,048
Income tax refund receivable.......................... 311 -- --
Inventories........................................... 2,273 2,385 2,358
Prepaid expenses...................................... 2,467 3,081 3,068
Deferred income taxes................................. 1,199 2,138 2,331
-------- -------- --------
Total current assets.......................... 33,807 20,154 21,713
-------- -------- --------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost:
Buildings and improvements............................ 98,217 169,004 172,575
Building under capitalized lease...................... 800 800 800
Furniture, fixtures and equipment..................... 34,741 53,857 54,877
Furniture, fixtures and equipment under capitalized
leases............................................. 1,029 1,029 4,369
-------- -------- --------
134,787 224,690 232,621
Less: Accumulated depreciation and
amortization................................ 42,716 56,253 63,131
-------- -------- --------
92,071 168,437 169,490
Land.................................................. 14,989 25,009 26,258
Land under capitalized leases......................... 4,865 4,865 4,865
Construction in progress.............................. 51,292 27,159 30,683
-------- -------- --------
163,217 225,470 231,296
PREOPENING COSTS........................................ 3,141 2,594 3,677
EXCESS OF PURCHASE PRICE OVER FAIR MARKET VALUE OF NET
ASSETS ACQUIRED....................................... -- 19,043 15,382
DEPOSITS AND OTHER ASSETS............................... 2,055 2,791 2,947
-------- -------- --------
$202,220 $270,052 $ 275,015
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance
sheets.
F-4
<PAGE> 126
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(CONTINUED)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------- JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
-------- -------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable...................................... $ 3,767 $ 7,303 3,729
Construction contracts payable........................ 7,838 5,336 2,922
Accrued liabilities................................... 10,394 13,564 14,831
Current maturities of obligations under capitalized
leases............................................. 506 506 1,194
Current maturities of notes payable and long-term
debt............................................... 6,895 19,740 9,842
Federal income tax payable............................ -- 49 270
-------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities..................... 29,400 46,498 32,788
-------- -------- --------
OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITALIZED LEASES, net of current
maturities............................................ 7,441 8,333 10,598
-------- -------- --------
NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current
maturities............................................ 94,428 135,560 147,732
-------- -------- --------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES................................... 5,904 8,446 7,391
-------- -------- --------
MINORITY INTEREST....................................... -- 271 --
-------- -------- --------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value: Authorized --
30,000,000 shares; Issued -- None.................. -- -- --
Common stock, $.01 par value: Authorized -- 30,000,000
shares; Issued and outstanding -- 20,360,000 shares
at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997.... 204 204 204
Additional paid-in capital............................ 43,043 43,043 43,043
Retained earnings..................................... 21,800 27,697 33,259
-------- -------- --------
65,047 70,944 76,506
-------- -------- --------
$202,220 $270,052 $ 275,015
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance
sheets.
F-5
<PAGE> 127
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
---------------------------------- --------------------
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
Casino....................................... $ 90,882 $ 99,364 $161,338 $78,625 $ 85,649
Food and beverage............................ 17,494 19,303 24,250 10,415 14,850
Rooms........................................ 7,580 7,861 7,641 3,501 4,666
General Store................................ 2,557 2,595 2,389 1,160 1,220
Other........................................ 5,265 5,161 5,371 2,540 2,754
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
123,778 134,284 200,989 96,241 109,139
Less: Promotional allowances................. 9,425 10,417 12,524 5,525 7,556
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net revenues.............................. 114,353 123,867 188,465 90,716 101,583
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Casino....................................... 40,347 44,503 75,685 37,175 39,196
Food and beverage............................ 12,469 11,747 16,773 6,008 9,485
Rooms........................................ 2,249 2,404 2,368 1,115 1,515
General Store................................ 2,213 2,292 2,108 1,011 1,030
Other........................................ 6,199 5,919 4,946 2,327 2,604
Selling, general and administrative.......... 20,549 20,237 36,872 16,285 19,091
Related party expenses....................... 50 200 134 -- --
Business development......................... 1,446 1,704 1,622 802 500
Utilities and maintenance.................... 6,417 7,056 9,130 4,937 4,995
Depreciation and amortization................ 7,062 9,721 14,135 6,801 8,072
Preopening costs............................. 5,408 -- 7,379 6,146 --
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total operating expenses............. 104,409 105,783 171,152 82,607 86,488
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Income from operations.................... 9,944 18,084 17,313 8,109 15,095
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income.............................. 86 205 354 266 167
Interest expense............................. (3,379) (3,958) (8,303) (3,513) (5,885)
Other........................................ (5) -- (77) 63 (549)
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION
(BENEFIT).................................... 6,646 14,331 9,287 4,925 8,828
Income tax provision (benefit)............... 2,426 5,236 3,390 1,781 3,266
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY LOSS........ 4,220 9,095 5,897 3,144 5,562
EXTRAORDINARY LOSS ON EARLY RETIREMENT OF DEBT,
net of income tax benefit of $354............ -- (657) -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
NET INCOME (LOSS).............................. $ 4,220 $ 8,438 $ 5,897 $ 3,144 $ 5,562
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss........ $ 0.21 $ 0.45 $ 0.29 $ 0.15 $ 0.27
Extraordinary loss............................. -- (0.03) -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net income (loss).............................. $ 0.21 $ 0.42 $ 0.29 $ 0.15 $ 0.27
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING............ 20,360 20,360 20,360 20,360 20,360
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 128
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF SHARES)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL STOCK
-------------------- ADDITIONAL
NO. OF PAID-IN RETAINED
SHARES BALANCE CAPITAL EARNINGS TOTAL
---------- ------- ---------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993..................... 20,360,000 $ 204 $ 43,043 $ 9,142 $52,389
Net income................................ -- -- -- 4,220 4,220
---------- ---- ------- ------- -------
Balance, December 31, 1994..................... 20,360,000 204 43,043 13,362 56,609
Net income................................ -- -- -- 8,438 8,438
---------- ---- ------- ------- -------
Balance, December 31, 1995..................... 20,360,000 204 43,043 21,800 65,047
Net income................................ -- -- -- 5,897 5,897
---------- ---- ------- ------- -------
Balance, December 31, 1996..................... 20,360,000 204 43,043 27,697 70,944
Net income (unaudited).................... -- -- -- 5,562 5,562
---------- ---- ------- ------- -------
Balance, June 30, 1997 (unaudited)............. 20,360,000 $ 204 $ 43,043 $ 33,259 $76,506
========== ==== ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-7
<PAGE> 129
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
------------------------------ -------------------
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)......................... $ 4,220 $ 8,438 $ 5,897 $ 3,144 $ 5,562
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization.......... 7,062 9,721 14,135 6,801 8,072
Deferred income taxes.................. (1,513) 3,209 (181) (816) 536
Net (gain) loss on disposition of
assets............................... 5 -- (56) (63) 471
Amortization of debt issuance costs.... 149 205 229 112 116
Amortization of preopening costs....... 5,408 -- 7,379 6,146 --
Extraordinary loss on early retirement
of debt.............................. -- 1,011 -- -- --
Changes in current assets and
liabilities:
Restricted cash...................... (130) (16) (162) (17) 133
Receivables, net..................... (1,185) 260 (94) 235 175
Inventories.......................... (559) (735) (112) 116 27
Prepaid expenses..................... (729) (1,165) (468) (962) 13
Accounts payable..................... 1,136 10 3,524 1,539 (3,574)
Accrued liabilities.................. 4,559 2,110 3,037 2,254 1,266
Current taxes payable................ -- -- 49 147 204
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total adjustments......................... 14,203 14,610 27,280 15,492 7,439
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities... 18,423 23,048 33,177 18,636 13,001
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures...................... (26,521) (63,559) (43,087) (26,666) (11,736)
Increase (decrease) in construction
contracts payable...................... (3,986) 3,318 (4,791) (4,465) (2,414)
Proceeds from sale of assets.............. 3 -- 56 63 175
Increase in deposits and other assets..... (3,529) (2,781) (5,924) (4,086) (1,356)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities....... (34,033) (63,022) (53,746) (35,154) (15,331)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term
debt................................... 32,393 75,839 44,628 3,525 19,908
Debt issuance costs....................... (413) (1,403) -- -- --
Restricted security deposit............... -- (11,511) 11,511 11,511 --
Principal payments of long-term debt and
capitalized leases..................... (10,591) (17,333) (39,633) (4,573) (15,680)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by financing activities... 21,389 45,592 16,506 10,463 4,228
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS............................... 5,779 5,618 (4,063) (6,055) 1,898
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- BEGINNING OF
YEAR...................................... 3,390 9,169 14,787 14,787 10,724
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- END OF YEAR.... $ 9,169 $ 14,787 $ 10,724 $ 8,732 $ 12,622
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-8
<PAGE> 130
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of consolidation and basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements of Ameristar Casinos, Inc. ("ACI" or
the "Company"), a Nevada corporation, include the accounts of the Company and
its wholly owned subsidiaries, Cactus Pete's, Inc. ("CPI"), Ameristar Casino
Vicksburg, Inc. ("ACVI"), Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc. ("ACCBI"),
Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc. ("ACLVI"), and Ameristar Casino Lawrenceburg,
Inc. ("ACLI"), as well as a majority interest in Nevada AG Air, Ltd.
("NVAGAIR").
CPI owns and operates two casino-hotels in Jackpot, Nevada -- Cactus Petes
Resort Casino and The Horseshu Hotel and Casino. ACVI owns and operates
Ameristar Vicksburg, a riverboat-themed dockside casino, and related land-based
facilities in Vicksburg, Mississippi. ACCBI owns and operates Ameristar Council
Bluffs, a riverboat casino and associated hotel and other land-based facilities
in Council Bluffs, Iowa. ACLVI owns and is developing The Reserve Casino and
Hotel ("The Reserve") in the Henderson-Green Valley suburban area of Las Vegas,
Nevada. ACLI was established to pursue gaming opportunities in Indiana. However,
in 1996, the Company made a decision to discontinue such activity and has
dissolved this entity.
The gaming licenses granted to ACVI and ACCBI must be periodically renewed
by the respective state gaming authorities to continue gaming operations.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated from the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30,
1996 and 1997 and related amounts in the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements are unaudited, but in the opinion of management reflect all normal
and recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of
those periods.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of
three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are
carried at cost, which approximates market, due to the short-term maturities of
these instruments.
Accounts receivable
Gaming receivables are included as part of the Company's accounts
receivable balance. An allowance of $140,000 and $256,000 at December 31, 1995
and 1996, respectively, and $324,000 (unaudited) at June 30, 1997 has been
applied to reduce receivables to amounts anticipated to be collected.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
principally on the weighted average basis. The value of inventories associated
with the General Store and Gift Shop operations is determined by the retail
method.
Depreciation and capitalization
Property and equipment is recorded at cost, including interest charged on
funds borrowed to finance construction. Interest of $227,000, $1,850,000 and
$2,313,000 was capitalized for the years ended Decem-
F-9
<PAGE> 131
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
ber 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and $1,000,000 (unaudited) and
$1,800,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. Depreciation is provided on both the straight-line and accelerated
methods in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to
operations. Amortization of building and furniture, fixtures and equipment under
capitalized leases is provided over the shorter of the estimated useful life of
the asset or the term of the associated lease (including lease renewal or
purchase options the Company expects to exercise). Depreciation and amortization
is provided over the following estimated useful lives:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings and improvements............................. 5 to 40 years
Building under capitalized lease....................... 39 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment...................... 3 to 15 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment under capitalized
leases............................................... 3 to 5 years
</TABLE>
Betterments, renewals and repairs that extend the life of an asset are
capitalized. Ordinary maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as
incurred. The excess of purchase price over fair market value of net assets
acquired will be amortized over 40 years, commencing with the opening of the
facility.
Dividends
The Company intends to retain future earnings for use in the development of
its business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future.
Gaming revenues and promotional allowances
In accordance with industry practice, the Company recognizes as gaming
revenues the net win from gaming activities, which is the difference between
gaming wins and losses. Gross revenues include the retail value of complimentary
food, beverage and lodging services furnished to customers. The retail value of
these promotional allowances is deducted to compute net revenues. The estimated
departmental costs of providing such promotional allowances are included in
casino costs and expenses and consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
----------------------------- -----------------
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
------ ------ ------- ------ ------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Food and beverage............ $6,078 $7,999 $ 9,560 $4,536 $6,036
Rooms........................ 544 438 732 329 350
Other........................ 921 -- 469 294 303
------ ------ ------- ------
$7,543 $8,437 $10,761 $5,159 $6,689
====== ====== ======= ======
</TABLE>
Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs the first time the advertising takes
place. Advertising expense included in selling, general and administrative
expenses was approximately $2,682,000, $3,685,000 and $6,144,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and $3,030,000 (unaudited)
and $2,505,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
Business development expenses
Business development expenses are general costs incurred in connection with
identifying, evaluating and pursuing opportunities to expand into existing or
emerging gaming jurisdictions. Such costs include, among others, legal fees,
land option payments and fees for applications filed with regulatory agencies
and are expensed as incurred.
F-10
<PAGE> 132
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Preopening costs
Preopening costs primarily represent direct personnel and other operating
costs incurred prior to the opening of new facilities. These costs are
capitalized as incurred. Upon commencement of operations, the Company expenses
all such preopening costs.
Federal income taxes
Income taxes are recorded in accordance with the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
SFAS No. 109 requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications, having no effect on net income, have been made
to the prior periods' consolidated financial statements to conform with the
current year presentation.
NOTE 2 -- ACCRUED LIABILITIES
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------- JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
------- ------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Compensation and related benefit.............. $ 3,717 $ 5,496 $ 6,692
Taxes other than income taxes................. 2,292 2,623 2,566
Progressive slot machine jackpots............. 897 916 822
Interest...................................... 835 939 423
Deposits and other accruals................... 2,653 3,590 4,328
------- ------- -------
$10,394 $13,564 $14,831
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE 3 -- FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
------------------------- ---------------
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
------- ------ ------ ------ ------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current...................................... $ 3,939 $2,027 $3,571 $2,597 $2,730
Deferred..................................... (1,513) 3,209 (181) (816) 536
------- ------ ------ ------- ------
Provision on income before extraordinary
item....................................... 2,426 5,236 3,390 1,781 3,266
Tax benefit of extraordinary item............ -- (354) -- -- --
------- ------ ------ ------- ------
$ 2,426 $4,882 $3,390 $1,781 $3,266
======= ====== ====== ======= ======
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE> 133
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The reconciliation of income tax at the federal statutory rates to income
tax provision (benefit) is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER ENDED JUNE
31, 30,
---------------------- -------------
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Federal statutory rate............................ 35% 35% 35% 35% 35%
Nondeductible expenses............................ 2% 2% 2% 2% 2%
-- -- -- -- --
37% 37% 37% 37% 37%
== == == == ==
</TABLE>
Under SFAS No. 109, deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of
temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Significant components of the Company's net deferred tax liability consisted of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
------- -------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Preopening expenses....................... $ 1,248 $ 2,940 $ 2,495
Accrued book expenses not currently
deductible............................. 976 1,670 1,670
Alternative minimum tax credit (1)........ 949 949 949
Project development costs................. 474 914 1,085
Asset reserves............................ 76 90 113
Other..................................... 86 69 62
------- -------- -------
Total deferred tax assets......... 3,809 6,231 6,374
------- -------- -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Tax depreciation in excess of book
depreciation........................... (9,436) (9,107) (9,436)
Book capitalized interest in excess of
tax.................................... (340) (325) (380)
Tax book difference in acquired land
(2).................................... -- (1,784) --
Other..................................... (1,087) (1,323) (1,618)
------- -------- -------
Total deferred tax liabilities.... (8,514) (12,539) (11,434)
------- -------- -------
Net deferred tax liability................ $(4,705) $ (6,308) $ (5,060)
======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The excess of the alternative minimum tax over regular federal income tax is
a tax credit which can be carried forward indefinitely to reduce future
federal income tax liabilities.
(2) In connection with the acquisition of Gem Gaming, Inc. as described in Note
10, the Company recognized a step-up in the basis of land of $5.0 million
which resulted in a deferred tax liability of approximately $1.8 million
computed at the statutory rate of 35 percent. The transaction was
subsequently deemed an "asset sale" for tax purposes and this deferred tax
liability has been reversed.
NOTE 4 -- SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
The Company made cash payments for interest, net of amounts capitalized, of
$3,175,000, $3,386,000 and $7,930,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively, and $4,378,000 (unaudited) and $4,357,000
(unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
The Company made cash payments for federal income taxes of $4,875,000,
$1,220,000 and $2,900,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
respectively, and $2,450,000 (unaudited) and $2,510,000 (unaudited) for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
F-12
<PAGE> 134
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company acquired assets through capitalized leases of $696,000 and
$1,083,000 during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and
$107,000 (unaudited) and $3,212,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June
30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
The Company acquired assets through the issuance of notes payable of
$6,112,000, $141,000 and $3,173,000 during the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively, and $313,000 (unaudited) and $1,424,000 (unaudited)
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
The Company retired the balance of $44,810,000 under the 1993 Revolving
Credit Facility by entering into the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 5)
during the year ended December 31, 1995.
The Company assumed a note payable of $311,000 and recognized a minority
interest of $271,000 in connection with the purchase of certain aviation-related
assets during the year ended December 31, 1996.
The following reflects the noncash components of the Company's acquisition
of Gem Gaming, Inc. (amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Purchase price - Notes payable to former
stockholders of Gem Gaming, Inc. (net of
discount)....................................... $ 33,650
-------
Fair value of net assets acquired:
Prepaid expenses................................ 146
Property and equipment.......................... 29,546
Preopening costs................................ 1,873
Accounts payable................................ (12)
Construction contracts payable.................. (2,289)
Accrued liabilities............................. (133)
Long-term debt.................................. (11,400)
Capitalized lease............................... (1,340)
Deferred tax liability.......................... (1,784)
-------
14,607
-------
Excess of purchase price over fair market value of
net assets acquired............................. $ 19,043
=======
</TABLE>
Adjustments to the excess of purchase price over fair market value of net
assets acquired as of June 30, 1997 due to the settlement agreement (see Note
10) are as follows (Amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Reduction in value of Gem notes................... (2,725)
Deferred taxes on land purchase................... (1,784)
Dissolution of NVAGAIR subsidiary................. 392
Return of aviation asset.......................... 271
Miscellaneous receivables......................... 185
-------
Total change in excess purchase price............. (3,661)
=======
</TABLE>
NOTE 5 -- NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT
Notes payable and long-term debt consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
------- -------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1995 Revolving Credit Facility (see
below)................................... $80,000 $ 93,500 $ 94,500
Note payable to bank, with variable
interest at a rate equivalent to that
required by the revolving credit facility
due July 31, 1997........................ -- -- 20,000
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE> 135
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
------- -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Note payable, with interest at 9.12
percent, collateralized by a preferred
ship mortgage, guaranteed by ACI, due in
monthly payments of principal plus
interest through December 1999........... 11,511 7,674 6,395
Note payable to bank, with variable
interest at a rate equivalent to that
required by the revolving credit
facility, collateralized by certain
equipment of ACCBI, guaranteed by ACI,
due in monthly payments of $148,696 plus
interest through December 1999........... 7,137 5,204 4,462
Contracts payable for the purchase of
gaming equipment, with variable interest
at prime plus two percent (10.5 percent
at December 31, 1995), collateralized by
gaming equipment, due in monthly payments
of principal plus interest of
approximately $270,000 through January
1996..................................... 268 -- --
Mortgages payable to Farmers Home
Administration with variable interest
(effective rates of approximately 4.5 and
3.8 percent for the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996, respectively),
collateralized by a first deed of trust
on certain apartment units and land, due
in variable monthly payments of not less
than $4,725, including interest, through
November 2016 and October 2033. ......... 1,421 1,378 1,343
Note payable to insurance finance
corporation, with interest at 6.9
percent, due in monthly principal and
interest payments totaling $134,207
through August 1996 and at 6.9 percent,
due in monthly principal and interest
payments totaling $148,817 through June
1997..................................... 918 846 --
Note payable to lender, with interest at 15
percent, unsecured, interest payable
monthly, principal due in April 1997..... -- 10,000 --
Notes payable to former stockholders of Gem
Gaming, Inc., noninterest-bearing through
May 31, 1997, thereafter at 8 percent,
interest payable monthly, due May 31,
2000 (net of unamortized discount of
$1,120,000 and $0 (unaudited) at December
31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively,
for imputed interest during the
noninterest-bearing term of the notes)
(see Note 10)............................ -- 34,255 --
Note payable to financing company, with
interest at 10.75 percent, collateralized
by certain equipment, due in monthly
principal and interest payments of
$53,177 through January 1999............. -- 1,148 1,227
Note payable to equipment financing
company, with interest at 8.03 percent,
collateralized by aircraft, due in
monthly principal and interest payments
of $10,326 through July 1998, with
remaining unpaid principal and interest
due in August 1998....................... -- 643 --
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE> 136
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1995 1996 1997
------- -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Note payable to bank, with interest at 9.0
percent, collateralized by certain
aviation-related assets, due in monthly
principal and interest payments of $3,875
through January 1999, with remaining
unpaid principal and interest due in
February 1999............................ -- 311 --
Notes payable to former stockholders of Gem
Gaming, Inc., with interest at 8 percent
(subject to increase in the event of
certain payment defaults to not more than
18 percent) payable quarterly until
October 1998 and monthly thereafter, with
annual principal reduction payments of
$2.0 million to $3.0 million commencing
November 1998 and remaining principal due
at maturity on December 31, 2004 (see
Note 10)................................. -- -- 28,650
Note payable to insurance finance
corporation, with interest at 6.75
percent, due in monthly principal and
interest payments totaling $44,762
through March 1999....................... -- -- 844
Other...................................... 68 341 153
------- -------- --------
101,323 155,300 157,574
Less: Current maturities................... 6,895 19,740 9,842
------- -------- --------
$94,428 $135,560 $ 147,732
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
On October 5, 1993, CPI entered into a $50.0 million Reducing Revolving
Credit Facility (the "1993 Revolving Credit Facility") with a syndicate of
banks, with interest at Wells Fargo Bank's (formerly First Interstate Bank)
("WFB") prime rate plus the "applicable margin" (as defined), adjusted
quarterly. The applicable margin could range from 0.25 percentage points to 3.5
percentage points, based on the Company's funded debt to cash flow ratio (as
defined). The 1993 Revolving Credit Facility required monthly interest payments
and semi-annual principal payments.
On July 5, 1995, the Company, as borrower, and its principal operating
subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a new Revolving Credit Facility (the
"1995 Revolving Credit Facility") with WFB and a syndicate of banks. The maximum
borrowings initially available was $70.0 million, which increased to $94.5
million upon the Company meeting certain loan conditions. The maximum principal
available was increased to $99.0 million in connection with the Company's
acquisition of The Reserve. In connection with the acquisition of The Reserve,
the lenders under the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility gave their consent for ACI
to make capital contributions to ACLVI of up to $0.5 million and to make loans
to ACLVI of up to $16.0 million (which intercompany loans may be funded out of
borrowings under the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility). As a result of the
retirement of the 1993 Revolving Credit Facility, the Company incurred an
extraordinary pre-tax loss (related primarily to the write-off of unamortized
loan costs) of $1,011,000.
As of December 31, 1996, the Company had drawn $93.5 million on the 1995
Revolving Credit Facility. These borrowings were used to repay the 1993
Revolving Credit Facility of $44.8 million, to fund the development of Ameristar
Council Bluffs, and to pay certain costs related to the acquisition of The
Reserve, including the repayment of indebtedness secured by The Reserve.
Following the completion of Ameristar Council Bluffs, the 1995 Revolving Credit
Facility permits additional draws under the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility to be
used only for general working capital purposes or the funding of permitted
intercompany loans to ACLVI.
F-15
<PAGE> 137
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company may not borrow under the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility in
excess of 3.5 times its rolling four quarter EBITDA (earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization). As of December 31, 1996, 3.5 times the
Company's rolling four quarter EBITDA exceeded the maximum funds available from
the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility. The maximum amount available under the 1995
Revolving Credit Facility reduces semi-annually commencing January 1, 1997 on a
sliding scale (ranging from $4.5 million to $7.1 million in reductions) with a
final reduction of $42.0 million at maturity on December 31, 2001.
As of June 30, 1997, the Company had drawn the maximum amount available
under the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility. The Company has obtained the approval
in principle of the bank syndicate to extend the date of a $4.7 million
principal reduction, if a new bank credit facility to replace the 1995 Revolving
Credit Facility, which is currently under negotiation, has not been completed by
July 1, 1997. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at June
30, 1997 classifies the amount of this scheduled principal reduction as long-
term debt.
Under the terms of the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility, concurrent with each
loan draw, the Company may select the interest rate based on either the London
Interbank Offering Rate ("LIBOR") or WFB's prime interest rate. The maximum
number of outstanding draws at any time using a LIBOR rate is five, with a
minimum draw amount of $5.0 million per draw. A LIBOR draw can be for a one-,
two-, three- or six-month term with interest accruing monthly and due at the end
of the term, but in no event less frequently than quarterly. The interest rate
is fixed throughout the term of a LIBOR-based draw and ranges from LIBOR plus
1.5 percentage points to LIBOR plus 3.5 percentage points. On a prime interest
rate draw, the interest rate is variable and ranges from a minimum of prime to a
maximum of prime plus 2.0 percentage points with interest payable monthly in
arrears. As of December 31, 1996, the Company has taken LIBOR and prime draws
totaling $93.5 million with an average interest rate of approximately 8.6
percent per annum. The applicable margins for both LIBOR draws and prime
interest rate draws adjust semi-annually based on the ratio of the Company's
consolidated total debt to consolidated cash flow, as measured by an EBITDA
formula.
The 1995 Revolving Credit Facility is secured by liens on substantially all
of the real and personal property of the Company and its subsidiaries. The 1995
Revolving Credit Facility prohibits any secondary liens on these properties
without the prior written approval of the lenders. Certain changes in control of
the Company may constitute a default under the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility.
The 1995 Revolving Credit Facility also requires the Company to expend two
percent of consolidated revenues on capital maintenance annually. The 1995
Revolving Credit Facility binds the Company to a number of other affirmative and
negative covenants. These include promises to maintain certain financial ratios
within defined parameters, not to engage in new businesses without lender
approval and to make certain reports to the lenders. As of December 31, 1996,
the Company was in compliance with these covenants. The Company believes it is
in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 1997.
On March 26, 1997, the Company obtained a $20.0 million short-term
unsecured loan from a bank. The short-term loan bears interest based either on
LIBOR or the bank's prime rate, at the election of the Company, plus an
applicable margin. At June 30, 1997, the applicable interest rate was 8.7
percent per annum. The loan matures on July 31, 1997 with both principal and
interest being due on that date. The bank syndicate for the 1995 Revolving
Credit Facility has approved in principle an increase in the 1995 Revolving
Credit Facility that would provide sufficient funds to repay this short-term
loan at maturity. Based on the bank syndicate's approval in principle, the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 1997 classifies this loan as
a long-term obligation.
On December 28, 1995, ACCBI entered into a preferred ship mortgage with
General Electric Credit Corp. ("GECC"). Borrowing totaled $11,511,000 and
occurred on December 29, 1995. GECC required the Company to maintain a cash
security deposit (the "Security Deposit") in the full amount of the borrowing
until certain conditions precedent were fulfilled, including having the casino
at Ameristar Council Bluffs fully
F-16
<PAGE> 138
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
operational and open to the general public for gaming operations and satisfying
all licensing requirements within 30 days of the borrowing date. The Security
Deposit was released by GECC on January 19, 1996.
This borrowing is secured by Ameristar II, the riverboat casino in Council
Bluffs. The loan's principal will be repaid over four years. Principal payments
of approximately $320,000 per month for the first 12 months and approximately
$213,000 per month for the remaining 36 months are required. The Company may
prepay the entire borrowing at a premium ranging from one percent to two percent
during the first 18 months of the loan. Thereafter until maturity, the Company
may prepay the loan without premium. ACI has entered into an unconditional
guaranty of prompt payment and performance with respect to this borrowing.
Proceeds from an equipment loan entered into with WFB on December 12, 1995
for $7,137,000 were used to finance slot machines, surveillance equipment and
property signage at ACCBI. The loan is being amortized over four years with
monthly principal payments of approximately $149,000. The interest rate is
equivalent to that charged on the Revolving Credit Facility.
The mortgages payable to Farmers Home Administration provide long-term
financing for low income housing facilities constructed by the Company. Monthly
principal and interest payments are determined by a formula based upon
demographics of the tenants. Interest rates on the mortgages may vary from 1.0
percent to 11.88 percent. Provisions of the loan agreements require that rents
received be used to fund operating and maintenance expenses, debt service and
reserve accounts.
In connection with the merger of Gem Gaming, Inc. into ACLVI, the Company
acquired a one-half interest in an aircraft owned by Gem Air, Inc., an affiliate
of Gem Gaming, Inc. In addition, the Company and Gem Air, Inc. formed NVAGAIR to
hold certain other aviation-related assets. Certain aviation-related notes
payable were assumed by NVAGAIR or the Company as a result of these transactions
(see Note 12).
The book value of the Company's long-term debt approximates fair value due
to the predominantly variable-rate nature of the obligations. Also, fixed rate
obligations are at rates that approximate the Company's incremental borrowing
rate for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.
Maturities of the Company's borrowings for the next five years as of
December 31, 1996 are as follows (amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1997.............................................. $ 19,740
1998.............................................. 15,892
1999.............................................. 15,865
2000.............................................. 46,799
2001.............................................. 13,845
Thereafter........................................ 43,159
--------
$155,300
========
</TABLE>
NOTE 6 -- LEASES
The Company has entered into capitalized lease agreements for a restaurant,
including associated furniture, fixtures and equipment, and land on which
Ameristar Vicksburg is situated. Such leases contained initial terms for rental
payments covering the period of project development and were converted to the
primary lease terms (as defined below) upon the opening of the project.
Ameristar Vicksburg opened on February 27, 1994, at which time the primary
terms of the leases became effective. The primary terms of the leases, expiring
from 5 to 30 years from the opening date, require total payments of
approximately $655,000 per year. Each lease contains a purchase option
exercisable at various times during the term of the lease generally in varying
amounts based on the time of exercise. The purchase options lapse in conjunction
with the expiration dates of the primary terms of the corresponding leases.
F-17
<PAGE> 139
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Assuming the Company defers the exercise of its purchase option under each lease
to the expiration of the purchase option, the Company will pay $50,000 in 1999,
approximately $1,500,000 in 2004 and approximately $480,000 in 2024 to purchase
all of the parcels. If the Company were to accelerate its exercise of the
purchase options to the earliest possible dates, the Company would pay
approximately $4,700,000 currently and $1,250,000 in 1999.
The Company generally may terminate each lease upon the payment of
termination penalties, the maximum aggregate amount of which is $328,000. In
addition, if the leases were terminated, the Company may be required to restore
certain parcels to their condition prior to the lease commencement date,
including the removal of the cofferdam and other improvements lying below the
water. However, the Company has no plans to abandon the site.
ACVI has entered into a seven-year capitalized lease for restaurant
equipment, due in monthly payments totaling approximately $118,000 per year,
through April 2001. ACVI also entered into a five-year capitalized lease for a
computer system. Quarterly payments are required totaling approximately $42,000
per year through October 1998.
ACI has entered into two three-year capitalized lease agreements for
computer equipment on behalf of ACCBI. Monthly payments are required totaling
approximately $197,000 per year through November 1998. ACCBI has entered into a
five-year capitalized lease agreement for telephone systems and related
equipment. Monthly payments totaling approximately $76,000 per year will be
required. Payments begin upon satisfactory installation of all equipment, which
is expected in April 1997.
ACLVI has entered into a ten-year capitalized lease agreement for signage
at The Reserve, with monthly payments totaling approximately $260,000 per year
through November 2007.
On June 5, 1997, CPI entered into a master lease agreement for gaming
equipment with an approximate value of $2.7 million. The lease is a capital
lease with a four-year term and monthly amortization amount of approximately
$44,000 plus the base lease rate factor with a final installment of
approximately $577,000.
Future minimum lease payments required under capitalized leases for the
five years subsequent to December 31, 1996 and in effect as of December 31, 1996
are as follows (amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1997............................................. $ 1,309
1998............................................. 1,267
1999............................................. 2,250
2000............................................. 928
2001............................................. 859
Thereafter....................................... 12,729
-------
19,342
Less: Amount representing interest............... 10,503
-------
Present value of net minimum lease payments...... $ 8,839
=======
</TABLE>
ACCBI, as lessor, has leased a portion of the Ameristar Council Bluffs site
to an independent hospitality company which has agreed to construct and operate
a 140-room hotel on the property. The lease is for a period of 50 years
beginning March 1, 1996. The lease requires the hospitality company to pay ACCBI
base rent of $5,000 per month and percentage rent equal to 5 percent of the
hotel's gross sales in excess of $2.0 million per year. The agreement requires
the hospitality company's hotel to be completed on or before March 31, 1997.
ACI has leased office space located in Las Vegas, Nevada to serve as its
corporate offices. The office space is leased under two operating lease
agreements. The agreements require aggregate monthly payments of
F-18
<PAGE> 140
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
approximately $32,000, plus the Company's share of certain common area
maintenance expenses. Payments under the leases are subject to annual escalation
clauses corresponding to increases in the cost of living. The first lease
agreement, covering approximately 90 percent of the office space leased by the
Company, contains two three-year renewal options. The initial term of the first
lease is through November 2001. The second lease agreement, covering
approximately 10 percent of the office space leased by the Company, contains two
two-year renewal options. The initial term of the second lease is through
January 1998. Rental expense of approximately $32,000 and $222,000 (unaudited)
was recorded under these leases in the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997, respectively.
NOTE 7 -- BENEFIT PLANS
Profit-sharing plan
The Company had a qualified non-contributory profit-sharing plan covering
all employees with one or more years of service. Effective September 30, 1995,
the Company's profit-sharing plan was discontinued. Company contributions were
discretionary and were set by the Board of Directors. The plan had a September
30 fiscal year end. The Company's annual contributions to the plan were $240,000
and $350,000 for the plan years ended September 30, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
401(k) plan
The Company instituted a defined contribution 401(k) plan in March 1996
which covers all employees who meet certain age and length of service
requirements and allows an employer contribution up to 50 percent of the first
four percent of each participating employee's compensation. Plan participants
can elect to defer before tax compensation through payroll deductions. These
deferrals are regulated under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The
Company's matching contribution was $373,000 for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1996 and $121,000 (unaudited) and $217,000 (unaudited) for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997.
Insurance plan
The Company has a qualified employee insurance benefit trust covering all
employees on a regular basis who work an average of 32 hours or more per week.
The amount of the Company's contribution is determined by the Trust Committee.
The plan also requires contributions from eligible employees and their
dependents. The Company's contribution expense for the plan was approximately
$1,292,000, $2,113,000 and $2,258,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively, and $1,278,000 (unaudited) and $867,000 (unaudited)
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
Stock Option Plans
The Company has adopted a Management Stock Option Incentive Plan ("Option
Plan") which provides for the grant of options to purchase Common Stock intended
to qualify as incentive stock options or non-qualified options. All officers,
directors (other than non-employee directors), employees, consultants, advisors,
independent contractors and agents are eligible to receive options under the
Option Plan, except that only employees may receive incentive stock options. The
maximum number of shares available for issuance under the Option Plan is
1,000,000. No person eligible to receive options under the Option Plan may
receive options for the purchase of more than an aggregate of 200,000 shares.
The Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or, in its discretion,
by a Committee of the Board of Directors. In September 1996, the Board of
Directors amended the Option Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to increase
the number of shares issuable under the Option Plan to 1,600,000 and to expand
the eligibility provisions to include nonemployee directors of ACI.
F-19
<PAGE> 141
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the Option Plan
must be at least equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of
grant (110 percent of fair market value in the case of participants who own
shares possessing more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of the
Company) and may not have a term in excess of 10 years from the date of grant
(five years in the case of participants who are more than 10 percent
stockholders). With certain limited exceptions, options granted under the Option
Plan are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution.
In December 1995, certain stock options were amended to reduce the per
share exercise prices to $6.13 (the market price on the date of amendment) from
initial exercise prices ranging from $11.00 to $14.00.
The Company has also adopted a Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
("Director Plan") which provides for the grant of non-qualified options to
purchase Common Stock to the non-employee members of the Company's Board of
Directors. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance
under the Director Plan is 100,000 shares. The Director Plan is administered by
the Board of Directors.
Under the Director Plan, each non-employee director is automatically
granted an initial option to purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock and will
automatically be granted an option to purchase an additional 1,000 shares of
Common Stock on each anniversary of such date if he remains a non-employee
director on that anniversary date. Options granted under the Director Plan have
an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of
grant and have a term of 10 years from the date of grant. Options granted under
the Director Plan become exercisable one year from the date of grant and are not
transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon
stockholder approval of the September 1996 amendments to the Option Plan, the
Director Plan will be terminated.
The Company accounts for its stock option plans under Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," under which no
compensation cost has been recognized. Had compensation cost for these plans
been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," the Company's net income and earnings per share would have been
reduced to the following pro forma amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
------------------- -------------------
1995 1996 1996 1997
------ ------ ------ ------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income: As reported.............. $8,438 $5,897 $3,144 $5,562
Pro forma................ 8,371 5,708 3,054 5,461
Earnings per share: As reported.............. $ 0.42 $ 0.29 $ 0.15 $ 0.27
Pro forma................ 0.41 0.28 0.15 0.27
</TABLE>
The fair value of each option granted (or repriced during the period for
which SFAS 123 is effective) is estimated on the date of grant (or repricing)
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for grants (or repricings) in 1995 and 1996, respectively:
risk-free interest rates of 5.7 and 6.4 percent; expected volatility of 60 and
63 percent. The expected lives of the options are 5 years for both 1995 and
1996. No dividends are expected to be paid.
Because the SFAS No. 123 method of accounting has not been applied to
options granted prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma compensation
cost may not be representative of that to be expected in future years.
F-20
<PAGE> 142
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Summarized information for the stock option plans is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
DECEMBER 31, 1994 DECEMBER 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1996 -------------------
------------------- -------------------- ------------------- (UNAUDITED)
WTD. AVG. WTD. AVG. WTD. AVG. WTD. AVG.
SHARES EX. PRICE SHARES EX. PRICE SHARES EX. PRICE SHARES EX. PRICE
------- --------- -------- --------- ------- --------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Options outstanding, beginning of
period............................... 226,500 $ 11.00 281,000 $ 11.74 548,000 $6.15 566,000 $6.25
Granted............................ 72,000 13.88 390,000 6.12 70,000 7.31 102,500 5.26
Exercised.......................... -- -- -- --
Canceled........................... (17,500) 11.00 (123,000) 10.84 (52,000) 6.67 (48,500) 6.13
------- ------ -------- ------ ------- ----- ------- -----
Options outstanding, end of period..... 281,000 11.74 548,000 6.15 566,000 6.25 620,000 6.09
======= ====== ======== ====== ======= ===== ======= =====
Options available for grant............ 819,000 552,000 534,000 980,000
Options exercisable, end of period..... 41,800 11.00 52,400 6.50 154,800 6.24 164,100 6.24
Weighted average fair value of options
granted.............................. $ 3.49 $4.34 $3.12
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1996, 541,500 of the 566,000 options outstanding have
exercise prices between $5.50 and $6.50, with a weighted average exercise price
of $6.09 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.4 years. 22,500
options outstanding have exercise prices between $7.00 and $10.00, with a
weighted average exercise price of $9.11 and a weighted average remaining
contractual life of 9.5 years. The remaining 2,000 options have an outstanding
exercise price of $16.00, with a remaining contractual life of 7.4 years.
At June 30, 1997, 595,000 of the 620,000 options outstanding have exercise
prices between $5.06 and $6.75, with a weighted average exercise price of $5.95
and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.2 years. 22,500 options
outstanding have exercise prices between $7.00 and $10.00, with a weighted
average exercise price of $9.11 and a weighted average remaining contractual
life of 9.1 years. The remaining 2,000 options have an outstanding exercise
price of $16.00, with a remaining contractual life of 6.7 years.
NOTE 8 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Development
In October, 1996, the Company acquired The Reserve, a casino-hotel under
construction in Henderson, Nevada. The Company has redesigned The Reserve to
expand the scope and size of the project. Construction of The Reserve has been
suspended due to uncertainties concerning the form and amount of merger
consideration payable in connection with the acquisition of Gem Gaming, Inc.,
original developers of The Reserve, that has adversely affected the Company's
ability to obtain financing for the completion of the Project (see Notes 10 and
12). As redesigned, The Reserve is planned to be constructed in two phases and
will be opened upon the completion of Phase I, subject to obtaining all
regulatory approvals. The Company has established a Phase I acquisition and
construction budget (including capitalized construction period interest,
preopening costs, Phase I and II design costs and acquisition costs) of
approximately $125.0 million, of which approximately $26.1 million and $37.3
million (excluding acquisition costs) had been incurred as of December 31, 1996
and June 30, 1997, respectively.
The Company is continuing the development of the Ameristar Council Bluffs
riverboat casino complex. The Ameristar Council Bluffs Casino opened on January
19, 1996, portions of the Main Street Pavilion opened on June 17, 1996, the
hotel opened on November 1, 1996, the sports bar on December 31, 1996, and the
remainder of Ameristar Council Bluffs opened in early 1997. The total cost of
the facilities, including the riverboat, buildings, equipment and preopening
costs is approximately $109.0 million. As of December 31, 1996, approximately
$105.4 million (including preopening costs) had been incurred to develop the
Ameristar Council Bluffs riverboat casino complex.
In early 1997, the Company began constructing a 150-room hotel at Ameristar
Vicksburg expected to be completed in April 1998. In connection with this
construction, a 54-room budget motel that pre-existed the development of
Ameristar Vicksburg has been demolished. Management believes that the
development cost
F-21
<PAGE> 143
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
of the hotel will be $10.3 million, including capitalized construction period
interest. Management expects that a substantial portion of these development
costs will be funded through a short-term loan and the balance will be funded
out of ACVI's operating cash flow.
Litigation
The Company is engaged in several legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. With respect to these legal actions, the Company believes
that it has adequate legal defenses, insurance coverage or indemnification
protection and believes that the ultimate outcome(s) will not have a material
adverse impact on the Company's financial position.
In September 1996, the Company received from the general contractor of the
Main Street Pavilion and the hotel for its property in Council Bluffs, Iowa, a
demand for arbitration regarding amounts due under the contract. The demand does
not contain a plea for a specific amount of damages, and instead requests an
award for extra or changed work, delayed, disrupted and accelerated work,
together with inefficiencies and impacts experienced on the project, along with
unpaid retainage and certain other costs. Based on a statement of damages filed
in the arbitration, management understands that the general contractor's claims
are for an amount of approximately $4.6 million, which includes certain amounts
due to subcontractors that have already been paid by ACCBI. ACCBI submitted a
counterclaim in the arbitration for cost overruns in excess of the guaranteed
maximum price that ACCBI has had to pay, liquidated damages for delay and
certain other costs. ACCBI has submitted a statement of damages in the
arbitration proceeding seeking $7.1 million from the general contractor.
NOTE 9 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company engages Neilsen and Company to provide certain construction and
professional services, office space and other equipment and facilities. Neilsen
and Company is controlled by the principal stockholder and President of the
Company. Total payments to Neilsen and Company were $87,000, $110,000 and
$46,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and
$21,000 and $14,000, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and
1997. The Company also leases office space from the Lynwood Shopping Center
which is controlled by the principal stockholder and President of the Company.
Total payments to the Lynwood Shopping Center were $94,000 and $88,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively and $54,000 and $18,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. No such payments were
made in 1994. In management's opinion, at the time the above described
transactions were entered into, they were in the best interest of the Company
and on terms as fair to the Company as could have been obtained from
unaffiliated parties.
During 1995, ACVI purchased for approximately $211,000 a residence from the
President of the Company to be used for general corporate purposes.
NOTE 10 -- GEM GAMING, INC. MERGER
On October 9, 1996, Gem Gaming, Inc. ("Gem"), a Nevada corporation, was
merged with and into ACLVI, pursuant to a merger agreement entered into on May
31, 1996, as amended in July and October, 1996 (the "Merger Agreement"). Gem was
originally established to develop The Reserve and has had no operations.
Activities relating to the development of The Reserve have been included in the
consolidated financial statements of the Company since October 9, 1996. The
merger of Gem into ACLVI was recorded using the purchase method of accounting.
Under the amended Merger Agreement, all of the outstanding shares of Gem
common stock were cancelled at the merger closing and were converted into the
right for the former stockholders of Gem (the "Gem Stockholders") to receive
cash, subject to reduction, equal to the amount of the net proceeds (after
F-22
<PAGE> 144
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
payment of underwriter's discounts and commissions and certain other offering
expenses) in excess of $4.0 million from an underwritten public offering of 7.5
million shares of the Company's Common Stock (the "Post-Merger Offering"). If
the Post-Merger Offering is not concluded in whole or in part prior to June 1,
1997, the Company will deliver to the Gem Stockholders promissory notes (the
"Gem Notes") in an aggregate principal amount equal to (i) the average 10-day
closing price of the Common Stock as of June 1, 1997, (ii) multiplied by 7.5
million (iii) minus $4.0 million and (iv) minus one-half of any offering
expenses. The Gem Notes would be unsecured, would mature on June 1, 2000, and
would accrue interest at the rate of eight percent per annum. Interest would be
payable on a monthly basis.
To reflect the obligation to the Gem Stockholders upon the closing of the
merger, the Company recorded notes payable at $35,375,000, the amount at which
they would have been issued based on the Company's stock price on the closing
date of the merger, less a discount of $1,725,000 to reflect imputed interest
over the noninterest-bearing term of the obligation. As of December 31, 1996 and
June 30, 1997, approximately $605,000 and $1,725,000 (unaudited), respectively,
of the discount had been amortized to interest expense. The amount recorded as
notes payable exceeds the fair market value of the net assets acquired by the
Company in the merger. The excess of purchase price over fair market value of
net assets acquired, recorded as a long-term asset on the Company's consolidated
balance sheet, will be amortized over the estimated 40-year depreciable life
beginning in the period in which the acquired property commences operations.
The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information shows estimated
net income and earnings per share as though the merger had occurred at the
beginning of 1995 and 1996, respectively. The pro forma amounts reflect the
Company's actual results combined with Gem's actual results for the periods
presented, adjusted to reflect additional interest expense as if the Gem Notes
had been issued at the beginning of the respective period, and the associated
income tax benefit at the federal statutory rate of 35 percent. No pro forma
revenues are disclosed because Gem had no operations prior to the merger.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
------ ------
<S> <C> <C>
Pro forma net income before extraordinary items (in
thousands)............................................... $8,639 $3,756
====== ======
Pro forma net income (in thousands)........................ $7,982 $3,756
====== ======
Pro forma earnings per share............................... $ 0.39 $ 0.18
====== ======
</TABLE>
On March 26, 1997, the Company commenced an arbitration proceeding against
the Gem Stockholders for breaches of the Merger Agreement and the implied
covenant of good faith and fair dealing related to the merger. The Company and
the Gem Stockholders entered into a settlement agreement dated as of May 3,
1997, which became effective on June 20, 1997 following its approval by the
Nevada Gaming Commission. In lieu of the merger consideration provided for in
the Merger Agreement, Ameristar will pay $32,650,000 to the Gem Stockholders in
installments, plus interest, and has reconveyed to an affiliate of one of the
Gem Stockholders Ameristar's interests in certain aviation-related assets
acquired in July 1996. Ameristar made an initial payment of $4.0 million to the
Gem Stockholders on June 20, 1997 and has issued subordinated unsecured
promissory notes for the balance of the cash consideration. The per annum
interest rate on these notes is 8 percent, subject to increase (up to a maximum
of 18 percent per annum) following one or more failures to make payments under
the notes by scheduled dates. Interest will be paid initially on a quarterly
basis and on a monthly basis after October 1998. The notes will require annual
principal payments of up to $3.0 million commencing in November 1998 and will
mature on December 31, 2004. The notes may be prepaid at any time without
penalty and will be subordinated to up to $250 million in senior indebtedness
selected by Ameristar.
Based on the merger consideration provided for in the settlement agreement,
the amounts recorded on the Company's consolidated balance sheet at June 30,
1997 as notes payable to the Gem Stockholders and the excess of purchase price
over fair market value of net assets acquired have been adjusted to reflect the
modified terms set forth in the settlement agreement.
F-23
<PAGE> 145
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
NOTE 11 -- EARNINGS PER SHARE (UNAUDITED)
In March, 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 ("SFAS 128"), "Earnings Per Share",
effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 1997. The Company will
adopt SFAS 128 for the year ending December 31, 1997. SFAS 128 requires the
computation and presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share for all
periods for which an income statement is presented. For the six months ended
June 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company had no material dilutive securities
outstanding.
Options to purchase 620,000 and 549,000 shares of common stock were
outstanding at June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively, at exercise prices of
$5.06-$16.00 and $5.94-$16.00, respectively. These options were not included in
a pro forma computation of earnings per share assuming dilution because the
options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the
common shares during the respective periods presented.
NOTE 12 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Bank Credit Facility
In late March, 1997, the Company had scheduled the closing of an increased
bank credit facility that would provide a substantial portion of the financing
for the completion of Phase I of The Reserve (see Note 8). Shortly before the
loan closing, the bank lenders advised the Company that they would not proceed
with the closing due to uncertainties concerning the amount and form of merger
consideration payable by the Company to the Gem Stockholders. Pending the
availability of additional financing, the Company suspended construction of The
Reserve. The Company intends to resume construction upon obtaining the required
financing.
Following the cancellation of the closing of the increased bank credit
facility, the Company obtained a short-term loan from WFB in the amount of $20.0
million which matures on July 31, 1997. The Company expects to roll this loan
into the increased bank credit facility upon closing of the increased bank
credit facility. The proceeds of this loan will be used to repay prior short
term loans, to pay the costs to complete the redesign of The Reserve and certain
construction activities completed prior to suspension of construction of The
Reserve, and for other working capital purposes.
Refinancing of Long-Term Debt (unaudited)
In July 1997, the Company completed a refinancing of its long-term debt
through a new $125 million revolving bank credit facility (the "Revolving Credit
Facility") and the sale of $100 million aggregate principal amount of 10 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 Series A (the "Senior Subordinated Notes").
The Revolving Credit Facility was entered into on July 8, 1997, pursuant to a
Credit Agreement among ACI, CPI, ACVI, ACCBI and ACLVI, a syndicate of banks and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Agent Bank, Arranger and Swingline
Lender. The 1995 Revolving Credit Facility was terminated and repaid upon the
funding of the initial draw under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Senior
Subordinated Notes were issued by ACI at par in a private placement. The net
proceeds from the sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes were used to repay $82.4
million in borrowings and interest under the Revolving Credit Facility, $13.1
million in other indebtedness and $800,000 in loan fees for the Revolving Credit
Facility. Following the application of the net proceeds from the sale of the
Senior Subordinated Notes, the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving
Credit Facility was $32.6 million. A pre-tax non-cash extraordinary loss related
to the write-off of previously unamortized loan costs associated with the early
extinguishment of the 1995 Revolving Credit Facility totaling approximately $1.0
million or $.03 per share will be recognized in the quarter ending September 30,
1997.
F-24
<PAGE> 146
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 30, 2003. Prior to
maturity, the maximum principal available under the Revolving Credit Facility
will reduce semiannually (commencing on July 1, 1999) by an aggregate of $50.0
million in increasing increments ranging from $2.5 million to $10.0 million. The
Revolving Credit Facility is secured by substantially all the real and personal
property of the Company and its subsidiaries.
The Senior Subordinated Notes were issued by ACI under an Indenture dated
July 15, 1997. The Senior Subordinated Notes will mature on August 1, 2004, but
are subject to earlier redemption under certain circumstances. The Senior
Subordinated Notes are not secured and are subordinate to all existing and
future Senior Indebtedness (as defined), which includes the Revolving Credit
Facility. ACI is a holding company with no material assets or operations other
than its investments in its subsidiaries. All of ACI's current subsidiaries (the
"Guarantors") have jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally,
guaranteed the Senior Subordinated Notes. Each of the Guarantors is a wholly
owned subsidiary of ACI, and the Guarantors constitute all of ACI's direct and
indirect subsidiaries. Separate financial statements and certain other
disclosures concerning the Guarantors are not included in this Prospectus
because, in the opinion of management, they are not deemed material to
investors. Other than customary restrictions imposed by applicable corporate
statutes, there are no restrictions on the ability of the Guarantors to transfer
funds to ACI in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances.
Vicksburg Hotel Loan (unaudited)
In July 1997, AC Hotel Corp., a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of
ACVI, entered into a loan agreement providing for borrowings of up to $7.5
million for the purpose of funding a portion of the construction costs of a
150-room hotel at Ameristar Vicksburg. This nonrecourse loan from a private
lender is secured by a deed of trust on the hotel and the underlying land senior
in priority to the liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings
under this loan bear interest at 15% per annum, payable in periodic
installments, and the loan matures in July 1998. The Company is required to pay
a non-usage fee at the rate of 3% per annum on the undrawn loan balance, and
draws are subject to the satisfaction of various conditions typically applicable
to construction loans.
F-25
<PAGE> 147
======================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN
OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE ISSUERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY
PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN A CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE ISSUERS SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
------
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary................... 1
Risk Factors......................... 15
Use of Proceeds...................... 25
Capitalization....................... 26
The Exchange Offer................... 27
Selected Consolidated Financial and
Other Data......................... 35
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations...................... 37
Business............................. 45
Management........................... 56
Certain Transactions................. 60
Principal Stockholders............... 62
Government Regulations............... 63
Description of Existing
Indebtedness....................... 75
Description of Notes................. 78
Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations..................... 112
Plan of Distribution................. 115
Legal Matters........................ 115
Experts.............................. 115
Available Information................ 115
Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements......................... F-1
</TABLE>
------------------------
UNTIL FEBRUARY 8, 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS
IN THE NEW NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE NEW
NOTES, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS.
======================================================
======================================================
$100,000,000
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES B
FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES A
----------------------------------
PROSPECTUS
----------------------------------
NOVEMBER 10, 1997
======================================================
<PAGE> 148
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Subsection 1 of Section 78.751 of the Nevada Revised Statutes (the "Nevada
Law") empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise (an
"Indemnified Party"), against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnified Party in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the
Indemnified Party acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnified Party
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had no
reasonable cause to believe the Indemnified Party's conduct was unlawful.
Subsection 2 of Section 78.751 of the Nevada Law empowers a corporation to
indemnify any Indemnified Party who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the
right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that such person acted in the capacity of an Indemnified Party against
expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys' fees, actually and
reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if the Indemnified Party acted under standards
similar to those set forth above, except that no indemnification may be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnified Party shall
have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation or for amounts paid in
settlement to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in
which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that despite
the adjudication of liability the Indemnified Party is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.
Section 78.751 of the Nevada Law further provides: that to the extent an
Indemnified Party has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or
proceeding referred to in subsection (1) or (2) or in the defense of any claim,
issue or matter therein, the Indemnified Party shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnified Party in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by
Section 78.751 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the
Indemnified Party may be entitled; that indemnification, unless ordered by the
court or for the advancement of certain expenses, may not be made to or on
behalf of any director or officer of the corporation if a final adjudication
establishes that his or her acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct,
fraud or a knowing violation of the law and was material to the cause of action;
and that the scope of indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnified Party
who has ceased to hold one of positions specified above, and to his or her
heirs, executors and administrators.
Section 78.752 of the Nevada Law empowers a corporation to purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of an Indemnified Party against any liability
(other than intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law,
except for advancement of expenses or if ordered by a court) asserted against
such person or incurred by such person in his or her capacity as an Indemnified
Party or arising out of such person's status as an Indemnified Party whether or
not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liabilities under Section 78.751.
Some of the wholly owned subsidiaries of Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
("Ameristar") that are also registrants under this Registration Statement are
incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada and are subject to the
provisions of the Nevada Law described above. Certain other of Ameristar's
wholly owned subsidiaries that are also registrants under this Registration
Statement are incorporated under the laws of the States of Iowa and Mississippi.
As Indemnified Parties, the directors and officers of the Iowa and Mississippi
subsidiaries are entitled to the rights under the Nevada Law described above. In
addition, such directors and officers are also entitled to certain similar
rights under the corporate laws of the States of Iowa and Mississippi,
respectively.
II-1
<PAGE> 149
The Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Casinos, Inc. ("Ameristar")
provide that the personal liability of its directors and officers for damages
for breach of fiduciary duty shall be limited to the maximum extent permitted
under the Nevada Law and that any repeal or modification of such provision shall
be prospective only.
The Bylaws of Ameristar provide for indemnification of Indemnified Parties
substantially identical in scope to that permitted under Section 78.751 of the
Nevada Law. Such Bylaws provide that the expenses of directors and officers of
Ameristar incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, must be paid by Ameristar as they are
incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or
proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction that the director or officer is not entitled to
be indemnified by Ameristar.
The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of each of the wholly owned
subsidiaries of Ameristar that are also registrants under this Registration
Statement include similar provisions to those described above.
Ameristar has a contract for insurance coverage under which Ameristar and
certain Indemnified Parties (including the directors and officers of Ameristar)
are indemnified under certain circumstances with respect to litigation and other
costs and liabilities arising out of actual or alleged misconduct of such
Indemnified Parties. In addition, Ameristar has entered into indemnification
agreements with its directors and officers that require Ameristar to indemnify
such directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
provisions of Nevada law, subject to amounts paid by insurance.
The above-described provisions relating to the indemnification of directors
and officers are sufficiently broad to permit the indemnification of such
persons in certain circumstances against liabilities (including reimbursement of
expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) Exhibits.
The following exhibits listed are filed or incorporated by reference as
part of this Registration Statement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
2.1 Plan of Acquisition. See Exhibits 10.8(a)-(n).
See Exhibits 10.8(a)-(n).
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Casinos, Inc. ("ACI"). 3.1 to Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed by ACI under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (File No.
33-68936) (the "Form S-1").
3.2 Bylaws of ACI. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.2 to ACI's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31,
1995 (the "1995 10-K").
3.3 Articles of Incorporation of Cactus Filed electronically herewith.
Pete's, Inc. ("CPI").
3.4 Bylaws of CPI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.5 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Filed electronically herewith.
Casino Vicksburg, Inc., formerly Delta
Point, Inc. ("ACVI").
3.6 Bylaws of ACVI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.7 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Filed electronically herewith.
Casino Council Bluffs, Inc. ("ACCBI").
3.8 Bylaws of ACCBI. Filed electronically herewith.
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE> 150
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
3.9 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Filed electronically herewith.
Casino Las Vegas, Inc. ("ACLVI").
3.10 Bylaws of ACLVI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.11 Articles of Incorporation of A.C. Food Filed electronically herewith.
Services, Inc. ("ACFSI").
3.12 Bylaws of ACFSI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.13 Articles of Incorporation of AC Hotel Filed electronically herewith.
Corp. ("ACHC").
3.14 Bylaws of ACHC. Filed electronically herewith.
4.1(a) Indenture, dated as of July 15, 1997, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
among ACI, ACLVI, ACVI, ACFSI, ACHC, 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K
ACCBI and First Trust National of ACI filed on July 30, 1997 (the
Association, including the forms of the "July 1997 8-K").
New Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees
being registered under this Registration
Statement.
4.1(b) Registration Rights Agreement, dated as Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
of July 15, 1997, among ACI, ACCBI, 4.3 to the July 1997 8-K.
ACFSI, ACHC, ACLVI, ACVI, CPI, Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc., BT Securities
Corporation and First Chicago Capital
Markets, Inc.
4.1(c) Supplemental Indenture, dated as of Filed electronically herewith.
October 24, 1997, among ACI, CPI, ACLVI,
ACVI, ACFSI, ACHC, ACCBI and First Trust
National Association.
4.2 Other Long-Term Debt. See Exhibits 10.7, 10.8(k)-(n) and
See Exhibits 10.7, 10.8(k)-(n) and 99.1. 99.1.
5.1 Opinions of Sanders, Barnet, Goldman, Filed electronically herewith.
Simons & Mosk, A Professional
Corporation, and Latham & Watkins.
10.1(a) Employment Agreement, dated November 15, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1993, between ACI and Thomas M. 10.1(a) to ACI's Annual Report on
Steinbauer. Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1994 (the "1994 10-K").
10.1(b) Employment Agreement, dated March 21, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1995, between ACI and John R. Spina, and 10.1(c) to the 1994 10-K.
related letter agreement.
10.2 Ameristar Casinos, Inc. 1993 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, 10.2 to ACI's Quarterly Report on
as amended and restated. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1994.
10.3 Ameristar Casinos, Inc. Management Stock Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Option Incentive Plan, as amended and 10.3 to ACI's Quarterly Report on
restated. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 1996 (the "September
1996 10-Q").
10.4 Form of Indemnification Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between ACI and each of its directors 10.33 to Amendment No. 2 to the Form
and officers. S-1.
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 151
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
10.5 Housing Agreement, dated November 15, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1993 between Cactus Pete's Inc. ("CPI") 10.17 to the 1994 10-K.
and Craig H. Neilsen.
10.6 Plan of Reorganization, dated November Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
15, 1993, between ACI and Craig H. 2.1 to the 1994 10-K.
Neilsen in his individual capacity and
as trustee of the testamentary trust
created under the last will and
testament of Ray Neilsen dated October
9, 1963.
10.7 Credit Agreement, dated as of July 8, Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
1997, among ACI, CPI, ACVI, ACCBI and 4.1 and 99.1 to the July 1997 8-K.
ACLVI, as Borrowers, the Lenders named
therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association as Arranger, Agent Bank and
Swingline Lender, together with a list
describing omitted schedules and
exhibits thereto.
10.8(a) Merger Agreement, dated as of May 31, Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
1996, among Gem, ACI, ACLVI, Steven W. 10.1 and 99.1 to ACI's Quarterly
Rebeil ("Rebeil") and Dominic J. Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
Magliarditi ("Magliarditi"), together ended June 30, 1996 (the "June 1996
with a list describing omitted schedules 10-Q").
and exhibits thereto.
10.8(b) First Amendment to Merger Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
dated July 2, 1996, among Gem, ACI, 10.5 to the June 1996 10-Q.
ACLVI, Rebeil and Magliarditi.
10.8(c) Second Amendment to Merger Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
dated as of September 27, 1996, among 10.3 and 99.1 to ACI's Current Report
Gem, ACI, ACLVI, Rebeil and Magliarditi, on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 1996
together with a list describing omitted (the "October 1996 8-K").
schedules and exhibits thereto.
10.8(d) Gem Individuals' Notes Escrow Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
and Escrow Instructions, dated as of 10.4 to the October 1996 8-K.
September 27, 1996, among ACI, Rebeil
and Magliarditi.
10.8(e) Letter agreement, dated October 3, 1996, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between ACI and Magliarditi. 10.5 to the October 1996 8-K.
10.8(f) Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1996, between ACI and Gem Air, Inc. 10.6 to the June 1996 10-Q.
("Gem Air").
10.8(g) Aircraft Operating Agreement, dated as Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
of July 5, 1996, between ACI and Gem 10.4 to the June 1996 10-Q.
Air.
10.8(h) Operating Agreement of Nevada AG Air, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Ltd. ("NVAGAIR"), dated as of July 5, 10.2 to the June 1996 10-Q.
1996.
10.8(i) Sublease, dated as of June 30, 1996, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between ACI and NVAGAIR. 10.3 to the June 1996 10-Q.
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE> 152
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
10.8(j) Settlement Agreement, dated as of May 3, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1997, among ACI, ACLVI, Rebeil, 10.1 to ACI's Quarterly Report on
Magliarditi, Gem Air, Inc. and NVAGAIR. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
31, 1997.
10.8(k) Promissory Note, dated as of June 1, Previously filed.
1997, made by ACI payable to the order
of Rebeil in the original principal
amount of $13,232,146.
10.8(l) Promissory Note, dated as of June 1, Previously filed.
1997, made by ACI payable to the order
of Magliarditi in the original principal
amount of $417,854.
10.8(m) Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated as Previously filed.
of June 1, 1997, made by ACI payable to
the order of Rebeil in the original
principal amount of $14,540,820.
10.8(n) Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated as Previously filed.
of June 1, 1997, made by ACI payable to
the order of Magliarditi in the original
principal amount of $459,180.
10.9(a) Lease, dated September 8, 1992, between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Magnolia Hotel Company and ACVI as the 10.2 to the Form S-1.
assignee of Craig H. Neilsen.
10.9(b) First Amendment to Agreement, dated July Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
14, 1993, between Magnolia Hotel Company 10.2(b) to the 1995 10-K.
and ACVI as the assignee of Craig H.
Neilsen.
10.9(c) Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
dated June 1, 1995, between Magnolia 10.2(c) to the 1995 10-K.
Hotel Company and ACVI.
10.10(a) Lease, dated September 18, 1992, between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
R.R. Morrison, Jr. and ACVI as the 10.3 to the Form S-1.
assignee of Craig H. Neilsen.
10.10(b) First Amendment to Lease Agreement, Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit
dated June 1, 1995, between R.R. 10.3 to the 1995 10-K.
Morrison & Son, Inc. and ACVI.
10.11(a) Lease, dated December 11, 1992, between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Martha Ker Brady Lum. et. al. and ACVI 10.4 to the Form S-1.
as the assignee of Craig H. Neilsen.
10.11(b) First Amendment to Lease Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
dated June 1, 1995, between Lawrence O. 10.4(b) to the 1995 10-K.
Branyan, Jr., as trustee of the
Brady-Lum Family Trust dated May 15,
1993 and ACVI.
10.12 Settlement, Use and Management Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
and DNR Permit, dated May 15, 1995, 10.12 and 99.1 to ACI's Annual Report
between the State of Iowa acting through on Form 10-K for the year ended
the Iowa Department of Natural Resources December 31, 1996 (the "1996 10-K")
and ACCBI as the assignee of Koch Fuels,
Inc.
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE> 153
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
10.13 Option Agreement, dated July 11, 1995, Incorporated by reference to the
between Levy Realty Trust and ACLVI as Exhibit 10.13 to the 1996 10-K.
the successor to Gem Gaming, Inc.
("Gem").
10.14 Contract, dated December 19, 1995, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between ACCBI and Perini-Andersen, a 10.16 to the 1995 10-K.
joint venture.
10.15(a) AIA Standard Form of Agreement between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Owner and Contractor (Form No. A101- 10.1 to the September 1996 10-Q.
1987) and First Addendum to Contractor's
Agreement (Hotel Tower), dated October
25, 1995, between ACLVI (as the
successor to Gem) and Camco Pacific
Construction Company, Inc. ("Camco
Pacific").
10.15(b) AIA Standard Form of Agreement between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Owner and Contractor (Form No. A101- 10.2 to the September 1996 10-Q.
1987) and First Addendum to Contractor's
Agreement (Casino), dated October 25,
1995, between ACLVI (as the successor to
Gem) and Camco Pacific.
10.16 Excursion Boat Sponsorship and Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Operations Agreement, dated September 10.15 to the 1995 10-K.
15, 1994, between Iowa West Racing
Association and ACCBI.
12.1 Computation of ratio of earnings to Previously filed.
fixed charges.
21.1 Subsidiaries of ACI. Previously filed.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP. Filed electronically herewith.
23.2 Consent of Sanders, Barnet, Goldman, Filed electronically herewith
Simons & Mosk, A Professional (included in Exhibit 5.1).
Corporation.
23.3 Consent of Latham & Watkins. Filed electronically herewith
(included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Powers of Attorney. Previously filed.
25.1 Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Previously filed.
Qualification, under the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, of First Trust National
Association, as Trustee under the
Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1(a).
27.1 Financial Data Schedule. Filed electronically herewith.
99.1 Agreement to furnish the Securities and Previously filed.
Exchange Commission certain instruments
defining the rights of holders of
certain long-term debt.
99.2 Form of Letter of Transmittal. Filed electronically herewith.
99.3 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. Filed electronically herewith.
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 154
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- ---------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
99.4 Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Previously filed.
Identification Number on Substitute Form
W-9.
99.5 Consent of Warren E. McCain. Filed electronically herewith.
</TABLE>
- ---------------
Exhibits marked as "previously filed" were included in this Registration
Statement as originally filed on August 26, 1997, and such exhibits are hereby
incorporated by reference thereto.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission have been omitted
because they are not required, are inapplicable or the required
information has already been provided elsewhere in this Registration
Statement.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
(a) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:
(1) To file during any period in which offers and sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: (i) to
include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of this Registration Statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this
Registration Statement; or (iii) to include any material information with
respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this
Registration Statement or any material change to such information in this
Registration Statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of any of
the registrants pursuant to the provisions described under Item 20 above, or
otherwise, the registrants has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by any of the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of a registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for
information, if any, that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus that
is a part of this Registration Statement pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of
Form S-4 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, within one
business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents
by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information
contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the
Registration Statement through the date of responding to the request.
(d) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in this Registration Statement when it became effective.
II-7
<PAGE> 155
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on November 10, 1997.
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
------------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE NAME AND TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- ------------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN Craig H. Neilson, Chairman November 10, 1997
- --------------------------------------------- of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer)
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer, Senior November 10, 1997
- --------------------------------------------- Vice President of Finance
(principal financial officer
and principal accounting
officer) and Director
*JOHN R. SPINA John R. Spina, Director November 10, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
*PAUL I. CORDDRY Paul I. Corddry, Director November 10, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
*LARRY A. HODGES Larry A. Hodges, Director November 10, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------
*By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer,
----------------------------------- Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
S-1
<PAGE> 156
On this 10th of November 1997, Craig H. Neilsen directed Chris Hinton, in
his presence as well as our own, to sign the foregoing document as "Craig H.
Neilsen." Upon viewing the signatures as signed by Chris Hinton and in our
presence, Craig H. Neilsen declared to us that he adopted them as his own
signatures.
/s/ ANITA JACOBSON
--------------------------------------
Witness
/s/ DIANE FOSTER
--------------------------------------
Witness
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
STATE OF NEVADA ]
COUNTY OF CLARK ] : ss.
</TABLE>
I, Janice S. Lupton, Notary Public in and for said county and state, do
hereby certify that Craig H. Neilsen personally appeared before me and is known
or identified to me to be the chairman of the board, president and chief
executive officer of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., the corporation that executed the
within instrument or the person who executed the instrument on behalf of said
corporation. Craig H. Neilsen, who being unable due to physical incapacity to
sign his name or offer his mark, did direct Chris Hinton, in his presence, as
well as my own, to sign his name to the foregoing document. Craig H. Neilsen,
after viewing his name as signed by Chris Hinton, thereupon adopted the
signatures as his own by acknowledging to me his intention to so adopt as if he
had personally executed the same both in his individual capacity and in behalf
of said corporation, and further acknowledged to me that such corporation
executed the same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 10th
day of November 1997.
/s/ JANICE S. LUPTON
--------------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: October 23,
2000
Residing at: Henderson, Nevada
S-2
<PAGE> 157
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on November 10, 1997.
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
------------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE NAME AND TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN Craig H. Neilsen, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- President and Chief
Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer) and sole
Director
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- Treasurer (principal
financial officer and
principal accounting
officer)
</TABLE>
S-3
<PAGE> 158
On this 10th of November 1997, Craig H. Neilsen directed Chris Hinton, in
his presence as well as our own, to sign the foregoing document as "Craig H.
Neilsen." Upon viewing the signatures as signed by Chris Hinton and in our
presence, Craig H. Neilsen declared to us that he adopted them as his own
signatures.
/s/ ANITA JACOBSON
--------------------------------------
Witness
/s/ DIANE FOSTER
--------------------------------------
Witness
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
STATE OF NEVADA ]
COUNTY OF CLARK ] : ss.
</TABLE>
I, Janice S. Lupton, Notary Public in and for said county and state, do
hereby certify that Craig H. Neilsen personally appeared before me and is known
or identified to me to be the president and chief executive officer of Cactus
Pete's, Inc., the corporation that executed the within instrument or the person
who executed the instrument on behalf of said corporation. Craig H. Neilsen, who
being unable due to physical incapacity to sign his name or offer his mark, did
direct Chris Hinton, in his presence, as well as my own, to sign his name to the
foregoing document. Craig H. Neilsen, after viewing his name as signed by Chris
Hinton, thereupon adopted the signatures as his own by acknowledging to me his
intention to so adopt as if he had personally executed the same both in his
individual capacity and in behalf of said corporation, and further acknowledged
to me that such corporation executed the same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 10th
day of November 1997.
/s/ JANICE S. LUPTON
--------------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: October 23,
2000
Residing at: Henderson, Nevada
S-4
<PAGE> 159
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on November 10, 1997.
AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
------------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE NAME AND TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN Craig H. Neilsen, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- President and Chief
Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer) and sole
Director
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- Treasurer (principal
financial officer and
principal accounting
officer)
</TABLE>
S-5
<PAGE> 160
On this 10th of November 1997, Craig H. Neilsen directed Chris Hinton, in
his presence as well as our own, to sign the foregoing document as "Craig H.
Neilsen." Upon viewing the signatures as signed by Chris Hinton and in our
presence, Craig H. Neilsen declared to us that he adopted them as his own
signatures.
/s/ ANITA JACOBSON
--------------------------------------
Witness
/s/ DIANE FOSTER
--------------------------------------
Witness
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
STATE OF NEVADA ]
COUNTY OF CLARK ] : ss.
</TABLE>
I, Janice S. Lupton, Notary Public in and for said county and state, do
hereby certify that Craig H. Neilsen personally appeared before me and is known
or identified to me to be the president and chief executive officer of Ameristar
Casino Vicksburg, Inc., the corporation that executed the within instrument or
the person who executed the instrument on behalf of said corporation. Craig H.
Neilsen, who being unable due to physical incapacity to sign his name or offer
his mark, did direct Chris Hinton, in his presence, as well as my own, to sign
his name to the foregoing document. Craig H. Neilsen, after viewing his name as
signed by Chris Hinton, thereupon adopted the signatures as his own by
acknowledging to me his intention to so adopt as if he had personally executed
the same both in his individual capacity and in behalf of said corporation, and
further acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 10th
day of November 1997.
/s/ JANICE S. LUPTON
--------------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: October 23,
2000
Residing at: Henderson, Nevada
S-6
<PAGE> 161
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on November 10, 1997.
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
--------------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE NAME AND TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN Craig H. Neilsen,
- ----------------------------------------------- President and Chief
Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer) and sole
Director November 10, 1997
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer,
- ----------------------------------------------- Treasurer (principal
financial officer and
principal accounting
officer) November 10, 1997
</TABLE>
S-7
<PAGE> 162
On this 10th of November 1997, Craig H. Neilsen directed Chris Hinton, in
his presence as well as our own, to sign the foregoing document as "Craig H.
Neilsen." Upon viewing the signatures as signed by Chris Hinton and in our
presence, Craig H. Neilsen declared to us that he adopted them as his own
signatures.
/s/ ANITA JACOBSON
--------------------------------------
Witness
/s/ DIANE FOSTER
--------------------------------------
Witness
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
STATE OF NEVADA ]
COUNTY OF CLARK ] : ss.
</TABLE>
I, Janice S. Lupton, Notary Public in and for said county and state, do
hereby certify that Craig H. Neilsen personally appeared before me and is known
or identified to me to be the president and chief executive officer of Ameristar
Casino Council Bluffs, Inc., the corporation that executed the within instrument
or the person who executed the instrument on behalf of said corporation. Craig
H. Neilsen, who being unable due to physical incapacity to sign his name or
offer his mark, did direct Chris Hinton, in his presence, as well as my own, to
sign his name to the foregoing document. Craig H. Neilsen, after viewing his
name as signed by Chris Hinton, thereupon adopted the signatures as his own by
acknowledging to me his intention to so adopt as if he had personally executed
the same both in his individual capacity and in behalf of said corporation, and
further acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 10th
day of November 1997.
/s/ JANICE S. LUPTON
--------------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: October 23,
2000
Residing at: Henderson, Nevada
S-8
<PAGE> 163
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on November 10, 1997.
AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
------------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE NAME AND TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN Craig H. Neilsen, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- President and Chief
Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer) and sole
Director
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- Treasurer (principal
financial officer and
principal accounting
officer)
</TABLE>
S-9
<PAGE> 164
On this 10th of November 1997, Craig H. Neilsen directed Chris Hinton, in
his presence as well as our own, to sign the foregoing document as "Craig H.
Neilsen." Upon viewing the signatures as signed by Chris Hinton and in our
presence, Craig H. Neilsen declared to us that he adopted them as his own
signatures.
/s/ ANITA JACOBSON
--------------------------------------
Witness
/s/ DIANE FOSTER
--------------------------------------
Witness
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
STATE OF NEVADA ]
COUNTY OF CLARK ] : ss.
</TABLE>
I, Janice S. Lupton, Notary Public in and for said county and state, do
hereby certify that Craig H. Neilsen personally appeared before me and is known
or identified to me to be the president and chief executive officer of Ameristar
Casino Las Vegas, Inc., the corporation that executed the within instrument or
the person who executed the instrument on behalf of said corporation. Craig H.
Neilsen, who being unable due to physical incapacity to sign his name or offer
his mark, did direct Chris Hinton, in his presence, as well as my own, to sign
his name to the foregoing document. Craig H. Neilsen, after viewing his name as
signed by Chris Hinton, thereupon adopted the signatures as his own by
acknowledging to me his intention to so adopt as if he had personally executed
the same both in his individual capacity and in behalf of said corporation, and
further acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 10th
day of November 1997.
/s/ JANICE S. LUPTON
--------------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: October 23,
2000
Residing at: Henderson Nevada
S-10
<PAGE> 165
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on November 10, 1997.
A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
------------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE NAME AND TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN Craig H. Neilsen, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- President and Chief
Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer) and sole
Director
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- Treasurer (principal
financial officer and
principal accounting
officer)
</TABLE>
S-11
<PAGE> 166
On this 10th of November 1997, Craig H. Neilsen directed Chris Hinton, in
his presence as well as our own, to sign the foregoing document as "Craig H.
Neilsen." Upon viewing the signatures as signed by Chris Hinton and in our
presence, Craig H. Neilsen declared to us that he adopted them as his own
signatures.
/s/ ANITA JACOBSON
--------------------------------------
Witness
/s/ DIANE FOSTER
--------------------------------------
Witness
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
STATE OF NEVADA ]
COUNTY OF CLARK ] : ss.
</TABLE>
I, Janice S. Lupton, Notary Public in and for said county and state, do
hereby certify that Craig H. Neilsen personally appeared before me and is known
or identified to me to be the president and chief executive officer of A.C. Food
Services, Inc., the corporation that executed the within instrument or the
person who executed the instrument on behalf of said corporation. Craig H.
Neilsen, who being unable due to physical incapacity to sign his name or offer
his mark, did direct Chris Hinton, in his presence, as well as my own, to sign
his name to the foregoing document. Craig H. Neilsen, after viewing his name as
signed by Chris Hinton, thereupon adopted the signatures as his own by
acknowledging to me his intention to so adopt as if he had personally executed
the same both in his individual capacity and in behalf of said corporation, and
further acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 10th
day of November 1997.
/s/ JANICE S. LUPTON
--------------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: October 23,
2000
Residing at: Henderson, Nevada
S-12
<PAGE> 167
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on November 10, 1997.
AC HOTEL CORP.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
------------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE NAME AND TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN Craig H. Neilsen, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- President and Chief
Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer) and sole
Director
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER Thomas M. Steinbauer, November 10, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- Treasurer (principal
financial officer and
principal accounting
officer)
</TABLE>
S-13
<PAGE> 168
On this 10th of November 1997, Craig H. Neilsen directed Chris Hinton, in
his presence as well as our own, to sign the foregoing document as "Craig H.
Neilsen." Upon viewing the signatures as signed by Chris Hinton and in our
presence, Craig H. Neilsen declared to us that he adopted them as his own
signatures.
/s/ ANITA JACOBSON
--------------------------------------
Witness
/s/ DIANE FOSTER
--------------------------------------
Witness
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
STATE OF NEVADA ]
COUNTY OF CLARK ] : ss.
</TABLE>
I, Janice S. Lupton, Notary Public in and for said county and state, do
hereby certify that Craig H. Neilsen personally appeared before me and is known
or identified to me to be the president and chief executive officer of AC Hotel
Corp., the corporation that executed the within instrument or the person who
executed the instrument on behalf of said corporation. Craig H. Neilsen, who
being unable due to physical incapacity to sign his name or offer his mark, did
direct Chris Hinton, in his presence, as well as my own, to sign his name to the
foregoing document. Craig H. Neilsen, after viewing his name as signed by Chris
Hinton, thereupon adopted the signatures as his own by acknowledging to me his
intention to so adopt as if he had personally executed the same both in his
individual capacity and in behalf of said corporation, and further acknowledged
to me that such corporation executed the same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 10th
day of November 1997.
/s/ JANICE S. LUPTON
--------------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: October 23,
2000
Residing at: Henderson, Nevada
S-14
<PAGE> 169
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
2.1 Plan of Acquisition. See Exhibits 10.8(a)-(n).
See Exhibits 10.8(a)-(n).
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Casinos, Inc. ("ACI"). 3.1 to Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed by ACI under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (File No.
33-68936) (the "Form S-1").
3.2 Bylaws of ACI. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.2 to ACI's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995
(the "1995 10-K").
3.3 Articles of Incorporation of Cactus Filed electronically herewith.
Pete's, Inc. ("CPI").
3.4 Bylaws of CPI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.5 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Filed electronically herewith.
Casino Vicksburg, Inc., formerly Delta
Point, Inc. ("ACVI").
3.6 Bylaws of ACVI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.7 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Filed electronically herewith.
Casino Council Bluffs, Inc. ("ACCBI").
3.8 Bylaws of ACCBI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.9 Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Filed electronically herewith.
Casino Las Vegas, Inc. ("ACLVI").
3.10 Bylaws of ACLVI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.11 Articles of Incorporation of A.C. Food Filed electronically herewith.
Services, Inc. ("ACFSI").
3.12 Bylaws of ACFSI. Filed electronically herewith.
3.13 Articles of Incorporation of AC Hotel Filed electronically herewith.
Corp. ("ACHC").
3.14 Bylaws of ACHC. Filed electronically herewith.
4.1(a) Indenture, dated as of July 15, 1997, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
among ACI, ACLVI, ACVI, ACFSI, ACHC, 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K
ACCBI and First Trust National of ACI filed on July 30, 1997 (the
Association, including the forms of the "July 1997 8-K").
New Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees
being registered under this
Registration Statement.
4.1(b) Registration Rights Agreement, dated as Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
of July 15, 1997, among ACI, ACCBI, 4.3 to the July 1997 8-K.
ACFSI, ACHC, ACLVI, ACVI, CPI, Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc., BT Securities
Corporation and First Chicago Capital
Markets, Inc.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 170
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
4.1(c) Supplemental Indenture, dated as of Filed electronically herewith.
October 24, 1997, among ACI, CPI,
ACCVI, ACVI, ACFSI, ACHC, ACCBI and
First Trust National Association.
4.2 Other Long-Term Debt. See Exhibits 10.7, 10.8(k)-(n) and
See Exhibits 10.7, 10.8(k)-(n) and 99.1.
99.1.
5.1 Opinions of Sanders, Barnet, Goldman, Filed electronically herewith.
Simons & Mosk, A Professional
Corporation, and Latham & Watkins.
10.1(a) Employment Agreement, dated November Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
15, 1993, between ACI and Thomas M. 10.1(a) to ACI's Annual Report on Form
Steinbauer. 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1994 (the "1994 10-K").
10.1(b) Employment Agreement, dated March 21, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1995, between ACI and John R. Spina, 10.1(c) to the 1994 10-K.
and related letter agreement.
10.2 Ameristar Casinos, Inc. 1993 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Non-Employee Director Stock Option 10.2 to ACI's Quarterly Report on Form
Plan, as amended and restated. 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
1994.
10.3 Ameristar Casinos, Inc. Management Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Stock Option Incentive Plan, as amended 10.3 to ACI's Quarterly Report on Form
and restated. 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 1996 (the "September 1996 10-Q").
10.4 Form of Indemnification Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between ACI and each of its directors 10.33 to Amendment No. 2 to the Form
and officers. S-1.
10.5 Housing Agreement, dated November 15, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1993 between Cactus Pete's Inc. ("CPI") 10.17 to the 1994 10-K.
and Craig H. Neilsen.
10.6 Plan of Reorganization, dated November Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
15, 1993, between ACI and Craig H. 2.1 to the 1994 10-K.
Neilsen in his individual capacity and
as trustee of the testamentary trust
created under the last will and
testament of Ray Neilsen dated October
9, 1963.
10.7 Credit Agreement, dated as of July 8, Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
1997, among ACI, CPI, ACVI, ACCBI and 4.1 and 99.1 to the July 1997 8-K.
ACLVI, as Borrowers, the Lenders named
therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association as Arranger, Agent Bank and
Swingline Lender, together with a list
describing omitted schedules and
exhibits thereto.
10.8(a) Merger Agreement, dated as of May 31, Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
1996, among Gem, ACI, ACLVI, Steven W. 10.1 and 99.1 to ACI's Quarterly Report
Rebeil ("Rebeil") and Dominic J. on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
Magliarditi ("Magliarditi"), together 30, 1996 (the "June 1996 10-Q").
with a list describing omitted
schedules and exhibits thereto.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 171
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
10.8(b) First Amendment to Merger Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
dated July 2, 1996, among Gem, ACI, 10.5 to the June 1996 10-Q.
ACLVI, Rebeil and Magliarditi.
10.8(c) Second Amendment to Merger Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
dated as of September 27, 1996, among 10.3 and 99.1 to ACI's Current Report
Gem, ACI, ACLVI, Rebeil and on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 1996
Magliarditi, together with a list (the "October 1996 8-K").
describing omitted schedules and
exhibits thereto.
10.8(d) Gem Individuals' Notes Escrow Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
and Escrow Instructions, dated as of 10.4 to the October 1996 8-K.
September 27, 1996, among ACI, Rebeil
and Magliarditi.
10.8(e) Letter agreement, dated October 3, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1996, between ACI and Magliarditi. 10.5 to the October 1996 8-K.
10.8(f) Purchase Agreement, dated as of June Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
30, 1996, between ACI and Gem Air, Inc. 10.6 to the June 1996 10-Q.
("Gem Air").
10.8(g) Aircraft Operating Agreement, dated as Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
of July 5, 1996, between ACI and Gem 10.4 to the June 1996 10-Q.
Air.
10.8(h) Operating Agreement of Nevada AG Air, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Ltd. ("NVAGAIR"), dated as of July 5, 10.2 to the June 1996 10-Q.
1996.
10.8(i) Sublease, dated as of June 30, 1996, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between ACI and NVAGAIR. 10.3 to the June 1996 10-Q.
10.8(j) Settlement Agreement, dated as of May Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3, 1997, among ACI, ACLVI, Rebeil, 10.1 to ACI's Quarterly Report on Form
Magliarditi, Gem Air, Inc. and NVAGAIR. 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1997.
10.8(k) Promissory Note, dated as of June 1, Previously filed.
1997, made by ACI payable to the order
of Rebeil in the original principal
amount of $13,232,146.
10.8(l) Promissory Note, dated as of June 1, Previously filed.
1997, made by ACI payable to the order
of Magliarditi in the original
principal amount of $417,854.
10.8(m) Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated Previously filed.
as of June 1, 1997, made by ACI payable
to the order of Rebeil in the original
principal amount of $14,540,820.
10.8(n) Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated Previously filed.
as of June 1, 1997, made by ACI payable
to the order of Magliarditi in the
original principal amount of $459,180.
10.9(a) Lease, dated September 8, 1992, between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Magnolia Hotel Company and ACVI as the 10.2 to the Form S-1.
assignee of Craig H. Neilsen.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 172
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
10.9(b) First Amendment to Agreement, dated Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
July 14, 1993, between Magnolia Hotel 10.2(b) to the 1995 10-K.
Company and ACVI as the assignee of
Craig H. Neilsen.
10.9(c) Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
dated June 1, 1995, between Magnolia 10.2(c) to the 1995 10-K.
Hotel Company and ACVI.
10.10(a) Lease, dated September 18, 1992, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between R.R. Morrison, Jr. and ACVI as 10.3 to the Form S-1.
the assignee of Craig H. Neilsen.
10.10(b) First Amendment to Lease Agreement, Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit
dated June 1, 1995, between R.R. 10.3 to the 1995 10-K.
Morrison & Son, Inc. and ACVI.
10.11(a) Lease, dated December 11, 1992, between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Martha Ker Brady Lum. et. al. and ACVI 10.4 to the Form S-1.
as the assignee of Craig H. Neilsen.
10.11(b) First Amendment to Lease Agreement, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
dated June 1, 1995, between Lawrence O. 10.4(b) to the 1995 10-K.
Branyan, Jr., as trustee of the
Brady-Lum Family Trust dated May 15,
1993 and ACVI.
10.12 Settlement, Use and Management Incorporated by reference to Exhibits
Agreement and DNR Permit, dated May 15, 10.12 and 99.1 to ACI's Annual Report
1995, between the State of Iowa acting on Form 10-K for the year ended
through the Iowa Department of Natural December 31, 1996 (the "1996 10-K")
Resources and ACCBI as the assignee of
Koch Fuels, Inc.
10.13 Option Agreement, dated July 11, 1995, Incorporated by reference to the
between Levy Realty Trust and ACLVI as Exhibit 10.13 to the 1996 10-K.
the successor to Gem Gaming, Inc.
("Gem").
10.14 Contract, dated December 19, 1995, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
between ACCBI and Perini-Andersen, a 10.16 to the 1995 10-K.
joint venture.
10.15(a) AIA Standard Form of Agreement between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Owner and Contractor (Form No. A101- 10.1 to the September 1996 10-Q.
1987) and First Addendum to
Contractor's Agreement (Hotel Tower),
dated October 25, 1995, between ACLVI
(as the successor to Gem) and Camco
Pacific Construction Company, Inc.
("Camco Pacific").
10.15(b) AIA Standard Form of Agreement between Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Owner and Contractor (Form No. A101- 10.2 to the September 1996 10-Q.
1987) and First Addendum to
Contractor's Agreement (Casino), dated
October 25, 1995, between ACLVI (as the
successor to Gem) and Camco Pacific.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 173
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT METHOD OF FILING
- -------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
10.16 Excursion Boat Sponsorship and Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
Operations Agreement, dated September 10.15 to the 1995 10-K.
15, 1994, between Iowa West Racing
Association and ACCBI.
12.1 Computation of ratio of earnings to Previously filed.
fixed charges.
21.1 Subsidiaries of ACI. Previously filed.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP. Filed electronically herewith.
23.2 Consent of Sanders, Barnet, Goldman, Filed electronically herewith (included
Simons & Mosk, A Professional in Exhibit 5.1).
Corporation.
23.3 Consent of Latham & Watkins. Filed electronically herewith (included
in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Powers of Attorney. Previously filed.
25.1 Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Previously filed.
Qualification, under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, of First Trust
National Association, as Trustee under
the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1(a).
27.1 Financial Data Schedule. Filed electronically herewith.
99.1 Agreement to furnish the Securities and Previously filed.
Exchange Commission certain instruments
defining the rights of holders of
certain long-term debt.
99.2 Form of Letter of Transmittal. Filed electronically herewith.
99.3 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. Filed electronically herewith.
99.4 Guidelines for Certification of Previously filed.
Taxpayer Identification Number on
Substitute Form W-9.
99.5 Consent of Warren E. McCain. Filed electronically herewith.
</TABLE>
- ---------------
Exhibits marked as "previously filed" were included in this Registration
Statement as originally filed on August 26, 1997, and such exhibits are hereby
incorporated by reference thereto.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.3
FILED
IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
STATE OF NEVADA
OCTOBER 29, 1993
/s/ CHERYL A. LAU
- ---------------------------------
CHERYL A. LAU, SECRETARY OF STATE
THIS FORM SHOULD ACCOMPANY AMENDED AND/OR RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION FOR A NEVADA CORPORATION
1. Name of corporation: Cactus Pete's, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------
2. Date of adoption of Amended and/or Restated Articles: October 26, 1993
-----------------------
3. If the articles were amended, please indicate what changes have been made:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Was there a name change? Yes [ ] No [X]. If yes, what is the new name?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Did you change your resident agent? Yes [ ] No [X]. If yes, please
indicate new address:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Did you change the purposes? Yes [X] No [ ]. Did you add Banking? [ ],
Gaming? [ ] Insurance? [ ], None of these [X]
(d) Did you change the capital stock? Yes [X] No [ ]. If yes, what is the new
capital stock? The number of shares authorized and their par value have
not changed. The rights and preferences of the holders of preferred stock
have been changed. There is no preferred stock currently issued.
(e) Did you change the directors? Yes [X] No [ ]. If yes, indicate the
change: The limitation on the maximum number of directors has been
-----------------------------------------------------------------
deleted.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(f) Did you add the directors liability provision? Yes [X] [No].
(g) Did you change the period of existence? Yes [ ] No [X]. If yes, what is
the new existence?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(h) If none of the above apply, and you have amended or modified the
articles, how did you change your articles? See attachment.
-----------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN, President
-----------------------------------------
Name and Title of Officer
October 26, 1993
-----------------------------------------
Date
STATE OF NEVADA )
) ss.
COUNTY OF ELKO )
On October 26, 1993 personally appeared before me, a Notary Public,
----------------
Craig H. Neilsen, who acknowledged that he/she executed the above document.
- ----------------
/s/ M.J. FREILICK
-----------------------------------------
[SEAL] NOTARY PUBLIC
M.J. FREILICK
NOTARY PUBLIC
State of Nevada
Elko County, Nevada
My appointment expires Nov. 18, 1994
<PAGE> 2
ATTACHMENT TO FORM NEV-797 (2/9/90)
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
Paragraph 3(h):
1. Article Second, which prior to the amendment provided for a
principal place of business in Nevada, is deleted in its entirety and in lieu
thereof a new Article II has been adopted which identifies the current resident
agent and address of the Corporation. The amendment does not change the identity
of the resident agent.
2. Article Third, which had provided a list of business purposes, has
been deleted in its entirety. In lieu thereof a new Article III has been adopted
which provides that the Corporation may engage in gaming and such business or
activity not forbidden by law or the Articles of Incorporation.
3. Article Fourth, which prior to the amendment designated the capital
stock of the Corporation, has been redesignated as Article IV and has been
amended by deleting the description of the rights and preferences of the
preferred stock, and inserting in lieu thereof a provision that provides that
the Board of Directors shall fix and determine in a resolution the price, series
and numbers of each class or series of preferred stock. There is not now nor has
there ever been any preferred stock issued.
4. Article Fifth, which describes the Board of Directors, has been
redesignated Article V, and has been amended to delete
<PAGE> 3
the maximum number of directors. The Article now provides that the Corporation
shall have at least one director, with the exact number to be set by the Board
of Directors by resolution.
5. Article Sixth, which had provided that the issued and outstanding
stock of the Corporation was nonassessable, has been deleted in its entirety.
Article Sixth, prior to its deletion, also contained certain restrictions
imposed by the Nevada Gaming Commission. The substance of those limitations is
now contained in a new Article VII.
6. Article Seventh, which had identified the name and address of the
initial incorporators, has been deleted in its entirety.
7. Article Eighth, which had provided for a perpetual existence, has
been deleted in its entirety.
8. Article Ninth, which had provided that the By-Laws could be made,
altered, amended, or repealed by the Board of Directors, has been deleted in its
entirety.
9. Article Tenth, which had provided that only stockholders could be
members of the Board of Directors, has been deleted in its entirety.
10. Article Eleventh, which had provided that a sale or transfer of the
stock of the Corporation was subject to a right of "first option" in the
Corporation, has been deleted in its entirety.
11. A new Article VI has been adopted, which provides for a limitation
upon Directors' liability.
-2-
<PAGE> 4
12. A new Article VII has been adopted, which provides for certain
limitations imposed by the Nevada Gaming Control Commission. The substance of
this new Article VII had previously been contained in Article Sixth.
13. A new Article VIII has been adopted, which article eliminates any
preemptive rights of the stockholders.
14. Numerous stylistic changes have been made throughout.
-3-
<PAGE> 5
FILED
IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
STATE OF NEVADA
OCTOBER 29, 1993
CHERYL A. LAU, SECRETARY OF STATE
/S/ CHERYL A. LAU
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
CACTUS PETE'S, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State
of Nevada, by its president and assistant secretary does hereby certify:
1. That the Board of Directors of said corporation by written consent
dated October 26, 1993, passed a resolution declaring that the amendment and
restatement of the articles of incorporation of the corporation attached hereto
is advisable.
2. That the number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled
to vote on an amendment to the articles of incorporation is 100; that the said
change, amendment and restatement has been consented to and authorized by the
written consent of stockholders holding at least a majority of each class of
stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed by its president and its assistant secretary this 26th day of October
1993.
Cactus Pete's, Inc.
By: /s/ CRAIG H. NEILSEN
-----------------------------------
Craig H. Neilsen, President
By: /s/ BARBARA MILLER
-----------------------------------
Barbara Miller, Assistant Secretary
STATE OF NEVADA )
)ss.
COUNTY OF ELKO )
This instrument was acknowledged before me on October 26, 1993, by Craig
H. Neilsen as President and Barbara Miller as Assistant Secretary of Cactus
Pete's Inc.
/s/ M. J. FREILICK
-----------------------------------
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
November 11, 1994
---------------------------------------
APPROVED FOR COMPLIANCE M.J. FREILICK
WITH NRS CHAPTER 463 ONLY NOTARY PUBLIC
Nevada Gaming Commission State of Nevada
Elko County, Nevada
By: /s/ Marilyn Epling My appointment expires Nov. 16, 1994
---------------------------------------
-----------------------
Dated: October 28, 1993
--------------------
<PAGE> 6
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
A Corporation for the transaction of any lawful business under the Nevada
General Corporation Law, Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, is hereby
declared and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada as
follows:
ARTICLE I - NAME
The name of the Corporation is Cactus Pete's, Inc.
ARTICLE II - RESIDENT AGENT
The Corporation's resident agent and the street address where process may
be served upon the Corporation is:
Thomas M. Steinbauer
c/o Cactus Pete's, Inc.
P. O. Box 508
Highway 93
Jackpot, NV 89825
ARTICLE III - PURPOSES
The purpose for which the Corporation is formed are:
(a) To conduct gaming in the State of Nevada in accordance with the
laws of the State of Nevada and the United States of America; and
(b) To engage in any other business or activity not forbidden by law
or these Articles of Incorporation.
ARTICLE IV - STOCK
The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation
shall be authorized to issue is 3,000 shares, which shall be divided into a
maximum of 1,500 shares of Common Stock, par value Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per
share; and a maximum of 1,500 shares of Preferred Stock, par value one cent
($0.01) per share, being divided into any number of
-1-
<PAGE> 7
series and each series having such voting, dividend, redemption and preference
rights as may from time to time be declared by resolution of the board of
Directors of the Corporation filed with the Secretary of State.
ARTICLE V - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The members of the governing board of the Corporation are styled
"Directors",; and there shall at all times be elected and serving no less than
one (1) Director, with the exact number to be determined from time to time by
the Board of Directors by resolution. Such Directors shall comprise the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VI - LIMITATION UPON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
No Director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to
the Corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as
a Director or officer; provided, however, that the foregoing provision does not
eliminate or limit the liability of a Director or officer of the Corporation
for:
(a) Acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or
a knowing violation of law; or
(b) The payment of distributions in violation of Nevada Revised
Statutes 78.300. If the Private Corporations law of Nevada is hereafter
amended or interpreted to eliminate or limit further the personal
liability of Directors of officers, then the liability of all Directors
and officers shall be eliminated or limited to the full extent then so
permitted.
Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be prospective only.
In the event of any conflict between this Article VI and any other Article of
the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, the terms and provisions of Article
VI shall control.
ARTICLE VII - GAMING LAW COMPLIANCE
1. The Corporation shall not issue any stock or securities except in
accordance with the provisions of the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the
regulations thereunder. The issuance of any stock or securities in violation
thereof shall be ineffective and such stock or securities shall be deemed not to
be issued and outstanding until (1) the Corporation shall cease to be subject to
the jurisdiction of the Nevada Gaming Commission, or )2 the Nevada Gaming
Commission shall, by affirmative action, validate said issuance or waive any
defect in issuance.
-2-
<PAGE> 8
2. No stock or securities issued by the Corporation and no interest, claim
or charge therein or thereto shall be transferred in any manner whatsoever
except in accordance with the provisions of the Nevada Gaming Control Act and
the regulations thereunder. Any transfer in violation thereof shall be
ineffective until (1) the Corporation shall cease to be subject to the
jurisdiction of the Nevada Gaming Commission, or (2) the Nevada Gaming
Commission shall, by affirmative action, validate said transfer or waive any
defect in said transfer.
3. If the Nevada Gaming Commission at any time determines that a holder of
stock or other securities of the Corporation is unsuitable to hold such
securities, then until such securities are owned by persons found by the
Commission to be suitable to own them, (a) the Corporation shall not be required
or permitted to pay any dividend or interest with regard to the securities, (b)
the holder of such securities shall not be entitled to vote on any matter as the
holder of the securities, and such securities shall not for any purposes be
included in the securities of the Corporation entitled to vote, and (c) the
Corporation shall not pay any remuneration in any form to the holder of the
securities.
ARTICLE VIII - PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
No stockholder shall have any preemptive rights to acquire any stock of
the Corporation.
APPROVED FOR COMPLIANCE
WITH NRS CHAPTER 463 ONLY
Nevada Gaming Commission
By: /s/ MARILYN EPLING
------------------------
Marilyn Epling
Dated: October 28, 1993
------------------------
-3-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
AS ADOPTED
AUGUST 30, 1993
<PAGE> 2
BYLAWS OF
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Article I - Purposes .................................................... 1
Section 1.01 Purpose ............................................ 1
Article II - Offices .................................................... 1
Section 2.01 Offices ............................................ 1
Section 2.02 Registered Office .................................. 1
Article III - Shareholders .............................................. 2
Section 3.01 Annual Meeting ..................................... 2
Section 3.02 Special Meeting .................................... 2
Section 3.03 Place of Meeting ................................... 2
Section 3.04 Action Without a Meeting ........................... 2
(a) Action by Written Consent ............................ 2
(b) Withdrawal of Consent ................................ 2
(c) Effective Date of Action ............................. 3
Section 3.05 Notice of Meeting .................................. 3
(a) Notice Required ...................................... 3
(b) Contents of Notice ................................... 3
(c) Waiver of Notice ..................................... 4
Section 3.06 Record Date ....................................... 4
(a) Fixing of Record Date ................................ 4
(b) Default Record Date .................................. 4
Section 3.07 Vote Required to take Action ....................... 4
Article IV - Board of Directors ......................................... 4
Section 4.01 General Powers ..................................... 4
Section 4.02 Number ............................................. 4
Section 4.03 Election ........................................... 5
Section 4.04 Term ............................................... 5
Section 4.05 Qualifications ..................................... 5
Section 4.06 Resignation ........................................ 5
Section 4.07 Regular Meetings ................................... 5
Section 4.08 Special Meetings ................................... 5
</TABLE>
-i-
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Section 4.09 Action Without a Meeting .......................... 6
Section 4.10 Notice of Special Meetings ........................ 6
Section 4.11 Waiver of Notice .................................. 6
(a) Written Waiver ...................................... 6
(b) Waiver by Attendance ................................ 7
Section 4.12 Quorum ............................................ 7
Section 4.13 Manner of Acting .................................. 7
Section 4.14 Meetings by Telecommunication ..................... 7
Article V - Officers ................................................... 7
Section 5.01 Number ............................................ 7
Section 5.02 Appointment and Term of Office .................... 8
Section 5.03 Removal ........................................... 7
Section 5.04 Resignation ....................................... 8
Section 5.05 Vacancies ......................................... 8
Section 5.06 Compensation ...................................... 8
Section 5.06 The President ..................................... 8
Section 5.07 The Vice President ................................ 9
Section 5.08 The Secretary ..................................... 9
Section 5.09 The Treasurer ..................................... 10
Section 5.10 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers .... 10
Article VI - Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer ................ 10
Section 6.01 Certificates for Shares ........................... 10
Article VII - Dividends ................................................ 11
Section 7.01 Dividends ......................................... 11
Article VIII - Indemnification ......................................... 11
Section 8.01 Indemnification ................................... 11
Section 8.02 Authorization of Indemnification .................. 11
Section 8.03 Advance of Expenses ............................... 11
Section 8.04 Insurance ......................................... 11
Section 8.05 Savings Clause .................................... 12
Article IX - Miscellaneous ............................................. 12
Section 9.01 Amendments ........................................ 12
Secretary's Certificate ................................................ 13
</TABLE>
-ii-
<PAGE> 4
BYLAWS OF
CACTUS PETE'S, INC.
ARTICLE I - PURPOSES
SECTION 1.01 PURPOSE. This corporation is organized for any and all
lawful purposes for which corporations may be organized under Nevada law, as now
and in the future provided thereby and as set forth in the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation, including, without limitation, to operate a gaming
operation consistent with all requirements of Nevada law regulating gaming as
from time to time in force and applicable to the Corporation.
ARTICLE II - OFFICES
SECTION 2.01 OFFICES. The principal office of the Corporation may be
located at any place, either in or outside the State of Nevada, as designated in
the Corporation's most current Annual Report filed with the State of Nevada. The
Corporation may have such other offices, either in or outside the State of
Nevada, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the
Corporation may require from time to time. The Corporation shall maintain at its
principal office a copy of all records required to be so kept by applicable law.
SECTION 2.02 REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the
Corporation, required by Nevada law, shall be located in the State of Nevada and
may be, but need not be, identical with the Corporation's principal office (if
located in the State of Nevada). The address of the registered office may be
changed from time to time.
-1-
<PAGE> 5
ARTICLE III - SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 3.01 ANNUAL MEETING. The Corporation shall hold an annual
meeting of shareholders at such time, date and place as the Board of Directors
shall determine, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction
of such other business as may come before the meeting.
SECTION 3.02 SPECIAL MEETING. The Corporation shall hold a special
meeting of the shareholders.
(i) on call of its Board of Directors, the chairman of the
Board of Directors or the president; or
(ii) if the holders of shares representing at least ten
percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue that is
proposed to be considered at a special meeting sign, date and deliver to
the Corporation's secretary one or more written demands for the meeting,
stating the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.
SECTION 3.03 PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board of Directors may designate any
place, either in or outside the State of Nevada, as the place at which any
annual or special meeting is to be held. If no designation is made, the meeting
shall be held at the Corporation's principal office.
SECTION 3.04 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.
(a) ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a
consent is in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the
shareholders entitled to vote on such action. Such consent has the same force
and effect as a unanimous vote of the shareholder.
(b) WITHDRAWAL OF CONSENT. Any shareholder giving a written
consent, or the shareholder's proxyholder, or a transferee of the shares or a
personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholder, may
revoke the consent by a signed writing describing
-2-
<PAGE> 6
the action and stating that the shareholder's prior consent is revoked, if the
writing is received by the Corporation prior to the effectiveness of the action.
(c) EFFECTIVE DATE OF ACTION. An action taken pursuant to this
Section 3.04 is not effective unless all written consents on which the
Corporation relies for the taking of an action pursuant to subsection (a) are
received by the Corporation within a sixty day period and not revoked pursuant
to subsection (b). Action taken pursuant to this Section 3.04 is effective as of
the date the last written consent necessary to effect the action is received by
the Corporation, unless all of the written consents necessary to effect the
action specify a later date as the effective date of the action, in which case
the later date shall be the effective date of the action.
SECTION 3.05 NOTICE OF MEETING.
(a) NOTICE REQUIRED. The Corporation shall give notice to
shareholders of the date, time and place of each annual and special
shareholders' meeting no fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the meeting date. Notice shall be deemed effective at the earlier of (i)
when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or
her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with
postage thereon prepaid; (ii) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is
signed by or on behalf of the addressee; (iii) when received; or (iv) 5 days
after deposit in the United States mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly
addressed to an address other than that shown in the Corporation's current
record of shareholders.
(b) CONTENTS OF NOTICE.
(i) The notice of every shareholders' meeting must state
the place, day and time of the meeting.
(ii) Notice of any shareholders' meeting should include a
description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
-3-
<PAGE> 7
(c) WAIVER OF NOTICE. A shareholder may waive any notice
required by these bylaws, before or after the date and time stated in the notice
as the date or time when any action will occur or has occurred. The waiver must
be in writing, be signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice, and be
delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the
corporate records.
SECTION 3.06 RECORD DATE FOR MEETINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS.
(a) FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors by resolution
may fix a record date in order to determine the shareholders entitled to
receive notice of a shareholders' meeting, and to determine the
shareholders who are entitled to take action without a meeting, to
demand a special meeting, to vote, or to take any other action. Such
record date may not be more than sixty (60) days before the meeting or
action requiring the determination of shareholders.
(b) DEFAULT RECORD DATE. If the Board of Directors does not fix
a record date, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to
notice of and to vote at an annual or special shareholders' meeting is
the close of business on the date before the first notice is delivered
to shareholders.
SECTION 3.07 VOTE REQUIRED TO TAKE ACTION FOR OTHER THAN ELECTION OF
DIRECTORS. If a quorum exists, action on a matter is approved if the votes cast
favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, except where a
greater number of affirmative votes is otherwise required by law.
ARTICLE IV - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 4.01 GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.02 NUMBER. The Board of Directors shall consist of no less
than three and no more than seven Directors; provided that as long as the number
of shareholders of the Corporation is less than 3, the number of Directors may
be the same as the number of shareholders, with the exact
-4-
<PAGE> 8
number of Directors within such parameters to be set by resolution of the Board
of Directors from time to time; provided that no decrease in the number of
Directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent
Director.
SECTION 4.03 ELECTION. The Directors shall be elected at each annual
meeting of the shareholders. If the Directors are not elected at an annual
meeting, or if an annual meeting is not held, then the Directors may be elected
at any special meeting of the shareholders held for that purpose.
SECTION 4.04 TERM. The terms of Directors of the Corporation expire at
the next annual shareholders' meeting following their election. Despite the
expiration of a Director's term, the Director shall continue to serve until the
election and qualification of a successor or until there is a decrease in the
number of Directors, or until such Director's earlier death, resignation or
removal from office.
SECTION 4.05 QUALIFICATIONS. Directors need not be residents of the
State of Nevada or shareholders of the Corporation.
SECTION 4.06 RESIGNATION. Any Director of the Corporation may resign at
any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. A resignation is effective
when the notice is received by the Corporation unless the notice specifies a
later effective date.
SECTION 4.07 REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after,
and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. By resolution, the
Board of Directors may determine the time and place, either within or without
the State of Nevada, for the holding of additional regular meetings without
other notice than such resolution.
SECTION 4.08 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the
president or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call
special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place,
-5-
<PAGE> 9
either within or without the State of Nevada, as the place for holding any
special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.
SECTION 4.09 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a
meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by
all of the Directors. Such consent has the same force and effect as a unanimous
vote of the Directors. Action taken under this provision is effective at the
time the last Director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless,
prior to that time, any Director has revoked a consent by a writing signed by
the Director and received by the secretary or any other person authorized by the
bylaws or the Board of Directors to receive the revocation, or unless the
consent specifies a different effective time.
SECTION 4.10 NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS. Notice of any special meeting
shall be given at least one (1) day prior to the date of the meeting. Notice
must be in writing unless oral notice is reasonable under the circumstance.
Notice may be communicated in person. by any form of electronic communication,
or by mail or private carrier. The notice need not describe the purpose of the
special meeting, unless otherwise required by law or these bylaws. Notice shall
be effective at the earliest of the following:
(i) when received;
(ii) five days after it is mailed;
(iii) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, and the receipt is signed by or on
behalf of the addressee.
SECTION 4.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE.
(a) WRITTEN WAIVER. Any Director may waive notice of any
meeting before or after the date and time of the meeting stated in the
notice. Except as provided in subsection (b), below, the waiver must be
in writing and signed by the Director entitled to notice. The waiver
shall be
-6-
<PAGE> 10
delivered to the Corporation for filing with the corporate records, but
delivery and filing are not conditions to its effectiveness.
(b) WAIVER BY ATTENDANCE. The attendance of a Director at or
participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the Director of
the meeting unless the Director at the beginning of the meeting, or
promptly upon the Director's arrival, objects to the holding of the
meeting or the transacting of business at the meeting because of lack of
notice or defective notice, and does not thereafter vote for or assent
to action taken at the meeting.
SECTION 4.12 QUORUM. A majority of the number of Directors fixed by
Section 4.02 of these bylaws constitutes a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.13 MANNER OF ACTING. The act of a majority of the Directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of
Directors. Voting by proxy is not permitted.
SECTION 4.14 MEETINGS BY TELECOMMUNICATION. The Board of Directors may
permit any or all Directors to participate in a regular or special meeting by,
or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which
all Directors participating may hear each other during the meeting. A Director
participating in a meeting by this means is considered present in person at the
meeting.
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS
SECTION 5.01 NUMBER. The Corporation shall have a president, a
secretary, and a treasurer, and such other officers as may be determined by the
Board of Directors, each of whom shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.
One or more vice presidents, (the number to be determined by the Board of
Directors) and such other officers and assistant officers and agents as may be
deemed necessary may also be appointed by the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors may delegate to any officer of the Corporation or any committee of the
Board of Directors the power to appoint,
-7-
<PAGE> 11
remove and prescribe the duties of such other officers, assistant officers,
agents and employees. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 5.02 APPOINTMENT AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the
Corporation shall be appointed by the Board of Directors or by any officer to
whom or committee of the Board of Directors to which the power of appointment
has been delegated. Each officer shall hold office until such officer's
successor has been appointed or until such officer's death or until such officer
shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner provided below. The
appointment of an officer shall not itself create any contract rights with the
Corporation
SECTION 5.03 REMOVAL. Any officer, assistant, agent or employee may be
removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors, or by any
officer to whom or committee of the Board of Directors to which such power of
removal has been delegated, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the
contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
SECTION 5.04 RESIGNATION. An officer may resign at any time by giving
written notice of resignation to the Corporation. A resignation of an officer is
effective when it is received by the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a
later effective date. An officer's resignation does not affect the Corporation's
contract rights, if any, with the officer.
SECTION 5.05 VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board
of Directors or by any officer to whom or committee of the Board of Directors to
which such power has been delegated.
SECTION 5.06 COMPENSATION. The compensation of the officers shall be
fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be
prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she
is also a Director of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.06 THE PRESIDENT. The president, unless otherwise specified by
the Board of Directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation
and, under the direction of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise
and control all the business and affairs of the Corporation. The president
shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in
-8-
<PAGE> 12
the absence of the chair of the board, at meetings of the Board of Directors.
The president may hire, prescribe the duties of, and fire employees, and may
delegate such authority in whole or in part to any other officer or employee.
The president may sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer of the
Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for
shares of the Corporation, and any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other
instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except
in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by
the Board of Directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the
Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and
in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
SECTION 5.07 VICE PRESIDENT. One or more Vice Presidents may be elected
by the Board of Directors to perform such tasks and to have such authority less
than the President as may be provided by the Board of Directors. In the absence
of the president, or in the event of the president's death, inability or refusal
to act, the senior ranking vice president in title (i.e. "senior" or
"executive"; or in the event of more than one vice president with the same
title, the senior ranking vice president in terms of date of first election to
the current level of office) shall perform the duties of the president, and when
so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions
upon the president. Any vice president may sign, with the secretary or an
assistant secretary, certificates for shares of the Corporation; and shall
perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by
the president or by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 5.08 THE SECRETARY. The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of
the shareholders' and of the Board of Directors' meetings in one or more books
provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance
with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of
the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation and affix such seal to
documents when authorized; (d) keep a register of the address of each
shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e)
sign with the president, or a vice president, certificates for shares of the
Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of
the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of
the Corporation; (g) maintain the records required under Section 16-10a-1601 of
the Nevada Revised Business Corporation Act, and (h) in general perform all
duties incident to the office of secretary and
-9-
<PAGE> 13
such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the
president or by the Board of Directors. In the absence of a secretary and any
assistant secretaries, the president shall perform these duties.
SECTION 5.09 THE TREASURER. If required by the Board of Directors, the
treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in
such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall
determine. He or she shall: (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible
for all funds and securities of the Corporation; (b) receive and give receipts
for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and
deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust
companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with the
provision of Section 8.04 of these bylaws;and (c) in general perform all of the
duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the Board of
Directors. In the absence of a treasurer, the secretary shall perform such
duties.
SECTION 5.10 ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The
assistant secretaries, when authorized by the Board of Directors, may sign with
the president or a vice president certificates for shares of the Corporation,
the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of
Directors. The assistant treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board
of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The assistant
secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by
the president or the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
SECTION 6.01 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Every owner of shares of stock of
the Corporation is entitled to have a certificate or certificates, in a form
approved by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class and series
of shares of the stock, of the Corporation owned by such shareholder. Such
certificates shall be consecutively numbered in the order in which they are
issued,
-10-
<PAGE> 14
and shall be signed by the President and the Secretary, together with such
authenticating agent as may be appointed from time to time by the Board of
Directors.
ARTICLE VII - DIVIDENDS
SECTION 7.01 DIVIDENDS. The Board of Directors may from time to time
declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the
manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation.
ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 8.01 INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify each
person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation
or an individual who, while serving the indicated relationship to the
Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation's request as a Director,
officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another Corporation
or other person or of an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent permitted
by the Nevada law.
SECTION 8.02 AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall be
deemed to have authorized such indemnification whenever a determination has been
made under Nevada law that indemnification of an individual is permissible in
the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct.
SECTION 8.03 ADVANCE OF EXPENSES. The Corporation may accept an
undertaking of an officer or Director to repay advanced expenses if such are
ultimately found to have been unlawfully or improperly advanced without
reference to financial ability to make repayment.
SECTION 8.04 INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain
liability insurance on behalf of a person who is or was a Director, officer,
employee, fiduciary, or agent of the Corporation, or who, while serving as a
Director, officer employee, fiduciary, or agent of the Corporation, is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, partner,
-11-
<PAGE> 15
trustee, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another foreign or domestic
Corporation or other person, or of an employee benefit plan, against liability
asserted against or incurred by him or her in that capacity or arising from his
or her status as a Director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent, whether or
not the Corporation would have power to indemnify him or her against the same
liability.
SECTION 8.05 SAVINGS CLAUSE. If this Article or any portion thereof
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then
the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each officer and Director as to
expenses, including attorney's fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether internal or external,
including without limitation a grand jury proceeding and an action or suit
brought by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by
any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated, or
by any other applicable law.
ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.01 AMENDMENTS. These bylaws, or any of them, may be altered,
amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be made, (i) by the Board of Directors,
by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, acting at any meeting of
the Board of Directors, or (ii) by the shareholders, by vote of a majority of a
quorum of the shareholders, at any annual meeting of shareholders, without
previous notice, or at any special meeting of shareholders, provided that notice
of such proposed amendment, modification, repeal or adoption is given in the
notice of special meeting. Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation, any bylaws made or altered by the shareholders may be
altered or repealed by either the Board of Directors or the shareholders.
-12-
<PAGE> 16
CERTIFICATE
THE UNDERSIGNED Secretary of CACTUS PETE'S, INC., does hereby certify
the foregoing to be the bylaws of such Corporation, as adopted by the Board of
Directors on August 30, 1993.
By /s/ THOMAS STEINBAUER
------------------------------------
Thomas Steinbauer
<PAGE> 1
================================================================================
STATE OF MISSISSIPPI
Office of the Secretary of State
DICK MOLPUS, SECRETARY OF STATE
Jackson, Mississippi
MISSISSIPPI CORPORATION INFORMATION SYSTEM
Corporation Name
DELTA POINT, INC.
Corp ID: 0591023
Filed: 09/14/1992 AT 8:00 A. M.
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
Dick Molpus
Secretary of State
Filing Fee Receipt: $50.00
Secretary of State
P.O. Box 136
Jackson, MS 39205
(601) 359-1333
Official Seal: Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
FILED
SEP 14, 1992
Dick Molpus
SECRETARY
OF STATE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
(Attach conformed copy)
[X] PROFIT [ ] NONPROFIT
(Mark Appropriate Box)
The undersigned persons, pursuant to Section 79-4-2.02 (if a profit
corporation) or Section 79-11-137 (if a nonprofit corporation) of the
Mississippi Code of 1972, hereby execute the following document and set forth:
1. The name of the corporation is
Delta Point, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Domicile address is 633 N. State Street, Jackson, MS 39202
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STREET
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CITY/STATE/COUNTY/ZIP
3. FOR NON-PROFITS ONLY: The period of duration is years or X perpetual.
----- -----
4. (a) The number (and classes, if any) of shares the corporation is authorized
to issue is (are) as follows (THIS IS FOR PROFIT ONLY):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class(es) No of Shares Authorized
--------- -----------------------
<S> <C>
Common 10,000,000
------------- -----------------------
------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
4. (b) If more than one (1) class of shares is authorized, the preferences,
limitations, and relative rights of each class are as follows:
5. The street address of its initial registered office is
633 N. State Street, Jackson, MS 39202
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STREET
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CITY/STATE/ZIP
and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is
Thomas B. Shepherd III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. The name and complete address of each incorporator is as follows
(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT):
Thomas B. Shepherd III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
633 N. State Street, Jackson, MS 39202
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME/STREET ADDRESS/CITY/STATE/ZIP
7. Other provisions:
------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/s/ THOMAS B. SHEPHERD III
--------------------------------------
Thomas B. Shepherd III, Incorporator
--------------------------------------
INCORPORATOR (SIGNATURE)
<PAGE> 3
298818
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(Attach conformed copy)
[X] PROFIT [ ] NONPROFIT
(Mark Appropriate Box)
---------------------
Time: 8:00 A.M.
Amount Received:
$50.00
---------------------
Filed: 09/20/93
---------------------
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
---------------------
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
---------------------
The undersigned corporation, pursuant to Section 79-4-10.06 (if a profit
corporation) or Section 79-11-305 (if a nonprofit corporation) of the
Mississippi Code of 1972, hereby executes the following document and sets forth:
1. The name of the corporation is: Delta Point, Inc.
-------------------------------------------
2. Set forth the text of each amendment adopted. (See Attached page.)
3. If a profit amendment provides for an exchange, reclassification, or
cancellation of issued shares, set forth the provisions for implementing the
amendment if they are not contained in the amendment itself. (Attach page.)
4. The amendment(s) was (were) adopted September 14, 1993
----------------------------------------
DATE(S)
FOR PROFIT CORPORATION
(a) adopted by [ ] the incorporators [ ] directors without the shareholders
action and shareholder action was not required. (Check appropriate box.)
FOR NONPROFIT CORPORATION
(b) adopted [ ] board of directors [ ] incorporators without member action
and member action was not required. (Check appropriate box.)
FOR PROFIT CORPORATION
5. If the amendment was approved by shareholders:
(a) The designation, number of outstanding shares, number of votes entitled
to be cast by each voting group entitled to vote separately on the
amendment, and the number of votes of each voting group indisputably
represented at the meeting was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No. of votes
No. outstanding No. of votes indisputably
Designation shares entitled to be cast represented
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common 1,000 1,000 1,000
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
(b) Either the total number of votes cast for and against the amendment by
each voting group entitled to vote separately on the amendment was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of Total no. of
Voting Group votes cast FOR votes cast AGAINST
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
or the total number of undisputed votes cast for the amendment by each voting
group was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of undisputed
Voting Group votes cast FOR the plan
----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C>
Common 1,000
----------------------- -----------------------
----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
and the number cast for the amendment by each voting group was sufficient for
approval by that voting group.
FOR NONPROFIT CORPORATIONS
6. If the amendment was approved by the members:
(a) The designation, number of memberships outstanding, number of votes
entitled to be cast by each class entitled to vote separately on the
amendment, and number of votes of each class indisputably represented at
the meeting was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No. memberships No. of votes No. of votes
Designation outstanding entitled to be cast indisputably represented
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
</TABLE>
(b) Either
<PAGE> 4
(i) the total number of votes cast for and against the amendment by
each class entitled to vote separately on the amendment was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of votes cast Total no. of votes cast
Voting class FOR the amendment AGAINST the amendment
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
or
(ii) the total number of undisputed votes cast for the amendment by each
class was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of
undisputed votes cast
Voting Group FOR the amendment
----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C>
----------------------- -----------------------
----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
and the number for the amendment by each class was sufficient for approval by
that voting group.
BY Thomas M. Steinbauer, Secretary-Treasurer /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRINTED NAME/CORPORATE TITLE SIGNATURE
-2-
<PAGE> 5
298818
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(Attach conformed copy)
[X] PROFIT [ ] NONPROFIT
(Mark Appropriate Box)
---------------------
Time: 8:00 A.M.
Amount Received:
$50.00
---------------------
Filed: 09/20/93
---------------------
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
---------------------
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
---------------------
The undersigned corporation, pursuant to Section 79-4-10.06 (if a profit
corporation) or Section 79-11-305 (if a nonprofit corporation) of the
Mississippi Code of 1972, hereby executes the following document and sets forth:
1. The name of the corporation is: Delta Point, Inc.
-------------------------------------------
2. Set forth the text of each amendment adopted. (See Attached page.)
3. If a profit amendment provides for an exchange, reclassification, or
cancellation of issued shares, set forth the provisions for implementing the
amendment if they are not contained in the amendment itself. (Attach page.)
4. The amendment(s) was (were) adopted September 14, 1993
----------------------------------------
DATE(S)
FOR PROFIT CORPORATION
(a) adopted by [ ] the incorporators [ ] directors without the shareholder
action and shareholder action was not required. (Check appropriate box.)
FOR NONPROFIT CORPORATION
(b) adopted [ ] board of directors [ ] incorporators without member action
and member action was not required. (Check appropriate box.)
FOR PROFIT CORPORATION
5. If the amendment was approved by shareholders:
(a) The designation, number of outstanding shares, number of votes entitled
to be cast by each voting group entitled to vote separately on the
amendment, and the number of votes of each voting group indisputably
represented at the meeting was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No. of votes
No. outstanding No. of votes indisputably
Designation shares entitled to be cast represented
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common 1,000 1,000 1,000
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
(b) Either the total number of votes cast for and against the amendment by
each voting group entitled to vote separately on the amendment was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of Total no. of
Voting Group votes cast FOR votes cast AGAINST
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
or the total number of undisputed votes cast for the amendment by each voting
group was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of undisputed
Voting Group votes cast FOR the plan
----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C>
Common 1,000
----------------------- -----------------------
----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
and the number cast for the amendment by each voting group was sufficient for
approval by that voting group.
FOR NONPROFIT CORPORATIONS
6. If the amendment was approved by the members:
(a) The designation, number of memberships outstanding, number of votes
entitled to be cast by each class entitled to vote separately on the
amendment, and number of votes of each class indisputably represented at
the meeting was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No. memberships No. of votes No. of votes
Designation outstanding entitled to be cast indisputably represented
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
</TABLE>
(b) Either
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
<PAGE> 6
(i) the total number of votes cast for and against the amendment by each
class entitled to vote separately on the amendment was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of votes cast Total no. of votes cast
Voting class FOR the amendment AGAINST the amendment
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
or
(ii) the total number of undisputed votes cast for the amendment by each
class was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of
undisputed votes cast
Voting group FOR the amendment
----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C>
----------------------- -----------------------
----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
and the number cast for the amendment by each class was sufficient for approval
by that voting group.
BY Thomas M. Steinbauer, Secretary/Treasurer /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRINTED NAME/CORPORATE TITLE SIGNATURE
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
-2-
<PAGE> 7
ATTACHMENT
Article 1 of the Articles of Incorporation of Delta Point, Inc. is hereby
amended as follows:
1. The name of the corporation is Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc.
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
<PAGE> 8
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(Attach conformed copy.)
[X] PROFIT [ ] NONPROFIT
(Mark appropriate box)
---------------------
Time: 8:00 A.M.
Amount Received:
$50.00
---------------------
Filed: 12-17-93
---------------------
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
---------------------
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
---------------------
The undersigned corporation, pursuant to Section 79-4-10.06 (if a profit
corporation) or Section 79-11-305 (if a nonprofit corporation) of the
Mississippi Code of 1972, hereby executes the following document and sets forth:
1. The name of the corporation is: Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc.
-------------------------------------------
2. Set forth the text of each amendment adopted. (Attached page.)
3. If a profit amendment provides for an exchange, reclassification, or
cancellation of issued shares, set forth the provisions for implementing the
amendment if they are not contained in the amendment itself. (Attach page.)
4. The amendment(s) was (were) adopted December , 1993
----------------------------------------
DATE(S)
FOR PROFIT CORPORATION
(a) adopted by [ ] the incorporators [ ] directors without the shareholders
action and shareholder action was not required. (Check appropriate box.)
FOR NONPROFIT CORPORATION
(b) adopted [ ] board of directors [ ] incorporators without member action
and member action was not required. (Check appropriate box.)
FOR PROFIT CORPORATION
5. If the amendment was approved by shareholders:
(a) The designation, number of outstanding shares, number of votes entitled
to be cast by each voting group entitled to vote separately on the
amendment, and the number of votes of each voting group indisputably
represented at the meeting was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No. of votes
No. outstanding No. of votes indisputably
Designation shares entitled to be cast represented
----------- --------------- ------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common 2,000 2,000 2,000
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
(b) Either the total number of votes cast for and against the amendment by
each voting group entitled to vote separately on the amendment was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of Total no. of
Voting Group votes cast FOR votes cast AGAINST
------------ -------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
or the total number of undisputed votes cast for the amendment by each voting
group was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of undisputed
Voting Group votes cast FOR the plan
------------ -----------------------
<S> <C>
Common 2,000
----------------------- -----------------------
----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
and the number cast for the amendment by each voting group was sufficient for
approval by that voting group.
FOR NONPROFIT CORPORATIONS
6. If the amendment was approved by the members:
(a) The designation, number of memberships outstanding, number of votes
entitled to be cast by each class entitled to vote separately on the
amendment, and number of votes of each class indisputably represented at
the meeting was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No. memberships No. of votes No. of votes
Designation outstanding entitled to be cast indisputably represented
----------- --------------- ------------------- ------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common 2,000 2,000 2,000
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
</TABLE>
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
<PAGE> 9
(b) Either
(i) the total number of votes cast for and against the amendment by
each class entitled to vote separately on the amendment was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of votes cast Total no. of votes cast
Voting class FOR the amendment AGAINST the amendment
------------ ----------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C>
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
- ------------------------ ----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
or
(ii) the total number of undisputed votes cast for the amendment by each
class was:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total no. of
undisputed votes cast
Voting Group FOR the amendment
------------ -----------------
<S> <C>
----------------------- -----------------------
----------------------- -----------------------
</TABLE>
and the number for the amendment by each class was sufficient for approval by
that voting group.
BY Thomas M. Steinbauer, Secretary/Treasurer /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRINTED NAME/CORPORATE TITLE SIGNATURE
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
-2-
<PAGE> 10
ATTACHMENT
Article 4(a) of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended as
follows:
4. The number (and classes, if any) of shares the corporation is authorized to
issue is (are) as follow (THIS IS FOR PROFIT ONLY:)
Class(es) No. of Shares Authorized
--------- ------------------------
Common 10,000 ($.01 par value)
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ DICK MOLPUS
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
ATTACHMENT
-3-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.6
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
DELTA POINT, INC.
AS ADOPTED
JULY 30, 1993
<PAGE> 2
BYLAWS OF
DELTA POINT, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Article I - Purposes........................................................... 1
Section 1.01 Purpose............................................... 1
Article II - Offices ....................................................... 1
Section 2.01 Offices............................................... 1
Section 2.02 Registered Office..................................... 1
Article III - Shareholders..................................................... 1
Section 3.01 Annual Meeting........................................ 1
Section 3.02 Special Meeting....................................... 2
Section 3.03 Place of Meeting...................................... 2
Section 3.04 Action Without a Meeting.............................. 2
(a) Action by Written Consent.......................... 2
(b) Withdrawal of Consent.............................. 2
(c) Effective Date of Action........................... 2
Section 3.05 Notice of Meeting..................................... 3
(a) Notice Required.................................... 3
(b) Contents of Notice................................. 3
(c) Waiver of Notice................................... 3
Section 3.06 Record Date........................................... 4
(a) Fixing of Record Date.............................. 4
(b) Default Record Date................................ 4
Section 3.07 Vote Required to take Action.......................... 4
Article IV - Board of Directors................................................ 4
Section 4.01 General Powers........................................ 4
Section 4.02 Number................................................ 4
Section 4.03 Election.............................................. 5
Section 4.04 Term.................................................. 5
Section 4.05 Qualifications........................................ 5
Section 4.06 Resignation........................................... 5
Section 4.07 Regular Meetings...................................... 5
Section 4.08 Special Meetings...................................... 5
</TABLE>
-i-
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Section 4.09 Action Without a Meeting.............................. 5
Section 4.10 Notice of Special Meetings............................ 6
Section 4.11 Waiver of Notice...................................... 6
(a) Written Waiver .................................... 6
(b) Waiver by Attendance .............................. 6
Section 4.12 Quorum................................................ 7
Section 4.13 Manner of Acting...................................... 7
Section 4.14 Meetings by Telecommunication......................... 7
Article V - Officers........................................................... 7
Section 5.01 Number................................................ 7
Section 5.02 Appointment and Term of Office........................ 7
Section 5.03 Removal............................................... 8
Section 5.04 Resignation........................................... 8
Section 5.05 Vacancies............................................. 8
Section 5.06 Compensation.......................................... 8
Section 5.06 The President......................................... 8
Section 5.07 The Vice President.................................... 9
Section 5.08 The Secretary......................................... 9
Section 5.09 The Treasurer......................................... 9
Section 5.10 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers........ 10
Article VI - Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer ....................... 11
Section 6.01 Certificates for Shares .............................. 11
Article VII - Dividends ....................................................... 10
Section 7.01 Dividends ............................................ 10
Article VIII - Indemnification................................................. 11
Section 8.01 Indemnification....................................... 11
Section 8.02 Authorization of Indemnification...................... 11
Section 8.03 Advance of Expenses................................... 11
Section 8.04 Insurance............................................. 11
Section 8.05 Savings Clause........................................ 12
Article IX - Miscellaneous .................................................... 12
Section 9.01 Amendments ........................................... 12
Secretary's Certificate ....................................................... 12
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
BYLAWS OF
DELTA POINT, INC.
ARTICLE I - PURPOSES
SECTION 1.01 PURPOSE. This corporation is organized for any and all
lawful purposes for which corporations may be organized under Mississippi law,
as now and in the future provided thereby and as set forth in the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation, including, without limitation, to operate a gaming
operation consistent with all requirements of Mississippi law regulating gaming
as from time to time in force and applicable to the Corporation.
ARTICLE II - OFFICES
SECTION 2.01 OFFICES. The principal office of the Corporation may be
located at any place, either in or outside the State of Mississippi, as
designated in the Corporation's most current Annual Report filed with the State
of Mississippi. The Corporation may have such other offices, either in or
outside the State of Mississippi, as the Board of Directors may designate or as
the business of the Corporation may require from time to time. The Corporation
shall maintain at its principal office a copy of all records required to be so
kept by applicable law.
SECTION 2.02 REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the
Corporation, required by Mississippi law, shall be located in the State of
Mississippi and may be, but need not be, identical with the Corporation's
principal office (if located in the State of Mississippi). The address of the
registered office may be changed from time to time. to time.
ARTICLE III - SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 3.01 ANNUAL MEETING. The Corporation shall hold an annual
meeting of shareholders at such time, date and place as the Board of Directors
shall determine, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction
of such other business as may come before the meeting.
<PAGE> 5
SECTION 3.02 SPECIAL MEETING. THE CORPORATION SHALL HOLD A SPECIAL
MEETING OF THE SHAREHOLDERS:
(i) on call of its Board of Directors, the chairman of the
Board of Directors or the president; or
(ii) if the holders of shares representing at least ten
percent (10 %) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue that is
proposed to be considered at a special meeting sign, date and deliver to
the Corporation's secretary one or more written demands for the meeting,
stating the purpose for which it is to be held.
SECTION 3.03 PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board of Directors may designate any
place, either in or outside the State of Mississippi, as the place at which any
annual or special meeting is to be held. If no designation is made, the meeting
shall be held at the Corporation's principal office.
SECTION 3.04 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.
(a) ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the
shareholders entitled to vote on such action. Such consent has the same force
and effect as a unanimous vote of the shareholders.
(b) WITHDRAWAL OF CONSENT. Any shareholder giving a written consent,
or the shareholder's proxyholder, or a transferee of the shares or a personal
representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholder, may revoke
the consent by a signed writing describing the action and stating that the
shareholder's prior consent is revoked, if the writing is received by the
Corporation prior to the effectiveness of the action.
(c) EFFECTIVE DATE OF ACTION. An action taken pursuant to this
Section 3.04 is not effective unless all written consents on which the
Corporation within a sixty day period and not revoked pursuant to subsection (a)
are received by the Corporation relies for the taking of an action pursuant to
subsection (b). Action taken pursuant to this Section 3.04 is effective as of
the date
-2-
<PAGE> 6
the last written consent necessary to effect the action is received by
the Corporation, unless all of the written consents necessary to effect the
action specify a later date as the effective date of the action, in which case
the later date shall be the effective date of the action.
SECTION 3.05 NOTICE OF MEETING.
(a) NOTICE REQUIRED. The Corporation shall give notice to
shareholders of the date, time and place of each annual and special
shareholders' meeting no fewer than ten (10 ) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the meeting date. Notice shall be deemed effective at the earlier of (i)
when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or
her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with
postage thereon prepaid; (ii) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is
signed by or on behalf of the addressee; (iii) when received; or (iv) 5 days
after deposit in the United States mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly
addressed to an address other than that shown in the Corporation's current
record of shareholders.
(b) CONTENTS OF NOTICE.
(i) The notice of every shareholders' meeting must state the
place, day and time of meeting.
(ii) Notice of any shareholders' meeting must include a
description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called,
except for those matters specified by law or these bylaws for which
specific notice must be given.
(c) WAIVER OF NOTICE. A shareholder may waive any notice required by
these bylaws, before or after the date and time stated in the notice as the date
or time when any action will occur or has occurred. The waiver must be in
writing, be signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice, and be delivered
to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate
records.
-3-
<PAGE> 7
SECTION 3.06 RECORD DATE FOR MEETINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS.
(a) FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors by resolution may
fix a record date in order to determine the shareholders entitled to receive
notice of a shareholders' meeting, and to determine the shareholders who are
entitled to take action without a meeting, to demand a special meeting, to vote,
or to take any other action. Such record date may not be more than seventy (70)
days before the meeting or action requiring the determination of shareholders.
(b) DEFAULT RECORD DATE. If the Board of Directors does not fix a
record date, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of
and to vote at an annual or special shareholders' meeting is the close of
business on the date before the first notice is delivered to shareholders.
SECTION 3.07 VOTE REQUIRED TO TAKE ACTION FOR OTHER THAN ELECTION OF
DIRECTORS. If a quorum exists, action on any matter is approved if the votes
cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, except where
a greater number of affirmative votes is otherwise required by law.
ARTICLE IV - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 4.01 GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.02 NUMBER. The Board of Directors shall consist of no less
than three and no more than seven Directors; provided that as long as the number
of shareholders of the Corporation is less than 3, the number of Directors may
be the same as the number of shareholders, with the exact number of Directors
within such parameters to be set by resolution of the Board of Directors from
time to time; provided that no decrease in the number of Directors shall have
the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director.
-4-
<PAGE> 8
SECTION 4.03 ELECTION. The Directors shall be elected at each annual
meeting of the shareholders. If the Directors are not elected at an annual
meeting, or if an annual meeting is not held, then the Directors may be elected
at any special meeting of the shareholders held for that purpose.
SECTION 4.04 TERM. The terms of Directors of the Corporation expire at
the next annual shareholders' meeting following their election. Despite the
expiration of the Director's term, the Director shall continue to serve until
the election and qualification of a successor or until there is a decrease in
the number of Directors, or until such Director's earlier death, resignation or
removal from office.
SECTION 4.05 QUALIFICATIONS. Directors need not be residents of the
State of Mississippi or shareholders of the Corporation.
SECTION 4.06 RESIGNATION. Any Director of the Corporation may resign at
any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. A resignation is effective
when the notice is received by the Corporation unless the notice specifies a
later effective date.
SECTION 4.07 REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after,
and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. By resolution, the
Board of Directors may determine the time and place, either within or without
the State of Mississippi, for the holding of additional regular meetings without
other notice than such resolution.
SECTION 4.08 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special Meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the
president or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call
special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or
without the State of Mississippi, as the place for holding any special meeting
of the Board of Directors called by them.
SECTION 4.09 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at a meeting of the board of Directors may be taken without a
meeting if a consent in writing, setting
-5-
<PAGE> 9
forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the Directors. Such consent has
the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Directors. Action taken
under this provision is effective at the time the last Director signs a writing
describing the action taken, unless, prior to that time, any Director has
revoked a consent by a writing signed by the Director and received by the
secretary or any other person authorized by the bylaws or the Board of Directors
to receive the revocation, or unless the consent specifies a different effective
time.
SECTION 4.10 NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS. Notice of any special meeting
shall be given at least one (1) day prior to the date of the meeting. Notice
must be in writing unless oral notice is reasonable under the circumstances.
Notice may be communicated in person, by any form of electronic communication,
or by mail or private carrier. The notice need not describe the purpose of the
special meeting, unless otherwise required by law or these bylaws. Notice shall
be effective at the earlier of the following:
(i) when received;
(ii) five days after it is mailed;
(iii) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt
is signed by or on behalf of the addressee.
SECTION 4.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE.
(a) WRITTEN WAIVER. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting
before or after the date and time of the meeting stated in the notice. Except as
provided in subsection (b), below, the waiver must be in writing and signed by
the Director entitled to notice. The waiver shall be delivered to the
Corporation for filing with the corporate records, but delivery and filing are
not conditions to its effectiveness.
(b) WAIVER BY ATTENDANCE. The attendance of a Director at or
participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the Director of the
meeting unless the Director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon
the Director's arrival, objects to the holding of the
-6-
<PAGE> 10
meeting or the transacting of business at the meeting because of lack of notice
of defective notice, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken
at the meeting.
SECTION 4.12 QUORUM. A majority of the number of Directors fixed by
Section 4.02 of these bylaws constitutes a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.13 MANNER OF ACTING. The act of majority of the Directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of
Directors. Voting by proxy is not permitted.
SECTION 4.14 MEETINGS BY TELECOMMUNICATION. The Board of Directors may
permit any or all Directors to participate in a regular or special meeting by,
or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which
all Directors participating may hear each other during the meeting. A Director
participating in a meeting by this means is considered present in person at the
meeting.
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS
SECTION 5.01 NUMBER. The Corporation shall have a president, a
secretary, and a treasurer, and such other officers as may be determined by the
Board of Directors, each of whom shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.
One or more vice presidents (the number to be determined by the Board of
Directors) and such other officers and assistant officers and agents as may be
deemed necessary may also be appointed by the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors may delegate to any officer of the Corporation or any committee of the
Board of Directors the power to appoint, remove and prescribe the duties of such
other officers, assistant officers, agents and employees. Any two or more
offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 5.02 APPOINTMENT AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the
Corporation shall be appointed by the Board of Directors or by any officer to
whom or committee of the Board of Directors to which the power of appointment
has been delegated. Each officer shall told office until
-7-
<PAGE> 11
such officer's successor has been appointed or until such officer's death or
until such officer shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner
provided below. The appointment of an officer shall not itself create any
contract rights with the Corporation.
SECTION 5.03 REMOVAL. Any officer, assistant, agent or employee may be
removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors, or by any
officer to whom or committee of the Board of Directors to which such power of
removal has been delegated, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the
contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
SECTION 5.04 RESIGNATION. An officer may resign at any time by giving
written notice of resignation to the Corporation. A resignation of an officer is
effective when it is received by the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a
later effective date. An officer's resignation does not affect the Corporation's
contract rights, if any, with the officer.
SECTION 5.05 VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board
of Directors or by any officer to whom or committee of the Board of Directors to
which such power has been delegated.
SECTION 5.06 COMPENSATION. The compensation of the officers shall be
fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be
prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she
is also a Director of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.06 THE PRESIDENT. The president, unless otherwise specified by
the Board of Directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation
and, under the direction of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise
and control all the business and affairs of the Corporation. The president
shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the
absence of the chair of the board, at meetings of the Board of Directors. The
president may hire, prescribe the duties of, and fire employees, and may
delegate such authority in whole or in part to any other officer or employee.
The president may sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer of the
Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for
shares of the Corporation, and any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other
instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except
in cases where the signing and execution thereof
-8-
<PAGE> 12
shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these bylaws to
some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to
be otherwise singed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties
incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed
by the Board of Directors from time to time.
SECTION 5.07 VICE PRESIDENT. One or more Vice Presidents may be elected
by the Board of Directors to perform such tasks and to have such authority less
than the President as may be provided by the Board of Directors. In the absence
of the president, or in the event of the president's death, inability or refusal
to act, the senior ranking vice president in title (i.e."senior" or "executive";
or in the event of more than one vice president with the same title, the senior
ranking vice president in terms of date of first election to the current level
if office) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall
have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
president. Any vice president may sign, with the secretary or an assistant
secretary, certificates for shares of the Corporation; and shall perform such
other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the president
or by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 5.08 THE SECRETARY. The Secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of
the shareholders' and of the Board of Directors' meetings in one or more books
provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance
with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of
the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation and affix such seal to
documents when authorized; (d) keep a register of the address of each
shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e)
sign with the president, or a vice president, certificates for shares of the
Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of
the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of
the Corporation; (g) maintain the records required under Section 16-10a-1601 of
the Mississippi Revised Business Corporation Act, and (h) in general perform all
duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the Board of
Directors. In the absence of a secretary and any assistant secretaries, the
president shall perform these duties.
SECTION 5.09 THE TREASURER. If required by the Board of Directors, the
treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in
such sum and with such surety or sureties as
-9-
<PAGE> 13
the Board of Directors shall determine. He or she shall: (a) have charge and
custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation;
(b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from
any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the
Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be
selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.04 of these bylaws; and
(c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of treasurer and
such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the
president or by the Board of Directors. In the absence of a treasurer, the
secretary shall perform such duties.
SECTION 5.10 ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The
assistant secretaries, when authorized by the Board of Directors, may sign with
the president or a vice president certificates for shares of the Corporation,
the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of
Directors. The assistant treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board
of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The assistant
secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by
the president or the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
SECTION 6.01 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Every owner of shares of stock of
the Corporation is entitled to have a certificate or certificates, in a form
approved by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class and series
of shares of the stock of the Corporation owned by such shareholder. Such
certificates shall be consecutively numbered in the order in which they are
issued, and shall be signed by the President and the Secretary, and by any
authenticating agent as may be provided and authorized by the Board of Directors
from time to time.
-10-
<PAGE> 14
ARTICLE VII - DIVIDENDS
SECTION 7.01 DIVIDENDS. The Board of Directors may from time to time
declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the
manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Corporation's
Articles in Incorporation.
ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 8.01 INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify each
person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation
or an individual who, while serving the indicated relationship to the
Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation's request as a Director,
officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another Corporation
or other person or of an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent permitted
by the Mississippi law.
SECTION 8.02 AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall be
deemed to have authorized such indemnification whenever a determination has been
made under Mississippi law that indemnification of an individual is permissible
in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of
conduct.
SECTION 8.03 ADVANCE OF EXPENSES. The Corporation may accept an
undertaking of an officer or director to repay advanced expenses if such are
ultimately found to have been unlawfully or improperly advanced without
reference to financial ability to make repayment.
SECTION 8.04 INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain
liability insurance on behalf of a person who is or was a Director, officer,
employee, fiduciary, or agent of the Corporation, or who, while serving as a
Director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the Corporation, is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, partner,
trustee, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another foreign or domestic
Corporation or other person, or of an employee benefit plan, against liability
asserted against or incurred by him or her in that capacity or arising from his
or her status as a Director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent, whether or
not the Corporation would have power to indemnify him or her against the same
liability.
-11-
<PAGE> 15
SECTION 8.05 SAVINGS CLAUSE. If this Article or any portion thereof
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then
the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each officer and Director as to
expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgements, fines and amounts paid in
settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether internal or external,
including without limitation a grand jury proceeding and an action or suit
brought by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by
any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated, or
by any other applicable law.
ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.01 AMENDMENTS. These bylaws, or any of them, may be altered,
amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be made, (i) by the Board of Directors,
by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, acting at any meeting of
the Board of Directors, or (ii) by the shareholders, by vote of a majority of a
quorum of the shareholders, at any annual meeting of shareholders, without
previous notice, or at any special meeting of shareholders, provided that notice
is such proposed amendment, modification, repeal or adoption is given in the
notice of special meeting. Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation, any bylaws made or altered by the shareholders may be
altered or repealed by either the Board of Directors or the shareholders.
CERTIFICATE
THE UNDERSIGNED SECRETARY OF DELTA POINT, INC., DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THE
FOREGOING TO BE THE BYLAWS OF SUCH CORPORATION, AS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS ON JULY 30, 1993.
By /s/ THOMAS STEINBAUER
--------------------------------------
-12-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.7
RECEIVED
JUL 1 1994
SECRETARY OF STATE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.
Pursuant to the Section 201 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act, the
undersigned, acting as Incorporator of a Corporation, adopts the following
Articles of Incorporation for the Corporation.
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of this Corporation is:
Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc.
ARTICLE II
AUTHORIZED STOCK
Section 1. COMMON STOCK. The number of shares the Corporation is
authorized to issue is Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares of Common Stock having a
stated $.01 par value per share, each share being entitled to one (1) vote,
which will be non-cumulative, and will share equally in the management of the
business of the Corporation and in its liquidation.
Section 2. OTHER RIGHTS. The Board of Directors may grant rights,
warrants, or options to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire any share
of stock in the Corporation, now, or hereinafter authorized, or any bonds or
obligations for securities of the Corporation, under any terms or conditions.
<PAGE> 2
ARTICLE III
REGISTERED AGENT
The Registered Agent of this Corporation is C-T Corporation System, 2222
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50312.
ARTICLE IV
INCORPORATOR
The Incorporator of this Corporation shall be:
Lyle L. Simpson
1200 Hub Tower, 699 Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa 50309-3940
ARTICLE V
DURATION
The Corporation shall have perpetual duration and shall commence on the
date of filing of record with approval of these Articles by the Secretary of
State of the State of Iowa.
ARTICLE VI
PLACE OF BUSINESS
The principal place of business of this Corporation shall be in
Pottawattamie County, Iowa; provided, however, that it may transact any and all
business at any place not otherwise restricted by law, within or outside the
State of Iowa.
ARTICLE VII
INITIAL DIRECTOR
The initial Director of this Corporation shall be:
Craig H. Neilsen
550 Blue Lakes Boulevard N.
Twin Falls, ID 83303
2
<PAGE> 3
ARTICLE VIII
PUBLIC LIABILITY
A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or
its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation
thereof is not permitted by law as currently in effect or as the same may
hereafter be amended.
No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article shall adversely
affect any right or protection of a director or officer that exists at the time
of such amendment, modification or repeal.
ARTICLE IX
PURPOSES AND POWERS
This Corporation shall have unlimited power to engage in, and to do any
lawful act concerning any or all lawful businesses for which corporations may be
organized under the Iowa Business Corporation Act.
Dated at Des Moines, Iowa this 30th day of June, 1994.
INCORPORATOR:
/s/ LYLE L. SIMPSON
-----------------------------
Lyle L. Simpson
3
<PAGE> 4
STATE OF IOWA )
)SS
COUNTY OF POLK )
On this 30 day of June, 1994, before me personally appeared Lyle L.
Simpson to me known to be the person named in and who executed the foregoing
Articles of Incorporation, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his
voluntary act and deed.
/s/ JEFFREY N. KARCH
-----------------------------------------
NOTARY PUBLIC IN AND FOR THE
STATE OF IOWA
NOTARY SEAL:
JEFFREY N. KARCH
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES
5-31-97
- ---------------------
4
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.8
BYLAWS OF
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
BYLAW I 1
OFFICES 1
BYLAW II 1
SHAREHOLDERS 1
Section 1. Annual Meeting 1
Section 2. Special Meetings 1
Section 3. Place of Shareholders Meeting 1
Section 4. Notice of Meeting 1
Section 5. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing
of Record Date 2
Section 6. Voting Lists 2
Section 7. Quorum 3
Section 8. Proxies 3
Section 9. Voting of Shares 3
Section 10. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders 3
Section 11. Informal Action by Shareholders 4
Section 12. Voting by Ballot 4
Section 13. Corporation's Acceptance of Votes 4
BYLAW III 4
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4
Section 1. General Powers 4
Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualification 4
Section 3. Regular Meetings 5
Section 4. Special Meetings 5
Section 5. Notice 5
Section 6. Quorum 6
Section 7. Manner of Acting 6
Section 8. Vacancies 6
Section 9. Compensation 6
Section 10. Presumption of Assent 6
Section 11. Informal Action by Directors 6
Section 12. Committees 7
BYLAW IV 7
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 7
Section 1. Appointment 7
Section 2. Authority 7
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 2
BYLAWS OF
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Section 3. Tenure and Qualifications 7
Section 4. Meetings 7
Section 5. Quorum 8
Section 6. Action Without a Meeting 8
Section 7. Vacancies 8
Section 8. Resignations and Removal 8
Section 9. Procedure 8
BYLAW V 8
OFFICERS 8
Section 1. Number 8
Section 2. Election and Term of Office 9
Section 3. Removal 9
Section 4. Vacancies 9
Section 5. President 9
Section 6. Vice Presidents 9
Section 7. Secretary 10
Section 8. Treasurer 10
Section 9. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers 10
Section 10. Other Assistants and Acting Officers 11
Section 11. Salaries 11
BYLAW VI 11
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, AND DEPOSITS 11
Section 1. Contracts 11
Section 2. Loans 11
Section 3. Checks, Drafts, etc 11
Section 4. Deposits 11
Section 5. Conflicts of Interest 11
BYLAW VII 12
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER 12
Section 1. Certificates for Shares 12
Section 2. Transfer of Shares 12
BYLAW VIII 13
FISCAL YEAR 13
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
BYLAWS OF
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
BYLAW IX 13
DIVIDENDS 13
BYLAW X 13
CORPORATE SEAL 13
BYLAW XI 13
INDEMNIFICATION 13
Section 1. Indemnification 13
Section 2. Indemnification 14
Section 3. Indemnification 14
BYLAW XII 15
VOTING OF SHARES OWNED BY CORPORATION 15
BYLAW XIII 16
WAIVER OF NOTICE 16
BYLAW XIV 16
AMENDMENTS 16
BYLAW XV 16
EMERGENCY BYLAWS 16
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
B Y L A W S O F
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.
BYLAW I
OFFICES
The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Iowa shall be
located in the City of Council Bluffs, County of Pottawattamie. The Corporation
may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Iowa, as the
Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may
require from time to time.
The Registered Office of the Corporation required by the Iowa Business
Corporation Act to be maintained in the State of Iowa may be, but need not be,
identical with the principal office in the State of Iowa, and the address of the
Registered Office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
BYLAW II
SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING. The Annual Meeting of the Shareholders shall
be held at such time and place as the Board of Directors shall determine. The
failure to hold an annual meeting at the time stated in these Bylaws does not
affect the validity of any corporate action.
SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special Meetings of the Shareholders, for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called
by the President or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the
President at the request of the holders of not less than one-tenth (1/10th) of
all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the
meeting.
SECTION 3. PLACE OF SHAREHOLDERS MEETING. The Board of Directors may
designate any place, either within or without the State of Iowa, as the place of
meeting of any Annual Meeting or for any Special Meeting called by the Board of
Directors. A Waiver of Notice signed by all Shareholders entitled to vote at a
meeting may designate any place, either within or without the State of Iowa, as
the place for holding of such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a
Special Meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the Principal
Office of the Corporation.
SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETING. Written or printed Notice stating the
place, day, and hour of the meeting, and, in case of a Special Meeting, the
purpose or purposes for which the Meeting is called, shall be delivered not less
than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the Meeting,
either
<PAGE> 5
personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the Secretary,
or the Officer, or persons calling the Meeting, to each Shareholder of record
entitled to vote at such Meeting. If mailed, such Notice shall be deemed to be
delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Shareholder
at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the
Corporation, with proper postage thereon prepaid.
SECTION 5. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the
purpose of determining Shareholders entitled to Notice of, or to vote at any
Special Meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or Shareholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination
of Shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors of the
Corporation may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a
stated period, but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days. If the stock
transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining Shareholders
entitled to Notice of or to vote at a Meeting of Shareholders, such books shall
be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu
of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a
date as the record date for any such determination of Shareholders, such date in
any case to be not more than sixty (60) days, and in case of a Meeting of
Shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of which the
particular action, requiring such determination of Shareholders, is to be taken.
If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the
determination of Shareholders entitled to Notice of or to vote at a Meeting of
Shareholders, or Shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the
date on which Notice of the Meeting is mailed or the date on which the
Resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the
case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders.
When a determination of Shareholders entitled to vote at any Meeting of
Shareholders has been made as provided in this Section, such determination shall
apply to any adjournment thereof.
SECTION 6. VOTING LISTS. The officer or agent having charge of the stock
transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make a Shareholder's list
available for inspection by any shareholder beginning two (2) business days
after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and
continuing through the time of the meeting. Such list shall be arranged in
alphabetical order with the address of and the number of shares held by each
Shareholder and shall be kept on file at the registered office of the
Corporation or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the
meeting will be held. A Shareholder or Shareholder's agent or attorney is
entitled on written demand to inspect and, subject to the requirements of
Section 1602(3) of the Iowa Business Corporation Act, to copy the list, during
regular business hours and at the person's expense, during the period it is
available for inspection. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie
evidence as to who are
2
<PAGE> 6
the Shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at
any Meeting of Shareholders.
SECTION 7. QUORUM. A majority of the outstanding shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at a Meeting of Shareholders. If less than a majority of
such outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the voting
shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further
notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or
represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally notified. Once a share is represented for any purpose
at the meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of
the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is
or must be set for that adjourned meeting.
SECTION 8. PROXIES. At all Meetings of Shareholders, a Shareholder may
vote by proxy executed in writing by the Shareholder or by his or her duly
authorized attorney-in-fact. Such appointment of proxy shall be filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting. An
appointment of a proxy is revocable by the Shareholder and shall be invalid
after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise
explicitly provided in the proxy. Subject to these bylaws and to any express
limitation on the proxy's authority as stated on the proxy appointment form, the
Corporation is entitled to rely on the proxy's vote or other action as that of
the Shareholder making the appointment.
SECTION 9. VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share entitled to vote,
regardless of class, is entitled to vote on each matter at a Shareholders
meeting, unless the Articles provide otherwise.
SECTION 10. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision,
as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.
Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may
be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such
share into his or her name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be
voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be
entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a transfer of such shares
into his or her name.
Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver,
and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such
receiver without the transfer thereof into his or her name if authority so to do
be contained
3
<PAGE> 7
in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.
A Shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
Neither treasury shares nor shares held by another corporation, if a
majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of Directors of such
other corporation is held by the Corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or
counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
SECTION 11. INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS. Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of the Shareholders, or any other action which may be taken
at a Meeting of the Shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if one or more
written consents describing the action taken are signed by all of the
Shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.
SECTION 12. VOTING BY BALLOT. Voting by Shareholders on any question or
in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order, or
any Shareholder shall demand that voting be by written ballot.
SECTION 13. CORPORATION'S ACCEPTANCE OF VOTES. The Corporation, its
Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, is entitled to
accept or reject a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment if acting in good
faith and where rejecting, also has reasonable basis for doubt about the
validity of the signature on it or about the signator's authority to sign for
the Shareholder. The Corporation and its Officer or agent who accepts or rejects
a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment in accordance with the standards of
the Iowa Business Corporation Act is not liable in damages to the Shareholder
for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection. Corporation actions based
on the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment
based on such standards are valid unless a court of competent jurisdiction
determines otherwise.
BYLAW III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed by its Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATION. The number of Directors of
the Corporation shall be at least one (1), however, such number may be increased
by the Shareholders at a duly called meeting of the Shareholders or by the Board
of Directors. The Board of Directors may increase or decrease by thirty percent
(30%) or less, the number of Directors last
4
<PAGE> 8
approved by the Shareholders. Only Shareholders may increase or decrease by more
than thirty percent (30%) the number of Directors last approved by the
Shareholders. Once elected, the number of Directors shall remain the same until
the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders or amendment by the Shareholders or
Board of Directors. Each Director shall be elected by a plurality of the votes
cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a
quorum is present and shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of
Shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been elected and
qualified, unless removed at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by a
vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an
election of Directors. Directors need not be residents of the State of Iowa or
Shareholders of the Corporation.
SECTION 3. REGULAR MEETINGS. A Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the
same place as, the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. The Board of Directors may
provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State
of Iowa, for the holding of additional Regular Meetings without notice other
than such resolution.
SECTION 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special Meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the request of the President or any Director. The person
or persons authorized to call Special Meetings of the Board of Directors may fix
any place, either within or without the State of Iowa, as the place for holding
any Special Meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.
SECTION 5. NOTICE. Notice of any Special Meeting shall be given at least
two (2) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or mailed to
each Director at his or her business address, or by telegram. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail,
so addressed, with proper postage thereon prepaid. If Notice is given by
telegram, such Notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is
delivered to the telegraph company. The Corporation shall act in good faith,
serving each Director with such notice reasonably calculated under the
circumstances to inform the Director of a meeting. Any Director may waive Notice
of any meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a
Waiver of Notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transactions of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or commenced. In the event the Director does not
attend such meeting, the waiver must be in writing signed by the Director
entitled to the notice and filed with the minutes or corporate records. Neither
the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Regular or Special
Meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the Notice or Waiver of
Notice of such meeting.
5
<PAGE> 9
SECTION 6. QUORUM. A majority of the number of Directors fixed by
Section 2 of this Bylaw III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than such
majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may
adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.
SECTION 7. MANNER OF ACTING. The act of the majority of the Directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board
of Directors. A Director shall be considered present at a Meeting of the Board
of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board if he or she participates
in such meeting by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by
means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
SECTION 8. VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors
and any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of
Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors
then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director
so elected shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in
office or the full term of such new directorship.
SECTION 9. COMPENSATION. By Resolution of the Board of Directors, each
Director may be paid his expenses, if any, of attendance at each Meeting of the
Board of Directors, and may be paid a stated salary as Director or a fixed sum
for attendance at each Meeting of the Board of Directors or both. No such
payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
SECTION 10. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A Director of the Corporation who is
present at a Meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Corporate
matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless
his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he
or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person
acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or unless
he or she delivers his or her written notice of his or her dissent to the
presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Corporation
immediately after the adjournment by registered or certified mail postmarked by
the close of the next business day after the adjournment of said meeting. Such
right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such
action.
SECTION 11. INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required to be
taken at a Meeting of Directors, or any action which may be taken at a Meeting
of Directors or of a committee of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the Directors or all of the members of the committee of Directors, as the case
may be.
6
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 12. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, from time to time,
by Resolution adopted by a majority of the full Board of Directors, appoint from
its members a committee or committees, temporary or permanent, and to the extent
permitted by law and these Bylaws, may designate the duties, powers and
authorities of such committee.
BYLAW IV
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
SECTION 1. APPOINTMENT. The Board of Directors, by Resolution adopted by
a majority of the full Board, may designate any of its members to constitute an
Executive Committee. The designation of such Committee and the delegation
thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors, or any
member thereof, of any responsibility imposed by law.
SECTION 2. AUTHORITY. The Executive Committee, when the Board of
Directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of
the Board of Directors except to the extent, if any, that such authority shall
be limited by the Resolution appointing the Executive Committee and except also
that the Executive Committee shall not have the authority of the Board of
Directors in reference to amending the Articles of Incorporation; adopting a
plan of merger or consolidation; authorizing distributions; fill vacancies on
the Board of Directors or on any of its committees; authorize or approve
reacquisition of shares except according to a formula or method prescribed by
the Board of Directors; authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract
for sale of shares or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences
and limitations of a class of shares or approve or propose to Shareholders any
action that is required to be approved by Shareholders; recommending to the
Shareholders the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the property and assets of the Corporation otherwise than in the usual and
regular course of its business; recommending to the Shareholders a voluntary
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation thereof; or amending the Bylaws
of the Corporation.
SECTION 3. TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. Subject to the provisions of
Section 8 of this Bylaw, each member of the Executive Committee shall hold
office until the next regular Annual Meeting of the Board of Directors following
his or her designation.
SECTION 4. MEETINGS. Regular Meetings of the Executive Committee may be
held without notice at such times and places as the Executive Committee may fix
from time to time by resolution. Special Meetings of the Executive Committee may
be called by any member thereof upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours'
notice stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, which notice may be
written or oral, and if mailed, shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited
in the United States mail addressed to
7
<PAGE> 11
the member of the Executive Committee at his or her business address. Any member
of the Executive Committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any
meeting need to be given to any member thereof who attends in person. Meetings
may be called without notice if all members of the Executive Committee are
present and do not object in writing prior to taking action on any issue. The
notice of a meeting of the Executive Committee need not state the business
proposed to be transacted at the meeting.
SECTION 5. QUORUM. All of the members of the Executive Committee shall
be required for a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof
and action of the Executive Committee must be authorized by the unanimous
affirmative vote of all of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is
present in person or by conference call.
SECTION 6. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted to
be taken by the Executive Committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting
if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by
all of the members of the Executive Committee. The same presumption of assent
applies to the Executive Committee as applies to the Board of Directors as set
forth in Bylaw III, Section 10.
SECTION 7. VACANCIES. Any vacancy in the Executive Committee may be
filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full Board of Directors.
SECTION 8. RESIGNATIONS AND REMOVAL. Any member of the Executive
Committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted
by a majority of the full Board of Directors. Any member of the Executive
Committee may resign from the Executive Committee at any time by giving written
notice to the President or Secretary of the Corporation, and unless otherwise
specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to
make it effective.
SECTION 9. PROCEDURE. The Executive Committee shall elect a presiding
officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not
be inconsistent with these Bylaws.
BYLAW V
OFFICERS
SECTION 1. NUMBER. The Officers of the Corporation shall be President,
one or more Vice Presidents (the number thereof to be determined by the Board of
Directors), a Secretary, and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the
Board of Directors. Such other Officers and Assistant Officers as may be deemed
necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Any two or more
offices may be held by the same persons.
8
<PAGE> 12
SECTION 2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The Officers of the Corporation
to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board
of Directors at the Meeting of the Board of Directors held after each Annual
Meeting of the Shareholders. If the election of Officers shall not be held at
such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may
be. Each Officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been
duly elected and shall have qualified or until his or her death or until he or
she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.
SECTION 3. REMOVAL. Any Officer or agent may be removed by the Board of
Directors at any time with or without cause, but such removal shall be without
prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or
appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.
SECTION 4. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board
of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
SECTION 5. PRESIDENT. The President shall be the principal executive
Officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of
Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and
affairs of the Corporation. Unless a chairman has been elected and is present,
he or she shall, when present, preside at all Meetings of the Shareholders and
of the Board of Directors. He or she may sign, with the Secretary or any other
proper Officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of
Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages,
bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has
authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution
thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these
Bylaws to some other Officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required
by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all
duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
SECTION 6. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the President or in the
event of his or her death, inability, or refusal to act, the Vice President (or
in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the
order designated at the time of their election, or in the absence of any
designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of
the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject
to all the restrictions upon the President. Any Vice President may sign, with
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the
Corporation; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be
assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board of Directors.
9
<PAGE> 13
SECTION 7. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the
proceedings of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors in one or more
books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in
accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be
custodian of the Corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation, if any,
and see that the seal of the Corporation, if said Corporation has a seal, is
affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation
under its seal is duly authorized; (d) keep a register of the post office
address of each Shareholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such
Shareholder; (e) sign with the President, or a Vice President certificates for
shares of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by
resolution of the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock
transfer books of the Corporation; and (g) in general perform all duties
incident to the Office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to that person by the President or by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 8. TREASURER. If required by the Board of Directors, the
Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum
and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. He
or she shall:
(a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds
and securities of the corporation; receive and give receipts for monies
due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and
deposit all such monies in the name of the Corporation in such banks,
trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance
with the provisions of Bylaw V of these Bylaws; and
(b) in general perform all of the duties incident to the Office
of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to that person by the President or by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 9. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The Assistant
Secretaries, when authorized by the Board of Directors, may sign with the
President or a Vice President certificates for shares of the Corporation, the
issuance of which shall have been authorized by a Resolution of the Board of
Directors. The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board
of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by
the President or the Board of Directors. The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers shall have no administrative powers unless specifically directed by
Resolution of the Board of Directors.
10
<PAGE> 14
SECTION 10. OTHER ASSISTANTS AND ACTING OFFICERS. The Board of Directors
shall have the power to appoint any person to act as Assistant to any Officer,
or to perform the duties of such Officer whenever for any reason it is
impracticable for such Officer to act personally, and such Assistant or acting
Officer so appointed by the Board of Directors shall have the power to perform
all the duties of the Office to which he is so appointed to be Assistant, or as
to which he or she is so appointed to act, except as such powers may be
otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 11. SALARIES. The salaries of the Officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the Board of Directors and no Officer shall be prevented from
receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of
the Corporation.
BYLAW VI
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, AND DEPOSITS
SECTION 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer
or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
SECTION 2. LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.
SECTION 3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts, or other orders for
the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the
name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or
agents of the Corporation, and in such manner as shall, from time to time, be
determined by Resolution of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited, from time to time, to the credit of the Corporation in such
banks, trust companies, or other depositories as the Board of Directors may
select.
SECTION 5. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. No contract or other transaction
between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or any other
corporation, firm, association or entity in which one or more of its Directors
are Directors or officers or are financially interested in the Corporation,
shall be either void or voidable because of such relationship or interest or
because such Director or Directors are present at the meeting of the Board of
Directors or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such
contract, or transaction or because
11
<PAGE> 15
his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if any of the following
occur:
A. The material facts of such relationship or interest are
disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee which
authorizes, approves, or ratifies the contract or transaction by a vote
or consent sufficient for the purposes without counting the vote or
consents of such interested Director.
B. The material facts of such relationship or interest are
disclosed or known to the Shareholders entitled to vote and they
authorize, approve, or ratify such contract or transaction by vote or
written consent.
C. The contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to the
Corporation.
Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the
presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee
thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction. A
conflict of interest transaction is recognized as authorized, approved, or
ratified if it receives the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors on
the Board or Committee, who have no direct or indirect interest in the
transaction.
BYLAW VII
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates representing shares of
the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the President, or Vice
President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and if the
Corporation has a corporate seal, sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile
thereof. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles.
Each certificate for shares shall be con-secutively numbered or otherwise
identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued and
date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation.
All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled
and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like
number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case
of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, a new one may be issued therefor
upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board of Directors may
prescribe.
SECTION 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfer of shares of the Corporation
shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by a holder of
record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper
evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney thereunto
authorized by power
12
<PAGE> 16
of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and
on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in
whose name shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the
Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.
BYLAW VIII
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of
Directors. In the event the Board of Directors fail to specifically designate a
different fiscal year, then the fiscal year shall be the calendar year.
BYLAW IX
DIVIDENDS
The Board of Directors may, from time to time, declare and the
Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner, and upon
the terms and conditions provided them by the Articles of Incorporation and the
laws of the State of Iowa.
BYLAW X
CORPORATE SEAL
The Board of Directors may provide a Corporate seal which, if provided
for, shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation and the state of incorporation and the words, "Corporate Seal."
BYLAW XI
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 1. INDEMNIFICATION; THIRD PARTY ACTIONS;. The Corporation shall
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the
right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a
director of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, against all expense (including attorneys' fees),
liabilities, judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by, or imposed upon, him or her in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding, except in such cases wherein such person is adjudged
to be liable for misconduct in the performance of his or her duty of loyalty to
the Corporation or its Shareholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law, for a
transaction from which such person
13
<PAGE> 17
derives an improper personal benefit, or under Section 833 of the Iowa Business
Corporation Act. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,
order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not
act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in,
or not opposed to, the best interest of the Corporation, and with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding had reasonable cause to believe that his or her
conduct was unlawful.
SECTION 2. INDEMNIFICATION; DERIVATIVE ACTIONS. The Corporation shall
indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person is or was a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the
defense or settlement of such action or suit, except in such cases wherein such
person is adjudged to be liable for misconduct in the performance of his or her
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its Shareholders, for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation
of the law, for a transaction from which such person derives an improper
personal benefit, or under Section 833 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act,
unless and only to the extent that the Court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which such
court shall deem proper.
SECTION 3. INDEMNIFICATION; FURTHER PROVISIONS. To the extent that a
director of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Section 1 or Section
2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If the director has not been
successful on the merits or otherwise in such defense, then any indemnification
under Section 1 or Section 2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the
Corporation only as the indemnification of the director is proper in the
circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in Section 1 and Section 2; such determination shall be made (1) by the
Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who
were not parties to such action, suit, or proceedings or (2) if such a quorum is
not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, such counsel to be
selected by a majority of disinterested directors even though less than a quorum
or, if none, by the Dean of the Drake Law School, or, if none, by the
14
<PAGE> 18
Dean of the University of Iowa Law School. Expenses incurred in defending a
civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as
authorized in the manner provided in this Section 3 upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay such amount unless it shall
ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation as authorized in this Bylaw XI. The indemnification provided by this
Bylaw shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of the shareholders
of the Corporation or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action
in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while
holding such office and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a
director and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person. The Board of Directors shall have power to
purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director
of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by
such person in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such,
whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person
against such liability under the provisions of this section.
BYLAW XII
VOTING OF SHARES OWNED BY CORPORATION
Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, any
share or shares of stock issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled
by the Corporation may be voted at any shareholders' meeting of such other
corporation by the President of the Corporation if he is present, or in his
absence by any Vice President of the Corporation who may be present. Whenever,
in the judgment of the President, or in his absence, of any Vice President, it
is desirable for the Corporation to execute a proxy or give a shareholders'
consent in respect to any share or shares of stock issued by any other
corporation and owned by the Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be
executed in the name of the Corporation by the President or one of the Vice
Presidents of the Corporation and shall be attested by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation without necessity of any authorization by
the Board of Directors. Any person or persons designated in the manner above
stated as the proxy or proxies of the Corporation shall have full right, power
and authority to vote the share or shares of stock issued by such other
corporation and owned by the Corporation the same as such share or shares might
be voted by the Corporation.
15
<PAGE> 19
BYLAW XIII
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Whenever a Notice is required to be given to any shareholder or Director
of the Corporation under the provisions of these Bylaws or under the provisions
of the Articles of Incorporation or under the provisions of the Iowa Business
Corporation Act, a Waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons
entitled to such Notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent to the giving of such Notice.
BYLAW XIV
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new bylaws may be
adopted by the Board of Directors at any Regular or Special Meeting by a
majority vote unless the Articles of Incorporation or the laws of the State of
Iowa reserve that power exclusively to the Shareholders in whole or part, or
where the Shareholders in amending or repealing a particular Bylaw expressly
provide that the Board of Directors shall not amend or repeal that Bylaw. These
Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted by the
Shareholders at any regular or special meeting by a majority of Shareholders
represented and entitled to vote even though the Bylaws may also be altered,
amended, repealed or adopted by the Board of Directors.
BYLAW XV
EMERGENCY BYLAWS
In the event of a catastrophic emergency, the Corporation, the
Shareholder or Shareholders, collectively, holding a majority of the issued and
outstanding stock of the Corporation, or their legal representatives, may meet
and conduct the business of the Corporation until such times as a duly called
meeting can be held subject to the ratification of their acts at such subsequent
meeting.
Approved by the Board of Directors this 10th day of August, 1994.
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS,
INC.
/s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Thomas M. Steinbauer, Secretary
16
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.9
FILED
IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
STATE OF NEVADA
APR 30 1996
No. 9692-96
---------------
/s/ DEAN HELLER
- -------------------------------
DEAN HELLER, SECRETARY OF STATE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.
The undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation, pursuant to
and by virtue of Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, hereby adopts,
executes and acknowledges the following Articles of Incorporation.
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the corporation shall be AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE
The name of the initial resident agent and the street address of the
initial registered office in the State of Nevada where process may be served
upon the corporation is Schreck, Jones, Bernhard, Woloson & Godfrey, Chartered,
600 East Charleston Blvd., Las Vegas, Clark County, Nevada 89104. The
corporation may, from time to time, in the manner provided by law, change the
resident agent and the registered office within the State of Nevada. The
corporation may also maintain an office or offices for the conduct of its
business, either within or without the State of Nevada.
ARTICLE III
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 1. Authorized Shares. The aggregate number of shares which the
corporation shall have authority to issue shall consist of fifty thousand
(50,000) shares of common stock at $.01 par value.
1
<PAGE> 2
Section 2. Consideration for Shares. The common stock authorized by
Section 1 of this Article shall be issued for such consideration as shall be
fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Assessment of Stock. The capital stock of this corporation,
after the amount of the subscription price has been fully paid in, shall not be
assessable for any purpose, and no stock issued as fully paid shall ever be
assessable or assessed. No stockholder of the corporation is individually liable
for the debts or liabilities of the corporation.
Section 4. Cumulative Voting For Directors. No stockholder of the
corporation shall be entitled to cumulative voting of his shares for the
election of directors.
Section 5. Preemptive Rights. No stockholder of the corporation shall
have any preemptive rights.
ARTICLE IV
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 1. Number of Directors. The members of the governing board of
the corporation are styled as directors. The Board of Directors of the
corporation shall consist of at least one (1) individual who shall be elected in
such manner as shall be provided in the bylaws of the corporation. The number of
directors may be changed from time to time in such manner as shall be provided
in the bylaws of the corporation.
Section 2. Initial Directors. The name and post office box or street
address of the director constituting the first Board of Directors, which shall
be one (1) in number, is:
NAME ADDRESS
- ---- -------
Craig Neilsen 600 E. Charleston Blvd.
Las Vegas, NV 89104
2
<PAGE> 3
Section 3. Limitation of Personal Liability. No director or officer of
the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its
stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer;
provided, however, that the foregoing provision does not eliminate or limit the
liability of a director or officer of the corporation for:
(a) Acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct,
fraud or a knowing violation of law; or
(b) The payment of distributions in violation of Nevada Revised
Statutes 78.300.
Section 4. Payment of Expenses. In addition to any other rights of
indemnification permitted by the law of the State of Nevada as may be provided
for by the corporation in its bylaws or by agreement, the expenses of officers
and directors incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding, involving alleged acts or omissions of such officer or director in
his or her capacity as an officer or director of the corporation, must be paid,
by the corporation or through insurance purchased and maintained by the
corporation or through other financial arrangements made by the corporation, as
they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or
proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or
officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the
corporation.
Section 5. Repeal And Conflicts. Any repeal or modification of Sections
3 or 4 above approved by the stockholders of the corporation shall be
prospective only. In the event of any conflict between Sections 3 or 4 of this
Article and any other Article of the corporation's Articles of Incorporation,
the terms and provisions of Sections 3 or 4 of this Article shall control.
3
<PAGE> 4
ARTICLE V
INCORPORATOR
The name and post office box or street address of the incorporator
signing these Articles of Incorporation is:
NAME ADDRESS
---- -------
Kenneth A. Woloson, Esq. 600 East Charleston Boulevard
Las Vegas, Nevada 89104
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed these Articles of
Incorporation this 29th day of April, 1996.
/s/ KENNETH A. WOLOSON
----------------------------------
Kenneth A. Woloson, Esq.
State of Nevada )
) ss.
County of Clark )
This instrument was acknowledged before me on April 29, 1996 by Kenneth
A. Woloson, Esq. as Incorporator of Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc.
/s/ ETHAN A. JONES
---------------------------------
Ethan A. Jones
Notary Public
(My commission expires: 3/16/99)
-------
[SEAL]
Notary Public - State Of Nevada
COUNTY OF CLARK
ETHAN A. JONES
My Commission Expires
March 16, 1999
4
<PAGE> 5
NEVADA REVISED STATUTES SECTION 78.039
WRITTEN ACKNOWLEDGED CONSENT
The undersigned "AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC" is a Nevada corporation
authorized to transact business in Nevada. Pursuant to Nevada Revised Statutes
Section 78.039(1), this will constitute the written acknowledged consent of the
undersigned to allow the firm of Schreck, Jones, Bernhard, Woloson & Godfrey,
Chtd. to to incorporate a new Nevada corporation by the name of "AMERISTAR
CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC."
DATED as of the 25 day of April, 1996.
--
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC., a Nevada
corporation
By: /s/ BRIAN E. KATZ
------------------------------------
Brian E. Katz
Its: Senior Vice President
STATE OF IDAHO )
:ss.
COUNTY OF TWIN FALLS )
This instrument was acknowledged before me on the 25th day of April,
1996, by Brian E. Katz as Senior Vice President of Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
[SEAL] /s/ PATRICIA J. FAHRENHOLZ
-------------------------------------
Patricia J. Fahrenholz
Notary Public
Residing in Twin Falls County, Idaho
My Commission Expires:
6-30-98
- ----------------------
<PAGE> 6
FILED
IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
STATE OF NEVADA
APR 30 1996
No. 9692-96
---------------
/s/ DEAN HELLER
- -------------------------------
Dean Heller, SECRETARY OF STATE
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT
BY RESIDENT AGENT
IN THE MATTER OF AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.
1. The undersigned, Schreck, Jones, Bernhard, Woloson & Godfrey,
Chartered, hereby certifies that on the 29th day of April, 1996, it accepted the
appointment as Resident Agent of the above corporation.
2. The registered office in this State is located at 600 East Charleston
Boulevard, City of Las Vegas, County of Clark, State of Nevada 89104.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 29th day of
April, 1996.
RESIDENT AGENT,
SCHRECK, JONES, BERNHARD,
WOLOSON & GODFREY, CHARTERED
By: /s/ KENNETH A. WOLOSON
--------------------------------
Kenneth A. Woloson, Esq.
Authorized Signatory
1
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.10
BYLAWS
OF
AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 1.01 ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of the stockholders of the
corporation shall be held at 2:00 o'clock in the afternoon on the second
Thursday of October in each year, commencing after the first anniversary of
incorporation, but if such date is a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding
business day, for the purpose of electing directors of the corporation to serve
during the ensuing year and for the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting. If the election of the directors is not held
on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at
any adjournment thereof, the president shall cause the election to be held at a
special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as is convenient.
SECTION 1.02 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
(a) Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by
the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the president and shall be called by
the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or the Board of Directors
at the written request of the holders of not less than 51% of the voting power
of any class of the corporation's stock entitled to vote.
(b) No business shall be acted upon at a special meeting
except as set forth in the notice calling the meeting, unless one of the
conditions for the holding of a meeting without notice set forth in Section 1.05
shall be satisfied, in which case any business may be transacted and the meeting
shall be valid for all purposes.
SECTION 1.03 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Any meeting of the stockholders of the
corporation may be held at its registered office in the State of Nevada or at
such other place in or out of the United States as the Board of Directors may
designate. A waiver of notice signed by stockholders entitled to vote may
designate any place for the holding of such meeting.
SECTION 1.04 NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
(a) The president, a vice president, the secretary, an
assistant secretary or any other individual designated by the Board of Directors
shall sign and deliver written notice of any meeting at least ten (10) days, but
not more than sixty (60) days, before the date of such meeting. The notice shall
state the place, date and time of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for
which the meeting is called.
1 of 17
<PAGE> 2
(b) In the case of an annual meeting, any proper business
may be presented for action, except that action on any of the following items
shall be taken only if the general nature of the proposal is stated in the
notice:
(1) Action with respect to any contract or transaction
between the corporation and one or more of its directors or officers or between
the corporation and any corporation, firm or association in which one or more of
the corporation's directors or officers is a director or officer or is
financially interested;
(2) Adoption of amendments to the Articles of
Incorporation; or
(3) Action with respect to a merger, share exchange,
reorganization, partial or complete liquidation, or dissolution of the
corporation.
(c) A copy of the notice shall be personally delivered or
mailed postage prepaid to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the
meeting at the address appearing on the records of the corporation, and the
notice shall be deemed delivered the date the same is deposited in the United
States mail for transmission to such stockholder. If the address of any
stockholder does not appear upon the records of the corporation, it will be
sufficient to address any notice to such stockholder at the registered office of
the corporation.
(d) The written certificate of the individual signing a
notice of meeting, setting forth the substance of the notice or having a copy
thereof attached, the date the notice was mailed or personally delivered to the
stockholders and the addresses to which the notice was mailed, shall be prima
facie evidence of the manner and fact of giving such notice.
(e) Any stockholder may waive notice of any meeting by a
signed writing, either before or after the meeting.
SECTION 1.05 MEETING WITHOUT NOTICE.
(a) Whenever all persons entitled to vote at any meeting
consent, either by:
(1) A writing on the records of the meeting or filed
with the secretary; or
(2) Presence at such meeting and oral consent entered on
the minutes; or
(3) Taking part in the deliberations at such meeting
without objection;
the doings of such meeting shall be as valid as if had at a meeting regularly
called and noticed.
(b) At such meeting any business may be transacted which is
not excepted from the written consent or to the consideration of which no
objection for want of notice is made at the time.
2 of 17
<PAGE> 3
(c) If any meeting be irregular for want of notice or of
such consent, provided a quorum was present at such meeting, the proceedings of
the meeting may be ratified and approved and rendered likewise valid and the
irregularity or defect therein waived by a writing signed by all parties having
the right to vote at such meeting.
(d) Such consent or approval may be by proxy or attorney,
but all such proxies and powers of attorney must be in writing.
SECTION 1.06 DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
(a) For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled
to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment
thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting,
or entitled to receive payment of any distribution or the allotment of any
rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion,
or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the
directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty
(60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more
than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.
(b) If no record date is fixed, the record date for
determining stockholders: (i) entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on
the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (ii) entitled to
express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the
day on which the first written consent is expressed; and (iii) for any other
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of
Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote an any meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
SECTION 1.07 QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS.
(a) Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide for a
different proportion, stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting
power of the corporation's stock, represented in person or by proxy, are
necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting.
If, on any issue, voting by classes is required by the laws of the State of
Nevada, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at least a majority of
the voting power within each such class is necessary to constitute a quorum of
each such class.
(b) If a quorum is not represented, a majority of the voting
power so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time until holders of
the voting power required to constitute a quorum shall be represented. At any
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be represented, any business may
be transacted which might have been transacted as originally called. When a
stockholders' meeting is adjourned to another time or place hereunder, notice
need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are
announced at the meeting at which
3 of 17
<PAGE> 4
the adjournment is taken. The stockholders present at a duly convened meeting
may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum of the voting
power.
SECTION 1.08 VOTING.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, or in the resolution providing for the issuance of the stock
adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to authority expressly vested in it
by the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, each stockholder of record,
or such stockholder's duly authorized proxy or attorney-in-fact, shall be
entitled to one (1) vote for each share of voting stock standing registered in
such stockholder's name on the record date.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, all votes with
respect to shares standing in the name of an individual on the record date
(including pledged shares) shall be cast only by that individual or such
individual's duly authorized proxy, attorney-in-fact, or voting trustee(s)
pursuant to a voting trust. With respect to shares held by a representative of
the estate of a deceased stockholder, guardian, conservator, custodian or
trustee, votes may be cast by such holder upon proof of capacity, even though
the shares do not stand in the name of such holder. In the case of shares under
the control of a receiver, the receiver may cast votes carried by such shares
even though the shares do not stand in the name of the receiver; provided, that
the order of the court of competent jurisdiction which appoints the receiver
contains the authority to cast votes carried by such shares. If shares stand in
the name of a minor, votes may be cast only by the duly appointed guardian of
the estate of such minor if such guardian has provided the corporation with
written proof of such appointment.
(c) With respect to shares standing in the name of another
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity on the
record date, votes may be cast: (i) in the case of a corporation, by such
individual as the bylaws of such other corporation prescribe, by such individual
as may be appointed by resolution of the board of directors of such other
corporation or by such individual (including the officer making the
authorization) authorized in writing to do so by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, president or any vice president of such corporation and (ii) in the
case of a partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, by an
individual representing such stockholder upon presentation to the corporation of
satisfactory evidence of his authority to do so.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
contained, no votes may be cast for shares owned by this corporation or its
subsidiaries, if any. If shares are held by this corporation or its
subsidiaries, if any, in a fiduciary capacity, no votes shall be cast with
respect thereto on any matter except to the extent that the beneficial owner
thereof possesses and exercises either a right to vote or to give the
corporation holding the same binding instructions on how to vote.
(e) Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter may
cast a portion of the votes in favor of such matter and refrain from casting the
remaining votes or cast the same against the proposal, except in the case of
elections of directors. If such holder entitled to vote fails to specify the
number of affirmative votes, it will be conclusively presumed that the holder is
casting affirmative votes with respect to all shares held.
4 of 17
<PAGE> 5
(f) With respect to shares standing in the name of two or
more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants,
tenants in common, husband and wife as community property, tenants by the
entirety, voting trustees, persons entitled to vote under a stockholder voting
agreement or otherwise and shares held by two or more persons (including proxy
holders) having the same fiduciary relationship in respect to the same shares,
votes may be cast in the following manner:
(1) If only one person votes, the vote of such person
binds all.
(2) If more than one person casts votes, the act of the
majority so voting binds all.
(3) If more than one person casts votes, but the vote is
evenly split on a particular matter, the votes shall be deemed cast
proportionately, as split.
(g) If a quorum is present, unless the Articles of
Incorporation provide for a different proportion, the affirmative vote of
holders of at least a majority of the voting power represented at the meeting
and entitled to vote on any matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless
voting by classes is required for any action of the stockholders by the laws of
the State of Nevada, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in which
case the affirmative vote of holders of a least a majority of the voting power
of each such class shall be required.
SECTION 1.09 PROXIES. At any meeting of stockholders, any holder of
shares entitled to vote may designate, in a manner permitted by the laws of the
State of Nevada, another person or persons to act as a proxy or proxies. No
proxy is valid after the expiration of six (6) months from the date of its
creation, unless it is coupled with an interest or unless otherwise specified in
the proxy. In no event shall the term of a proxy exceed seven (7) years from the
date of its creation. Every proxy shall continue in full force and effect until
its expiration or revocation in a manner permitted by the laws of the State of
Nevada.
SECTION 1.10 ORDER OF BUSINESS. At the annual stockholder's meeting, the
regular order of business shall be as follows:
1. Determination of stockholders present and existence of
quorum, in person or by proxy;
2. Reading and approval of the minutes of the previous
meeting or meetings;
3. Reports of the Board of Directors, and, if any, the
president, treasurer and secretary of the corporation;
4. Reports of committees;
5. Election of directors;
5 of 17
<PAGE> 6
6. Unfinished business;
7. New business;
8. Adjournment.
SECTION 1.11 ABSENTEES' CONSENT TO MEETINGS. Transactions of any meeting
of the stockholders are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after
regular call and notice if a quorum is represented, either in person or by
proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled
to vote, not represented in person or by proxy (and those who, although present,
either object at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business
because the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened or expressly object
at the meeting to the consideration of matters not included in the notice which
are legally required to be included therein), signs a written waiver of notice
and/or consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes
thereof. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records and made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of
any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except
that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the
consideration of matters not properly included in the notice if such objection
is expressly made at the time any such matters are presented at the meeting.
Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or
special meeting of stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of
notice or consent, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.04(a) and (b) of
these Bylaws.
SECTION 1.12 TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Stockholders may participate in a
meeting of the stockholders by means of a telephone conference or similar method
of communication by which all individuals participating in the meeting can hear
each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 1.12 constitutes
presence in person at the meeting.
SECTION 1.13 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at a meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a
written consent thereto is signed by the holders of the voting power of the
corporation that would be required at a meeting to constitute the act of the
stockholders. Whenever action is taken by written consent, a meeting of
stockholders need not be called or notice given. The written consent may be
signed in counterparts and must be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of
the stockholders.
ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS
SECTION 2.01 NUMBER, TENURE, AND QUALIFICATIONS. Unless a larger number
is required by the laws of the State of Nevada or the Articles of Incorporation
or until changed in the manner provided herein, the Board of Directors of the
corporation shall consist of at least one (1) individual who shall be elected at
the annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation and who shall hold
office for one (1) year or until his or her successor or successors are elected
and qualify. A director need not be a stockholder of the corporation.
6 of 17
<PAGE> 7
SECTION 2.02 CHANGE IN NUMBER. Subject to any limitations in the laws of
the State of Nevada, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the number
of directors may be changed from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board
of Directors or the stockholders.
SECTION 2.03 REDUCTION IN NUMBER. No reduction of the number of directors
shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of his
term of office.
SECTION 2.04 RESIGNATION. Any director may resign effective upon giving
written notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, the
secretary, or in the absence of all of them, any other officer, unless the
notice specifies a later time for effectiveness of such resignation. A majority
of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, may appoint a successor
to take office when the resignation becomes effective, each director so
appointed to hold office during the remainder of the term of office of the
resigning director.
SECTION 2.05 REMOVAL.
(a) The Board of Directors of the corporation, by majority
vote, may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared
incompetent by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or convicted of a
felony.
(b) Any director may be removed from office by the vote or
written consent of stockholders representing not less than two-thirds of the
voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote, except that
if the corporation's Articles of Incorporation provide for the election of
directors by cumulative voting, no director may be removed from office except
upon the vote of stockholders owning sufficient shares to have prevented such
director's election to office in the first instance.
SECTION 2.06 VACANCIES.
(a) All vacancies, including those caused by an increase in
the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors,
though less than a quorum, unless it is otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation unless, in the case of removal of a director, the stockholders by
a majority of voting power shall have appointed a successor to the removed
director. Subject to the provisions of Subsection (b) below, (i) in the case of
the replacement of a director, the appointed director shall hold office during
the remainder of the term of office of the replaced director, and (ii) in the
case of an increase in the number of directors, the appointed director shall
hold office until the next meeting of stockholders at which directors are
elected.
(b) If, after the filling of any vacancy by the directors,
the directors then in office who have been elected by the stockholders shall
constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, any holder or
holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total voting power
entitled to vote may call a special meeting of the stockholders to elect the
entire Board of Directors. The term of office of any director shall terminate
upon such election of a successor.
7 of 17
<PAGE> 8
SECTION 2.07 ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. Immediately following the
adjournment of, and at the same place as, the annual or any special meeting of
the stockholders at which directors are elected other than pursuant to Section
2.06 of this Article, the Board of Directors, including directors newly elected,
shall hold its annual meeting without notice, other than this provision, to
elect officers and to transact such further business as may be necessary or
appropriate. The Board of Directors may provide by resolution the place, date,
and hour for holding regular meetings between annual meetings.
SECTION 2.08 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be no
Chairman, by the president or secretary, and shall be called by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary upon the request of any
two (2) directors. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be no
Chairman, both the president and secretary, refuses or neglects to call such
special meeting, a special meeting may be called by notice signed by any two (2)
directors.
SECTION 2.09 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Any regular or special meeting of the
directors of the corporation may be held at such place as the Board of
Directors, or in the absence of such designation, as the notice calling such
meeting, may designate. A waiver of notice signed by directors may designate any
place for the holding of such meeting.
SECTION 2.10 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise provided in Section
2.07, there shall be delivered to all directors, at least forty-eight (48) hours
before the time of such meeting, a copy of a written notice of any meeting by
delivery of such notice personally by mailing such notice postage prepaid or by
telegram. Such notice shall be addressed in the manner provided for notice to
stockholders in Section 1.04(c). If mailed, the notice shall be deemed delivered
two (2) business days following the date the same is deposited in the United
States mail, postage prepaid. Any director may waive notice of any meeting, and
the attendance of a director at a meeting and oral consent entered on the
minutes of such meeting shall constitute waiver of notice of the meeting unless
such director objects, prior to the transaction of any business, that the
meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Attendance for the express purpose
of objecting to the transaction of business because the meeting was not properly
called or convened shall not constitute presence nor a waiver of notice for
purposes hereof.
SECTION 2.11 QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS.
(a) A majority of the directors in office, at a meeting duly
assembled, is necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
(b) At any meeting of the Board of Directors where a quorum
is not present, a majority of those present may adjourn, from time to time,
until a quorum is present, and no notice of such adjournment shall be required.
At any adjourned meeting where a quorum is present, any business may be
transacted which could have been transacted at the meeting originally called.
8 of 17
<PAGE> 9
SECTION 2.12 BOARD OF DIRECTORS' DECISIONS. The affirmative vote of a
majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present is
the act of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2.13 TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Members of the Board of Directors or of
any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting
of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a telephone conference
or similar method of communication by which all persons participating in such
meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section
2.13 constitutes presence in person at the meeting.
SECTION 2.14 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee thereof may be
taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, a written consent
thereto is signed by all of the members of the Board of Directors or the
committee. The written consent may be signed in counterparts and must be filed
with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
SECTION 2.15 POWERS AND DUTIES.
(a) Except as otherwise restricted in the laws of the State
of Nevada or the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has full
control over the affairs of the corporation. The Board of Directors may delegate
any of its authority to manage, control or conduct the business of the
corporation to any standing or special committee or to any officer or agent and
to appoint any persons to be agents of the corporation with such powers,
including the power to subdelegate, and upon such terms as may be deemed fit.
(b) The Board of Directors may present to the stockholders
at annual meetings of the stockholders, and when called for by a majority vote
of the stockholders at an annual meeting or a special meeting of the
stockholders shall so present, a full and clear report of the condition of the
corporation.
(c) The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may submit
any contract or act for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the
stockholders or any special meeting properly called for the purpose of
considering any such contract or act, provided a quorum is present.
SECTION 2.16 COMPENSATION. The directors and members of committees shall
be allowed and paid all necessary expenses incurred in attending any meetings of
the Board of Directors or committees. Subject to any limitations contained in
the laws of the State of Nevada, the Articles of Incorporation or any contract
or agreement to which the corporation is a party, directors may receive
compensation for their services as directors as determined by the Board of
Directors, but only during such times as the corporation may legally declare and
pay distributions on its stock, unless the payment of such compensation is first
approved by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of directors.
9 of 17
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 2.17 BOARD OF DIRECTORS' OFFICERS; CHAIRMAN PRESIDING OVER
MEETINGS.
(a) At its annual meeting, the Board of Directors may elect,
from among its members, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, who may serve as
the chief executive officer of the corporation and who may preside at meetings
of the Board of Directors and at meetings of the stockholders. If no Chairman of
the Board of Directors is elected, or if the stockholders or the Board of
Directors determine that the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall not
preside at a meeting of the stockholders or of the Board, respectively, or if
the Chairman of the Board of Directors elects not to preside at a meeting or is
absent, the stockholders and the Board of Directors may appoint a chairman, who
need not be from among their or its members, who may preside over such meetings
of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, respectively, or, in the absence
of any such appointment, the president shall preside at such meetings and
perform such other duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The
Board of Directors shall also elect such other officers of the Board of
Directors and for such term as it may, from time to time, determine advisable.
(b) Any vacancy in any office of the Board of Directors
because of death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board
of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term of such office.
SECTION 2.18 ORDER OF BUSINESS. The order of business at any meeting of
the Board of Directors shall be as follows:
1. Determination of members present and existence of quorum;
2. Reading and approval of the minutes of any previous
meeting or meetings;
3. Reports of officers and committeemen;
4. Election of officers (annual meeting);
5. Unfinished business;
6. New business;
7. Adjournment.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
SECTION 3.01 ELECTION. The Board of Directors, at its annual meeting,
shall elect a president, a secretary and a treasurer to hold office for a term
of one (1) year or until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any individual
may hold two or more offices. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, by
resolution, elect a chief executive officer and one or more vice presidents,
assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers and appoint agents of the
corporation, prescribe their duties and fix their compensation.
10 of 17
<PAGE> 11
SECTION 3.02 REMOVAL; RESIGNATION. Any officer or agent elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by it with or without cause.
Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Any
such removal or resignation shall be subject to the rights, if any, of the
respective parties under any contract between the corporation and such officer
or agent.
SECTION 3.03 VACANCIES. Any vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors for
the unexpired portion of the term of such office.
SECTION 3.04 PRESIDENT; CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.
(a) The president may also be the chief executive officer of
the corporation, or, if the Chairman of the Board of Directors or any other
individual has been designated as the chief executive officer, the president
shall be the chief operations officer of the corporation, in either case subject
to the supervision and control of the Board of Directors. The president shall
direct the corporate affairs, with full power to execute all resolutions and
orders of the Board of Directors not expressly delegated to some other officer
or agent of the corporation.
(b) The president shall have full power and authority on
behalf of the corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or designate such
other officer or agent of the corporation to attend and to act and to vote, at
any meetings of the stockholders of any corporation in which the corporation may
hold stock and, at any such meetings, shall possess and may exercise any and all
rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of
Directors, by resolution from time to time, may confer like powers on any person
or persons in place of the president to exercise such powers for these purposes.
(c) The chief executive officer shall perform such duties as
usually pertain to the position of chief executive officer and such duties as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3.05 VICE PRESIDENTS. The Board of Directors may elect one or
more vice presidents who shall be vested with all the powers and perform all the
duties of the president whenever the president is absent or unable to act and
such other duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the
president.
SECTION 3.06 SECRETARY. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept,
the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors in
books provided for that purpose. The secretary shall attend to the giving and
service of all notices of the corporation, may sign with the president in the
name of the corporation all contracts in which the corporation is authorized to
enter, shall have the custody or designate control of the corporate seal, shall
affix the corporate seal to all certificates of stock duly issued by the
corporation, shall have charge or designate control of stock certificate books,
transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books and papers as the Board
of Directors or appropriate committee may direct, and shall, in general, perform
all duties incident to the office of the secretary.
SECTION 3.07 ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. The Board of Directors may appoint
one or more assistant secretaries who shall have such powers and perform such
duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the secretary.
11 of 17
<PAGE> 12
SECTION 3.08 TREASURER. The treasurer shall be the chief financial
officer of the corporation, subject to the supervision and control of the Board
of Directors, and shall have custody of all the funds and securities of the
corporation. When necessary or proper, the treasurer shall endorse on behalf of
the corporation for collection checks, notes, and other obligations, and shall
deposit all monies to the credit of the corporation in such bank or banks or
other depository as the Board of Directors may designate, and shall sign all
receipts and vouchers for payments made by the corporation. Unless otherwise
specified by the Board of Directors, the treasurer may sign with the president
all bills of exchange and promissory notes of the corporation, shall also have
the care and custody of the stocks, bonds, certificates, vouchers, evidence of
debts, securities, and such other property belonging to the corporation as the
Board of Directors shall designate, and shall sign all papers required by law,
by these Bylaws, or by the Board of Directors to be signed by the treasurer. The
treasurer shall enter, or cause to be entered, regularly in the financial
records of the corporation, to be kept for that purpose, full and accurate
accounts of all monies received and paid on account of the corporation and,
whenever required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall render a
statement of any or all accounts. The treasurer shall at all reasonable times
exhibit the books of account to any director of the corporation and shall
perform all acts incident to the position of treasurer subject to the control of
the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall, if required by the Board of
Directors, give bond to the corporation in such sum and with such security as
shall be approved by the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of all
the duties of treasurer and for restoration to the corporation, in the event of
the treasurer's death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all
books, records, papers, vouchers, money and other property in the treasurer's
custody or control and belonging to the corporation. The expense of such bond
shall be borne by the corporation.
SECTION 3.09 ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The Board of Directors may appoint one
or more assistant treasurers who shall have such powers and perform such duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the treasurer. The Board of
Directors may require an assistant treasurer to give a bond to the corporation
in such sum and with such security as it may approve, for the faithful
performance of the duties of assistant treasurer, and for restoration to the
corporation, in the event of the assistant treasurer's death, resignation,
retirement or removal from office, of all books, records, papers, vouchers,
money and other property in the assistant treasurer's custody or control and
belonging to the corporation. The expense of such bond shall be borne by the
corporation.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
SECTION 4.01 ISSUANCE. Shares of the corporation's authorized stock
shall, subject to any provisions or limitations of the laws of the State of
Nevada, the Articles of Incorporation or any contracts or agreements to which
the corporation may be a party, be issued in such manner, at such times, upon
such conditions and for such consideration as shall be prescribed by the Board
of Directors.
SECTION 4.02 CERTIFICATES. Ownership in the corporation shall be
evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such form as shall be
prescribed by the Board of Directors, shall be under the seal of the corporation
and shall be manually signed by the president or a vice president and also by
the secretary or an assistant secretary; provided, however, whenever any
certificate is countersigned or
12 of 17
<PAGE> 13
otherwise authenticated by a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and by a
registrar, then a facsimile of the signatures of said officers of the
corporation may be printed or lithographed upon the certificate in lieu of the
actual signatures. If the Corporation uses facsimile signatures of its officers
on its stock certificates, it shall not act as registrar of its own stock, but
its transfer agent and registrar may be identical if the institution acting in
those dual capacities countersigns any stock certificates in both capacities.
Each certificate shall contain the name of the record holder, the number,
designation, if any, class or series of shares represented, a statement or
summary of any applicable rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions
thereon, and a statement, if applicable, that the shares are assessable. All
certificates shall be consecutively numbered. If provided by the stockholder,
the name, address and federal tax identification number of the stockholder, the
number of shares, and the date of issue shall be entered in the stock transfer
records of the corporation.
SECTION 4.03 SURRENDERED; LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. All
certificates surrendered to the corporation, except those representing shares of
treasury stock, shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until
the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been canceled,
except that in case of a lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new
one may be issued therefor. However, any stockholder applying for the issuance
of a stock certificate in lieu of one alleged to have been lost, stolen,
destroyed or mutilated shall, prior to the issuance of a replacement, provide
the corporation with his, her or its affidavit of the facts surrounding the
loss, theft, destruction or mutilation and, if required by the Board of
Directors, an indemnity bond in an amount not less than twice the current market
value of the stock, and upon such terms as the treasurer or the Board of
Directors shall require which shall indemnify the corporation against any loss,
damage, cost or inconvenience arising as a consequence of the issuance of a
replacement certificate.
SECTION 4.04 REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. When the Articles of Incorporation
are amended in any way affecting the statements contained in the certificates
for outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation or it becomes
desirable for any reason, in the discretion of the Board of Directors,
including, without limitation, the merger of the corporation with another
corporation or the reorganization of the corporation, to cancel any outstanding
certificate for shares and issue a new certificate therefor conforming to the
rights of the holder, the Board of Directors may order any holders of
outstanding certificates for shares to surrender and exchange the same for new
certificates within a reasonable time to be fixed by the Board of Directors. The
order may provide that a holder of any certificate(s) ordered to be surrendered
shall not be entitled to vote, receive distributions or exercise any other
rights of stockholders of record until the holder has complied with the order,
but the order operates to suspend such rights only after notice and until
compliance.
SECTION 4.05 TRANSFER OF SHARES. No transfer of stock shall be valid as
against the corporation except on surrender and cancellation of the certificates
therefor accompanied by an assignment or transfer by the registered owner made
either in person or under assignment. Whenever any transfer shall be expressly
made for collateral security and not absolutely, the collateral nature of the
transfer shall be reflected in the entry of transfer in the records of the
corporation.
SECTION 4.06 TRANSFER AGENT; REGISTRARS. The Board of Directors may
appoint one or more transfer agents, transfer clerk and registrars of transfer
and may require all certificates for shares of stock to bear the signature of
such transfer agent, transfer clerk and/or registrar of transfer.
13 of 17
<PAGE> 14
SECTION 4.07 STOCK TRANSFER RECORDS. The stock transfer records shall be
closed for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to all meetings of the
stockholders and shall be closed for the payment of distributions as provided in
Article V hereof and during such periods as, from time to time, may be fixed by
the Board of Directors, and, during such periods, no stock shall be transferable
for purposes of Article V and no voting rights shall be deemed transferred
during such periods. Subject to the forgoing limitations, nothing contained
herein shall cause transfers during such periods to be void or voidable.
SECTION 4.08 MISCELLANEOUS. The Board of Directors shall have the power
and authority to make such rules and regulations not inconsistent herewith as it
may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of
certificates for shares of the corporation's stock.
ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 5.01 Distributions may be declared, subject to the provisions of
the laws of the State of Nevada and the Articles of Incorporation, by the Board
of Directors at any regular or special meeting and may be paid in cash,
property, shares of corporate stock, or any other medium. The Board of Directors
may fix in advance a record date, as provided in Section 1.06, prior to the
distribution for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive any
distribution. The Board of Directors may close the stock transfer books for such
purpose for a period of not more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such
distribution.
ARTICLE VI
RECORDS; REPORTS; SEAL; AND FINANCIAL MATTERS
SECTION 6.01 RECORDS. All original records of the corporation shall be
kept by or under the direction of the secretary or at such places as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 6.02 DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' RIGHT OF INSPECTION. Every director
and officer shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time for a purpose
reasonably related to the exercise of such individual's duties to inspect and
copy all of the corporation's books, records, and documents of every kind and to
inspect the physical properties of the corporation and/or its subsidiary
corporations. Such inspection may be made in person or by agent or attorney.
SECTION 6.03 CORPORATE SEAL. The Board of Directors may, by resolution,
authorize a seal, and the seal may be used by causing it, or a facsimile, to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Except when otherwise
specifically provided herein, any officer of the corporation shall have the
authority to affix the seal to any document requiring it.
SECTION 6.04 FISCAL YEAR-END. The fiscal year-end of the corporation
shall be such date as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board
of Directors.
14 of 17
<PAGE> 15
SECTION 6.05 RESERVES. The Board of Directors may create, by resolution,
such reserves as the directors may, from time to time, in their discretion,
think proper to provide for contingencies, or to equalize distributions or to
repair or maintain any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as
the Board of Directors may deem beneficial to the corporation, and the directors
may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were
created.
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 7.01 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.
(a) INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
(i) For purposes of this Article, (A) "Indemnitee" shall
mean each director or officer who was or is a party to, or is threatened to be
made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter
defined), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer
of the corporation or is or was serving in any capacity at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent, partner, or fiduciary of,
or in any other capacity for, another corporation or any partnership, joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise; and (B) "Proceeding" shall mean any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit (including without limitation an
action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the corporation), whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
(ii) Each Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held
harmless by the corporation for all actions taken by him or her and for all
omissions (regardless of the date of any such action or omission), to the
fullest extent permitted by Nevada law, against all expense, liability and loss
(including without limitation attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, taxes,
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding.
(iii) Indemnification pursuant to this Section shall
continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and
shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators.
(b) INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND OTHER PERSONS.
The corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors
and to the extent provided in such action, indemnify employees and other persons
as though they were Indemnitees.
(c) NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.
The rights to indemnification provided in this Article
shall not be exclusive of any other rights that any person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, provision of the corporation's Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or
otherwise.
15 of 17
<PAGE> 16
(d) INSURANCE.
The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or
make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for
any liability asserted against him or her and liability and expenses incurred by
him or her in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or
arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation has the
authority to indemnify him or her against such liability and expenses.
(e) OTHER FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS.
The other financial arrangements which may be made by
the corporation may include the following (i) the creation of a trust fund; (ii)
the establishment of a program of self-insurance; (iii) the securing of its
obligation of indemnification by granting a security interest or other lien on
any assets of the corporation; (iv) the establishment of a letter of credit,
guarantee or surety. No financial arrangement made pursuant to this subsection
may provide protection for a person adjudged by a court of competent
jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable for
intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of law, except with
respect to advancement of expenses or indemnification ordered by a court.
(f) OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO INSURANCE OR FINANCIAL
ARRANGEMENTS.
Any insurance or other financial arrangement made on
behalf of a person pursuant to this section may be provided by the corporation
or any other person approved by the Board of Directors, even if all or part of
the other person's stock or other securities is owned by the corporation. In the
absence of fraud:
(i) the decision of the Board of Directors as to the
propriety of the terms and conditions of any insurance or other financial
arrangement made pursuant to this section and the choice of the person to
provide the insurance or other financial arrangement is conclusive; and
(ii) the insurance or other financial arrangement:
(A) is not void or voidable; and
(B) does not subject any director approving it to
personal liability for his action, even if a
director approving the insurance or other
financial arrangement is a beneficiary of the
insurance or other financial arrangement.
SECTION 7.02 AMENDMENT. The provisions of this Article relating to
indemnification shall constitute a contract between the corporation and each of
its directors and officers which may be modified as to any director or officer
only with that person's consent or as specifically provided in this Section.
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws relating to their amendment
generally, any repeal or amendment of this Article which is adverse to any
director or officer shall apply to such director or officer only on a
prospective basis and shall not limit the rights of an Indemnitee to
16 of 17
<PAGE> 17
indemnification with respect to any action or failure to act occurring prior to
the time of such repeal or amendment. Notwithstanding any other provision of
these Bylaws, no repeal or amendment of these Bylaws shall affect any or all of
this Article so as to limit or reduce the indemnification in any manner unless
adopted by (a) the unanimous vote of the directors of the corporation then
serving, or (b) by the stockholders as set forth in Article VIII hereof;
provided that no such amendment shall have retroactive effect inconsistent with
the preceding sentence.
SECTION 7.03 CHANGES IN NEVADA LAW. References in this Article to Nevada
law or to any provision thereof shall be to such law as it existed on the date
this Article was adopted or as such law thereafter may be changed; provided that
(a) in the case of any change which expands the liability of directors or
officers or limits the indemnification rights or the rights to advancement of
expenses which the corporation may provide, the rights to limited liability, to
indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in the corporation's
Articles of Incorporation and/or these Bylaws shall continue as theretofore to
the extent permitted by law; and (b) if such change permits the corporation,
without the requirement of any further action by stockholders or directors, to
limit further the liability of directors (or limit the liability of officers) or
to provide broader indemnification rights or rights to the advancement of
expenses than the corporation was permitted to provide prior to such change,
then liability thereupon shall be so limited and the rights to indemnification
and the advancement of expenses shall be so broadened to the extent permitted by
law.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT OR REPEAL
SECTION 8.01 AMENDMENT. Except as otherwise restricted in the Articles of
Incorporation or these Bylaws:
(a) Any provision of these Bylaws may be altered, amended or
repealed at the annual or any regular meeting of the Board of Directors without
prior notice, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of
such alteration, amendment or repeal be contained in the notice of such special
meeting.
(b) These Bylaws may also be altered, amended, or repealed
at a duly convened meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of the
holders of 51% of the voting power of the corporation entitled to vote. The
stockholders may provide by resolution that any Bylaw provision repealed,
amended, adopted or altered by them may not be repealed, amended, adopted or
altered by the Board of Directors.
CERTIFICATION
The undersigned duly elected secretary of the corporation,
does hereby certify that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted by the Board of
Directors on the 6th day of May, 1996.
/s/ TOM STEINBAUER
-----------------------------
Tom Steinbauer, Secretary
17 of 17
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.11
SECRETARY OF STATE
[THE GREAT SEAL OF THE STATE OF NEVADA]
STATE OF NEVADA
CORPORATE CHARTER
I, DEAN HELLER, the duly elected and qualified Nevada Secretary of State, do
hereby certify that A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC. did on FEBRUARY 20, 1997 file in
this office the original Article S of Incorporation, that said Articles are now
on file and of record in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of
Nevada, and further, that said Articles contain all the provisions required by
the law of said State of Nevada.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
[SEAL] affixed the Great Seal of State, at my office, in Carson City,
Nevada, on FEBRUARY 20, 1997.
/s/ DEAN HELLER
-----------------------
Secretary of State
By [SIG]
--------------------
Certification Clerk
<PAGE> 2
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.
THE UNDERSIGNED, acting as the incorporator of a corporation under
the Nevada General Corporation Law, Title 7, Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised
Statutes, as amended (hereinafter called the "Act"), being a natural person at
least eighteen years of age, hereby adopts the following Articles of
Incorporation for such corporation:
ARTICLE I - NAME
The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") is A.C. Food
Services, Inc.
ARTICLE II - PURPOSES AND POWERS
SECTION 2.1 PURPOSES. The Corporation is organized for the purpose
of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the Act, including without limitation the marketing of food
services.
SECTION 2.2 POWERS. The Corporation shall have and exercise all
powers necessary or convenient for the carrying out of any or all of the
purposes for which it is organized.
ARTICLE III - STOCK
SECTION 3.1 NUMBER OF SHARES. The aggregate number of shares of
capital stock which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue is 50,000
shares with a par value of $0.01 per share.
SECTION 3.2 CLASSIFICATION; RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES. All shares of
capital stock of the Corporation shall be of the same class, common, and shall
have the same rights and preferences.
SECTION 3.3 STOCK NOT ASSESSABLE. Fully paid shares of capital stock
of the Corporation shall not be liable to any call and shall be nonassessable.
ARTICLE IV - RESIDENT AGENT
AND REGISTERED OFFICE
The name of the initial resident agent and the address of the
initial registered office of the Corporation are as follows:
Name Address
The Corporation Trust 1 East First Street
Company of Nevada Reno, Nevada 89501
ARTICLE V - DIRECTORS
The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors
of the Corporation shall be one (1) unless and until changed by bylaw. The name
and address of the member of the initial board of directors, are as follows:
Name Address
Craig H. Neilsen 777 West Lake Mead Drive
Henderson, Nevada 89009
ARTICLE VI - LIMITATION UPON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, as the same now exists
or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally
liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for any
action taken or any failure to take any action, as a director.
ARTICLE VII- INCORPORATOR
The name and address of the incorporator of the Corporation are as
follows:
Name Address
Sylvia I. Iannucci 79 South Main St, Suite 500
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
-2-
<PAGE> 3
DATED this 19th day of February, 1997.
----
/s/ SYLVIA I. IANNUCCI
----------------------------------
Sylvia I. Iannucci
Incorporator
The undersigned hereby accepts appointment as registered agent of
the foregoing corporation and confirms that the undersigned meets the
requirements of section 78.090 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.
----------------------------------
The Corporation Trust
Company of Nevada
Resident Agent
STATE OF UTAH )
: ss.
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE )
On the 19th day of February, 1997, personally appeared before the
incorporator, Sylvia I. Iannucci, whose identity was personally known to me or
proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, who in my presence
voluntarily subscribed the foregoing Articles of Incorporation and affirmed and
verified that the contents thereof are true and correct.
[SEAL] LINDA R. WEBB
NOTARY OF PUBLIC
STATE OF UTAH
MY COMM. EXPIRES NOV 12, 1998
201 S MAIN #1800 SLC UT 84111
/s/ LINDA R. WEBB
----------------------------------
Notary Public
-3-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.12
BYLAWS OF
A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.
AS ADOPTED ON FEBRUARY 20, 1997
<PAGE> 2
BYLAWS OF
A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article I - Purposes..................................................... 1
Section 1.01 Purpose........................................ 1
Article II - Offices..................................................... 1
Section 2.01 Registered Office.............................. 1
Section 2.02 Other Offices.................................. 1
Article III - Stockholders............................................... 1
Section 3.01 Annual Meeting................................. 1
Section 3.02 Special Meeting................................ 1
Section 3.03 Place of Meeting............................... 1
Section 3.04 Notice of Meeting.............................. 1
Section 3.05 Waiver of Notice............................... 2
Section 3.06 Waiver of Notice by Attendance................. 2
Section 3.07 Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing
of Record Date................................. 3
Section 3.08 Quorum......................................... 3
Section 3.09 Manner of Acting............................... 3
Section 3.10 Voting of Shares............................... 3
Section 3.11 Action Without a Meeting....................... 3
Section 3.12 Conduct of Meetings............................ 4
Section 3.13 Ratification of Irregular Meeting.............. 4
Article IV - Board of Directors.......................................... 4
Section 4.01 General Powers................................. 4
Section 4.02 Number, Tenure and Qualifications.............. 4
Section 4.03 Chair.......................................... 4
Section 4.04 Election....................................... 5
Section 4.05 Term........................................... 5
Section 4.06 Qualifications................................. 5
Section 4.07 Resignation.................................... 5
Section 4.08 Regular Meetings............................... 5
Section 4.09 Special Meetings............................... 5
Section 4.10 Notice......................................... 5
Section 4.11 Quorum......................................... 6
Section 4.12 Manner of Acting............................... 6
Section 4.13 Action Without a Meeting....................... 6
i
<PAGE> 3
Section 4.14 Vacancies...................................... 6
Section 4.15 Removal........................................ 6
Section 4.16 Compensation................................... 6
Section 4.17 Presumption of Assent.......................... 7
Article V - Officers..................................................... 7
Section 5.01 Number......................................... 7
Section 5.02 Election and Term of Office.................... 7
Section 5.03 Removal........................................ 7
Section 5.04 Vacancies...................................... 7
Section 5.05 Resignation.................................... 7
Section 5.06 President...................................... 7
Section 5.07 The Vice-President............................. 8
Section 5.08 The Secretary.................................. 8
Section 5.09 The Treasurer.................................. 8
Section 5.10 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. 9
Section 5.11 Compensation................................... 9
Article VI - Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer.................. 9
Section 6.01 Certificates for Shares........................ 9
Section 6.02 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed, and
Mutilated Certificates......................... 9
Section 6.03 Legends........................................ 9
Article VII - Dividends.................................................. 10
Section 7.01 Dividends...................................... 10
Article VIII - Indemnification........................................... 10
Section 8.01 Action, Etc. Other Than by or in the Right
of Corporation................................. 10
Section 8.02 Action, Etc., by or in the Right
of the Corporation............................. 10
Section 8.03 Indemnification Against Expenses of
Successful Party............................... 11
Section 8.04 Advances of Costs and Expenses................. 11
Section 8.05 Right to Indemnification Upon Application;
Procedure Upon Application..................... 11
Section 8.06 Other Rights and Remedies...................... 11
Section 8.07 Insurance...................................... 12
Section 8.08 Limits on Directors' Liability................. 12
Section 8.09 Savings Clause................................. 12
Article IX - Miscellaneous............................................... 12
Section 9.01 Amendments..................................... 12
ii
<PAGE> 4
ARTICLE I - PURPOSES
SECTION 1.01 - PURPOSE. The corporation is organized for any and all
lawful purposes for which corporations may be organized under the Nevada General
Corporation Law, as amended, as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.
ARTICLE II - OFFICES
SECTION 2.01 REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the corporation
required by the Nevada General Corporation Law to be maintained in the State of
Nevada shall be located in whatever location the board of directors may
designate by resolution. The address of the registered office may be changed
from time to time by the board of directors.
SECTION 2.02 OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may have such other offices,
either within or without the State of Nevada, as the board of directors may
designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.
ARTICLE III - STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 3.01 ANNUAL MEETING. Annual meetings of the stockholders for the
purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as
may come before such meetings shall be at such time, date and place as the board
of directors shall determine by resolution.
SECTION 3.02 SPECIAL MEETING. Special meetings of the stockholders, for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called
by the chairman of the board, the president or the board of directors, and shall
be called by the president at the request of the holders of not less than ten
percent (10%) of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote
at the meeting.
SECTION 3.03 PLACE OF MEETING. The board of directors may designate any
place, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the place for the
holding of any annual or special meeting. If no designation is made, the place
of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.
SECTION 3.04 NOTICE OF MEETING. Notice of each meeting of the
stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be delivered by or at the
direction of the president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the
meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of
the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote
-1-
<PAGE> 5
at such meeting by delivery of a written or printed notice thereof to such
shareholder either personally or by mail. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed
to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, in a first-class
postage-prepaid envelope addressed to the shareholder at such stockholder's
address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation. Such
notice shall state the place, day and time of the meeting and the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice delivered or mailed to a
stockholder in accordance with the provisions of this Section is sufficient, and
in the event of the transfer of such stockholder's stock after such delivery or
mailing and before the holding of the meeting, it shall not be necessary to
deliver or mail notice of the meeting to the transferee.
(a) EXCEPTION TO NOTICE REQUIREMENT. Notwithstanding any requirement in
these bylaws or elsewhere that notice be given, the corporation shall not be
required to give notice to any shareholder to whom:
(i) a notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of
meetings or of taking action without a meeting during the period between
the two consecutive annual meetings, have been mailed, addressed to the
shareholder at the shareholder's address as shown on the corporation's
records, and have been returned undeliverable; or
(ii) all, and at least two, payments, if sent by first class mail,
of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve month period, have
been mailed, addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder's address as
shown on the records of the corporation, and have been returned
undeliverable.
SECTION 3.05 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A shareholder may waive any notice
required by these bylaws, before or after the date and time stated in the notice
as the date or time when any action will occur or has occurred. The waiver must
be in writing, be signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice, and be
delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the
corporate records.
SECTION 3.06 WAIVER OF NOTICE BY ATTENDANCE. A shareholder's attendance
at a meeting:
(i) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the
meeting by giving his or her oral consent to the meeting which consent is
entered on the minutes, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the
meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the
meeting because of lack of notice or defective notice; or
(ii) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the
meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice,
unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is
presented; or
-2-
<PAGE> 6
(iii) take part in the deliberations at such meeting without
objection.
SECTION 3.07 CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the
purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive
payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for
any other proper purpose, the board of directors of the corporation may fix in
advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders,
such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, in case of a
meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which
the particular action requiring such determination of stockholders is to be
taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or stockholders entitled
to receive payment of a dividend, the day on which notice of the meeting is
mailed or the day on which the resolution of the board of directors declaring
such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such
determination of stockholders. When a determination of stockholders entitled to
vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this Section,
such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.
SECTION 3.08 QUORUM. A majority of the outstanding shares of the
corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the
outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may
continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal
of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
SECTION 3.09 MANNER OF ACTING. The affirmative vote of a majority of the
shares entitled to vote and represented at a meeting at which a quorum is
present shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater
number or voting by classes is required for such act by the corporation's
Articles of Incorporation or by the Nevada General Corporation Law. Stockholders
may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment, so long as all stockholders participating in such
meeting can hear one another. Such participation in a meeting through the use of
conference telephone or similar communications equipment shall constitute
presence in person at the meeting.
SECTION 3.10 VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share entitled to vote
shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting
of stockholders.
SECTION 3.11 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by
stockholders holding at least a
-3-
<PAGE> 7
majority of the voting power, except that if a different proportion of voting
power is required for such an action at a meeting, that different proportion of
written consents is required. Such written consent must be filed with the
minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders.
SECTION 3.12 CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The board of directors may adopt by
resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of
shareholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent
with such rules and regulations adopted by the board of directors, the chair of
any meeting of shareholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such
rules, regulations and procedures and to take all such acts as, in the judgment
of the chair, are appropriate for the conduct of the meeting. Such rules,
regulations and procedures, whether adopted by the board of directors or
prescribed by the chair, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the
establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (b) rules and
procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present,
(c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to shareholders
of record, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons
as the chair of the meeting shall determine, (d) restrictions on entry to the
meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof, and (e) limitations on
the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the
extent determined by the board of directors or the chair of the meeting,
meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the
rules of parliamentary procedure.
SECTION 3.13 RATIFICATION OF IRREGULAR MEETING. If any meeting be
irregular for want of notice or consent, provided a quorum was present at such
meeting, the proceedings of the meeting may be ratified and approved rendered
likewise valid and the irregularity or defect therein waived by a writing signed
by all parties having the right to vote at such meeting.
ARTICLE IV - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 4.01 GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the corporation
shall be managed by its board of directors.
SECTION 4.02 NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of directors
of the corporation shall be not less than one (1) nor more than seven (7), with
the exact number of directors within such parameters to be set by resolution of
the board of directors from time to time; provided that no decrease in the
number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any
incumbent director.
SECTION 4.03 CHAIR. One director may be designated by a majority of the
full board of directors as chairman of the board. The chairman of the board
shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors.
-4-
<PAGE> 8
SECTION 4.04 ELECTION. The directors shall be elected annually by the
stockholders of the corporation at the annual meeting of stockholders. If the
election of directors shall not be held at such meeting, or if such meeting is
not held, the directors may be elected at any special meeting of stockholders
called and held for that purpose.
SECTION 4.05 TERM. Each director shall hold office until the next annual
meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been qualified
or until such director's death or until such director shall resign or shall have
been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.
SECTION 4.06 QUALIFICATIONS. Directors need not be residents of the
State of Nevada or stockholders of the corporation.
SECTION 4.07 RESIGNATION. Any director of the corporation may resign at
any time by giving written notice to the board of directors or to the president
or the chief executive officer, or the secretary of the corporation. Any such
resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time is
not specified, it shall take effect immediately upon its receipt; and unless
otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be
necessary to make it effective.
SECTION 4.08 REGULAR MEETINGS. By resolution, the board of directors may
determine the time and place, either within or without the State of Nevada, for
the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such
resolution.
SECTION 4.09 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of
directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the
president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special
meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or without
the State of Nevada, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board
of directors called by them.
SECTION 4.10 NOTICE.
(a) TIME AND MANNER. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at
least two (2) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally, or
delivered by confirmed air courier, first-class mail, telegram, or facsimile
transmission ("fax") to each director at such director's business address as
shown on the records of the Corporation. If sent by confirmed air courier,
telegram or first-class mail, such notice shall be deemed delivered on the date
on which it is delivered to the courier or telegram company or is deposited in a
first-class postage-prepaid envelope in the United States mail addressed to such
director's home or business address.
(b) WAIVER. Any director may waive notice of any meeting. The
attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except where a
-5-
<PAGE> 9
director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.
(c) CONTENTS OF NOTICE. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors
need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
SECTION 4.11 QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors in office
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the
board of directors, but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a
majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time
without further notice.
SECTION 4.12 MANNER OF ACTING. The act of a majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board
of directors. Voting by proxy shall not be permitted. Members of the board of
directors may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such
meeting can hear one another. Such participation in a meeting through use of
conference telephone or similar communications equipment shall constitute
presence in person at the meeting.
SECTION 4.13 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a
meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by all of the directors. Such consent shall have the same force and
effect as a unanimous vote of the directors. Such written consent must be filed
with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
SECTION 4.14 VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring among the directors,
including those caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less
than a quorum. A director elected to fill such a vacancy shall be elected for
the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.
SECTION 4.15 REMOVAL. At a meeting of the stockholders called expressly
for that purpose (although such meeting may also have other purposes), one or
more directors may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders
of two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares then
entitled to vote at an election of directors.
SECTION 4.16 COMPENSATION. By resolution of the board of directors, the
directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the board of directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting of the board of directors or stated salaries as directors. Such
compensation shall be reported to the stockholders. No such payment shall
preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and
receiving compensation therefor.
-6-
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 4.17 PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the corporation who is
present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any corporate
matter is taken shall by presumed to have assented to the action taken unless
his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting
or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent or abstention to such
action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the
adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent or abstention by registered
mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of
the meeting. Such right to dissent or abstain shall not apply to a director who
voted in favor of such action.
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS
SECTION 5.01 NUMBER. The officers of the corporation shall be a
president, a vice-president, a secretary, and a treasurer, each of whom shall be
elected by the board of directors. One or more additional vice-presidents (the
number thereof to be determined by the board of directors) and such other
officers and assistant officers and agents as may be deemed necessary may also
be elected or appointed by the board of directors. The board of directors may
delegate to any officer of the corporation or any committee of the board of
directors the power to appoint, remove and prescribe the duties of such other
officers, assistant officers, agents and employees. Any two or more offices may
be held by the same person.
SECTION 5.02 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the
corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the annual
meeting of the board of directors. If the election of officers shall not be held
at such meeting, or if such meeting is not held, such election shall be held as
soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until
such officer's successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified
or until such officer's death or until such officer shall resign or shall have
been removed in the manner provided below.
SECTION 5.03 REMOVAL. Any officer, assistant, agent or employee may be
removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution of the board of
directors; but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights,
if any, of the person so removed.
SECTION 5.04 VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board
of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
SECTION 5.05 RESIGNATION. Any officer of the corporation may resign at
any time by giving written notice to the corporation. A resignation is effective
when the notice is received by the corporation unless the notice specifies a
later effective date.
SECTION 5.06 PRESIDENT. The president, unless otherwise specified by the
board of directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and,
-7-
<PAGE> 11
subject to the control of the board of directors, shall in general supervise and
control all of the business and affairs of the corporation. The president shall,
when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of
the chair of the board, at meetings of the board of directors. The president may
sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer of the corporation
thereunto authorized by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the
corporation, and any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments
which the board of directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases
where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the
board of directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the
corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and
in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such
other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.
SECTION 5.07 THE VICE-PRESIDENT. In the absence of the president, or in
the event of the president's death, inability or refusal to act, the
vice-president (or in the event there is more than one vice-president, the
vice-presidents in the order designated at the time of their election, or in the
absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform
the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of
and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. Any vice-president
may sign, with the secretary or an assistant secretary, certificates for shares
of the corporation; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may
be assigned to him or her by the president or by the board of directors.
SECTION 5.08 THE SECRETARY. The secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of
the stockholders' and of the board of directors' meetings in one or more books
provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance
with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of
the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that the seal
of the corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf
of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) keep a register of the
address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such
shareholder; (e) sign with the president, or a vice-president, certificates for
shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by
resolution of the board of directors; (f) have general charge of the stock
transfer books of the corporation; and (g) in general perform all duties
incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the board of directors. In
the absence of a secretary and any assistant secretaries, the president or
vice-president shall perform their duties.
SECTION 5.09 THE TREASURER. If required by the board of directors, the
treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in
such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall
determine. He or she shall: (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible
for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts
for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and
deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust
companies or other depositaries as shall be selected; and (c) in general perform
all of the duties
-8-
<PAGE> 12
incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the board of directors. In
the absence of a treasurer, the secretary shall perform such duties.
SECTION 5.10 ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The
assistant secretaries, when authorized by the board of directors, may sign with
the president or a vice-president certificates for shares of the corporation the
issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the board of
directors. The assistant treasurers shall respectively, if required by the board
of directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine. The assistant
secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by
the president or the board of directors.
SECTION 5.11 COMPENSATION. The compensation of the officers shall be
fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be
prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she
is also a director of the corporation.
ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
SECTION 6.01 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Every owner of shares of stock of
the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates, to be
in such form as shall be determined by the board of directors and containing the
information required under Nevada law, certifying the number and class and
series of shares of the stock of the corporation owned by such shareholder. All
such certificates shall be consecutively numbered in the order in which they are
issued, and shall be signed by the president or a vice-president and by the
secretary or an assistant secretary.
SECTION 6.02 LOST, STOLEN DESTROYED, AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES. In any
case of loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate of stock,
another may be issued in its place upon proof of such loss, theft, destruction,
or mutilation and upon the giving of a bond of indemnity to the corporation in
such form and in such sum as the board of directors may direct; provided,
however, that a new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when,
in the judgment of the board of directors, it is proper so to do.
SECTION 6.03 LEGENDS. Each certificate of stock shall contain such
legend or other statements as may be required by the Nevada General Corporation
Law, Nevada securities laws, the federal securities laws, and any agreement
between the corporation and the issuee thereof. Failure to comply with the
requirements of this Section 6.03 shall not affect the validity of any
certificate of stock which is otherwise issued in accordance with the provisions
of this Article VI.
-9-
<PAGE> 13
ARTICLE VII - DIVIDENDS
SECTION 7.01 DIVIDENDS. The board of directors may from time to time
declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the
manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the corporation's
Articles of Incorporation.
ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 8.01 ACTION, ETC. OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF CORPORATION.
The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, against costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably
incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if the
person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his
or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding
by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or
its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person (a)
did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, (b) with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe
that his or her conduct was unlawful.
SECTION 8.02 ACTION, ETC., BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The
corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
costs and expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys' fees,
actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action or
suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation;
except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged by a court of competent
jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable to the
corporation or for amounts paid in settlement to the corporation, unless and
only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought or
other court of competent jurisdiction shall determine upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability, in view of all the circum-
-10-
<PAGE> 14
stances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity
for such expenses as the court considers proper.
SECTION 8.03 INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a
person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action,
suit or proceeding referred to in Section 8.01 or 8.02 of these Bylaws, or in
the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person must be
indemnified against costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, which such
person actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.
SECTION 8.04 ADVANCES OF COSTS AND EXPENSES. Costs and expenses incurred
in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the
corporation as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the
action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of a undertaking by or on behalf of the
person that he or she shall repay the amount advanced if it is ultimately
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that he or she is not entitled
to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by these Bylaws.
SECTION 8.05 RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION UPON APPLICATION; PROCEDURE UPON
APPLICATION. Any indemnification under Sections 8.01 or 8.02 of these Bylaws,
unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the corporation only as authorized
in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the person is
proper under the circumstances because the person has met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.01 or 8.02 of these Bylaws. This
determination shall be made promptly and in any event within 90 days of receipt
of a request from the person, (a) by the board of directors by a majority vote
of a quorum consisting of the directors who were not parties to the act, suit or
proceeding, (b) if a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were
not parties to the act, suit or proceeding so orders, by independent legal
counsel in a written opinion, (c) if a quorum consisting of directors who were
not parties to the act, suit or proceeding cannot be obtained, by independent
legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by a majority vote of a quorum of the
stockholders. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this
Article shall be enforceable by the person in any court of competent
jurisdiction, if the board of directors denies or stockholders deny the claim,
in whole or in part, or if no disposition of such claim is made within ninety
(90) days. The person's expenses incurred in connection with successfully
establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any
such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the corporation.
SECTION 8.06 OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. The indemnification and
advancement of costs and expenses provided by these Bylaws shall not be
construed to be exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking
indemnification or advancement of costs and expenses may be entitled under any
Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise,
both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another
capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased
to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of heirs,
administrators and executors of such a person.
-11-
<PAGE> 15
SECTION 8.07 INSURANCE. The corporation may purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against
the person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of
such person's status in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would
have the power to indemnify the person against the liability under the
provisions of these Bylaws.
SECTION 8.08 LIMITS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY. Pursuant to the
corporation's Articles of Incorporation, and to the fullest extent permitted by
the Nevada General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended, no director or officer of the corporation shall be personally liable to
the corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as
a director or officer, except for (i) acts or omissions which involve
intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law, or (ii) the payment
of distributions in violation of Nevada Revised Statutes Section 77.300.
SECTION 8.09 SAVINGS CLAUSE. If this Article or any portion thereof
shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then
the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each officer and director as to
expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether internal or external,
including without limitation a grand jury proceeding and an action or suit
brought by or in the right of the corporation, to the full extent permitted by
any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated, or
by any other applicable law.
ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.01 AMENDMENTS. These Bylaws, or any of them, may be altered,
amended or repealed, and new Bylaws may be made, (i) by the board of directors,
by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, acting at any meeting of
the board of directors, or (ii) by the stockholders, by affirmative vote of at
least 80% of the combined voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital
stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, at any annual
meeting of stockholders, without previous notice, or at any special meeting of
stockholders, provided that notice of such proposed amendment, modification,
repeal or adoption is given in the notice of special meeting. Except as
otherwise provided in the corporation's Articles of Incorporation, any Bylaws
made or altered by the stockholders may be altered or repealed by either the
board of directors or the stockholders.
-12-
<PAGE> 16
Secretary's Certificate
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the secretary of A.C. Food Services, Inc.,
do hereby certify the foregoing to be the Bylaws of such corporation, as adopted
by written consent of its board of directors dated as of the 20th day of
February, 1997.
/s/ TOM M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Tom M. Steinbauer, Secretary
-13-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.13
================================================================================
STATE OF MISSISSIPPI
SECRETARY OF STATE'S OFFICE
ERIC CLARK
SECRETARY OF STATE
JACKSON, MISSISSIPPI
MISSISSIPPI CORPORATION INFORMATION SYSTEM
Corporation Name
AC HOTEL CORP.
Corp ID: 0644161
Filed: 06/27/1997 AT 8:00 A. M.
Filing Fee Receipt: $50.00
Secretary of State
P.O. Box 136
Jackson, MS 39205
(601) 359-1333
/s/ ERIC CLARK
ERIC CLARK
Secretary of State
Official Seal: Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
=======================
FILED
06/27/1997
ERIC CLARK
Secretary of State
State of Mississippi
=======================
F0001 - PAGE 1 OF 2
OFFICE OF THE MISSISSIPPI SECRETARY OF STATE
P. O. BOX 136, JACKSON, MS 39205-0136 (601) 359-1333
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
The undersigned, pursuant to Section 79-4-2.02 (if a profit corporation) or
Section 79-11-137 (if a nonprofit corporation) of the Mississippi Code of 1972,
hereby executes the following document and sets forth:
1. TYPE OF CORPORATION
[X] Profit [ ] Nonprofit
2. NAME OF THE CORPORATION
AC Hotel Corp.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. THE FUTURE EFFECTIVE DATE IS
(COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. FOR NONPROFITS ONLY: The period of duration is [ ] years or [X] perpetual
5. FOR PROFITS ONLY: The Number (and Classes) if any of shares the corporation
is authorized to issue is (are) as follows:
Classes # of Shares Authorized If more than one (1) class of shares
is authorized, the preferences,
limitations and relative rights of
each class are as follows:
Common 10,000 ($.01 Par) (See Attached)
- --------- ----------------------- -------------------------------------
6. NAME AND STREET ADDRESS OF THE REGISTERED AGENT AND REGISTERED OFFICE IS
Name Thomas B. Shepherd III
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Physical
Address 633 N. State Street
-----------------------------------------------------------------
P. O. Box P.O. Box 427
-----------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, ZIP5, ZIP4 Jackson MS 39205
--------------- -------- -----------------
7. THE NAME AND COMPLETE ADDRESS OF EACH INCORPORATOR ARE AS FOLLOWS
Name Thomas B. Shepherd III
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Street 633 N. State Street
-----------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, ZIP5, ZIP4 Jackson MS 39202
--------------- -------- -----------------
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ ERIC CLARK
Secretary of State
<PAGE> 3
F0001 - PAGE 2 OF 2
OFFICE OF THE MISSISSIPPI SECRETARY OF STATE
P. O. BOX 136, JACKSON, MS 39205-0136 (601) 359-1333
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, ZIP5, ZIP4
--------------- -------- -----------------
Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, ZIP5, ZIP4
--------------- -------- -----------------
Name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, ZIP5, ZIP4
--------------- -------- -----------------
8. OTHER PROVISIONS See Attached
--------------
9. INCORPORATORS' SIGNATURES (PLEASE KEEP WRITING WITHIN BLOCKS)
/s/ THOMAS B. SHEPHERD III Thomas B. Shepherd III, Incorporator
- -------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
This page conforms with the duplicate
original filed with the Secretary of State
/s/ ERIC CLARK
Secretary of State
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.14
BYLAWS
OF
AC HOTEL CORP.
ARTICLE I PRINCIPAL OFFICE
The principal office of the corporation in the State of Mississippi
shall be located in the City of Vicksburg, County of Warren. The corporation may
have such other offices, either within or without the State of Mississippi, as
the board of directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may
require from time to time.
ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. The corporation shall hold an annual meeting
of shareholders at such time, date and place as the board of directors shall
determine, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such
other business as may come before the meeting.
SECTION 2. Special Meetings. The corporation shall hold a special
meeting of shareholders (1) on call of its board of directors, the chairman of
the board of directors, or the president; or (2) unless the articles of
incorporation provide otherwise, if the holders of at least ten percent (10%) of
all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the
proposed special meeting sign, date and deliver to the corporation's secretary
one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes
for which it is to be held. If not otherwise fixed under applicable law, the
record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting
shall be the date the first shareholder signs the demand.
SECTION 3. Place of Meeting. The board of directors may designate any
place, either within or without the State of Mississippi, for any annual meeting
or for any special meeting of shareholders. A valid waiver of notice signed by
all shareholders entitled to notice may designate any place, either within or
without the State of Mississippi, as the place for any annual meeting or for any
special meeting of shareholders. Unless the notice of the meeting states
otherwise, shareholders' meetings shall be held at the corporation's principal
office.
<PAGE> 2
SECTION 4. Notice of Meeting. The corporation shall notify shareholders
of the date, time and place of each annual and special shareholders' meeting no
fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting date.
Unless applicable law or the articles of incorporation require otherwise, the
corporation shall give notice only to shareholders entitled to vote at the
meeting.
Unless applicable law or the articles of incorporation require
otherwise, notice of an annual meeting need not include a description of the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of a special meeting
must include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
shall be called. Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the
meeting notice may be conducted at a special shareholders' meeting.
Unless these bylaws require otherwise, if an annual or special
shareholders' meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, notice
need not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place
is announced at the meeting before adjournment. If a new record date for the
adjourned meeting is or must be fixed under applicable law or Article II,
Section 5 of these bylaws, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be
given under this section to persons who are shareholders as of the new record
date.
SECTION 5. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date. The board
of directors of the corporation may fix the record date for one or more voting
groups in order to determine shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders'
meeting, to demand a special meeting, to vote or to take any other action. A
record date may not be more than seventy (70) days before the meeting or action
requiring a determination of shareholders. If not otherwise fixed by law, the
record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at an
annual or special shareholders' meeting shall be the day before the first notice
is delivered to shareholders. If the board of directors does not fix the record
date for determining shareholders entitled to a distribution (other than one
involving a purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the corporation's
shares), it shall be the date the board of directors authorizes the
distribution. A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote
at a shareholders' meeting shall be effective for any adjournment of the meeting
unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the
meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the
date fixed for the original meeting.
SECTION 6. Voting Lists. After fixing a record date for a meeting, the
corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its
shareholders who are entitled to notice of a shareholders' meeting. The list
must be arranged by voting group (and within each voting group by class or
series of shares) and show the address of and number of shares held by each
shareholder.
2
<PAGE> 3
The shareholders' list must be available for inspection by any
shareholder beginning two (2) business days after notice of the meeting is given
for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting, at the
corporation's principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in
the city where the meeting will be held. A shareholder, his agent or attorney
shall be entitled on written demand to inspect and, subject to the requirements
of applicable law, to copy the list during regular business hours and at his
expense, during the period it shall be available for inspection. The corporation
shall make the shareholders' list available at the meeting, and any shareholder,
his agent or attorney shall be entitled to inspect the list at any time during
the meeting or any adjournment.
SECTION 7. Quorum. Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group
may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum of those shares exists
with respect to that matter. Unless the articles of incorporation or applicable
law impose other quorum requirements, a majority of the votes entitled to be
cast on the matter by a voting group, represented in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter. If less than
a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of
the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without
further notice except as may be required by Article II, Section 4 of these
bylaws or by applicable law. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall
be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been
transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Once a share is represented for
any purpose at a meeting, it shall be deemed present for quorum purposes for the
remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new
record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.
SECTION 8. Proxies. A shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or
otherwise act for him by signing an appointment form, either personally or by
his attorney-in-fact. An appointment of a proxy shall be effective when received
by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes of the
corporation. An appointment shall be valid for eleven (11) months unless a
longer period is expressly provided in the appointment form. An appointment of a
proxy shall be revocable by the shareholder unless the appointment form
conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment shall be coupled
with an interest. Appointments coupled with an interest include the appointment
of (1) a pledgee; (2) a person who purchased or agreed to purchase the shares;
(3) a creditor of the corporation who extended it credit under terms requiring
the appointment; (4) an employee of the corporation whose employment contract
requires the appointment; or (5) a party to a voting agreement created under
applicable law.
The death or incapacity of the shareholder appointing a proxy does not
affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless
notice of the death or incapacity shall be received by the secretary or other
officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his
authority under the appointment. An appointment made irrevocable because it is
coupled with an interest shall be revoked when the interest with which it is
coupled is extinguished. A transferee for value of shares subject to an
3
<PAGE> 4
irrevocable appointment may revoke the appointment if he did not know of its
existence when he acquired the shares and the existence of the irrevocable
appointment was not noted conspicuously on the certificate representing the
shares or on the information statement for shares without certificates.
Subject to applicable law and to any express limitation on the proxy's
authority appearing on the face of the appointment form, the corporation shall
be entitled to accept the proxy's vote or other action as that of the
shareholder making the appointment.
SECTION 9. Voting of Shares. Except as provided below or unless the
articles of incorporation provide otherwise, and subject to the provisions of
Section 12 of this Article II, each outstanding share, regardless of class,
shall be entitled to one (1) vote on each matter voted on at a shareholders'
meeting. If a quorum exists, action on a matter (other than the election of
directors) by a voting group shall be approved if the votes cast within the
voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action,
unless the articles of incorporation or applicable law require a greater number
of affirmative votes. Unless otherwise provided in the articles of
incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by
the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is
present.
SECTION 10. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision,
as the board of directors of such corporation may determine.
Absent special circumstances, shares of this corporation shall not be
entitled to vote if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second
corporation, domestic or foreign, and this corporation owns, directly or
indirectly, a majority of the shares of the second corporation entitled to vote
for the directors of the second corporation. This does not limit the power of
this corporation to vote any shares, including its own shares, held by it in a
fiduciary capacity.
Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may
be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares
into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him,
either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares
held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in
the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or
under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the
transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do be contained in an
appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.
A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
4
<PAGE> 5
SECTION 11. Informal Action by Shareholders. Action required or
permitted by applicable law to be taken at a shareholders' meeting may be taken
without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to
vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents
describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on
the action, and delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes or
filing with the corporate records. If not otherwise determined under applicable
law, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action
without a meeting shall be the date the first shareholder signs such consent. A
consent signed under this section has the effect of a meeting vote and may be
described as such in any document.
If applicable law requires that notice of proposed action be given to
nonvoting shareholders and the action is to be taken by unanimous consent of the
voting shareholders, the corporation must give its nonvoting shareholders
written notice of the proposed action at least ten (10) days before the action
is taken. The notice must contain or be accompanied by the same material that,
under applicable law, would have been required to be sent to nonvoting
shareholders in a notice of meeting at which the proposed action would have been
submitted to the shareholders for action.
SECTION 12. Cumulative Voting. Shareholders shall have the right to
cumulate their votes for directors unless the articles of incorporation provide
otherwise, and the shareholders shall be entitled to multiply the number of
votes they are entitled to cast by the number of directors for whom they are
entitled to vote and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the
product among two (2) or more candidates.
SECTION 13. Shares Held by Nominees. The corporation may establish a
procedure by which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the
name of a nominee shall be recognized by the corporation as the shareholder. The
extent of this recognition may be determined in the procedure. The procedure may
set forth: (1) the types of nominees to which it applies; (2) the rights or
privileges that the corporation recognizes in a beneficial owner; (3) the manner
in which the procedure shall be selected by the nominee; (4) the information
that must be provided when the procedure is selected; (5) the period for which
selection of the procedure shall be effective; and (6) other aspects of the
rights and duties created.
SECTION 14. Corporation's Acceptance of Votes. If the name signed on a
vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment corresponds to the name of the
shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, shall be entitled to
accept the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the
act of the shareholder.
If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment does
not correspond to the name of its shareholder, the corporation, if acting in
good faith, shall nevertheless be entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver
or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder if: (1)
the shareholder is an entity and the name
5
<PAGE> 6
signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity; (2) the name
signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian or
conservator representing the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation has been presented
with respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment; (3) the name
signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of the
shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable
to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver
or proxy appointment; (4) the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee,
beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation
requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to
sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent,
waiver or proxy appointment; (5) two (2) or more persons are the shareholders as
cotenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least
one (1) of the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf
of all the co-owners.
The corporation shall be entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver or
proxy appointment if the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to
tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the
validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's authority to sign for
the shareholder.
ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. General Powers. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or
under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation managed
under the direction of, its board of directors, subject to any limitation set
forth in the articles of incorporation.
SECTION 2. Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications. The board of
directors shall consist of no less than three and no more than seven Directors;
provided that as long as the number of shareholders of the corporation is less
than 3, the number of Directors may be the same as the number of shareholders,
with the exact number of Directors within such parameters to be set by
resolution of the board of directors form time to time; provided that no
decrease in the number of Directors shall have the effect of shortening the term
of any incumbent Director. Directors are elected at the first annual
shareholders' meeting and at each annual meeting thereafter unless their terms
are staggered in the articles of incorporation. The terms of the initial
directors of the corporation expire at the first shareholders' meeting at which
directors shall be elected. The terms of all other directors expire at the next
annual shareholders' meeting following their election unless their terms shall
be staggered in the articles of incorporation. A decrease in the number of
directors does not shorten an incumbent director's term. The term of a director
elected to fill a vacancy expires at the next shareholders' meeting at which
directors shall be elected. Despite the expiration of a director's term, he
continues to serve until his successor shall
6
<PAGE> 7
be elected and qualifies or until there shall be a decrease in the number of
directors. A director need not be a resident of this state or a shareholder of
the corporation.
SECTION 3. Resignation of Directors; Removal of Directors by
Shareholders. (a) A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice
to the board of directors, to its chairman or to the corporation. A resignation
shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a
later effective date.
(b) The shareholders may remove one or more directors with or without
cause unless the articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed
only for cause. If a director is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only
the shareholders of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove him.
If cumulative voting is authorized, a director may not be removed if the number
of votes sufficient to elect him under cumulative voting is voted against his
removal. If cumulative voting is not authorized, a director may be removed only
if the number of votes cast to remove him exceeds the number of votes cast not
to remove him. A director may be removed by the shareholders only at a meeting
called for the purpose of removing him and the meeting notice must state that
the purpose, or one (1) of the purposes, of the meeting shall be removal of the
director.
SECTION 4. Regular Meetings. Unless the articles of incorporation or
these bylaws provide otherwise, a regular meeting of the board of directors
shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the
same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. By resolution, the board of
directors may determine the time and place, either within or without the State
of Mississippi, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other
notice than such resolution.
SECTION 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors
may be called by or at the request of the president, the chairman of the board,
or any two (2) directors. The person or persons authorized to call special
meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or without
the State of Mississippi, as the place for holding any special meeting of the
board of directors called by them. Unless the articles of incorporation or these
bylaws provide for a longer or shorter period, special meetings of the board of
directors must be preceded by at least two (2) days' notice of the date, time
and place of the meeting. If no place for the meeting has been designated in the
notice, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the corporation.
The notice need not describe the purpose of the special meeting unless required
by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.
SECTION 6. Place of Meetings. The board of directors may hold regular or
special meetings in or out of this state.
SECTION 7. Quorum. Unless the articles of incorporation or these bylaws
require a greater number, a quorum of the board of directors consists of a
majority of the number of directors fixed by Article III, Section 2, or a
majority of the number of
7
<PAGE> 8
prescribed, or if no number is prescribed, the number in office immediately
before the meeting begins, if the corporation has a variable-range size board.
If less than such number necessary for a quorum shall be present at a meeting, a
majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time
without further notice.
SECTION 8. Manner of Acting. If a quorum is present when a vote is
taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the
board of directors unless the articles of incorporation or bylaws require the
vote of a greater number of directors.
SECTION 9. Action Without A Meeting. Unless the articles of
incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise, action required or permitted to be
taken at a board of directors' meeting may be taken without a meeting if the
action is taken by all members of the board. The action must be evidenced by one
or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by each director,
and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the
action taken. Action taken under this section shall be effective when the last
director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective
date. Such a consent has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as
such in any document.
SECTION 10. Vacancies. Unless the articles of incorporation provide
otherwise, if a vacancy occurs on the board of directors, including a vacancy
resulting from an increase in the number of directors, (i) the shareholders may
fill the vacancy, (ii) the board of directors may fill the vacancy, or (iii) if
the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board,
they may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the
directors remaining in office. If the vacant office was held by a director
elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the holders of shares of that
voting group shall be entitled to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the
shareholders. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a
resignation effective at a later date or otherwise) may be filled before the
vacancy occurs, but the new director may not take office until the vacancy
occurs.
SECTION 11. Compensation. Unless the articles of incorporation or these
bylaws provide otherwise, the board of directors may fix the compensation of
directors. By resolution of the board of directors, each director may be paid
his expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors,
and may be paid a stated salary as a director or a fixed sum for attendance at
each meeting of the board of directors or both. No such payment shall preclude
any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving
compensation therefor.
SECTION 12. Executive and Other Committees. Unless the articles of
incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise, the board of directors may create an
executive committee and one or more other committees and appoint members of the
board of directors to serve on them. Each committee must have two (2) or more
members, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. The creation of a
committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the greater of
(1) a majority of all the
8
<PAGE> 9
directors in office when the action is taken or (2) the number of directors
required by the articles of incorporation or bylaws to take action. To the
extent specified by the board of directors or in the articles of incorporation
or bylaws, each committee may exercise the authority of the board of directors.
A committee may not, however, authorize distributions; approve or propose to
shareholders action required by applicable law to be approved by shareholders;
fill vacancies on the board of directors or on any of its committees; amend
articles of incorporation pursuant to applicable law authorizing amendment by
the board of directors; adopt, amend, or repeal bylaws; approve a plan of merger
not requiring shareholder approval; authorize or approve the reacquisition of
shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the board of
directors; or authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of
shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and
limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the board of directors
may authorize a committee (or a senior executive officer of the corporation) to
do so within limits specifically prescribed by the board of directors.
Provisions of these bylaws governing meetings, action without meetings, notice
and waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements of the board of
directors, apply to committees and their members as well.
SECTION 13. Participation by Telephonic or Other Means. Unless the
articles of incorporation or these bylaws provide otherwise, the board of
directors may permit any or all directors to participate in a regular or special
meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of
communication by which all directors participating may simultaneously hear each
other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means
shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS
SECTION 1. Number. The officers of the corporation shall be a president,
a secretary and a treasurer, and such other officers as may be determined by the
board of directors, each of whom shall be appointed by the board of directors.
One or more vice presidents (the number to be determined by the board of
directors) and such other officers, assistant officers and agents as may be
deemed necessary may also appointed by the board of directors. The board of
directors may delegate to any officer of the corporation or any committee of the
board of directors the power to appoint, remove and prescribe the duties of such
other officers, assistant officers, agents and employees. Any two or more
offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 2. Appointment and Term of Officers. The officers of the
corporation shall be appointed by the board of directors or by any officer to
whom or committee of the board of directors to which the power of appointment
has been delegated. Each officer shall hold office until such officer's
successor has been appointed or until such officer's death or until such officer
shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner provided below. The
appointment of an officer shall not itself create any contract rights with the
corporation.
9
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 3. Resignation or Removal of Officers and Agents. (a) An officer
or agent may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the corporation.
A resignation shall be effective when the notice is received by the corporation,
unless the notice specifies a later effective date. An officer's resignation
does not affect the corporation's contract rights, if any, with the officer.
(b) Any officer, assistant, employee, or agent may be removed, with or
without cause, by the board of directors, or by any officer to whom or committee
of the board of directors to which such power of removal has been delegated,
whenever in its judgment, the best interests of the corporation will be served
thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if
any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent
shall not of itself create contract rights.
SECTION 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board
of directors or by any officer to whom or committee of the board of directors to
which such power has been delegated for the unexpired portion of the term.
SECTION 5. President. The president shall be the chief executive officer
of the corporation and, subject to the control of the board of directors, shall
have general supervision and control of the business and affairs of the
corporation. The president shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the
shareholders and in absence of the chair of the board, at meetings of the board
of directors. The president may hire, prescribe the duties of, and fire
employees, and may delegate such authority in whole or in part to any other
officer or employee. He may sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer
of the corporation thereunto authorized by the board of directors, certificates
for shares of the corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other
instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be executed, except
in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by
the board of directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the
corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and
in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such
other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.
SECTION 6. Vice President. One or more Vice Presidents may be elected by
the board of directors to perform such tasks and to have such authority less
than the President as may be provided by the board of directors. In the absence
of the president, or in the event of the president's death, inability or refusal
to act, the senior ranking vice president in title (i.e. "senior" or
"executive"'; or in the event of more than one vice president with the same
title, the senior rank vice president in terms of date of first election to the
current level of office) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the president. Any vice president may sign, with the secretary or an assistant
secretary, certificates for shares of the corporation; and shall perform such
other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the president
or by the board of directors.
10
<PAGE> 11
SECTION 7. Secretary. The secretary shall (a) prepare and keep the
minutes of the directors' and shareholders' meetings in one or more books
provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance
with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of
the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that the seal
of the corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf
of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) authenticate records
of the corporation; (e) keep a register of the post office address of each
shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (f)
sign with the president, certificates for shares of the corporation, the
issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolutions of the board of
directors; (g) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the
corporation; (h) maintain the records required under Section 79-4-16.01(a) of
the Mississippi Business Corporation Act, and; (i) in general perform all duties
incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors.
SECTION 8. Treasurer. The treasurer shall: (a) have charge and custody
of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b)
receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the corporation from any
source whatsoever, and deposit all such monies in the name of the corporation in
such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in
accordance with these bylaws; and (c) in general perform all of the duties
incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors. If
required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the
faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
the board of directors shall determine.
SECTION 9. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. The assistant
secretaries, when authorized by the board of directors, may sign with the
president or a vice president certificates of shares of the corporation, the
issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the board of
directors. The assistant treasurers shall respectively, if required by the board
of directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine. The assistant
secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by
the president or the board of directors.
SECTION 10. Compensation. The board of directors may fix the
compensation of the officers. No such payment shall preclude any officer from
serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.
11
<PAGE> 12
ARTICLE V. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
SECTION 1. Contracts. The board of directors may authorize any officer
or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
SECTION 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by a resolution of the board of directors. Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.
SECTION 3. Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the
name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or
agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be
determined by resolution of the board of directors.
SECTION 4. Deposits. All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such
banks, companies or other depositories as the board of directors may select.
ARTICLE VI. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares. Shares shall be represented by
certificates. Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in
such form as shall be determined by the board of directors. At a minimum, each
share certificate must state on its face (1) the name of the corporation and
that the corporation is organized under the law of the State of Mississippi; (2)
the name of the person to whom issued; and (3) the number and class of shares
and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents. If the
corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different
series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences and
limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences
and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the board of
directors to determine variations for future series) must be summarized on the
front or back of each certificate or the corporation must furnish the
shareholder this information on request in writing and without charge.
Each share certificate must be signed (either manually or in facsimile)
by the president or a vice president and by the secretary or an assistant
secretary or by such other officers designated in the bylaws or by the board of
directors so to do, and may be sealed with the corporate seal. If the person who
signed (either manually or in facsimile) a share certificate no longer holds
office when the certificate is issued, the certificate is nevertheless valid.
12
<PAGE> 13
All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise
identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented
thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be
entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. All certificates
surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new
certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of
shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a
lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon
such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may
prescribe.
SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of the corporation
shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder
of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper
evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by
power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the corporation,
and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares.
ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 1. Indemnification. The corporation shall indemnify each person
who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or an
individual who, while serving the indicated relationship to the corporation, is
or was serving at the corporation's request as a Director, officer, partner,
trustee, employee fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or other person or
of an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent permitted by the Mississippi
law.
SECTION 2. Authorization of Indemnification. The corporation shall be
deemed to have authorized such indemnification whenever a determination has been
made under Mississippi law that indemnification of an individual is permissible
in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of
conduct.
SECTION 3. Advance of Expenses. The corporation may accept an
undertaking of an officer or director to repay advanced expenses if such are
ultimately found to have been unlawfully or improperly advanced without
reference to financial ability to make repayment.
SECTION 4. Right of Corporation to Insure. The corporation may purchase
and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation or who, while a director, officer,
employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of
another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against liability asserted against or
incurred by him in that capacity or arising from his status as a director,
officer, employee or agent, whether or not the corporation would have power to
indemnify him against such liability under applicable law.
13
<PAGE> 14
SECTION 5. Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion thereof shall
be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the
corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each officer and Director as to
expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether internal or external,
including without limitation a grand jury proceeding and an action or suit
brought by or in the right of the corporation, to the fullest extent permitted
by the applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated,
or by any other applicable law.
ARTICLE VIII. NOTICE
Notice shall be in writing unless oral notice is reasonable under the
circumstances. Notice may be communicated in person; by telephone, telegraph,
teletype or other form of wire or wireless communication; or by mail or private
carrier. If these forms of personal notice shall be impracticable, notice may be
communicated by a newspaper of general circulation in the area where published;
or by radio, television or other form of public broadcast communication.
Written notice to shareholders, if in a comprehensible form, shall be
effective when mailed, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed to the
shareholder's address shown in the corporation's current record of shareholders.
Except as provided above with respect to notice to shareholders, written
notice, if in a comprehensible form, shall be effective at the earliest of the
following:
(1) When received;
(2) Five (5) days after its deposit in the United States mail, as
evidenced by the postmark, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed;
(3) On the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on
behalf of the addressee.
Oral notice shall be effective when communicated if communicated in a
comprehensible manner,
If applicable law prescribes notice requirements for particular
circumstances, those requirements govern. If the articles of incorporation or
these bylaws prescribe notice requirements, not inconsistent with this section
or other provisions of applicable law, those requirements govern,
14
<PAGE> 15
ARTICLE IX WAIVER OF NOTICE; ASSENT TO ACTIONS
Unless otherwise provided by law, a shareholder or director of. the
corporation may waive any notice required by applicable law, the articles of
incorporation or these bylaws, before or after the date and time stated in the
notice. Except as provided below, the waiver must be in writing, be signed by
the shareholder or director entitled to the notice, and delivered to the
corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.
A director's attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any
required notice to him of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of
the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) objects to holding the meeting or
transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent
to action taken at the meeting. A shareholder's attendance at a meeting (i)
waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless the
shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or
transacting business at the meeting, and (ii) waives objection to consideration
of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes
described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering
the matter when it is presented.
A director who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or a
committee of the board of directors when corporate action is taken shall be
deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (1) he objects at the
beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) to holding it or
transacting business at the meeting; (2) his dissent or abstention from the
action taken shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (3) he delivers
written notice of his dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the
meeting before its adjourment or to the corporation immediately after adjourment
of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention shall not be available to a
director who votes in favor of the action taken.
ARTICLE X EMERGENCY BYLAWS
The emergency bylaws provided in this article shall be operative during
any emergency in the conduct of the business of the corporation, notwithstanding
any different provision in the preceding articles of the bylaws or in the
articles of incorporation of the corporation or in the Mississippi Business
Corporation Act. An emergency exists if a quorum of the corporation's directors
cannot readily be assembled because of some catastrophic event. To the extent
not inconsistent with the provisions of this article, the bylaws provided in the
preceding articles shall remain in effect during such emergency and upon its
termination the emergency bylaws shall cease to be operative.
15
<PAGE> 16
During any such emergency:
(a) A meeting of the board of directors may be called by any officer or
director of the corporation. Notice of the meeting shall be given by the officer
or director calling the meeting only to those directors whom it is practicable
to reach and may be given in any practicable manner, including by publication
and radio.
(b) One or more officers of the corporation present at a meeting of the
board of directors may be deemed to be directors for the meeting, in order of
rank and within the same rank in order of seniority, as necessary to achieve a
quorum.
(c) The board of directors, ether in anticipation of or during any such
emergency, may modify lines of succession to accommodate the incapacity of any
director, officer, employee or agent.
(d) The board of directors, either in anticipation of or during any such
emergency, may relocate the principal offices or regional offices, or authorize
the officers to do so.
Corporate action taken in good faith during an emergency under this
section to further the ordinary business affairs of the corporation binds the
corporation and may not be used to impose liability on a corporate director,
officer, employee or agent.
These emergency bylaws shall be subject to repeal or change by further
action of the board of directors or by action of the shareholders, but no such
repeal or change shall modify the provisions of the next preceding paragraph
with regard to action taken prior to the time of such repeal or change. Any
amendment of these emergency bylaws may make any further or different provision
that may be practical and necessary for the circumstances of the emergency.
ARTICLE XI. FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on January 1 and end on
December 31 in each year.
ARTICLE XII. DISTRIBUTIONS
The board of directors may authorize and the corporation may make
distributions to its shareholders, subject to restriction by the articles of
incorporation and applicable law.
16
<PAGE> 17
ARTICLE XIII, CORPORATE SEAL
The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be
circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation
and the state of incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal".
ARTICLE XIV. AMENDMENTS
These bylaws, or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, and new
bylaws may be made, (i) by the board of directors, by vote of a majority of the
Directors then in office, acting at any meeting of the board of directors, or
(ii) by the shareholders, by vote of a majority of a quorum of the shareholders,
at any annual meeting of shareholders, without previous notice, or at any
special meeting of the shareholders, provided that notice of such proposed
amendment, modification, repeal or adoption is given in the notice of special
meeting. Except as otherwise provided in the corporation's Articles of
Incorporation, any bylaws made or altered by the shareholders may be altered or
repealed by either the board of directors or the shareholders.
17
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4.1(c)
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of
October 24, 1997, among Cactus Pete's, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the
"Additional Guarantor"), Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), the other Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto (the
"Existing Guarantors") and First Trust National Association, as trustee under
the indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").
RECITALS
A. The Company, as Issuer, and Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc., a
Nevada corporation, Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation,
Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc., a Mississippi corporation, A.C. Food Services,
Inc., a Nevada corporation and AC Hotel Corp., a Mississippi corporation, have
heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"),
dated as of July 15, 1997, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal
amount at maturity of $100,000,000 of 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
(the "Notes");
B. Section 4.22 of the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Company is required to cause the Additional Guarantor to
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which
the Additional Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's
obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and
conditions set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture; and
C. Pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized
to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties
hereto mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Additional Guarantor hereby agrees,
jointly and severally with all other Guarantors, to guarantee the Company's
Obligations on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article
Eleven of the Indenture and to be bound by all other provisions of the Indenture
applicable to Guarantors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture.
3. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee,
stockholder or incorporator, as such, of any Obligor or of the Trustee shall not
have any liability for any
<PAGE> 2
obligations of any Obligor under the Notes, this Supplemental Indenture or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creations. Each Noteholder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE
INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE
OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF
THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
5. Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each
of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
6. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
-2-
<PAGE> 3
7. Consent of Existing Guarantors; Status of Existing Guarantees. By its
execution hereof, each Existing Guarantor confirms that it is a Guarantor of the
Company's Obligations pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and
conditions set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture and hereby (i) consents
to the execution of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and the
Additional Guarantor and to the addition to the Indenture of the Additional
Guarantor, and (ii) confirms that the Subsidiary Guarantee to which it is a
party is and shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
written.
ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR:
CACTUS PETE'S, INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Vice President
[Corporate Seal]
Attest:
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Secretary
Dated: October 24, 1997
-3-
<PAGE> 4
COMPANY:
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
----------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Senior Vice President
[Corporate Seal]
Attest:
By: /s/ BRIAN E. KATZ
-------------------------------
Name: Brian E. Katz
Title: Secretary
Dated: October 24, 1997
EXISTING GUARANTORS:
AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.,
AN IOWA CORPORATION
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Vice President
Attest:
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Secretary
Dated: October 24, 1997
-4-
<PAGE> 5
AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.,
A NEVADA CORPORATION
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Vice President
[Corporate Seal]
Attest:
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
---------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Secretary
Dated: October 24, 1997
AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC.,
A MISSISSIPPI CORPORATION
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Vice President
[Corporate Seal]
Attest:
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
---------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Secretary
Dated: October 24, 1997
-5-
<PAGE> 6
A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Vice President
[Corporate Seal]
Attest:
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
---------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Secretary
Dated: October 24, 1997
AC HOTEL CORP., A MISSISSIPPI CORPORATION
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Vice President
[Corporate Seal]
Attest:
By: /s/ THOMAS M. STEINBAUER
---------------------------------
Name: Thomas M. Steinbauer
Title: Secretary
Dated: October 24, 1997
FIRST TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
AS TRUSTEE
By: /s/ RICHARD H. PROKOSCH
-------------------------------
Name: Richard H. Prokosch
Title: Trust Officer
-6-
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 5.1
SANDERS, BARNET, GOLDMAN, SIMONS & MOSK
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
1901 AVENUE OF THE STARS, SUITE 850
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067
(310) 553-8011
TELECOPIER (310) 553-2435
October 28, 1997
2963.06.23.20B
Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
3773 Howard Hughes Parkway
Suite 490 South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
RE: $100,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
10 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES B
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested our opinion in connection with the registration of
$100,000,000 principal amount of 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
Series B (the "Exchange Notes"), by Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada
corporation (the "Company"), and the Subsidiary Guarantees (the "Subsidiary
Guarantees," and together with the Exchange Notes, the "Securities") by each of
Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation ("ACCBI"), Ameristar
Casino Las Vegas, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("ACLVI"), Ameristar Casino
Vicksburg, Inc., a Mississippi corporation ("ACVI"), A.C. Food Services, Inc., a
Nevada corporation ("ACFS"), AC Hotel Corp., a Mississippi corporation ("ACHC,"
and collectively with ACCBI, ACLVI, ACVI and ACFS, the "Existing Guarantors")
and Cactus Pete's, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("CPI," and together with the
Existing Guarantors, the "Guarantors") pursuant to the Indenture dated as of
July 15, 1997, by and among the Company, First Trust National Association, as
Trustee (the "Trustee") and each of the Existing Guarantors, as amended and
supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 24, 1997, by and
among Company, the Trustee, the Existing Guarantors and CPI, under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), on Form S-4 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on August 26, 1997 (File
No. 333-34381), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to be filed with the Commission on
or about October 30, 1997 (the "Registration Statement").
This opinion is being given solely in reliance on the attached opinion,
dated October 28, 1997, addressed to you from Latham & Watkins, special New York
Counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, and this opinion is subject to all
the qualifications, limitations and assumptions set forth in such opinion of
Latham & Watkins.
We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transactions only
of the internal laws of the State of New York (and only those of such laws that
are generally applicable to
<PAGE> 2
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC. OCTOBER 28, 1997 PAGE 2
transactions of this type), and we express no opinion with respect to the
applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other
jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other
local agencies within any state.
Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is
our opinion that as of the date hereof:
(1) The Exchange Notes, when executed, authenticated and
delivered by or on behalf of the Company in the manner described in the
Registration Statement, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the
Company.
(2) The Subsidiary Guarantees are the valid and binding
obligation of each of the Guarantors.
The opinions rendered in paragraphs 1 and 2 relating to the valid and
binding nature of the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subject
to the following exceptions, limitations and qualifications:
(i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect or relating to or
effecting the rights and remedies of creditors;
(ii) the effect of general principles of equity, whether
enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or law, and the discretion
of the court before which any proceeding in equity or law may be brought;
(iii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law
or a court decision of provisions providing for the indemnification of or
contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification
or contribution is contrary to public policy; and
(iv) the effect on upstream guarantees and other aspects of the
transaction of Sections 547 and 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code and
comparable provisions of state law (including without limitation, Article 10 of
the New York Debtor and Creditor Law).
<PAGE> 3
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC. OCTOBER 28, 1997 PAGE 3
We hereby consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained in the
Registration Statement under the heading "Legal Matters." In giving this
consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is
required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder.
Very truly yours,
Sanders, Barnet Goldman, Simons & Mosk
A Professional Corporation
By: /s/ GORDON R. KANOFSKY
--------------------------------------------
Gordon R. Kanofsky
Of Counsel
<PAGE> 4
LATHAM & WATKINS
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
53rd AT THIRD, SUITE 1000
885 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022-4802
TELEPHONE (212) 906-1200
FAX (212) 751-4864
October 28, 1997
FILE NO. 022908-0020
Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
3773 Howard Hughes Parkway
Suite 490 South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Re: Exchange Notes; $100,000,000 Aggregate Principal
of Senior Subordinated Notes
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested our opinion in connection with the
registration of $100,000,000 principal amount of 10 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2004 Series B (the "Exchange Notes"), by Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a
Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and the Subsidiary Guarantees (the
"Subsidiary Guarantees," and together with the Exchange Notes, the "Securities")
by each of Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation ("ACCBI"),
Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("ACLVI"), Ameristar
Casino Vicksburg, Inc., a Mississippi corporation ("ACVI"), A.C. Food Services,
Inc., a Nevada corporation ("ACFS"), AC Hotel Corp., a Mississippi corporation
("ACHC," and collectively with ACCBI, ACLVI, ACVI and ACFS, the "Existing
Guarantors") and Cactus Pete's, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("CPI," and together
with the Existing Guarantors, the "Guarantors") pursuant to the Indenture dated
as of July 15, 1997, by and among the Company, First Trust National Association,
as Trustee (the "Trustee") and each of the Existing Guarantors (the "Original
Indenture"), as amended and supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture dated as
of October 24, 1997, by and among Company, the Trustee, the Existing Guarantors
and CPI (the "Supplemental Indenture," and together with the Original Indenture
and the Securities, the "Documents"), under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, on Form S-4 filed with the
<PAGE> 5
LATHAM & WATKINS
Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
October 28, 1997
Page 2
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on August 26, 1997 (File
No. 333-34381), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to be filed with the Commission on
or about October 30, 1997 (the "Registration Statement").
In our capacity as your special New York counsel in connection
with such registration, we are familiar with the proceedings taken by the
Company and the Guarantors in connection with the authorization and issuance of
the Securities, and for the purposes of this opinion have assumed such
proceedings will be timely completed in the manner presently proposed. In
addition, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries,
including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise
identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and
instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this
opinion.
In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons executing documents, the
authority of all persons signing each of the documents on behalf of the parties
thereto, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the
conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as
certified, conformed, telefacsimile or photostatic copies.
We have been furnished with, and with your consent have relied
upon, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and each
of the Guarantors with respect to certain factual matters. In addition, we have
obtained and relied upon such certificates and assurances from public officials
as we have deemed necessary. We have relied, to the extent that we deem such
reliance proper, upon other statements of public officials and officers or other
representatives of the parties to the Documents and on the representations and
warranties set forth in the Documents, with respect to certain factual matters.
We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transactions
only of the internal laws of the State of New York (and only those of such laws
that are generally applicable to transactions of this type), and we express no
opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the
laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws
of any other local agencies within any state. Furthermore, we call to your
attention that the Company and each of the Guarantors are located outside of the
State of New York and, accordingly, it may be necessary to seek execution or
enforcement of certain rights and remedies under the laws of such other
jurisdictions. We express no opinion whether or to what extent such other
jurisdictions would respect New York law.
For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed, with your
permission, and without independent investigation or verification of any kind,
the following:
<PAGE> 6
LATHAM & WATKINS
Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
October 28, 1997
Page 3
(i) Each of the parties to the Documents is duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective
jurisdiction of organization, with corporate or other organizational power and
authority and full legal right to conduct its business as now conducted and to
own, or hold under lease, its assets and to enter into the Documents to which it
is a party and perform its obligations thereunder;
(ii) Each of the Documents has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by each of the parties thereto;
(iii) Neither the execution and delivery of each of the
Documents, the sale of each of the Securities, nor the performance by each such
party of its obligations under each of such Documents, contravenes or conflicts
with (a) its Articles of Association, or other applicable constituent documents,
as the case may be, (b) any law, rule or regulation binding upon it (including
any Federal, New York or other law with respect to the sale of securities), (c)
any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which its properties or
assets are bound, or (d) any judicial or administrative judgment, injunction,
order or decree that is binding upon it or its properties or assets;
(iv) No order, consent, approval, license, authorization, or
validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any
court, governmental body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required
to authorize, or is required in connection with, the execution and delivery of
the Documents by each of the parties thereto, or in connection with the
performance of each such party's obligations thereunder or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated thereby other than those that have been obtained
or made and are in full force and effect or will be obtained or made prior to
the time the same is required and thereafter remains in full force and effect;
and
(v) Each of the Documents constitutes the legally valid and
binding obligations of each of the parties thereto (other than the Company and
each of the Guarantors), enforceable against such parties in accordance with
their respective terms.
Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, we express no
opinion as to compliance by any parties to the Securities with any local, state
or federal laws or regulations applicable to the subject transactions because of
the nature of their business.
Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein,
it is our opinion that as of the date hereof:
(1) The Exchange Notes, when executed, authenticated and
delivered by or on behalf of the Company in the manner described in the
Registration Statement, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the
Company.
<PAGE> 7
LATHAM & WATKINS
Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
October 28, 1997
Page 4
(2) The Subsidiary Guarantees are the valid and binding
obligation of each of the Guarantors.
The opinions rendered in paragraphs 1 and 2 relating to the valid
and binding nature of the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are
subject to the following exceptions, limitations and qualifications:
(i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect or relating to or
effecting the rights and remedies of creditors;
(ii) the effect of general principles of equity, whether
enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or law, and the discretion
of the court before which any proceeding in equity or law may be brought;
(iii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law
or a court decision of provisions providing for the indemnification of or
contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification
or contribution is contrary to public policy; and
(iv) the effect on upstream guarantees and other aspects of the
transaction of Sections 547 and 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code and
comparable provisions of state law (including without limitation, Article 10 of
the New York Debtor and Creditor Law).
To the extent that the obligations of the Company and the
Guarantors under the Indenture may be dependent upon such matters, we assume for
purposes of this opinion that the Trustee is duly qualified to engage in the
activities contemplated by the Indenture and that the Trustee has the requisite
organizational and legal power and authority to perform its obligations under
the Indenture. We have further assumed that the Trustee is in compliance,
generally and with respect to acting as trustee under the Indenture, with all
applicable laws and regulations.
We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained in the
Registration Statement under the heading "Legal Matters." We further consent to
the reliance on this opinion by Sanders, Barnet, Goldman, Simons & Mosk, A
Professional Corporation, in connection with the opinion of such firm to you
being filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
LATHAM & WATKINS
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
(and to all references to our firm) included in or made a part of this
Registration Statement.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Las Vegas, Nevada
November 7, 1997
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS DATA SHOULD BE REVIEWED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INCLUDED IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000912145
<NAME> AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END> JUN-30-1997
<CASH> 12,622
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 1,048
<ALLOWANCES> 0
<INVENTORY> 2,358
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 21,713
<PP&E> 294,427
<DEPRECIATION> 63,131
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 275,015
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 35,407
<BONDS> 0
0
0
<COMMON> 204
<OTHER-SE> 76,302
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 275,015
<SALES> 101,583
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 101,583
<CGS> 0
<TOTAL-COSTS> 86,488
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 5,885
<INCOME-PRETAX> 8,828
<INCOME-TAX> 3,266
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 0
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 5,562
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0.27
<EPS-DILUTED> 0
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.2
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
To Tender for Exchange
10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
of
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
(THE "COMPANY")
Pursuant to the Prospectus dated November 10, 1997
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY
TIME, ON DECEMBER 18, 1997 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE EXCHANGE
OFFER IS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM
"EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST DATE AND TIME TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE
OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW
YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
The Exchange Agent is:
First Trust National Association
By Mail: By Hand:
First Trust National Association First Trust National Association
180 East Fifth Street 180 East Fifth Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55101 4th Floor Bond Drop Window
Attention: Specialized Finance St. Paul, Minnesota 55101
Department Attention: Specialized Finance
Department
By Facsimile:
(612) 244-1537 or
Confirm by Telephone: First Trust New York
(612) 244-1197 100 Wall Street
20th Floor
New York, New York 10005
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
IS COMPLETED.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated
November 10, 1997 (the "Prospectus"), of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a
Nevada corporation (the "Company"), Cactus Pete's, Inc., a Nevada corporation
("CPI"), Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc., a Mississippi corporation ("ACVI"),
Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation ("ACCBI"), Ameristar
Casino Las Vegas, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("ACLVI"), A.C. Food Services,
Inc., a Nevada corporation ("ACFSI"), and AC Hotel Corp., a Mississippi
corporation ("ACHC"; the Company, CPI, ACVI, ACCBI, ACLVI, ACFSI and ACHC being
collectively referred to herein as the "Issuers"), and this Letter of
Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together with the Prospectus
constitutes the Issuers' offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000
principal amount of the Company's 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
Series B (the "New Notes") for each $1,000 principal amount of the Company's
outstanding 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 Series A (the "Old
Notes"). Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in
such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange
Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to
them in the Prospectus.
<PAGE> 2
The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes described in the box entitled
"Description of Old Notes" below pursuant to the terms and conditions described
in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the
registered owner of all such Old Notes and the undersigned represents that it
has received from each beneficial owner of such Old Notes (each a "Beneficial
Owner") a duly completed and executed form of "Instruction to Registered Holder
from Beneficial Owner" accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the
undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal.
This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by a holder of Old Notes (i) if
certificates representing Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith, (ii) if
delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange
Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC" or the "Depositary"),
pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled
"The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" or (iii) if a tender is made
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures in the section of the Prospectus
entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." If delivery of
the Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by
the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, this Letter of Transmittal need not be
manually executed; provided, however, that tenders of the Old Notes must be
effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's
Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus
under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Book-Entry Transfer."
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in
the boxes entitled "Beneficial Owner(s) --Residence" and "Beneficial Owner(s) --
Purchaser Status" is true and correct.
Any Beneficial Owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender
should contact such registered holder of Old Notes promptly and instruct such
registered holder of Old Notes to tender on behalf of the Beneficial Owner. If
such Beneficial Owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such Beneficial Owner
must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and
delivering its Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Old Notes in such Beneficial Owner's name or obtain a properly
completed bond power from the registered holder of Old Notes. The transfer of
record ownership may take considerable time.
In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of Old Notes
must (i) complete the box entitled "Description of Old Notes," (ii) complete the
boxes entitled "Beneficial Owner(s) -- Residence" and "Beneficial Owner(s) --
Purchaser Status," (iii) if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating
to book-entry transfer, guaranteed delivery, Special Issuance Instructions and
Special Delivery Instructions, (iv) sign the Letter of Transmittal by completing
the box entitled "Sign Here" and (v) complete the Substitute Form W-9. Each
holder of Old Notes should carefully read the detailed instructions below prior
to completing the Letter of Transmittal.
Holders of Old Notes who desire to tender their Old Notes for exchange and (i)
whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Old
Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other documents required hereby to the
Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to
complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender
the Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the
section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures." See Instruction 2.
-2-
<PAGE> 3
Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes for exchange must
complete columns (1) through (3) in the table below entitled "Description of Old
Notes," and sign the page below entitled "Sign Here." If only those columns are
completed, such holder of Old Notes will have tendered for exchange all Old
Notes listed in column (3) below. If the holder of Old Notes wishes to tender
for exchange less than all of such Old Notes, column (4) must be completed in
full. In such case, such holder of Old Notes should refer to Instruction 5.
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) (2) (3) (4)
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED
HOLDER(S) OF OLD NOTE(S), EXACTLY AS PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
NAME(S) APPEAR ON OLD NOTE(S) OLD NOTE NUMBER(S) AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL TENDERED FOR EXCHANGE
CERTIFICATE(S) (ATTACH SIGNED LIST IF AMOUNT REPRESENTED BY (MUST BE IN INTEGRAL
(PLEASE FILL IN IF BLANK) NECESSARY)(1) CERTIFICATE(S)(2) MULTIPLES OF $1,000)(3)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------------
(1) This column need not be completed by holders of Old Notes tendering Old
Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer. Please check the appropriate
box below and provide the requested information.
(2) Unless otherwise indicated in the column "Principal Amount Tendered For
Exchange," any tendering holder of Old Notes will be deemed to have
tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the column
labeled "Aggregate Principal Amount Represented by Certificate(s)."
(3) The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Old Notes.
All other tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000.
/ / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.
/ / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND
COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER
DEFINED) ONLY):
Name of Tendering Institution:____________________________________________
Account Number:___________________________________________________________
Transaction Code Number:__________________________________________________
-3-
<PAGE> 4
/ / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE
OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR
USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
Name of Registered Holder of Old Note(s):_________________________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:_______________________
Window Ticket Number (if available):______________________________________
Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:____________________________
Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer):_____________________
/ / CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED TENDERED OLD NOTES AS
A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES. YOU WILL
RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name:_____________________________________________________________________
Address:__________________________________________________________________
/ / CHECK HERE IF ANY OF THE OLD NOTES YOU ARE SEEKING TO TENDER WERE ACQUIRED
DIRECTLY FROM ANY OF THE ISSUERS, AND INDICATE THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
SUCH OLD NOTES SO ACQUIRED: $ ___________________. (SUCH OLD NOTES ARE
NOT ELIGIBLE FOR EXCHANGE IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.)
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)
To be completed ONLY (i) if the New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes,
certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged for New Notes or
Old Notes (if any) not tendered for exchange, are to be issued in the name of
someone other than the undersigned or (ii) if Old Notes tendered by book-entry
transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account
maintained at DTC.
ISSUE TO:
Name:__________________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address:_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
_______________________________________________________________________________
(TAX IDENTIFICATION NO. OR SOCIAL SECURITY NO.)
Credit Old Notes not exchanged and delivered by book-entry transfer to DTC
account set forth below:
_______________________________________________________________________________
(ACCOUNT NUMBER)
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7, AND 8)
To be completed ONLY if the New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes,
certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged for New Notes or
Old Notes (if any) not tendered for exchange, are to be mailed or delivered (i)
to someone other than the undersigned or (ii) to the undersigned at an address
other than the address shown below the undersigned's signature.
MAIL OR DELIVER TO:
Name:__________________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address:_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
_______________________________________________________________________________
(TAX IDENTIFICATION NO. OR SOCIAL SECURITY NO.)
-4-
<PAGE> 5
BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) -- RESIDENCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State of Domicile/Principal Place of Business Principal Amount of Old Notes Held for
of Each Beneficial Owner of Old Notes Account of Beneficial Owner(s)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) -- PURCHASER STATUS
The Beneficial Owner of each of the Old Notes described herein is (check the
box that applies):
/ / A "Qualified Institutional Buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act)
/ / An "Institutional Accredited Investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act)
/ / A non "U.S. person" (as defined in Regulation S of the Securities
Act) that purchased the Old Notes outside the United States in
accordance with Rule 904 of the Securities Act
/ / Other (describe)
If delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account
maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, then tenders of Old Notes
must be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's
Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus
under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Book-Entry Transfer."
-5-
<PAGE> 6
SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:
Pursuant to the offer by Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), Cactus Pete's, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("CPI"), Ameristar Casino
Vicksburg, Inc., a Mississippi corporation ("ACVI"), Ameristar Casino Council
Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation ("ACCBI"), Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc., a
Nevada corporation ("ACLVI"), A.C. Food Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation
("ACFSI"), and AC Hotel Corp., a Mississippi corporation ("ACHC"; the Company,
CPI, ACVI, ACCBI, ACLVI, ACFSI and ACHC being collectively referred to herein as
the "Issuers"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Prospectus dated November 10, 1997 (the "Prospectus") and this Letter of
Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together with the Prospectus
constitutes the Issuers' offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000
principal amount of the Company's 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
Series B (the "New Notes") for each $1,000 principal amount of the Company's
outstanding 10-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 Series A (the "Old
Notes"), the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Old
Notes indicated above.
By executing this Letter of Transmittal and subject to and effective upon
acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered for exchange herewith, the
undersigned will have irrevocably sold, assigned, transferred and exchanged, to
the Company, all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Old Notes
tendered for exchange hereby, and hereby will have appointed the Exchange Agent
as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the
Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Issuers) of such holder of Old Notes
with respect to such Old Notes, with full power of substitution to (i) deliver
certificates representing such Old Notes, or transfer ownership of such Old
Notes on the account books maintained by DTC (together, in any such case, with
all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to the Company, (ii)
present and deliver such Old Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and
(iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of
beneficial ownership with respect to such Old Notes, all in accordance with the
terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph
shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned is the
owner, (ii) has a net long position within the meaning of Rule 14e-4 ("Rule
14e-4") under the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, equal to or greater than
the principal amount of Old Notes tendered hereby, (iii) the tender of such Old
Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 (to the extent that Rule 14e-4 is applicable to
such exchange), (iv) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender,
exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes and (v) that when such Old Notes are
accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and
marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and
encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon
receipt, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange
Agent or the Issuers to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange,
assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered for exchange hereby.
By tendering, the undersigned hereby further represents to the Issuers that (i)
the New Notes to be acquired by the undersigned in exchange for the Old Notes
tendered hereby and any beneficial owner(s) of such Old Notes in connection with
the Exchange Offer will be acquired by the undersigned and such beneficial
owner(s) in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, (ii) the
undersigned (whether or not a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act)
is not participating and does not intend to participate in any distribution of
the New Notes, (iii) the undersigned has no arrangement or understanding with
any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, (iv) the
undersigned and each beneficial owner acknowledge and agree that any person who
is participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the New
Notes (including a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by
such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set
forth in certain no-action letters, (v) the undersigned and each beneficial
owner understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iv)
above and any resales of Old Notes acquired by such holder directly from any of
the Issuers, or New Notes obtained by such holder in exchange for Old Notes
acquired by such holder directly from any of the Issuers, should be covered by
an effective registration statement containing the selling securityholder
information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K
of the Commission, (vii) neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is an
"affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of any of the
Issuers and (viii) the undersigned did not acquire any of the Old Notes being
tendered hereby directly from any of the Issuers for resale pursuant to Rule
144A, Regulation S or another available exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that
will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it
acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with
-6-
<PAGE> 7
any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to have accepted
for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Old Notes, if, as and when
the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. Tenders
of Old Notes for exchange may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of
Tenders" in the Prospectus. Any Old Notes tendered by the undersigned and not
accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address set
forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled "Special
Delivery Instructions" as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of Old Notes validly
tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the
section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer" and in the instructions
hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the
Issuers upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.
Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions,"
please return any Old Notes not tendered for exchange in the name(s) of the
undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special
Delivery Instructions," please mail any certificates for Old Notes not tendered
or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at
the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the event that both
"Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are
completed, please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in
exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return
any Old Notes not tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so
indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Issuers have no obligation
pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery
Instructions" to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the holder of Old
Note(s) thereof if the Issuers do not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes
so tendered for exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any
transfer restrictions applicable to such Old Note(s).
IN ORDER TO VALIDLY TENDER OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES MUST
COMPLETE, EXECUTE, AND DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or agreed to
be conferred shall survive the death, incapacity, or dissolution of the
undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding
upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the
undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for
exchange of Old Notes is irrevocable.
-7-
<PAGE> 8
SIGN HERE
___________________________________
___________________________________
(Signature(s) of Owner(s))
Date:__________________, 1997
Must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old Notes exactly as name(s)
appear(s) on certificate(s) representing the Old Notes or on a long security
position listing or by person(s) authorized to become registered Old Note
holder(s) by certificates and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please
provide the following information. (See Instruction 6).
Name(s):___________________________
(Please Print)
Capacity (full title):_____________
Address:___________________________
___________________________________
(Include Zip Code)
Principal place of business (if
different from address listed
above):____________________________
___________________________________
(Include Zip Code)
Area Code and
Telephone No.: ( )
____________________
Tax Identification Nos.____________
or Social Security Nos.:___________
Please complete Substitute Form W-9
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(Signature(s) must be guaranteed if required by Instruction 1)
Authorized Signature:__________________________________________________________
Name and Title (please print):_________________________________________________
Dated:_________________________________________________________________________
Name of Firm:__________________________________________________________________
-8-
<PAGE> 9
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below, all
signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an institution
which is (1) a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (2) a commercial bank or
trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or (3) an
"eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which is a member of one of the
following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs (an "Eligible Institution"):
a. The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP)
b. The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP)
c. The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP)
Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this
Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes
tendered herewith and such registered holder(s) have not completed the box
entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Old Notes are
tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL
SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.
2. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES; GUARANTEED
DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of
Old Notes (i) if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if tenders
are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer or
guaranteed delivery set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The
Exchange Offer." Certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes or any
timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation"), as
well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of
Transmittal or facsimile hereof, and any other documents required by this Letter
of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth
on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. Holders of Old Notes who elect to tender Old Notes
and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver
the Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or other required documents to the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date,
must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in the Prospectus. Holders may have such tender effected if: (a) such
tender is made through an Eligible Institution; (b) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has received from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, setting forth the name and address of the holder of such Old Notes,
the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old
Notes tendered for exchange, stating that tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that, within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after
the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof),
together with the certificate(s) representing such Old Notes (or a Book-Entry
Confirmation), in proper form for transfer, and any other documents required by
this Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with
the Exchange Agent; and (c) a properly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a
facsimile hereof), as well as the certificate(s) for all tendered Old Notes in
proper form for transfer or a Book-Entry Confirmation, together with any other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange
Agent within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration
Date.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT OF OLD NOTES, THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE
HOLDER. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE
ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. INSTEAD OF
DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND
DELIVERY SERVICE, PROPERLY INSURED. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT
BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NEITHER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NOR ANY OLD NOTES
SHOULD BE SENT TO THE ISSUERS. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS,
DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE
TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
-9-
<PAGE> 10
No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All
tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile hereof, if applicable), waive any right to receive notice of the
acceptance of their Old Notes for exchange.
3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box entitled
"Description of Old Notes" above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and
principal amounts of the Old Notes being tendered should be listed on a separate
signed schedule affixed hereto.
4. WITHDRAWALS. A tender of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time
prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date by delivery of
written or facsimile notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the address
set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a notice
of withdrawal of Old Notes must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered
the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to
be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate
principal amount of such Old Notes) and (iii) be signed by the holder of Old
Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal
by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature
guarantees). All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including
time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Issuers in their sole
discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any
Old Notes so withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for
purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will be issued with respect
thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly
withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures
described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer --
Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date.
5. PARTIAL TENDERS. (NOT APPLICABLE TO HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES WHO TENDER
OLD NOTES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER). Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in
integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. If a tender for exchange is to be
made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Old Notes,
fill in the principal amount of Old Notes which are tendered for exchange in
column (4) of the box entitled "Description of Old Notes," as more fully
described in the footnotes thereto. In case of a partial tender for exchange,
a new certificate, in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal
amount of the Old Notes, will be sent to the holders of Old Notes unless
otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal as
promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange
Offer.
6. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, ASSIGNMENT AND
ENDORSEMENTS.
(a) The signature(s) of the holder of Old Notes on this Letter
of Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the
Old Notes without alternation, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
(b) If tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more
joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
(c) If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different
names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and
submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any
necessary or required documents as there are different registrations or
certificates.
(d) When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder of
the Old Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Old Notes or
bond powers are required. If, however, Old Notes not tendered or not
accepted, are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the
holder of Old Notes, then the Old Notes transmitted hereby must be endorsed
or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, in a form satisfactory to
the Company, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the holder of
Old Notes appear(s) on the Old Notes. Signatures on such Old Notes or bond
powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an
Eligible Institution).
(e) If this Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes or bond powers
are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary
or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and
unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their
authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.
(f) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other
than the registered holder of Old Notes listed, the Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, in either case
signed by such registered holder
-10-
<PAGE> 11
exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder of Old Notes appear(s) on the
certificates. Signatures on such Old Notes or bond powers must be guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).
7. TRANSFER TAXES. Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the
Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for
any reason other than the exchange of the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the
registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder.
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions therefrom is not
submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes
will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
8. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If the New Notes are to
be issued, or if any Old Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued or
sent to someone other than the holder of Old Notes or to an address other than
that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be
completed. Holders of Old Notes tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may
request that Old Notes not accepted be credited to such account maintained at
DTC as such holder of Old Notes may designate.
9. IRREGULARITIES. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility
(including time of receipt), compliance with conditions, acceptance and
withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by the Issuers in their sole
discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves
the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any
Old Notes the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for
the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any
defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. The
Issuers' interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and
binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such time as the
Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify holders of
defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, neither the
Issuers, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any liability for
failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to
have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.
Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and
as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be
returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise
provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the
Expiration Date.
10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the absolute right to
waive, amend or modify certain of the specified conditions as described under
"The Exchange Offer -- Conditions" in the Prospectus in the case of any Old
Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus).
11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES. Any tendering
holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should
contact the Exchange Agent at the address listed below for further instructions:
First Trust National Association
Attention: Bondholder Services
180 East Fifth Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55101
(612) 973-5800
12. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for
information or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of
Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone
number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE)
TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY OR THE NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE
EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
Under current federal income tax law, a holder of Old Notes whose tendered Old
Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the
holder provides the Issuers (as payor), through the Exchange Agent, with either
(i) such holder's
-11-
<PAGE> 12
correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 attached
hereto, certifying that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or
that such holder of Old Notes is awaiting a TIN) and that (A) the holder of Old
Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is
subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
dividends or (B) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Old
Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding or (ii) an
adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Old
Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number. If the
Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification number,
the holder of Old Notes may be subject to certain penalties imposed by the
Internal Revenue Service.
Certain holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations and
certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and
reporting requirements. Exempt holders of Old Notes should indicate their exempt
status on Substitute Form W-9. A foreign individual may qualify as an exempt
recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed Internal
Revenue Service Form W-8 (which the Exchange Agent will provide upon request)
signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder's exempt status. See
the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
Substitute Form W-9 (the "Guidelines") for additional instructions.
If backup withholding applies, the Issuers are required to withhold 31% of any
payment made to the holder of Old Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is
not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability
of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax
withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.
The holder of Old Notes is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g.,
social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of
the Old Notes. If the Old Notes are held in more than one name or are not held
in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for additional
guidance regarding which number to report.
-12-
<PAGE> 13
TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL
TENDERING HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS)
PAYOR'S NAME: FIRST TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service
Payor's Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and Certification
PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN ON THE LINE AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND
DATING BELOW
TIN:______________________________
Social Security Number or
Employer Identification Number
Awaiting
TIN / /
PART 2
NAME (Please Print)___________________________________________________________
ADDRESS_______________________________________________________________________
CITY__________________________________________________________________________
STATE _____________________________________ ZIP CODE___________________
PART 3 - CERTIFICATION - UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT
(1) the number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number
(or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me),
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding either because (i) I am exempt from
backup withholding, (ii) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure
to report all interest or dividends, or (iii) the IRS has notified me that I am
not longer subject to backup withholding, and
(3) any other information provided on this form is true and correct.
SIGNATURE DATE
__________________________________ ___________________________________
You must cross out item (iii) in Part (2) above if you have been notified by the
IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting
interest or dividends on your tax return and you have not been notified by the
IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding.
NOTE; FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY AMOUNTS PAID TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE
EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTION FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has
not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application
to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue
Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (2) I intend to mail
or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not
provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 31% of all
payments made to me on account of the New Notes shall be retained until I
provide a taxpayer identification number to the Exchange Agent and that, if I do
not provide my taxpayer identification number within 60 days, such retained
amounts shall be remitted to the Internal Revenue Service as backup withholding
and 31% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld and
remitted to the Internal Revenue Service until I provide a taxpayer
identification number.
Signature _________________________________ Date __________, 1997
-13-
<PAGE> 14
INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER
FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER
OF 10-1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES A
OF AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated November 10,
1997 (the "Prospectus") of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), Cactus Pete's, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("CPI"), Ameristar Casino
Vicksburg, Inc., a Mississippi corporation ("ACVI"), Ameristar Casino Council
Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation ("ACCBI"), Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc.,
a Nevada corporation ("ACLVI"), A.C. Food Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation
("ACFSI"), and AC Hotel Corp., a Mississippi corporation ("ACHC"; the Company,
CPI, ACVI, ACCBI, ACLVI, ACFSI and ACHC being collectively referred to herein
as the "Issuers"), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), that together constitute the Issuers' offer (the "Exchange
Offer"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by
you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the 10- 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2004 Series A (the "Old Notes") held by you for the
account of the undersigned.
The aggregate face amount of the Old Notes held by you for the account of the
undersigned is (fill in amount): $______________________ of the Old Notes.
With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check
appropriate box):
/ / To TENDER the following Old Notes held by you for the account of the
undersigned (insert principal amount of Old Notes to be tendered, if
any):
$ of the Old Notes.
/ / NOT TO TENDER any Old Notes held by you for the account of the
undersigned.
If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Old Notes held by you for the
account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to
make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below,
hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter
of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a
beneficial owner of the Old Notes, including but not limited to the
representations that (i) the undersigned's principal residence is in the state
of (fill in state or other jurisdiction) , (ii) the undersigned is
acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned,
(iii) the undersigned (whether or not a broker-dealer registered under the
Exchange Act) has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in any distribution of New Notes, (iv) the undersigned acknowledges that any
person who is participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing the New Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary
resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on
the position of the Staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action
letters (See the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer --
Resale of the New Notes"), (v) the undersigned understands that a secondary
resale transaction described in clause (iv) above and any resales of Old Notes
acquired by such holder directly from any of the Issuers, or New Notes obtained
by such holder in exchange for Old Notes acquired by such holder directly from
the any of the Issuers, should be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling securityholder information required by Item 507 or Item
508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the Commission, (vi) the undersigned is
not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of any of
the Issuers, (vii) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New
Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges
that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and (viii) the
undersigned did not acquire any of the Old Notes to be tendered pursuant to the
instructions directly from any of the Issuers for resale pursuant to Rule 144A,
Regulation S or another available exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act; (b) to agree, on behalf of the undersigned, as set forth
in the Letter of Transmittal; and (c) to take such other action as necessary
under the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal to effect the valid tender of
Old Notes.
-14-
<PAGE> 15
The purchaser status of the undersigned is (check the box that applies):
/ / A "Qualified Institutional Buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act)
/ / An "Institutional Accredited Investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)
(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act)
/ / A non "U.S. person" (as defined in Regulation S of the Securities
Act) that purchased the Old Notes outside the United States in
accordance with Rule 904 of the Securities Act
/ / Other (describe)____________________________________________________
SIGN HERE
Name of Beneficial Owner(s):___________________________________________________
Signature(s):__________________________________________________________________
Name(s) (please print):________________________________________________________
Address:_______________________________________________________________________
Principal place of
business (if different
from address
listed above):________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number(s):___________________________________________________________
Taxpayer Identification Number(s)
or Social Security Number(s):__________________________________________________
Date: _______________, 1997
-15-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.3
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
WITH RESPECT TO
10-1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES A
OF AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
THIS FORM, OR ONE SUBSTANTIALLY EQUIVALENT HERETO, MUST BE USED BY ANY HOLDER OF
10-1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 SERIES A (THE "OLD NOTES") OF
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY") WHO WISHES TO
TENDER OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AS DEFINED IN THE PROSPECTUS
DATED NOVEMBER 10, 1997 (THE "PROSPECTUS") OF THE COMPANY AND CACTUS PETE'S,
INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION ("CPI"), AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC., A
MISSISSIPPI CORPORATION ("ACVI"), AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC., AN IOWA
CORPORATION ("ACCBI"), AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION
("ACLVI"), A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC., A NEVADA CORPORATION ("ACFSI"), AND AC
HOTEL CORP., A MISSISSIPPI CORPORATION ("ACHC"; THE COMPANY, CPI, ACVI, ACCBI,
ACLVI, ACFSI AND ACHC BEING COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREIN AS THE "ISSUERS")
AND (I) WHOSE OLD NOTES ARE NOT IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE OR (II) WHO CANNOT DELIVER
SUCH OLD NOTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BY THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ON
OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS DEFINED IN THE PROSPECTUS) OR (III) WHO CANNOT
COMPLY WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER PROCEDURE ON A TIMELY BASIS. SUCH FORM MAY
BE DELIVERED BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION, MAIL OR HAND DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT. SEE "THE EXCHANGE OFFER -- GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES" IN THE
PROSPECTUS.
AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
To: First Trust National Association, the Exchange Agent
By Mail: By Hand:
First Trust National Association First Trust National Association
180 East Fifth Street 180 East Fifth Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55101 4th Floor Bond Drop Window
Attention: Specialized Finance St. Paul, Minnesota 55101
Department Attention: Specialized Finance
Department
By Facsimile:
(612) 244-1537 or
Confirm by Telephone: First Trust New York
(612) 244-1197 100 Wall Street
20th Floor
New York, New York 10005
DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET
FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE
WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
<PAGE> 2
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal,
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes
specified below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under
the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" in the
Prospectus. By so tendering, the undersigned does hereby make, at and as of the
date hereof, the representations and warranties of a tendering holder of Old
Notes set forth in the Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned hereby tenders the
Old Notes listed below:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CERTIFICATE NUMBER(S) (IF AVAILABLE) PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TENDERED
NAME(S) OF RECORD HOLDER(S) ADDRESS(ES) OF RECORD HOLDER(S)
(INCLUDING ZIP CODE(S))
IF OLD NOTES WILL BE DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER TO THE AREA CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER(S)
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC"), PROVIDE DTC ACCOUNT NO. OF RECORD HOLDER(S)
DATE____________________ SIGNATURE(S)
__________________________________
__________________________________
</TABLE>
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the
death, incapacity, or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives,
successors and assigns of the undersigned.
-2-
<PAGE> 3
GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a participant in a Recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program, guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal
(or facsimile thereof), together with the Old Notes tendered hereby in proper
form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes
into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, pursuant to
the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, and any other
required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third (3rd) New
York Stock Exchange trading day following the Expiration Date (as defined in the
Prospectus).
SIGN HERE ________________________________
NAME OF FIRM ________________________________
AUTHORIZED
SIGNATURE ________________________________
NAME
(PLEASE PRINT) ________________________________
ADDRESS
AND ZIP CODE ________________________________
AREA CODE AND
TELEPHONE NO. ________________________________
DATE: ________________________________
DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF
CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A
COPY OF THE PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
-3-
<PAGE> 4
INSTRUCTIONS
1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed
and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other
documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the
Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth on the cover hereof prior to
the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the
election and risk of the holder but, except as otherwise provided below, the
delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent.
Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an overnight or
hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is
recommended that the holder use properly insured, registered mail with return
receipt requested. For a full description of the guaranteed delivery procedures,
see the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures." In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely
delivery. No Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Issuers.
2. SIGNATURE ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY; GUARANTEE OF
SIGNATURES. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered
holder(s) of the Old Notes referred to herein, then the signature must
correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Notes without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than
the registered holder(s) of any Old Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery must be accompanied by a properly completed bond power signed as the
name of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the face of the Old Notes without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so
indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuers, evidence satisfactory
to the Issuers of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery.
3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions relating to
the Exchange Offer or the procedure for consenting and tendering as well as
requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter
of Transmittal and this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, may be directed to the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof or to your broker,
dealer, commercial bank or trust company.
-4-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.5
Ameristar Casinos, Inc.
3773 Howard Hughes Parkway
Suite 490 South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I hereby consent to being identified in the Form S-4 Registration
Statement of Ameristar Casinos, Inc. (the "Company") as a person who has agreed
to accept future appointments to serve as a Director of the Company and as a
member of the Audit and Compensation Committees of the Board of Directors of
the Company. I further consent that this letter may be filed as an exhibit to
such Registration Statement.
Dated: October 29, 1997
Sincerely,
/s/ WARREN E. McCAIN
------------------------------
Warren E. McCain
